Home

smart.Turn MANUALplus 620 / CNC PILOT 640

Contents

1. Tapping first pattern ICP tapping in Y axis Example program Tapping second pattern C axis off Program end Ol 50 DIN programming for the Y axis il 7 1 TURN A mode of operation 71 TURN PLUS mode of operation To create programs with TURN PLUS you program the blank and finished part with the aid of interactive graphics The working plan is then generated automatically As a result you get a commented and structured NC program With TURN PLUS you can create NC programs for the following applications Turning operations Drilling and milling with the C axis Drilling and milling with the Y axis TURN PLUS concept The workpiece description is the basis for working plan generation The strategy for generating the working plan is specified in the machining sequence The machining parameters define details of machining This allows you to adapt TURN PLUS to your individual needs TURN PLUS generates the working plan which takes technology attributes such as oversizes tolerances etc into account On the basis of the blank form update TURN PLUS optimizes the paths for approach and avoids air cuts or collisions between workpiece and cutting edge For tool selection TURN PLUS uses the tools from the NC program or from the current turret assignment magazine list depending on the machine parameter settings If there is no suitable tool in the turret assignment magazine list
2. Distance between the first and last recessing contour X direction 5 K Distance between the first and last recessing contour Z direction E V li Distance between the recessing contours X direction S Ki Distance between the recessing contours Z direction ae Q Number of recessing contours A Angle at which the recessing contours are arranged el R Length Distance between the first and last recessing contour Beispiel G740 G741 T Ri Length Distance between the recessing contours S The following parameter combinations are allowed ml K E li Ki vr E A EK A EA R G740 does not support the parameters A and R HEIDENHAIN MANUALplus 620 CNC PILOT 640 28 4 17 Contour based turi Recess turning cycle G869 G869 machines the defined contour area The reference to the contour to be machined can be transferred in the cycle parameters or the contour can be defined directly after the cycle call see Working with contour based cycles on page 270 The workpiece is machined by alternate recessing and roughing movements The machining process requires a minimum of retraction and infeed movements The contour to be machined can contain various valleys If required the area to be machined is divided into several sections Parameters ID Auxiliary contour ID number of the contour to be machined NS Start block number Beginning of the contour section or Reference to a G22 G23 Ge
3. Reads the external safety clearance on the machined part SAT Reads the thread safety clearance for Z1 Reads the machine orientation number Check whether the optional parameter is set Evaluation A 18 DIN Programming il Determining the index of a parameter element PARA You activate the index search for an element by appending the name of the list element to the attribute separated by a comma Example Determining the logical axis number of spindle S1 c1 PARA CfgAxes axisList S1 0 The function returns the index of the S1 element in the axisList attribute of the CfgAxes entity The index of element S1 equals the logical axis number in this example read the element located at the list index number 0 Since the element Is a String in this example the result has to be assigned to a string variable x1 PARA CfgAxes axisList O The function reads the string name of the element at list index number 0 Without the attribute extension S1 the function would HEIDENHAIN MANUALplus 620 CNC PILOT 640 Syntax PARA key entity attribute elem ent index variables Key Keyword Entity Name of the configuration group Attribute name Attribute name and element name Index O not required re O O pe A q 2 J i il variables ies D O bm A q Beispiel Subprogram DIN Programming Expanded variable synta
4. 2 3 wnms necmane ICP recess turning unit The unit machines the contour described by ICP axially radially from NS to NE The workpiece is machined by alternate recessing and roughing movements The unit machines the contour described in the FINISHED program section axially radially from NS to NE Any auxiliary contour defined in FK will be used Unit name G869_ICP Cycle G869 see page 286 Contour form X1 Z1 Starting point of blank Evaluation only if no blank has been defined RI RK Workpiece blank oversize in X and Z direction SX SZ Cutting limit SX diameter value default no cutting limit Further parameters of the contour form see page 62 Cycle form P Maximum infeed during rough turning l K Oversize in X Z direction l diameter value RB Turning depth compensation for finishing B Offset width U Cutting direction O Bi Bidirectional in both directions 1 Uni Unidirectional in direction of contour Q Sequence roughing finishing 0 Roughing and finishing 1 Only roughing 2 Only finishing Approach angle default opposite to recessing direction Departure angle default opposite to recessing direction Recessing feed rate default active feed rate Finishing feed rate default active feed rate Type of retraction at end of cycle rmos gt O Return to starting point Axial recess First Z then X direction Radial recess First X then Z direction 1 Positions in f
5. 188 Geometry and machining commands 188 Contour programming 189 NC blocks of the DIN program 190 Creating editing and deleting NC blocks 191 Address parameters 192 Fixed cycles 193 Subprograms expert programs 194 NC program conversion 194 DIN ISO programs of predecessor controls 195 Geometry pull down menus 197 Machining pull down menus 197 4 2 Definition of workpiece blank 198 Chuck part bar tube G20 Geo 198 Cast part G21 Geo 198 4 3 Basic contour elements 199 Starting point of turning contour GO Geo 199 Machining attributes for form elements 199 Line segment in a contour G1 Geo 200 Circular arc of turning contour G2 G3 Geo 202 Circular arc of turning contour G12 G13 Geo 203 4 4 Contour form elements 205 Recess standard G22 Geo 205 Recess general G23 Geo 207 Thread with undercut G24 Geo 209 Undercut contour G25 Geo 210 Thread standard G34 Geo 214 Thread general G37 Geo 215 Bore hole centric G49 Geo 217 4 5 Attributes for contour description 218 Feed rate reduction G38 Geo 218 Attributes for superimposed elements G39 Geo 219 Separation point G44 220 Oversize G52 Geo 220 Feed per revolution G95 Geo 221 Additive compensation G149 Geo 221 4 6 C axis contours Fundamentals 222 Milling contour position
6. gt x lt i Rapid traverse to machine coordinates G701 G701 moves at rapid traverse along the shortest path to the target point Parameters X End point diameter Z End point 248 DIN Programming il Approach tool change point G14 2 G14 moves the slide at rapid traverse to the tool change position In F setup mode define permanent coordinates for the tool change position Parameters Oo Q Sequence Determines the course of traverse movements default 0 E 0 Diagonal path of traverse E 1 First X then Z direction E 2 First Z then X direction E 3 Only X direction Z remains unchanged E 4 Only Z direction X remains unchanged D Number of the tool change position to be approached 0 2 default O tool change position from parameters ke 0 Ps WO D 2 S o G A Definition of tool change point G140 G140 defines the position of the tool change point defined in D This position can be approached with G14 Parameters D Number of the tool change point 1 2 X Diameter Position of the tool change point Z Length Position of the tool change point If X or Z parameters are missing the values from the tool change point parameter are entered WO D 2 o G A HEIDENHAIN MANUALplus 620 CNC PILOT 640 24 4 10 Linear and viroula Movements 4 10 Linear and circular movements Linear movement G1 G1 moves the tool on a linear
7. Access to the technology database Machining operation Milling E Affected parameters F S FZ P smart Turn units il Engraving lateral surface unit The unit engraves character strings aligned linearly on the lateral surface Diacritics and special characters that you cannot enter in the smart Turn editor can be defined character by character in NF If you program Continue from last text Q 1 tool change and pre positioning are suppressed The technological data of the previous engraving cycle apply Unit name G802_GRA_MANT_C Cycle G802 see page 379 Character set see page 376 Position form Starting point C Starting angle GY Starting point X End point diameter X position infeed depth during milling RB Retraction plane Cycle form TXT Text to be engraved NF Character number character to be engraved H Font height Distance factor for calculation see figure W Inclination angle FZ Plunging feed rate factor plunging feed rate current feed rate FZ D Reference diameter Q Continue from last text 0 No Engraving starts at the starting point 1 Yes Engraving starts at the tool position Further forms see page 60 HEIDENHAIN MANUALplus 620 CNC PILOT 640 E Access to the technology database Machining operation Engraving E Affected parameters F S 2 10 Units Milling lateral j E CY o il 2 10 Units Milling lateral
8. Cycle run From the current position the touch probe moves in the defined measuring plane toward the measuring point When the stylus touches the workpiece the measured value is saved and the touch probe is positioned back to the starting point Another two probing operations are carried out with the defined stepping angle If a starting diameter D was programmed the cycle positions the touch probe on a circular path before the respective measuring process The control outputs an error message if the touch probe does not reach any touch point within the defined measuring path If a maximum deviation WE was programmed the measuring point Is approached twice and the mean value is saved as result If the difference of the measurements is greater than the maximum deviation WE the program run is interrupted and an error message Is displayed Parameters R Type of zero point shift 0 X Y plane G17 Probe circle in X Y plane 1 Z X plane G18 Probe circle in Z X plane 2 Y Z plane G19 Probe circle in Y Z plane K Incremental measuring path Maximum measuring path for measurement in the holes C Angle of 1st hole Angle for the first probing operation AC Angle of 2nd hole Angle for the second probing operation RC Angle of 3rd hole Angle for the third probing operation WB Position in infeed direction Measuring height to which the touch probe is positioned before the measuring process No input The hole is probed from the current
9. HEIDENHAIN a GO X112 22 06 G47 P2 G810 NS10 NE22 P2 10 5 K0 2 HO QO VO DO G14 00 of approa G47 M9 Approach position END_OF_UNIT 4004377823 UNIT ID G869_ICP G869 ICP recess turning 251 T3 G96 S160 G95 F9 5 M3 54 GO X112 22 G 47 P2 a NS3 NE22 P2 10 5 KO 2 Q0 UO HO VO shes s e EOL e gt E g 3 Au C Contour Maximum in io Tye of approach UOO TNC nc_prog ncps 32008_en nc ee ee oe oe ee ee SS Osews ssw Degg iad E i i i fe e es bi bi gww aaa o eJ wals beteo Bg J wWbyJu ww GBB wga J a guasg S bom E e Ea Jed O Q ggg 9s anaawaEaoooad ld ac La Leah aa allel Lo LLL BHH Le HEIDENHAIN User s Manual MANUALplus 620 CNC PILOT 640 smart Turn and DIN Programming NC Software 548430 03 548431 03 688946 03 688947 03 English en 11 2014 smart Turn and DIN PLUS programming This manual describes functions and features provided by lathe controls as of the following NC software numbers MANUALplus 620 HEROS 5 948430 03 MANUALplus 620E HEROS 5 548431 03 CNC PILOT 640 HEROS 5 688946 03 CNC PILOT 640E HEROS 5 688947 03 The suffix E indicates the export version of the control The export version of the control has the following limitations Simultaneous linear movement in up to 4 axes HEROS 5 identifies the new operating system of HSCl based controls Machine operation and
10. Identify the contours as FACE or LATERAL You can use section codes more than once or program multiple contours within one section code Block references When editing G commands related to the contour MACHINING section load the block references from the displayed contour Place the cursor in the input box NS Switch to the contour display Contour E EA Place the cursor on the desired contour element Switch to NE Place the cursor on the desired contour element NE Press the LOAD soft key to return to the dialog Take over NC blocks of the DIN program An NC block contains NC commands such as positioning switching or organizational commands Traversing and switching commands begin with G or M followed by a number G1 G2 G81 M3 M30 and the address parameters Organizational commands consist of key words WHILE RETURN etc or of a combination of letters numbers You can also program NC blocks containing only variable calculations You can program several NC commands in one NC block provided they have different address letters and do not have opposing functions Examples Permissible combination N10 G1 X100 Z2 M8 Non permissible combination N10 G1 X100 Z2 G2 X100 Z2 R30 same address letters are used more than once or N10 M3 M4 opposing functionality NC address parameters The address parameters consist of 1 or 2 letter s followed by A value A mathematical expression
11. NC programming il MACHINING section In the MACHINING program section you program the machining operations This code must be Included END code The END code concludes the NC program This code must be included SUBPROGRAM section If you define a subprogram within your NC program within the same file it is designated with SUBPROGRAM followed by the name of the Subprogram max 40 characters RETURN code The RETURN code concludes the subprogram HEIDENHAIN MANUALplus 620 CNC PILOT 640 1 3 Program section a 1 3 Program section sole u D 5 2 O O N f CONST code In the CONST section of the program you define constants You use constants for the definition of a value You enter the value directly or you calculate it If you use constants in the calculation you must first define them The length of the constant name must not exceed 20 characters Lower case letters and numbers are allowed Constants always begin with an underscore see Expanded variable syntax CONST VAR on page 420 VAR code In the VAR program section you assign names descriptive text to variables see Expanded variable syntax CONST VAR on page 420 The length of the variable name must not exceed 20 characters Lower case letters and numbers are allowed Variables always begin with 54 Beispiel VAR NC programming il 1 4 Tool programming
12. T Tool at turret position T to compensate the difference to the nominal value G149 Additive compensation D9xx to compensate the difference to the nominal value only possible with compensation type R 1 FP Maximum permissible compensation WE Maximum deviation Probe twice and monitor the dispersion of the measured values F Measuring feed rate Feed rate for probing If nothing is entered the measuring feed rate from the touch probe table is used If the entered measuring feed rate F is higher than the one in the touch probe table the feed rate is reduced to the value from the touch probe table O Tool orientation Orient the touch probe in the programmed probing direction before each probing operation machine dependent function P PRINT outputs 0 OFF Do not display measuring results 1 ON Display measuring results H INPUT instead of measurement 0 Default Obtain measured values by probing 1 PC test Simulate probing cycle on the programming station AN Log no Save measurement results in TNCA table messpro mep table line numbers 0 99 the table can be expanded if necessary result of the first measurement and the compensation The cycle computes the compensation value WT from the value AT from the result of the second measurement 468 Touch probe cycles il Two point measurement G17 longitudinal G777 Cycle G777 measures two opposite points in the X Y plane with the measuring axis Y If the toleranc
13. co N Face G301 Linear slot Page 234 G302 G303 Circular slot Page 234 G304 Full circle Page 235 G305 Rectangle Page 235 G307 Eccentric polygon Page 236 Lateral surface G311 Linear slot Page 243 G312 G313 Circular slot Page 243 G314 Full circle Page 244 G315 Rectangle Page 244 G317 Eccentric polygon Page 245 348 DIN Programming il Linear slot on face G791 G791 mills a slot from the current tool position to the end point The slot width equals the diameter of the milling cutter Oversizes are not taken Into account Parameters Final point of slot in polar coordinates diameter C Final angle Final point of slot in polar coordinates for angle direction see help graphic XK Final point of slot Cartesian YK Final point of slot Cartesian K Slot length referenced to center of cutter A Slot angle reference see help graphic ZE Milling floor ZS Milling top edge J Milling depth E J gt 0 Infeed direction Z E J lt 0 Infeed direction Z P Maximum approach default total depth in one infeed F Approach feed infeed rate default active feed rate Parameter combinations for definition of the end point see help graphic Parameter combinations for definition of the milling plane E Milling floor ZE milling top edge ZS E Milling floor ZE milling depth J E Milling top edge ZS milling depth J E Milling floor ZE Rotate the spindle to the desired angle position before calling G791 f y
14. hom D Oo O cb lt m c 5 k T T 1 1 smart Turn and DIN ISO programming The Steuerung supports the following types of NC programming Conventional DIN programming You program the basic contour with line segments circular arcs and simple turning cycles Use the smart Turn editor in ISO mode DIN PLUS programming The geometrical description of the workpiece and the machining process are separated You first program the geometry of the blank and finished part Then you machine the workpiece using contour related turning cycles Use the smart Turn editor in ISO mode smart Turn programming The geometrical description of the workpiece and the machining process are separated You program the geometry of the blank and finished part and you program the machining blocks as units Use the smart Turn editor in unit mode Depending on the type and complexity of your machining task you can use either simple DIN ISO programming DIN PLUS ISO programming or smart Turn programming All three named programming modes can be combined in one NC program In DIN PLUS and smart Turn programming contours can be described with ICP interactive graphics ICP saves the contour descriptions as G codes in the NC program Parallel operation VVhile you are editing and testing programs your machine can run another NC program Contour follow up The Steuerung uses the contour follow up function in
15. 0 m DIN Programming ug D IE YF ing in 4 1 Programm 4 1 Programming in DIN ISO mode Geometry and machining commands The Steuerung also supports structured programming in DIN ISO mode The G commands are divided into E Geometry commands for describing the blank and finished part E Machining commands for the MACHINING section and in the MACHINING section When copying or shifting NC blocks keep in mind that geometry functions are used exclusively for describing a contour while machining functions are used only in the MACHINING section Some G codes are used for blank finished part definition 190 Beispiel Structured DINplus program DIN Programming il Contour programming The contour follow up function and contour related turning cycles require the previous description of the blank and finished part For milling and drilling contour definition is a precondition if you wish to use fixed cycles Use ICP Interactive Contour Programming for describing blank and finished parts Contours for turning Describe a continuous contour The direction of the contour description is independent of the direction of machining Contour descriptions must not extend beyond the turning center The contour of the finished part must lie within the contour of the blank part When machining bars define only the required section as blank Contour definitions
16. 248 G701 Rapid traverse to machine coordinates Y axis 523 G702 Saving loading contour follow up 380 G703 Contour follow up 380 G71 Drilling cycle 325 G72 Boring countersinking 327 G720 Spindle synchronization 392 G725 Eccentric turning 399 G726 Transition to eccentric 401 G727 Eccentric X 403 G73 Tapping 328 G74 Deep hole drilling 331 G740 Repeat recessing cycle 285 G741 Repeat recessing cycle 285 G743 Linear pattern face 334 G744 Linear pattern lateral surface 336 G745 Circular pattern face 335 G746 Circular pattern lateral surface 337 G791 Linear slot on face 349 G792 Linear slot on lateral surface 350 G793 Contour and figure milling cycle face 351 G794 Contour and figure milling cycle lateral surface 353 G797 Area milling face 355 G798 Helical slot milling 357 G799 Thread milling axial 338 G8 Precision stop off 382 G80 Cycle end Simple contour 294 G800 Thread milling in XY plane 541 G801 Engraving on front face 378 G802 Engraving on lateral surface 379 G803 Engraving in XY plane 539 G804 Engraving in YZ plane 540 G806 Thread milling in YZ plane 542 G808 Hobbing 543 G809 Measuring cut 293 G81 Simple longitudinal roughing 434 G810 Longitudinal roughing 272 G82 Simple face roughing 435 G820 Face roughing 275 G83 Contour repeat cycle 436 G830 Contour p
17. 4 33 Mh orograms Dialog texts in subprogram call You can define up to 30 parameter descriptions that precede follow the input fields in an external subprogram The units of measure are defined using code numbers Depending on the setting metric or inches the Steuerung shows the designations of the units of measure When calling external subprograms that contain a parameter list then parameters not contained in this list are omitted from the call dialog The parameter descriptions can be positioned within the subprogram as desired The control searches for subprograms in the sequence current project standard directory and then machine manufacturer directory Parameter descriptions see table at right Beginning pn n s parameter text up to 25 characters End 428 on Parameter designations la Ib n Code number for units of measure 0 Non dimensional 1 mm or inches E 2 mm rev or inch rev E 3 mm min or inch min E 4 m min or ft min 5 Rev min E 6 Degrees E 7 um or pinch WO D D o DIN Programming il Help graphics for subprogram calls With help graphics you illustrate the call parameters of subprograms The Steuerung places the help graphics to the left next to the dialog box of the subprogram call If you append an underscore _ and the input field name in capital letters beginning with L to the name of the file a separate graphic
18. HEIDENHAIN MANUALplus 620 CNC PILOT 640 Beispiel G771 Single point measurement for tool compensation easurement O 7 5 2 Touch probe cycles for single j il hom N poin 5 2 Touch probe cycles for single Parameters Q AN 460 Tool orientation Orient the touch probe in the programmed probing direction before each probing operation machine dependent function PRINT outputs 0 OFF Do not display measuring results 1 ON Display measuring results INPUT instead of measurement 0 Default Obtain measured values by probing 1 PC test Simulate probing cycle on the programming station Log no Save measurement results in TNC A table messpro mep table line numbers 0 99 the table can be expanded if necessary Touch probe cycles il Zero point C axis single point measurement G772 Cycle G772 measures with the C axis in the specified direction If the tolerance value defined in the cycle is exceeded the cycle saves the measured deviation as zero point shift The result of the measurement is saved additionally in the variable 199 See Touch probe cycles for automatic operation on page 455 easurement Cycle run From the current position the element to be probed is moved toward the touch probe by a rotation of the C axis When the workpiece touches the stylus the measured value Is saved and the workpiece Is returned O 7 The control output
19. J1 Thread orientation From 1st contour element 0 Longitudinal 1 Transverse F1 Thread pitch U Thread depth automatically for metric ISO threads A Approach angle angle of infeed reference X axis 60 lt A lt 60 default 30 D No of gears threads per unit K Run out length Cycle form H Kind of displacement type of offset offset between the individual infeeds in cutting direction 0 Without offset 1 From left 2 From right 3 Alternately left right V Type of infeed for details see page 126 0 Constant mach X section 1 Constant infeed 2 W remaining cutting with distribution of remaining cuts 3 W o remaining cutting without distribution of remaining cuts 4 Same as MANUALplus 4110 5 Constant infeed same as 4290 6 Constant with distribute Same as 4290 R Remaining cut depth only with V 4 Maximum inteed radius IC Number of cuts only if is not programmed B Run in length P Overrun length C Starting angle Q No no load number of dry runs Further forms see page 60 HEIDENHAIN MANUALplus 620 CNC PILOT 640 2 8 nits O i il 2 8 Units Tk ds API thread unit This unit cuts a single or multi start API thread The depth of thread decreases at the overrun at the end of thread Unit name G352_API Cycle G352 see page 312 Thread form O Thread location E 0 Internal thread infeed in X 1 External thread infeed in X X1 Z1 Starting point of thread X1 d
20. Shift machine dependent Shift Shift machine dependent Shift machine dependent Shift machine dependent SAL GN lt x If you shift the workpiece zero point more than once with G56 the shift is always added to the currently active zero point HEIDENHAIN MANUALplus 620 CNC PILOT 640 Beispiel G56 261 4 13 cerai shifts Absolute zero point shift G59 G59 sets the workpiece zero point to the defined value in the selected axis The new workpiece zero point remains in effect to the end of the program Parameters X Shift radius Y Shift machine dependent Z Shift U Shift machine dependent V Shift machine dependent W Shift machine dependent 4 13 zeion shifts G59 cancels all previous zero point shifts with G51 G56 or G59 Beispiel G59 262 DIN Programming il 4 14 Oversizes Switch off oversize G50 G50 switches off oversizes defined with G52 Geo for the following cycle Program G50 before the cycle To ensure compatibility the G52 code is also supported for switching off the oversizes HEIDENHAIN recommends using G50 for new NC programs Axis parallel oversize G57 G57 defines different oversizes for X and Z Program G57 before the cycle call Parameters X Oversize X diameter value only positive values Z Oversize Z only positive values G57 is effective in the following cycles After cycle run the oversizes are deleted G810 G820 G83
21. T Q O e O 9 m 4 29 j il wn SB Cutting width wn AL Length of first cut wn FB Cutter width T Q O e O 9 i wn ZL Tool setting dimension in Z wn XL Tool setting dimension in X e p wn YL Tool setting dimension in Y wn l Position of tool tip center in X wn K Position of tool tip center in Z wn ZE Distance between tool tip and slide zero point Z wn XE Distance between tool tip and slide zero point X wn YE Distance between tool tip and slide zero point Y Reading the current NC information nNO0 Z Last programmed position Z N120 X Reference diameter X for calculating CY n57 X Oversize in X n57 Z Oversize in Z n58 P Equidistant oversize n150 X Cutting width shifted in X by G150 n95 F Last programmed feed rate n47 P Current safety clearance n147 1 Current safety clearance in working plane n147 K Current safety clearance in infeed direction __n0O_x 768 Last programmed position X _ n0_y 769 Last programmed position Y _ n0_z 770 Last programmed position Z _n120_x 787 Reference diameter X for calculating CY _ n57_x 791 Oversize in X _nbd _z 792 Oversize in Z 386 DIN Programming il __nd8_p 793 Equidistant oversize n150_x 794 Cutting width shifted in X by G150 G151 n150_z 795 Cutting width shifted in Z by G150 G151 _ n95_f 800 Last programmed feed rate aQ0 Z 1 Zero point shift of the Z axis of slide 1 a1 Z 1 Actual position of the
22. The contour must start with a linear element If the starting element is lt WB WB is reduced to the length of the starting element The length of the starting element must not be less than 1 5 times the diameter of the milling cutter Cycle run 1 Starting position X Z C is the position before the cycle begins 2 Calculates the number of cuts infeeds to the milling planes infeeds in the milling depths and the plunging positions and paths for reciprocating or helical plunges 3 Approaches to safety clearance and depending on O feeds to the first milling depth or approaches helically or on a reciprocating path 4 Mills a plane 5 Retracts by the safety clearance returns and cuts to the next milling depth 6 Repeats steps 4 and 5 until the complete surface is milled 7 Returns to retraction plane RB You can change the milling direction with the cutting direction H the machining direction Q and the direction of tool rotation see following table Program only the parameters given in the following table HEIDENHAIN MANUALplus 620 CNC PILOT 640 From inside O 0 From inside O 0 From outside Q 1 From outside O 1 Mx03 Mx04 Mx03 Mx04 Up cut milling From inside Mx03 Climb milling H 0 Q 0 H 1 Up cut milling From inside Mx04 Climb milling H 0 Q 0 H 1 Up cut milling From outside Mx03 Climb milling H 0 Q 1 H 1 Up cut milling From outside Mx04 Climb millin
23. Unit Predrill pocket mill ICP on face 111 Unit Predrill pocket mill ICP on lateral surface 117 Unit Program beginning 159 Unit Program end 164 Unit Program section repeat 163 Unit Recess turning with direct contour input 76 Unit Relief turns undercut type E F DIN76 122 Unit Single hole face 84 Unit Single hole lateral surface 93 Unit Single surface milling XY plane 177 Unit Single surface milling YZ plane 184 Unit Slot face 133 Unit Slot lateral surface 147 Unit Subprogram call 162 Unit Tap hole lateral surface 99 Unit Tapered thread 131 Unit Tapping face 90 Unit Thread milling in XY plane 181 Unit Thread milling 138 Unit Thread direct 127 Unit Tilt plane 165 Unit Transverse finishing with direct contour input 121 U Unit Transverse roughing in ICP 68 Unit Transverse roughing with direct contour input 72 Unit Undercutting H K U 78 Units of measure 36 UNITS Fundamentals 60 using NC Start in single block mode to run NC blocks through to end of program G999 389 V VAR section code 54 Variable syntax expanded CONST VAR 420 Variable types 408 Variables As address parameters 194 Variables calculating automatically G940 385 W WHILE Program repeat 424 WINDOW
24. Zero point shift G51 G51 shifts the workpiece zero point by the defined value in the selected axis The shift is referenced to the workpiece zero point defined in setup mode Parameters Shift radius Shift machine dependent Shift Shift machine dependent Shift machine dependent Shift machine dependent CMs 4 Even if you shift the zero point several times with G51 it is always referenced to the workpiece zero point defined in setup mode The zero point shift is valid until program end or until it is canceled by other zero point shifts 260 WO o 2 D G O1 DIN Programming il Zero point offsets Shift G53 G54 G55 G53 G54 and G55 shift the workpiece zero point by the offset values defined in setup mode The shift is referenced to the workpiece zero point defined in setup mode even if you shift the zero point several times with G53 G54 and G55 The shift remains in effect until the end of the program or until it is canceled by other zero point shifts Before using zero point shifts with G53 G54 and G55 you need to define the offset values in setup mode see Defining offsets in the User s Manual A shift in X is entered as a radius Additive zero point shift G56 G56 shifts the workpiece zero point by the defined value in the selected axis The shift is referenced to the currently active workpiece zero point Parameters Shift radius value default 0
25. j il 8 3 Simulation 8 3 Simulation Simulation of the tilted plane 3 D view he simulation correctly displays tilted Y planes as well as elements referenced to them such as pockets holes patterns etc Contour graphics The simulation displays the YZ view of the workpiece and the contours of the tilted planes in the side view To represent the drilling patterns and milling contours perpendicularly to the tilted plane i e without distortion the simulation ignores the rotation of the coordinate system and a shift within the rotated coordinate system With contour graphics for tilted planes please note the following E The parameter K of G16 or LATERAL_Y defines the start of the drilling pattern or milling contour in the Z direction E The drilling patterns and milling contours are drawn perpendicularly to the tilted plane This results in a shift relative to the turning contour Milling drilling and boring operations VVhen you use the side view to display the tool paths in the tilted plane the same rules apply as for the contour graphics When working in tilted planes the front window shows the outline of the tool The tool width is simulated true to scale In this way you can check the overlap of milling paths The tool paths are also represented true to scale in perspective view as line graphics In all additional windows the simulation shows the tool and the cutting path when the tool Is perpen
26. 16 Contour parallel oversize radius Axis parallel oversize X Axis parallel oversize Z Further forms see page 60 If feed rate reduction is active at least four spindle revolutions are used to machine every small contour element With the address Dxx you activate an additive compensation for the entire cycle run The additive compensation is switched off again at the end of the cycle You edit additive compensation values in the Program Run mode of operation HEIDENHAIN MANUALplus 620 CNC PILOT 640 machining direction and moves to the position K default 2 7 i te b il Longitudinal finishing with direct contour input unit The unit finishes the contour defined by the parameters in one pass In EC you define whether you want to machine a normal or a plunging contour Unit name G890_G80_L Cycle G890 see page 290 Contour form EC Type of contour 0 Normal contour 1 Plunging contour X1 Z1 Contour starting point X2 Z2 Contour end point RC Rounding Radius of contour corner AC Start angle Angle of the first contour element range 0 lt AC lt 90 WC End angle Angle of the last contour element range 0 lt WC lt 90 BS Chamfer radius at start BS gt 0 Radius of rounding arc BS lt 0 Section length of chamfer BE Chamfer radius at end BE gt 0 Radius of rounding arc BE lt 0O Section length of chamfer Cycle form E Plunging behav
27. 2 7 i ti j il Relief turns undercut type E F DIN76 unit The unit machines the undercut defined by KG and then the adjoining plane surface The cylinder chamfer is executed when you enter at least one of the parameters 1st cut length or 1st cut radius Ea KG G KG F Unit name G85x_DIN_E_F_G Cycle G85 see page 316 Overview form KG Type of relief turn undercut DIN 76 DIN 509 F E DIN 509 type E Cycle G851 see page 318 F DIN 509 type F Cycle G852 see page 319 G DIN 76 type G thread undercut Cycle G853 see page 320 X1 Z1 Contour starting point X1 diameter value X2 Z2 Contour end point X2 diameter value App Approach see page 65 Parameters on the Type E form Undercut depth default value from standard table Undercut length default value from standard table Undercut angle default 15 from standard table Undercut radius default value from standard table Type of departure NE IDSA 0 To the starting point 1 Plane surface end Parameters on the Type F form Undercut depth default value from standard table K Undercut length default value from standard table W Undercut angle default 15 from standard table R Undercut radius default value from standard table P2 Face depth default value from standard table A Face angle default 8 from standard table A H Type of departure i 0 To the starting point 1 Plane surface end Access
28. 7 7 Machine a Author E The other fields contain organizational information and set up e m Eo Pat information which do not influence the machining process aas wees ae alae a oN 7 M07 Information contained in the program head is preceded by in the NC ees aa m 2nd setup z G ro ram Free length ist setup f2 mm 2nd setup bo o mm p g Clmpg press ist setup aaa bar 2nd setup bar f Mog M ia You can only select a unit when creating a new NC program It is not possible to post edit this entry TNC Project SMART_KAPITEL1 ncps 7983 nc 09 02 oo OK Cancel 48 NC programming CLAMPS section In the CLAMPS program section you describe how the workpiece is clamped This makes It possible to display the chucking equipment during simulation In TURN PLUS the chucking equipment information is used to calculate the zero points and cutting limits during automatic program generation Parameters H Chuck number D Spindle number for AWG R Clamp type 0 Parameter J defines the free length 1 Parameter J defines the clamping length Z Position of the chuck edge B Chuck jaw reference J Clamping length or free length of the workpiece depending on the clamp type R O Cutting limit for outside machining Cutting limit for inside machining K Overlap jaw workpiece pay attention to sign X Clamping diameter of workpiece blank Q Chuck form 4 Outside chucking 5 Inside chucking V Shaft machining AWG 0 Chuck
29. Drill ICP drilling C axis unit The unit machines a single hole or a hole pattern on the face or lateral surface Using ICP you define the holes as well as further details Unit name G74_ICP_C Cycle G74 see page 331 Pattern form FK Finished part contour NS Starting block no of contour Cycle form E Delay dwell time at end of hole default 0 D Retraction at 0 Rapid traverse 1 Feed rate V Feed rate reduction 0 Without reduction 1 At end of the hole 2 At start of the hole 3 At start and end of the hole AB Spot drilling through drilling length distance for feed rate reduction P Hole depth IB Hole depth reduction value Value by which the feed depth decreases after every advance JB Minimum hole depth If you have entered a hole depth reduction value the hole depth is reduced only to the value entered in JB B Retraction distance Value by which the tool is retracted after reaching the respective hole depth RI Internal safety clearance Distance for reapproach inside the hole default safety clearance SCK RB Retraction plane default return to the starting position or to the safety clearance 102 Access to the technology database Machining operation Drilling Affected parameters F S smart Turn units il Global form G14 CLT SCK BP BF Tool change point No axis Simultaneously First X then Z First Z then X Only X Only Z Only Y d
30. Feed rate reduction Indexable insert drill and twist drill with 180 drilling angle A feed rate reduction is only effective if the parameter Drilling length A has been defined Other drills Beginning of hole Feed rate reduction as programmed in V End of hole Reduction as of hole end point length of first cut safety clearance Length of first cut tool tip Safety clearance See user parameter or G47 G147 Cycle run 1 Hole without contour description Tool is located at the starting point safety distance from the bore hole Hole with contour description Tool moves at rapid traverse to the starting point RB not programmed Moves up to the safety clearance RB programmed Moves to the position RB and then to the safety clearance Spot drilling Feed rate reduction depending on V Drilling at feed rate Through drilling Feed rate reduction depending on V Retraction at rapid traverse or feed rate depending on D Retraction position Ooooh W N RB not programmed Retraction to the starting point RB programmed Retraction to the position RB 326 DIN Programming il Boring countersinking G72 G72 is used for holes with contour definition individual hole or hole pattern Use G72 for the following axial and radial drilling functions using driven or stationary tools E Boring E Countersinking E Reaming E NC drilling E Centering Parameters ID Drilling contour Name of the hole definition NS Block numb
31. HEIDENHAIN MANUALplus 620 CNC PILOT 640 4 21 a cycles Beispiel G856 Undercut type H G857 G857 machines an undercut The end point is determined from the plunge angle in accordance with Undercut type H Tool position at the end of the cycle Cycle start point Parameters X Corner point of contour diameter Z Corner point of contour K Undercut length R Radius no input No circular element tool radius undercut radius W Plunging angle no input W is calculated from K and R contour corners along the longitudinal axis Cutting radius compensation is active Oversizes are not taken into account Undercuts can only be executed in orthogonal paraxial 322 Beispiel G857 DIN Programming il Undercut type K G858 G858 machines an undercut This cycle performs only one linear cut at an angle of 45 The resulting contour geometry therefore depends on the tool that is used Tool position at the end of the cycle Cycle start point Parameters X Corner point of contour diameter Z Corner point of contour Undercut depth contour corners along the longitudinal axis Cutting radius compensation is active Oversizes are not taken into account Undercuts can only be executed in orthogonal paraxial HEIDENHAIN MANUALplus 620 CNC PILOT 640 Beispiel G858 4 21 a cycles j il 4 22 inc cycles 4 22 Drilling cycles Overview of drilling and borin
32. NS Contour start block number reference to basic element G1 Geo for successions of threads block number of the first basic element NE Contour end block number reference to basic element G1 Geo for successions of threads block number of the last basic element O Identifier beginning end default 0 A chamfer rounding arc is machined E 0 No machining E 1 At beginning m2 At end E 3 At beginning and end E 4 Chamfer rounding arc is machined not the basic element prerequisite contour section with one element J Reference direction E No input The reference direction is determined from the first contour element J 0 Longitudinal thread E J 1 Transverse thread Maximum infeed No input and V 0 constant chip cross section l AF IC Number of cuts The infeed is calculated from IC and U Usable with V 0 constant chip cross section E V 1 constant infeed B Run in length No input The run in length is determined from the contour If this is not possible the value is calculated from the kinematic parameters The thread contour is extended by the value B P Overrun length No input The run out length is determined from the contour If this is not possible the value is calculated The thread contour is extended by the value P A Approach angle angle of infeed default 30 AAAA TA O gt O x 4 19 WO D w 2 D G OO HEIDENHAIN M
33. Probing in two axes G766 479 Probing in two axes G768 480 Probing in two axes G769 481 Program branching IF 422 Program branching SWITCH 425 Program branching WHILE 424 Program conversion 196 Program example 441 Program section codes 47 Programming in DIN ISO mode 190 Programming with variables 407 Protection zone switch off G60 382 Pull down menus Geometry 199 Pull down menus Units 60 R Radius G87 438 Rapid traverse GO 248 Rapid traverse GO Y axis 523 Rapid traverse to machine coordinates G701 248 Rapid traverse front face G100 341 Rapid traverse lateral surface G110 345 Rapid traverse reducing G48 253 Reading diagnostic bits 413 Reading interpolation information G904 383 Reading tool data 410 Real variables 407 Rear face machining DIN PLUS Example of full Surface machining with opposing spindle 448 Example of full surface machining with single spindle 450 Recess general G23 Geo 209 Recess standard G22 Geo 207 Recess turning cycle G869 286 Recessing cycle G870 289 Recessing G86 437 Recessing G860 283 Recessing recessing cycle G870 289 R Recessing repeat recessing cycle G740 G741 285 Rectangle in XY plane G375 Geo 509 Rectangle in YZ plane G385 Geo 517 Rectangle on face G305 Geo 235 Rectangle on lateral surface G315 Geo 244 Reference diame
34. Program G39 before the contour element for which it is intended G50 preceding a cycle MACHINING section cancels a finishing oversize programmed for that cycle with G39 Use surface roughness V RH finishing feed rate F Function G39 can be replaced by directly entering the attributes in the contour elements dialog The function is necessary to execute imported programs correctly HEIDENHAIN MANUALplus 620 CNC PILOT 640 4 5 Attributes for contouBgescnption i il ion ipt escrip 4 5 Attributes for contour Separation point G44 During automatic program creation with TURN PLUS you can define the separation point for rechucking with function G44 Parameters D Location of separation point O Start of the basic element as separation point 1 Target of the basic element as separation point largest diameter as separation point for outside machining and the smallest diameter as separation point for inside machining If no separation point was defined TURNplus uses the Oversize G52 Geo G52 defines an equidistant oversize that applies to basic contour elements and form elements and is taken into consideration in G810 G820 G830 G860 and G890 Parameters P Oversize radius H P applies as an absolute or additive value default 0 0 P replaces G57 G58 oversizes 1 P is added to G57 G58 oversizes G52 is a modal function Program G52 in the NC block for which it is intended G50 preceding
35. Single hole lateral surface unit This unit machines a hole on the lateral surface of the workpiece Unit name G74_Bohr_Mant_C Cycle G74 see page 331 D Cycle form X1 Start point drill starting point of hole diameter value X2 End point drill end point of hole diameter value CS Spindle angle E Delay dwell time at end of hole default 0 om D Retraction at A 0 Rapid traverse 1 Feed rate k V Feed rate reduction F 0 Without reduction _ 1 At end of the hole V 2 V 3 LO 2 At start of the hole ay ON N 3 At start and end of the hole AB Spot drilling through drilling length distance for feed rate O reduction P Hole depth V 1 V 3 IB Hole depth reduction value Value by which the feed depth lt F 50 decreases after every advance JB Minimum hole depth If you have entered a hole depth reduction value the hole depth is reduced only to the value entered in JB B Retraction distance Value by which the tool is retracted after reaching the respective hole depth Rl Internal safety clearance Distance for reapproach inside the hole default safety clearance SCK Global form G14 Tool change point No axis Simultaneously First X then Z First Z then X Only X Access to the technology database Only Z Only Y direction 6 Si
36. The Steuerung positions the slots as follows Slots are arranged at the distance of the pattern radius about the pattern center if Pattern center center of curvature and Pattern radius curvature radius Slots are arranged at the distance of the pattern radius curvature radius about the pattern center if Pattern center lt gt center of curvature or Pattern radius lt gt curvature radius In addition the position influences the arrangement of the slots Normal position The starting angle of the slot applies as a relative value to the pattern position The starting angle is added to the pattern position Original position The starting angle of the slot applies as an absolute value The following examples show the programming of a circular pattern with circular slots HEIDENHAIN MANUALplus 620 CNC PILOT 640 227 tours aments AXIS con 4 6 C tours Mil amentals AXIS con 4 6 C Slot centerline as reference and normal position Programming H Pattern center center of curvature Pattern radius curvature radius E Normal position These commands arrange the slots at the distance of the pattern radius about the pattern center Example Slot centerline as reference normal position Circular pattern normal position Circular slot Slot centerline as reference and original position Programming Pattern center center of curvature Pattern radius curvature radius E O
37. Y axis contours STIRN Y RUECKSEITE Y MANTEL Y Workpiece machining BEARBEITUNG ENDE Page 53 HEADER CLAMPS TURRET BLANK FINISHED AUXIL_CONTOUR AUXIL BLANK FACE C REAR C LATERAL C FACE Y REAR Y LATERAL Y MACHINING END HEIDENHAIN MANUALplus 620 CNC PILOT 640 Page 48 Page 49 Page 50 Page 50 Page 50 Page 50 Page 50 Page 51 Page 51 Page 51 Page 51 Page 51 Page 52 Page 53 T9 ID 04mtest5 w TNC Project SMART_KAPITEL1 ncps 7983 nc 09 02 Cancel U D m p o o e Q D 3 T D O m e o e Q D T 4 Q 2 a Q N S O Oo a 0 q Subprograms UNTERPROGRAMM SUBPROGRAM Page 53 p Q RETURN RETURN Page 53 N Others CONST CONST Page 54 VAR VAR Page 54 e Som 0 For more than one independent contour definition for drilling milling use the program section codes FACE_C a LATERAL_C etc each time q HEADER section Instructions and information in the program head HEADER panine D smart Turn Toot editor JB Unit 444 Prog 44 Head 444 IGP 444 Units H Go to 444 Config 444 Misc J44 Extras 444 Graph l f7983 nc TA Select dimensional system in millimeters or inches Progran head editing Ff E A A A Material Eere M Workpiece poo No entry The unit set in the user parameter is used ai O Fo g
38. all previous infeeds the cycle machines only the contour J Milling direction For polygons without chamfers rounding arcs J defines whether a unidirectional or bidirectional milling operation is to be executed see help graphio 0 Unidirectional 1 Bidirectional co N Beispiel G797 G304 Programming notes The cycle calculates the milling depth from ZS and ZE taking the oversizes into account Surfaces and figures defined with G797 Q gt 0 are symmetric with respect to the center A figure defined in the following command can be outside the center G797 QO is followed by The figure to be milled with E Contour definition of the figure G301 to G807 See Front and rear face contours on page 230 E Conclusion of milling contour G80 The free contour with E Starting point of milling contour G100 E Milling contour G101 G102 G103 E Conclusion of milling contour G80 356 DIN Programming il Helical slot milling G798 G798 mills a helical slot from the current tool position to the Final point X Z The slot width equals the diameter of the milling cutter Parameters X Final point diameter value default current X position Z Final point of slot C Starting angle F Thread pitch E F positive Right hand thread E F negative Left hand thread F Slop length run in length ramp at the beginning of the slot default 0 K End length run out length
39. ramp at the end of the slot default 0 U Thread depth Maximum approach default total depth in one infeed E Reduction value for infeed reduction default 1 D No of gears threads per unit Infeeds E Infeed I is used for the first infeed movement E The Steuerung calculates all subsequent infeed movements as follows Current infeed 1 n 1 E n nth infeed E The infeed movement is reduced down to gt 0 5 mm Following that each infeed movement will amount to 0 5 mm You can mill a helical slot only from the outside HEIDENHAIN MANUALplus 620 CNC PILOT 640 Beispiel G798 35 4 26 H cycles les ling cyc co N Contour milling G840 G840 Fundamentals G840 mills or deburrs open or closed contours figures or free contours Plunge strategies Depending on the cutter you are using select one of the following strategies Vertical plunge he cycle moves the tool to the starting point the tool plunges and mills the contour Calculate positions predrill mill The machining process is performed in the following steps Insert drill Calculate hole positions with G840 A1 Predrill with G71 NF Call cycle G840 AO The cycle positions the tool above the hole the tool plunges and mills the contour Predrilling milling The machining process is performed in the following steps Predrill with G71 Position the cutter above
40. 0 Up cut milling 1 Climb milling U Overlap factor default 0 5 V Overrun factor FZ Infeed rate RB Retraction plane Further forms see page 60 184 Access to the technology database E Machining operation Milling E Affected parameters F S FZ P smart Turn units for the Y axis il Centric polygon milling YZ plane unit The unit mills the centric polygon defined with ICP in the YZ plane Unit name G843_Y_MANT Cycles G843 see page 529 G844 see page 529 Parameters on the Contour form FK see page 62 NS Starting block no of contour Parameters on the Cycle form OK Machining operation E 0 Roughing E 1 Finishing P Maximum infeed Contour parallel oversize K Infeed direction oversize H Cutting direction E 0 Up cut milling E 1 Climb milling U Overlap factor default 0 5 V Overrun factor FZ Infeed rate RB Retraction plane Further forms see page 60 HEIDENHAIN MANUALplus 620 CNC PILOT 640 1 8 3 C 180 4 C 270 Access to the technology database Machining operation Milling E Affected parameters F S FZ P 3 3 Units Millingia y axis lt jano Fz o il 3 3 Units Milling in Y axis Engraving in YZ plane unit The unit engraves character strings aligned linearly in the YZ plane Diacritics and special characters that you cannot enter in the smart Turn editor can be defined character by character in NF If you program Continue t
41. 1 At end of the hole 2 At start of the hole 3 At start and end of the hole AB Spot drilling through drilling length distance for feed rate reduction P Hole depth IB Hole depth reduction value Value by which the feed depth Access to the technology database decreases after every advance Machining operation Drilling JB Minimum hole depth If you have entered a hole depth Affected parameters F S reduction value the hole depth is reduced only to the value entered in JB B Retraction distance Value by which the tool is retracted after reaching the respective hole depth HEIDENHAIN MANUALplus 620 CNC PILOT 640 97 il ing inC 2 5 Units Drill RI RB Internal safety clearance Distance for reapproach inside the hole default safety clearance SCK Retraction plane default return to the starting position or to the safety clearance Global form G14 CLT SCK BP BF Tool change point No axis Simultaneously First X then Z First Z then X Only X Only Z Only Y direction 6 Simultaneous with Y X Y and Z axes move on a diagonal path Coolant 0 Without 1 Circuit 1 on 2 Circuit 2 on Safety clearance in infeed direction Safety clearance in infeed direction during drilling and milling operations Break duration Time span for interruption of the feed for chip breaking Feed duration Time interval until the next break The interruption of t
42. 3 No machining z O Recessing feed rate default active feed rate E Finishing feed rate default active feed rate os Te O B Offset width default 0 T XA Starting point of blank only effective if no blank was ZA programmed i Q XA ZA not programmed The workpiece blank contour is calculated from the tool position and the ICP contour XA ZA programmed Definition of the corner point of the V V 3 wv workpiece blank The Steuerung uses the tool definition to distinguish between radial and axial recesses D Program at least one contour reference e g NS or NS NE and P Turning depth compensation R Depending on factors such as workpiece material or feed rate the tool tip is displaced during a turning operation You can correct the resulting infeed error with the E 0 F i A m turning depth compensation factor The value is usually determined lt joo0 0 lt ooo empirically P 4 Offset width B After the second infeed movement during the transition from turning to recessing the path to be machined is reduced by offset width B Each time the system switches on this side the path is reduced by B in addition to the previous offset The total offset is limited to 80 of the effective cutting width effective i cutting width cutting width 2 cutting radius If required the Steuerung reduces the programmed offset width After clearance roughing the remaining material is removed with a sing
43. 5 4 calibrating M touch probe Parameters Q I gt Z 474 Tool orientation Orient the touch probe in the programmed probing direction before each probing operation machine dependent function PRINT outputs 0 OFF Do not display measuring results 1 ON Display measuring results INPUT instead of measurement 0 Default Obtain measured values by probing 1 PC test Simulate probing cycle on the programming station Log no Save measurement results in TNC A table messpro mep table line numbers 0 99 the table can be expanded if necessary Touch probe cycles il Calibrate touch probe via two points G748 Cycle G748 measures two opposite points and computes the touch probe adjustment dimension and the ball diameter If the tolerance values defined in the cycle are exceeded the cycle corrects the touch probe data The result of the measurement is saved additionally in the variable 199 See Touch probe cycles for automatic operation on page 455 Cycle run From the current position the touch probe moves along the defined measuring axis toward the measuring point When the stylus touches the workpiece the measured value is saved and the touch probe is positioned back to the starting point For the pre positioning for the second measurement the cycle first moves the touch probe by the offset in the circumnavigation direction RB and then by the offset in the measuring direction RC The cycle performs the seco
44. 55 59 60 61 62 63 64 65 66 a ka ta a a ae ee ee Pe fe 70 71 72 73 74 75 76 77 78 aA ta ta 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 79 81 82 Z Z Z Z 86 87 88 89 90 91 92 a ka ia a ia ee e G47 M9 56 END_OF_UNIT 57 UNIT ID G890_ICP T3 G96 S260 G95 F0 18 M4 M8 G0 X72 Z2 G47 P2 G890 NS4 NE9 V1 Q0 H3 OO BO G14 Q0 D1 G47 M9 67 END_OF_UNIT 68 UNIT ID G32_MAN T5 G97 S800 M3 M8 G0 X30 Z5 G47 P2 G32 X30 Z 19 F1 5 BDO IC8 HO VO G14 Q0 D1 G47 M9 END_OF_UNIT UNIT ID C_AXIS_ON M14 G110 CO 83 END_OF_UNIT 84 UNIT ID G841_Y_MANT T8 G197 1200 G195 F0 25 M104 M8 G19 G110 CO G0 YO GO X74 210 HEIDENHAIN MANUALplus 620 CNC PILOT 640 G890 Contouring in ICP G32 Cylindrical thread direct C axis on Single surface in Y axis latrl 6 8 Example program il 6 8 Example program 93 94 95 96 97 ala 2 alaz G147 K2 12 G841 ID Surface P5 G47 M9 G14 Q0 D1 G18 98 END_OF_UNIT N 99 UNIT ID G845_TAS_Y_MANT N 101 N 102 N 103 N 104 N 105 N 106 N 107 N 108 N 109 N 110 N 111 N 112 T10 G197 S1200 G195 F0 18 M104 G19 M8 G110 CO GO YO GO X74 Z 40 G147 12 K2 G845 ID Slot 10 mm Q0 HO G47 M9 G14 Q0 D1 G18 N 113 END_OF_UNIT N 114 UNIT ID G840_ENT_Y_MANT N 116 N 117 N 118 N 119 N 120 N 121 N 122 N 123 N 124 N 125 N 126 N 127 T12 G197 S800 G195 F0 12 M104 G19 M8 G110 C0 GO YO GO X74 Z
45. 6 Repeats steps 4 and 5 until the complete surface is milled 7 Returns to retraction plane RB You can change the milling direction with the cutting direction H the machining direction Q and the direction of tool rotation see following table Up cut milling Mx03 Climb milling H 1 Mx03 H 0 Up cut milling Mx04 Climb milling H 1 Mx04 H 0 HEIDENHAIN MANUALplus 620 CNC PILOT 640 375 il 3 4 27 Engraving cycles The Steuerung can realize the characters listed in the following table The text to be engraved is entered as a character string Diacritics and special characters that you cannot enter in the editor can be defined character by character in NF If text is defined in ID and a character is defined in NF the text is engraved before the character Q G Character set 97 a 65 A 48 0 32 Space 98 b 66 B 49 1 37 Per cent sign 99 Cc 67 e 50 2 40 Opening parenthesis 100 d 68 D 51 3 41 Closing parenthesis 101 e 69 E 52 4 43 Plus character 102 f 70 F 53 5 44 Comma 103 g 71 G 54 6 45 Minus sign 104 h 72 H 55 7 46 i Point 105 i 73 56 8 47 Forward slash 106 J 74 J 57 9 58 l Colon 107 k 75 K 60 lt Less than character 108 76 L 196 A 61 Equal sign 109 m 77 M 214 62 gt Greater than character 110 n 78 N 220 U 64 at 111 O 79 O 223 B 91 Opening brackets 112 p 80 P 228 93 Closing brackets 113 q 81 Q 246 Oo 95 _ Underscore 114 rf 82 R 252 8364 Euro si
46. AN i BR Angle to positive XK axis Chamfer rounding Defines the transition to the next contour element When entering a chamfer rounding program the theoretical end point E No input Tangential transition BR 0 No tangential transition BR gt O Radius of rounding m BR lt 0 Width of chamfer Point of intersection End point if the line segment intersects a circular arc default 0 Q 0 Near point of intersection m Q 1 Far point of intersection Using the parameters AN BR and Q is only allowed if the contour description is concluded by G80 and used for a cycle HEIDENHAIN MANUALplus 620 CNC PILOT 640 4 24 Front rear fa 5 x N Beispiel G102 G103 34 Oo Ining ach O If you program H 2 or H 3 you can machine linear slots with a c circular base If H 2 Define the circle center with and K M am H 3 Define the circle center with J and K 4 24 Front rear fa 344 DIN Programming il 4 25 Lateral surface machining Rapid traverse lateral surface G110 G110 moves at rapid traverse along the shortest path to the end point G110 is recommended for positioning the C axis to a defined angle programming N G110 C Parameters Z End point C End angle CY End point as linear value reference unrolled reference diameter G120 X End point diameter Programming Z C CY Absolute incremental
47. Cycle form Z1 Milling top edge Z2 Milling floor a L Slot length Al Angle to X axis P Maximum infeed FZ Infeed rate Further forms see page 60 mmm FZ Access to the technology database E Machining operation Milling E Affected parameters F S FZ P 134 smart Turn units il Circular slot pattern face unit The unit machines a circular slot pattern in which the individual features are arranged at a regular spacing on the face of the workpiece The starting points of the slots correspond to the pattern positions You define the length and the position of the slots in the unit The slot width equals the diameter of the milling cutter Unit name G791_Cir_Stirn_C Cycle G791 see page 349 Pattern form Q Number of slots XM CM Polar center point XK YK Cartesian center point A Starting angle Wi Angle increment K Pattern diameter W End angle V Rotation direction default 0 VD 0 without W Figures are arranged on a full circle E VD 0 with W Figures are arranged on the longer circular arc E VD 0 with Wi The algebraic sign of Wi defines the direction Wi lt 0 clockwise E VD 1 with W Clockwise E VD 1 with Wi Clockwise algebraic sign of Wi has no effect E VD 2 with W Counterclockwise E VD 2 with Wi Counterclockwise algebraic sign of Wi has no effect Cycle form Z1 Milling top edge ZZ Milling floor L Slot length A1 Angle to X axis P Maximum infeed FZ Infeed r
48. DZ active DxX inactive a DX DX O 2 DX DS active DZ inactive W DS The cycles G860 G869 G879 G870 G890 automatically take the correct wear compensation into account N T Fa 9 oO 2 O x WO o 2 D G A 00 HEIDENHAIN MANUALplus 620 CNC PILOT 640 26 4 16 Tools coffflensations WO P w gos p G A de Additive compensation G149 The Steuerung manages 16 tool independent compensation values One G149 followed by a D number activates the additive compensation function G149 D900 deactivates the additive compensation function The compensation values are managed in the Program Run mode see Program Run mode in the User s Manual Parameters D Additive compensation default D900 D900 deactivates the additive compensation D901 to D916 activates the additive compensation Programming The compensation becomes effective after the tool has moved in the compensation direction by the compensation value Therefore program G149 one block before the block containing the path of traverse to which the compensation is to apply E Additive compensation remains in effect up to E the next G149 D900 the next tool change E End of program The additive compensation is added to the tool compensation 268 DIN Programming il Compensation of right hand tool tip G150 Compe
49. Define an oversize 0 for the workpiece blank As a consequence the front area is not machined e g shafts cut to length and centered shafts U information HEIDENHAIN MANUALplus 620 CNC PILOT 640 573 il 7 4 Example 74 Example On the basis of the production drawing the working steps for defining the contour of the blank and finished part the setup procedures and automatic working plan generation are explained Workpiece blank 60 X 80 Material Ck 45 nz DIN76 M16 35 5x1 3 Undefined chamfers 1x45 Undefined radii 1 mm Creating a program Select Program gt New gt New DINplus Program The control opens the Save as dialog box Enter a program name and press the Save soft key The control opens the Program head short dialog box Select a material from the fixed word list and press the OK soft key Workpiece blank definition Select ICP gt Blank gt Bar TURN PLUS opens the Bar dialog box Inputs Diameter X 60 mm Length Z 80 mm Oversize K 2 mm TURN PLUS displays the workpiece blank Press the Back soft key to return to the main menu Back 574 TURN PLUS il Defining the basic contour Select ICP gt Finished part gt Contour t Enter start point of the contour X 0 Z 0 and end point of the element X 16 Enter Z 25 Enter X 35 Enter Z 43 Enter X 58 W 70 trtot Enter Z 6 Back Defini
50. E J and Q E i Ji and Q ER Aand QO E Ri Ai and Q 334 ea c x oJ oJ D D Q Q 5 5 T T P O 9 gt rs N f ow O 4 gt O 3 3 D Q Q DIN Programming il Circular pattern face G745 Cycle G745 is used to machine drilling or milling patterns in which the individual features are arranged at a regular spacing in a circle or circular arc on the face If the Final point ZE has not been defined the drilling milling cycle of the next NC block is used as a reference Using this principle you can combine pattern definitions with E Drilling cycles G71 G74 G36 E The milling cycle for a linear slot G791 E The contour milling cycle with free contour G793 Parameters XK Center of pattern in Cartesian coordinates YK Center of pattern in Cartesian coordinates ZS Starting point of drilling milling operation ZE Final point of drilling milling operation X Diameter center point of pattern in polar coordinates C Angle center point of pattern in polar coordinates A Starting angle position of first hole figure W Final angle position of last hole figure Wi Final angle distance to the next position Q Number of holes figures default 1 V Rotation direction default 0 E V 0 without W Figures are arranged on a Tull circle V 0 with W Figures are arranged on the longer circular arc V 0 with Wi The algebraic sign of Wi defines t
51. E lt 99 99 s F Feed duration 0 01 s lt E lt 99 99 s E For switch on program G64 with E and F E For switch off program G64 without parameters Feed per tooth Gx93 Gx93 x spindle 1 to 3 defines the drive dependent feed rate with respect to the number of teeth of the cutter Parameters F Feed per tooth in mm tooth or inch tooth The actual value display shows the feed rate in mm rev 254 Beispiel G64 Beispiel G193 DIN Programming il Constant feed rate G94 feed per minute G94 defines the feed rate independent of drive Parameters F Feed per minute in mm min or in min naft speed WO D D peA o G T rs Feed per revolution Gx95 G95 Main spindle Gx95 Spindle x x 1 to 3 Beispiel G95 Gx95 Gx95 defines a drive dependent feed rate Parameters F Feed rate In mm revolution or inch revolution Pw S OD LL q i a HEIDENHAIN MANUALplus 620 CNC PILOT 640 255 il Constant surface speed Gx96 u 2 m 2 o G G oh O G96 Main spindle Gx96 Spindle x x 1 to 3 The spindle speed is dependent on the X position of the tool tip or on the diameter of the drilling or milling tool Parameters S Cutting speed in m min or ft min haft speed If you call a drilling tool while a constant cutting speed is active the Steuerung automatically calculates the spindle speed
52. E 3 At start and end of the hole AB Spot drilling through drilling length distance for feed rate reduction RB Retraction plane diameter value Further forms see page 60 HEIDENHAIN MANUALplus 620 CNC PILOT 640 Access to the technology database Machining operation Drilling Affected parameters F S 173 3 2 Units Predrillingig Y axis 3 2 Units Prodrlling il Y axis Predrill pocket mill ICP in YZ plane unit The unit determines the hole position and machines the hole The subsequent milling cycle obtains the hole position from the reference stored in NF If the pocket consists of multiple sections the unit machines a hole for each section Unit name DRILL_MAN_845_Y Cycles G845 A1 see page 369 Parameters on the Contour form FK see page 62 NS Starting block no of contour NE End block no of contour X1 Milling top edge diameter value P2 Depth of contour Parameters on the Cycle form JT Machining direction 0 From the inside out from the inside towards the outside 1 From the outside in from the outside towards the inside H Cutting direction 0 Up cut milling 1 Climb milling P Maximum infeed Infeed direction oversize K Contour parallel oversize U Overlap factor default 0 5 WB Cutter diameter NF Position mark E Delay dwell time at end of hole default 0 D Retraction at 0 Rapid traverse 1 Feed rate V Feed rate reduction 0 Without reduction 1 At
53. G73 see page 328 D Pattern form e Q Number of holes Z1 C1 Starting point of pattern Ta Wi Angle increment O W End angle Z2 End point of pattern H Cycle form X1 Start point drill starting point of hole diameter value c X2 End point drill end point of hole diameter value _ F1 Thread pitch LO B Run in length N L Retraction length when using floating tap holders default 0 SR Retraction speed default Shaft speed for tapping SP Chip breaking depth 3 SI Retraction distance r RB Retraction plane Further forms see page 60 Use the retraction length for floating tap holders The cycle calculates a new nominal pitch on the basis of the thread depth the programmed pitch and the retraction length The nominal pitch is somewhat smaller than the pitch of the tap During tapping the tap is pulled away from the chuck by the retraction length With this method you can achieve higher service life from taps Access to the technology database Machining operation Tapping E Affected parameters S 100 smart Turn units il Circular tapping pattern lateral surface unit This unit machines a circular tapping pattern on the lateral surface of the workpiece Unit name G73_Cir_Mant_C Cycle G73 see page 328 Pattern form Q Number of holes ZM CM Center point of pattern A Starting angle Wi Angle increment K Pattern diameter W End angle VD Rotation direction default 0 VD 0 witho
54. Geo 514 Circular arc of turning contour G12 G13 Geo 205 Circular arc of turning contour G2 G3 Geo 204 Circular arc on lateral surface G112 6113 347 Circular arc face G102 G103 343 Circular measurement 490 Circular measurement G785 490 Circular movement G12 G13 milling 526 Circular movement G2 G3 milling 525 HEIDENHAIN MANUALplus 620 CNC PILOT 640 C Circular path G12 G13 252 Circular path G2 G3 251 Circular pattern in XY plane G472 Geo 511 Circular pattern in YZ plane G482 Geo 519 Circular pattern on lateral surface G412 Geo 247 Circular pattern with circular Slots 227 Circular pattern face G745 335 Circular pattern lateral surface G746 337 Circular slot in XY plane G372 Geo G373 Geo 508 Circular slot in YZ plane G382 Geo G383 Geo 516 Circular slot on face G302 G303 Geo 234 Circular slot on lateral surface G312 G313 Geo 243 Codes CONST 54 Codes END 53 Codes RETURN 53 Codes VAR 54 Compensation of right left hand tool tip G150 G151 269 Compensation additive G149 268 Compensation additive G149 Geo 223 Compensations 266 Conditional block run 422 Configuration data reading PARA 418 Connection between geometry and machining commands 444 Connection between geometry and machining commands C axis front face 445 Connection between geome
55. HUnits 4Go to 4 Config ZdMisc 4 Extras HJGraph xo Insert block 37583 nc RTS v W o block no The editor inserts an empty line at the cursor ee elp C position without block number MEASURE UNITS METRIC ef arertng be gt 5 With block no The editor inserts an empty line at the cursor SETG L von 1 al nou gh H position with block number Alternative When you press the E ene pP INS key the editor inserts a block with block number pss ERNEA EA AA Comment at line end The editor inserts a commentattheend P RaO 1 of the line in which the cursor is located v4 mes 4 on Edit word You can edit the NC word at which the cursor is located 7 mor Delete word The editor deletes the NC parameter at the cursor i aa eee x saa N HEIDENHAIN MANUALplus 620 CNC PILOT 640 43 Extras pull down menu 5 The Extras pull down menu contains the following functions 2 Machine Pee Toot esite B i E DIN PLUS word The editor opens the selection list with all DIN H Prog fjHead Hrcp dHunits Go to F Config Mise HExtras H Graph PLUS words in alphabetical order Select the desired instruction for ges mummo E m a program structuring or the input output command The editor 4A constant definition inserts the DIN PLUS word at the cursor position WMEASURE_UNITS METRIC 2f Assignnent of variables a Comment line The comment is inserted above the position of
56. INPUT instead of measurement 0 Default Obtain measured values by probing 1 PC test Simulate probing cycle on the programming station Log no Save measurement results In TNC table messpro mep table line numbers 0 99 the table can be expanded if necessary HEIDENHAIN MANUALplus 620 CNC PILOT 640 T 2 O O K O on Q i il Find hole in C lateral surface G781 Cycle G780 probes the lateral surface of a workpiece several times with the X axis Prior to each probing the C axis is rotated by a distance defined in the cycle until a hole is found Optionally the cycle determines the mean value by two probing operations in the hole If the tolerance value defined in the cycle is exceeded the cycle saves the measured deviation as zero point shift The result of the measurement is saved additionally in the variable 199 lt 999997 Result of first measurement 999999 Deviation of probing operations was higher than programmed in Maximum Deviation parameter WE Cycle run From the current position the touch probe moves along the measuring axis X toward the measuring point When the stylus touches the workpiece the measured value is saved and the touch probe is positioned back to the starting point Then the cycle rotates the C axis by the angle defined in the Search Grid parameter RC and probes again with the X axis This process is repeated until a hole is found In the hole the cycle performs two probing op
57. Machining operation Recess turning Affected parameters F S O P smart Turn units il Parting unit The unit parts the workpiece If programmed a chamfer or rounding arc is machined on the outside diameter At the end of cycle the tool returns to the starting point You can define a feed rate reduction which becomes effective as soon as the position I is reached Unit name G859_CUT_OFF Cycle G859 see page 315 Cycle form X1 Z1 Starting point of contour in X Z X diameter value B Chamfer rounding B gt 0 Radius of rounding arc B lt 0 Section length of chamfer D Maximum speed XE Inside diameter pipe Diameter for feed rate reduction Limit diameter over which traverse is at reduced feed rate Reduced feed rate SD Speed limitation from the diameter up U Diameter from which the part catcher is activated machine dependent function K Retraction distance after parting Lift off the tool laterally from the plane surface before retraction Further forms see page 60 cycle After the cycle ends the speed limit before the The limit to the maximum speed D is only effective in the cycle become effective HEIDENHAIN MANUALplus 620 CNC PILOT 640 lt joo0 m lt jo00 Access to the technology database Machining operation Contour recessing Affected parameters F S E 2 3 wnmis necwmane am N n N Undercutting H K U unit Depending on KG the unit
58. PRPRRPrRPRP RP Re Be Milling ree OFF ON Deburring All Drillin All f Mo7 g A 4 Min max 1234 TNC nc_prog gtb 1 gtb N 1 G20 X60 Z100 K1 FINISHED N 2 GO XO 20 N 3 G1 X16 BR 2 N 4 G1 2 25 TNC Project SMART_KAPITEL7 ncps 752 nc 08 54 Sg a aa ia TURN PLUS Editing the machining sequence Select Edit line OK confirms the new machining sequence Deleting a machining operation Delete line deletes the selected machining sequence Overview of machining sequences The following table lists the possible combinations of main machining operations with submachining operations and machining locations and explains the working method of the AWG Machining sequence for predrilling Predrilling Machining sequence for roughing All Contour analysis Determining the drilling steps Machining parameter 3 Centric predrilling Predrilling Roughing All Longitudinal machining Longitudinal machining Longitudinal machining Transverse machining Transverse machining Transverse machining Outside Inside Outside Inside HEIDENHAIN MANUALplus 620 CNC PILOT 640 Contour analysis Dividing the contour into areas for longitudinal transverse outside machining and longitudinal transverse inside machining according to the transverse longitudinal ratio Sequence First outside then inside machining Machining parameter 4 Roughing Transverse mach
59. Single point tool compensation G770 457 Skip level 426 Sleeve monitoring G930 398 Slot circular lateral surface G312 G313 Geo 243 Slot circular on face G302 G303 Geo 234 Slot linear on lateral surface G792 350 Slot linear face G791 349 Slot linear lateral surface G311 Geo 243 Slot linear on face G301 Geo 234 smart Turn editor 38 Speed 253 Speed Gx97 256 Speed limitation G26 253 Spindle Spindle synchronization G720 392 Spindle override 100 G919 383 Standardize C axis G153 340 Starting length thread 300 Starting point of contour in XY plane G170 Geo 504 Starting point of contour in YZ plane G180 Geo 513 Starting point of face contour G100 Geo 230 Starting point of lateral surface contour G110 Geo 239 Starting point of turning contour GO Geo 201 HEIDENHAIN MANUALplus 620 CNC PILOT 640 S Structured NC program 35 Subprogram call OC V1 27 Subprogram dialogs texts in subprogram call 428 Subprogram help graphics for Subprogram calls 429 Subprograms Fundamentals 196 SWITCH CASE program branching 425 Synchronization Synchronization spindle G720 392 T T command 266 T command fundamentals 55 Tapered API thread G352 312 Tapping G36 Single path 330 Tapping G73 328 Thread general G37 Geo 217 Thread standard G34 Geo 216 Thread c
60. Tal Te Parameters of the Tool dialog box T number Position on tool carrier ID number ID number reference to database Replacement tool Identification number of the tool to be used when the previous tool is worn out Replacement 0 Complete tool strategy 1 Secondary cutting edge or any NC programming Replacement tools During simple tool life monitoring the control stops program run when a tool is worn out However the program run is then resumed and concluded If you use the tool life monitoring with replacement tools function the Steuerung automatically inserts the sister tool as soon as the tool is worn out The Steuerung does not stop the program run until the last tool of the tool sequence of exchange is worn out You can define replacement tools when setting up the turret The interchange chain can contain more than one replacement tool The interchange chain is a part of the NC program In the T commands you program the first tool to be changed Defining replacement tools Place the cursor on the previous tool and press RETURN Enter the identification number of the replacement tool Tool dialog box and define the replacement strategy When using multipoint tools you define in the replacement strategy whether the complete multipoint tool or only the worn out cutting edge of the tool is to be replaced by a replacement tool 0 Complete tool default If a cutting edg
61. The turning contours are programmed using separate turning cycles Machine and control must be specially prepared by the machine tool builder for use of this cycle Refer to your machine manual Prerequisites Software option Y Axis Machining Software option Synchronizing Functions Parameters H Activate coupling H 0 Deactivate coupling H 1 Activate coupling Reference spindle Number of the spindle that is coupled with the X and Y axes machine dependent Center offset at Z start Distance between the eccentric center and the original turning center radius value C position at Z start C axis angle of the center offset Maximum rapid traverse Permissible rapid traverse for the X and Y axes while coupling is active Direction reversal in Y machine dependent V 0 The control uses the configured axis direction for Y axis movements V 1 The control reverses the configured axis direction for Y axis movements Z start Reference value for the parameters R and C as well as coordinate for tool pre positioning Z end Reference value for the parameters W and U Delta C Z start Z end Difference in C axis angle between Z start and Z end Center offset at Z end Distance between the eccentric center and the original turning center radius value HEIDENHAIN MANUALplus 620 CNC PILOT 640 4 29 oe G codes o il N Q oO e Q g 4 29 Programming sequence Position the curs
62. U O J Ree NF Cutter position E 0 On the contour 1 Within the contour E 2 Outside the contour Cutting direction E 0 Up cut milling E 1 Climb milling Maximum inteed Infeed direction oversize Contour parallel oversize Infeed rate Reduced feed rate Approach radius Plunging behavior E 0 Straight vertical plunge The cycle moves the tool to the starting point the tool plunges at feed rate and mills the contour E 1 In predrilling The cycle positions the tool above the hole the tool plunges and mills the contour Position mark only if O 1 Global form RB Retraction plane Further parameters see page 64 Further forms see page 60 152 lo mpedt Oni Alg _Fra_Mt NFO png smart Turn units il ICP contour milling lateral surface unit The unit mills the contour defined with ICP on the lateral surface Unit name G840_Kon_C_Mant Cycle G840 see page 361 Contour form FK see page 62 NS Starting block no of contour NE End block no of contour X1 Milling top edge diameter value P2 Depth of contour radius value Cycle form JK Cutter position E 0 On the contour E 1 closed contour Within the contour E 1 open contour Left of the contour E 2 closed contour Outside the contour E 2 open contour Right of the contour E 3 Depending on H and MD H Cutting direction E 0 Up cut milling E 1 Climb milling Maximum infeed Contour parallel oversize Infeed
63. a0 C 1 the sum of the programmed zero point shift and the measured offset angle is transferred The zero offset is effective internally as a direct zero point shift for the respective C axis The contents of the variables are retained even if the control has been switched off You can also examine and reset the respectively active zero point shift of the C axis in the Setup menu in the Set C axis value function Parameters Q Number of the C axis C Angle of additional zero point shift for offset gripping 360 lt C lt 360 detault 0 Danger of collision For narrow workpieces the jaws have to grip at an offset The zero point shift of the C axis remains in effect After switch from Automatic to Manual mode After switch off HEIDENHAIN MANUALplus 620 CNC PILOT 640 T Q O e O 9 m 4 29 j il Traversing to a fixed stop G916 V oO e g Sen G916 activates the monitoring function for the traversing path and moves to a fixed stop example transferring a premachined workpiece to a second traveling spindle if you do not know the exact position of the workpiece N The control stops the slide and saves the stop position G916 ef generates an interpreter stop Parameters H Clamping force in daNewtons 1 daNewton 10 newtons D Axis number X 1 Y 2 Z 3 U 4 V 5 W 6 A 7 B 8 C 9 K Incremental distance R Return path of traverse V Type of departure E V 0 Stay at fix
64. mill The machining process is performed in the following steps Insert drill Calculate hole positions with G845 A1 Drill holes with G71 NF Call cycle G845 AO The cycle positions the tool above the hole the tool plunges and mills the pocket Drill mill The machining process is performed in the following steps Drill a hole inside the pocket with G71 Position the milling cutter above the hole and call G845 AO The tool plunges and mills the section If the pocket consists of multiple sections G845 takes all the sections of the pocket into account for drilling and milling Call G845 AO separately for each section when calculating the hole positions without G845 A1 G845 takes the following oversizes into account G57 Oversize in X and Z direction G58 Equidistant oversize in the milling plane Program oversizes for calculating the hole positions and for milling HEIDENHAIN MANUALplus 620 CNC PILOT 640 les for the Y axis 6 7 Milling cyc i il 6 7 Milling Pics for the Y axis G845 Y axis Calculating hole positions G845 A1 calculates the hole positions and stores them at the reference specified in NF The cycle takes the diameter of the active tool into account when calculating the hole positions Therefore you need to insert the drill before calling G845 A1 Program only the parameters given in the following table See also G845 Fundamentals Page 531
65. on page 385 For machining operations that require rechucking you can define a separation point on the contour description with G44 see Separation point G44 on page 222 G927 enables you to convert tool lengths to the reference position of the tool B axis 0 see Convert lengths G927 on page 385 Recesses that were defined with G22 can now be machined with the new Cycle 870 ICP Recessing see ICP recessing unit on page 79 New functions of software 68894x 02 and 54843x 02 The miscellaneous function Shift zero point was introduced in ICP see User s Manual In ICP contours you can now calculate fit sizes and internal threads using an Input form see User s Manual The miscellaneous functions Duplicate in linear circular series and by mirroring were introduced in ICP see User s Manual The system time can now be set using an input form see User s Manual The parameters K SD and U have been added to parting cycle G859 see User s Manual The angle of approach and departure can now be defined for ICP recess turning see User s Manual With TURN PLUS you can now also create programs for machining on the opposing spindle and for multipoint tools see _ Full surface machining with TURN PLUS on page 578 It is now also possible to select a milling contour in G797 Area milling see Area milling face G797 on page 355 The parameter Y was added to G720 see Spindle synchronization G72
66. program stops E 1 Error evaluation in the NC program measuring results NDEF The measurement results are available in the following variables a9 axis channel Axis axis name Channel channel number O current channel End in process measuring G913 G913 ends the measuring process Switch off measuring path monitoring G914 G914 deactivates the measuring path monitoring 498 Beispiel Measurement results Touch probe cycles il In process measurement example Measuring and compensating workpieces The Steuerung provides subprograms for the measurement of workpieces measure_pos ncs German dialog texts measure_pos_e ncs English dialog texts The programs require a touch probe as a tool Beginning from the current position or the defined starting position the Steuerung moves along a measuring path in the entered axis direction At the end it returns again to the previous position The result of measurement can be included in error compensation The following subprograms are used measure_pos_move ncs _Print_txt_lang ncs Parameters LA Measurement starting point in X diameter value no Input current position LB Measurement starting point in Z no Input current position LC Type of approach to measurement starting point 0 Diagonal 1 First X then Z 2 First Z then X LD Measuring axis 0 X axis 1 Z axis 2 Y axis LE Incremental measurement path The algebraic sign defines the direc
67. starting point above the milling plane then vertical plunge R gt 0 Tool moves on approaching departing arc that connects tangentially to the contour element R lt 0O for inside corners Tool moves on approaching departing arc that connects tangentially to the contour element R lt 0 for outside corners Contour element is approached departed tangentially on a linear path Milling depth default depth from the contour description Milling top edge lateral surface replaces the reference plane from the contour definition Milling top edge face replaces the reference plane from the contour definition Retraction plane default back to starting position Front or rear face Retraction position in Z direction Lateral surface Retraction position in X direction diameter Starting element number when partial figures are machined End element number when partial figures are machined The direction of contour definition for figures is counterclockwise The first contour element for figures Circular slot The larger arc E Full circle The upper semicircle Rectangles polygons and linear slots The orientation angle points to the first contour element Sequence for Milling deburring A 0 default 0 Position mark reference from which the cycle reads the hole positions 1 to 127 DIN Programming il Parameters Milling O Plunging behavior default 0 O 0 Vertical plunging O 1 With predrilling If NF is
68. unit 155 Deburring lateral surface unit 2 11 Units Special operations 157 Program beginning START unit 157 C axis ON unit 159 C axis OFF unit a 159 Subprogram call unit 160 Program section repeat unit Program end unit 162 Tilt plane unit 163 3 1 Units Drilling in the Y axis ICP drilling Y axis unit ICP tapping Y axis unit ICP boring countersinking Y axis unit 168 3 2 Units Predrilling in Y axis 169 Predrill contour mill ICP in XY plane unit Predrill pocket mill ICP in XY plane unit Predrill contour mill ICP in YZ plane unit Predrill pocket mill ICP in YZ plane unit 3 3 Units Milling in Y axis 173 ICP contour milling in XY plane unit 1 ICP pocket milling in XY plane unit 174 Single surface milling XY plane unit 175 Centric polygon milling XY plane unit Engraving in XY plane unit 177 Deburring in XY plane unit 178 Thread milling in XY plane unit 179 ICP contour milling in YZ plane unit 1 ICP pocket milling in YZ plane unit 181 Single surface milling YZ plane unit 182 Centric polygon milling YZ plane unit Engraving in YZ plane unit 184 Deburring in YZ plane unit 185 Thread milling in YZ plane unit 186 HEIDENHAIN MANUALplus 620 CNC PILOT 640 4 1 Programming in DIN ISO mode
69. 0 Radius of rounding arc BE lt 0 Section length of chamfer BP Break duration Time span for interruption of the feed for chip breaking BF Feed duration Time interval until the next break The interruption of the feed rate breaks the chip Cycle form P Maximum infeed IL K Oversize in X Z direction l diameter value Plunging behavior E gt 0 Plunging feed rate for declining contour elements Descending contour elements are machined No input The plunging feed rate is reduced during machining of declining contour elements by up to 50 Descending contour elements are machined H Contour smoothing 0 With each cut along the contour within the infeed range 1 Contour smoothing with the last cut entire contour retracts at 45 2 No smoothing retracts at 45 Further forms see page 60 HEIDENHAIN MANUALplus 620 CNC PILOT 640 Access to the technology database Machining operation Roughing Affected parameters F S E P EC 1 2 2 vans nouns 2 2 a Transverse roughing with direct contour input unit The unit machines the contour defined by the parameters In EC you define whether you want to machine a normal or a plunging contour Unit name G820_G80 Cycle G820 see page 275 Contour form EC Type of contour 0 Normal contour 1 Plunging contour X1 Z1 Contour starting point X2 Z2 Contour end point RC Rounding Radius of contour corner AC Start angle Angle of
70. 2 10 Units Milling lateral mre k il 2 10 Units Milling lateral M ICP pocket milling lateral surface unit The unit mills the pocket defined by Q In QK select the machining operation roughing finishing and the plunging strategy Unit name G845_Tas_C_Mant Cycles G845 see page 370 G846 see page 374 Contour form FK see page 62 NS Starting block no of contour NE End block no of contour X1 Milling top edge diameter value P2 Depth of contour NF Position mark only if QK 8 Cycle form OK Machining operation and plunging strategy 0 Roughing E 1 Finishing E 2 Helical roughing manual 3 Helical roughing automatic E 4 Reciprocating linear roughing manual 5 Reciprocating linear roughing automatic E 6 Reciprocating circular roughing manual E 7 Reciprocating circular roughing automatic E 8 Plunge roughing at predrilling position E 9 Finishing with 3 D approach arc JT Machining direction E 0 From the inside out from the inside towards the outside 1 From the outside in from the outside towards the inside H Cutting direction E 0 Up cut milling E 1 Climb milling P Maximum infeed Infeed direction oversize K Contour parallel oversize FZ Infeed factor Reduced feed rate R Approach radius WB Plunging length EW Plunge angle U Overlap factor default 0 5 RB Retraction plane diameter value Further forms see page 60 156
71. 3 sPIfo 1 f N revolution e 1 m A s b paein r a S Constant cutting speed m min or constant shaft speed _ ean ae NafterT if Mat T y a rev min Switchable with Type of turning GS A ae j qo Spindle pa Tool number Pals GS Type of turning TNC Project SMART_KAPITEL2 ncps bar nc 69 35 G96 Constant surface speed The rotational speed a Ptpeanveal ee tevieaes ssc eran Trchange Save Cancel changes with the turning diameter independent of the turning diameter MD Direction of rotation turret Selects the tool number list M03 Clockwise CW i M04 Counterclockwise CCW ee Loads the feed rate cutting speed and SPI Workpiece spindle number 0 to 3 Spindle that is holding technology INfeed from the technology database the workpiece only on machines with more than one spindle SPT Tool spindle number 0 to 3 Spindle of the driven tool M functions MT M after T M function that is executed after the tool call T MFS Mat beginning M function that is executed at the beginning of the machining step MFE M at end M function that is executed at the end of the machining step to the technology database The following description shows the assigned machining mode and the unit parameters that were changed by the technology proposal p A machining operation is assigned to each unit for access HEIDENHAIN MANUALplus 620 CNC PILOT 640 61 The Contour form In the
72. 383 G920 Deactivate zero point shifts 384 G921 Deactivate zero point shifts tool lengths 384 G924 Fluctuating spindle speed 384 G925 Force reduction 397 G93 Feed per tooth 254 G930 Sleeve monitoring 398 G94 Constant feed rate 255 G95 Feed per revolution 255 G96 Constant surface speed 256 G97 Speed 256 G976 Misalignment compensation 387 G980 Activate zero point shifts 387 G981 Activate zero point shifts tool lengths 387 G99 Workpiece group 391 G995 Monitoring zone definition 388 G996 Type of load monitoring 389 G G999 Direct program run continuation 389 G840 Calculating hole positions 359 G840 Deburring 365 G840 Fundamentals 358 G840 Milling 361 G845 Calculating hole positions 369 G845 Fundamentals 368 G845 AMilling 370 Geometry commands 190 Global form 64 Global variables DIN programming 408 Graphic magnitying reducing TURN PLUS 565 H Handwheel superposition For G352 313 Helical slot milling G798 357 Help commands for contour definition 220 Help graphics for subprogram calls 429 Hobbing G808 543 Hole in XY plane G370 Geo 506 Hole in YZ plane G380 Geo 515 Hole positions calculating G840 359 Hole positions calculating G845 Y axis 532 I IF Program branching 422 Inch conversion 385 Inch programming 36 Index of a parameter elemen
73. 39 1 3 Program section code 45 HEADER section 46 CLAMPS section 47 TURRET section 48 BLANK section 48 AUXIL_BLANK section 48 FINISHED section 48 AUXIL_CONTOUR section 48 FACE_C REAR_C sections 49 LATERAL_C section 49 FACE_Y REAR _Y sections 49 LATERAL _Y section 50 MACHINING section 51 END code 51 SUBPROGRAM section 51 RETURN code 5 CONST code 52 VAR code 52 1 4 Tool programming 53 Setting up a tool list 53 Editing tool entries 54 Multipoint tools 54 Replacement tools 55 HEIDENHAIN MANUALplus 620 CNC PILOT 640 2 1 smart Turn units 58 Units menu 58 2 2 Units Roughing 65 Longitudinal roughing in ICP unit 65 Transverse roughing in ICP unit 66 Contour parallel roughing in ICP unit 67 Bidirectional roughing in ICP unit 68 Longitudinal roughing with direct contour input unit 69 Transverse roughing with direct contour input unit 70 2 3 Units Recessing 71 ICP contour recessing unit 71 ICP recess turning unit 72 Contour recessing with direct contour input unit T3 Recess turning with direct contour input unit 74 Parting unit 75 Undercutting H K U unit 76 ICP recessing unit re 2 4 Units Centric drilling 78 Centric drilling unit
74. 509 E with cylinder machining G851 316 Undercut according to DIN 509 F with cylinder machining G82 317 Undercut according to DIN 76 with cylinder machining G853 318 Undercut type U G856 319 Undercut type H G857 320 Undercut type K G858 321 4 22 Drilling cycles 322 Overview of drilling and boring cycles and contour reference 322 Drilling cycle G71 O23 Boring countersinking G72 325 Tapping G78 326 Tapping G36 Single path 328 Deep hole drilling G74 329 Linear pattern face G743 3372 Circular pattern face G745 233 Linear pattern lateral surface G744 334 Circular pattern lateral surface G746 335 Thread milling axial G799 336 4 23 C axis commands 337 Reference diameter G120 CEF Zero point shift C axis G152 337 Standardize C axis G153 338 4 24 Front rear face machining 309 Rapid traverse on front rear face G100 339 Line segment on front rear face G101 340 Circular arc on front rear face G102 G103 341 4 25 Lateral surface machining 343 Rapid traverse lateral surface G110 343 Line segment on lateral surface G111 344 Circular arc on lateral surface G112 G118 345 HEIDENHAIN MANUALplus 620 CNC PILOT 640 4 26 Milling cycles 346 Overview of milling cycles 346 Linear slot on face G791 347 Linear slot on lateral surface G792 348 Contour and f
75. 78 Centric tapping unit 80 Boring centric countersinking unit 81 2 5 Units Drilling in C axis 82 Single hole face unit 82 Linear pattern drilling face unit 84 Circular pattern drilling face unit 86 Tapping face unit 88 Linear tapping pattern face unit 89 Circular tapping pattern face unit 90 Single hole lateral surface unit 91 Linear pattern drilling lateral surface unit 93 Circular pattern drilling lateral surface unit 95 Tap hole lateral surface unit 97 Linear tapping pattern lateral surface unit 98 Circular tapping pattern lateral surface unit 99 ICP drilling C axis unit 100 ICP tapping C axis unit 102 ICP boring countersinking C axis unit 103 14 2 6 Units Predrilling in C axis 104 Predrill contour mill figures on face unit 104 Predrill contour mill ICP on face unit 106 Predrill pocket mill figures on face unit 107 Predrill pocket mill ICP on face unit 109 Predrill contour mill figures on lateral surface unit 110 Predrill contour mill ICP on lateral surface unit 112 Predrill pocket mill figures on lateral surface unit 113 Predrill pocket mill ICP on lateral surface unit 115 2 7 Units Finishing 116 ICP contour finishing unit 116 Longitudinal finishing with direct contour i
76. A question mark simplified geometry programming VGP A letter i to designate Incremental address parameters examples Xi Ci XKI YKI etc A variable A constant _constname 192 DIN Programming il Examples X20 Absolute dimension Z I 35 675 Incremental dimension X Simplified geometry programming X l1 Variable programming X g12 1 Variable programming X 37 2 SIN 30 Mathematical expression X 20 _pi Expression with constant Creating editing and deleting NC blocks Make NC block Press the INS key The Steuerung creates a new NC INS block below the cursor position Alternatively you can program the NC command directly The Steuerung creates a new NC block or inserts the NC command in the existing NC block Delete the NC block Position the cursor on the NC block to be deleted Press the DEL key The Steuerung deletes the NC block DEL o Add an NC element Position the cursor on an element of the NC block NC block number G or M command address parameter etc Insert NC element G M T function etc Change NC element Position the cursor on an element of the NC block NC block number G or M command address parameter etc or the section code Press ENTER or double click with the left mouse key The Steuerung activates a dialog box which displays the block number the number of the G or M function or the address parameters which can then
77. Automatic separation points at largest and smallest diameter 1 Shaft chuck Machining also starting from the chuck 2 Shaft face driver Outside contour can be machined completely If you do not define the parameters Z and B TURN PLUS will use the following machine parameters see List of user parameters in the User s Manual during AWG automatic working plan generation Front chuck edge on spindle counterspindle Jaw width on spindle counterspindle HEIDENHAIN MANUALplus 620 CNC PILOT 640 1 3 Program section i 1 3 Program section TURRET section The TURRET program section defines the assignment of the tool carrier For every assigned turret pocket the tool ID number is entered For multipoint tools every cutting edge is entered in the turret list in the tool list of the Machine operating mode will be If you do not program the TURRET the tools entered used BLANK section In this program section you describe the contour of the workpiece blank AUXIL BLANK section In the AUXIL_ BLANK section you define additional workpiece blanks which can be activated with G702 when required FINISHED section In this program section you describe the contour of the finished part After the FINISHED section you use additional section codes such as FACE_C LATERAL_C etc AUXIL_CONTOUR section In this program section you describe the auxiliary turning contours 50 Beispiel Turret table
78. CNC PILOT 640 complies with the limits for a Class A device in accordance with the specifications in EN 55022 and is intended for use primarily in industrially zoned areas Legal information This product uses open source software Further information is available on the control under Organization mode of operation Second soft key row LICENSE INFO SOFT KEY HEIDENHAIN MANUALplus 620 CNC PILOT 640 New functions of software 54843x 01 and 68894x 01 On machines with a B axis it is now also possible to drill bore and mill in oblique planes In addition to this the B axis enables you to use tools even more flexibly during turning see Tilted working plane on page 584 The control now provides numerous touch probe cycles for various applications see General information on touch probe cycles software option on page 454 Calibrating a touch trigger probe Measuring circles circle segments angle and position of the C axis Misalignment compensation Single point and double point measurement Finding a hole or stud Zero point setting in the Z or C axis Automatic tool measurement The new TURN PLUS function automatically generates NC programs for turning and milling operations based on a fixed machining sequence see TURN PLUS mode of operation on page 552 G940 now provides a way to calculate the tool lengths in the basic definition position of the B axis see Calculate variables automatically G940
79. Clamping length or free length J Cutting limit outside 0 Cutting limit inside I Overlap K Chuck diameter X Chuck form Q Shaft machining V CLAMPS 2 0 Main spindle or 3 Opposing spindle depending on type of rechucking 0 External clamping or 1 Internal clamping No entry AWG uses the value from the user parameters No entry AWG uses the value from the user parameters Enter the clamping length or free length Is calculated by AWG if external clamping is used Is calculated by AWG if internal clamping is used Overlap jaw workpiece Clamping diameter of workpiece blank 4 External or 5 Internal Select the desired AWG strategy HEIDENHAIN MANUALplus 620 CNC PILOT 640 Beispiel Defining the first chucking equipment g with TURN PLUS a Som gt p es I Beispiel Defining the second chucking equipment LO N f il g with TURN PLUS O E a O S os 5 T a 5 L LO N Beispiel Defining the chucking equipment TURN PLUS Automatic program creation for full surface machining During automatic program creation AWG the machining steps for the first setup are created first Then AWG opens a dialog window that requests the parameters for rechucking Default values that were calculated by AWG from the defined workpiece contour are already entered in the parameters in the dialog window You can use or change these values After you ha
80. DIN PLUS and smart Turn programs The Steuerung takes the blank part as a basis and accounts for each cut and each cycle when regenerating the contour Thus you can inspect the current contour of the workpiece during each machining stage With the contour follow up function the Steuerung optimizes the paths for approach and departure and avoids air cuts Contour regeneration is only available for turning operations when a blank part has been programmed It also works with auxiliary contours 34 NC programming il Structured NC program smart Turn and DIN PLUS programs are structured in fixed sections The following program sections are created automatically in anew NC program Program head Contains information on the material of the workpiece the unit of measure as well as further organizational data and setup information as a comment Chucking equipment Description of the workpiece clamping situation Workpiece blank The workpiece blank is stored Programming a blank activates the contour follow up Finished part The finished part is stored It is advisable to describe the complete workpiece as a finished part The units or fixed cycles use NS and NE to indicate the workpiece section to be machined Machining Use units or cycles to program the Individual machining steps In a smart Turn program the START unit is located at the beginning of the machining process and the END unit at the end End Indicates
81. Distance in X direction between two figures Distance in Y direction between two figures Position angle of longitudinal axis of pattern reference positive X axis Length overall length of pattern Pattern distance distance between two figures Programming notes Program the hole figure in the following block without a 510 center The milling cycle MACHINING section calls the hole figure in the following block not the pattern definition DIN programming for the Y axis il Circular pattern in XY plane G472 Geo G472 defines a circular pattern in the XY plane G472 is effective for the figure defined in the following block G370 to G375 G377 Parameters Number of figures K Diameter pattern diameter A Starting angle position of the first figure reference positive X axis default 0 W End angle position of the last figure reference positive X axis default 360 Wi Angle between two figures V Direction orientation default 0O V 0 without W Figures are arranged on a full circle V 0 with W Figures are arranged on the longer circular arc V 0 with Wi The algebraic sign of Wi defines the direction Wi lt 0 clockwise V 1 with W Clockwise V 1 with Wi Clockwise algebraic sign of Wi has no effect V 2 with W Counterclockwise V 2 with Wi Counterclockwise algebraic sign of Wi has no effect X Center of pattern radius Y Center of pattern H Position of the figures defau
82. G24 Geo G34 Geo or G37 Geo FINISHED PART G31 can also machine a threading contour defined directly after the cycle call and concluded by G80 See Thread cycle G31 on page 303 G32 cuts a single thread in any desired direction and position See Single thread cycle G32 on page 307 G33 conducts a single thread cut The direction of the single thread cut Is as desired See Thread single path G33 on page 309 G35 cuts a simple cylindrical metric ISO thread without run out See Metric ISO thread G35 on page 311 cuts a tapered API thread See Tapered API thread G352 on page 312 V Overview of threading cycles 5 4 19 Handwheel superimposition If your machine features handwheel superimposition you can overlap axis movements during thread cutting in a limited area X direction Maximum programmed thread depth depending on the current cutting depth Z direction a fourth of the thread pitch machine tool builder for use of this cycle Refer to your A Machine and control must be specially prepared by the machine manual Remember that position changes resulting from handwheel superimposition are no longer effective after the cycle end or the last cut function 300 DIN Programming il Parameter V Type of infeed With the V parameter you define the type of infeed for thread cutting cycles The following infeed types are available 0 Constant mach X section The control reduces the cutting
83. Goto pull down menu contains the following jump and search functions Jump targets The editor positions the cursor to the selected jump target To beginning To tool table To finished part To machining To end Search functions Find block number You specify a certain block number The editor jumps to this block number if it exists Find unit The editor opens the list of units available in the program Select the desired unit Find NC word The editor opens the dialog for entering the desired NC word You can use the soft keys to search forward or backward Search for contour The editor opens the list of contours available in the program Select the desired contour Configuration pull down menu The Config pull down menu Configuration contains the following functions Input mode Define the input mode NC editor word by word The editor works in the NC mode word by word Text editor character The editor works character by character no syntax checking Settings Save The editor memorizes the open NC programs and the respective cursor positions Load last saved setting Restores the last saved condition of the editor Technology data Starts the technology editor 42 gt Machine smart Turn A Tool editor JadPron Gilead Zito didunits Go to im ayMisc 334 7983 nc il oan To beginning 7983 nc TURN_V1 60 4 To turret list 5 To finish
84. HEIDENHAIN MANUALplus 620 CNC PILOT 640 25 il 6 1 Y axis contours Fundamentals 500 Position of milling contours 500 Cutting limit 501 6 2 Contours in the XY plane 502 Starting point of contour in XY plane G1 70 Geo 502 Line segment in XY plane G171 Geo 502 Circular arc in XY plane G172 Geo G173 Geo 503 Hole in XY plane G370 Geo 504 Linear slot in XY plane G371 Geo 505 Circular slot in XY plane G372 Geo G373 Geo 506 Full circle in XY plane G374 Geo 506 Rectangle in XY plane G375 Geo 507 Eccentric polygon in XY plane G377 Geo 507 Linear pattern in XY plane G471 Geo 508 Circular pattern in XY plane G472 Geo 509 Single surface in XY plane G376 Geo 510 Centric polygon in XY plane G477 Geo 510 6 3 Contours in the YZ plane 511 Starting point of contour in YZ plane G180 Geo 511 Line segment in YZ plane G181 Geo 511 Circular arc in YZ plane G182 Geo G183 Geo 512 Hole in YZ plane G380 Geo 513 Linear slot in YZ plane G381 Geo 513 Circular slot in YZ plane G382 Geo G383 Geo 514 Full circle in YZ plane G384 Geo 514 Rectangle in YZ plane G385 Geo 515 Eccentric polygon in YZ plane G387 Geo 515 Linear pattern in YZ plane G481 Geo 516 Circular pattern in YZ plane G482 Geo 517 Single surface in YZ plane G386 Geo 518 Centric polygon in YZ plane G487 Geo 518 6 4 Working pl
85. Is updated during block numbering The tool call is not a mandatory parameter in this unit Instead of the text transfer value texts can be displayed that were defined in the subprogram You can also define help graphics for every line of the subprogram see page 427 Access to the technology database Not possible smart Turn units il Program section repeat unit Use the Repeat unit to program a program section repeat The unit consists of two inseparable parts Program the unit with the Start form immediately before the repeatable part and the unit with the End form immediately behind the repeatable part Be sure to use the same variable number here Unit name REPEAT Called cycle None Start form AE Repetition O Start 1 End V Variable number 1 30 counting variable for the Iteration loop NN Number of repetitions OR Save workpiece blank 0 No 1 Yes K Comment End form AE Repetition O Start 1 End V Variable number 1 30 counting variable for the iteration loop Z Additive zero point shift G Incremental shift C axis Q Number of the C axis K Comment HEIDENHAIN MANUALplus 620 CNC PILOT 640 2 11 Units Special oper pns i il Program end unit In every smart Turn program the end unit should be called once at the end of the machining section Unit name END Called cycle None Program end form ME Type of return jump 30 Without M30 restart 99 With M99 restart NS Block num
86. Linear slot on lateral surface 6792 350 Local variables DIN programming 408 Longitudinal roughing G810 272 Longitudinal roughing simple G81 434 k il M M commands 430 M commands for program run control 430 M commands machine commands 431 Machine commands 431 Machining attributes for form elements 201 Machining commands 190 Machining information TURN PLUS 566 Machining sequence AWG Editing 556 General 554 List of machining sequences 557 Managing 556 Magazine tool Compensation in automatic mode 587 Mathematical functions 407 MCRC switch off G40 257 MCRC switch on G41 G42 258 Measuring cut G809 293 Menu structure smart Turn editor 38 Metric ISO thread G35 311 Metric ISO thread G38 314 Milling contour position 224 Milling cutter radius compensation 257 Milling cycles for the Y axis 527 Milling cycles overview 348 Milling pattern circular face G 45 335 Milling pattern circular lateral surface 5 46 337 Milling pattern linear face G743 334 Milling pattern linear lateral surface G744 336 Milling area milling face G797 355 Milling contour and figure milling cycle face G793 351 Milling contour and figure milling cycle lateral surface G794 353 Milling contour milling G840 358 Milling GB40 Fundamentals 358 Milling helical slot milling G798 357 Mill
87. M Deburring lateral surface unit The unit deburrs the contour defined with ICP on the lateral surface Unit name G840_ENT_C_MANT Cycle G840 see page 365 Contour form FK see page 62 NS Starting block no of contour NE End block no of contour X1 Milling top edge diameter value Cycle form JK Cutter position JK 0 On the contour JK 1 closed contour Within the contour E JK 1 open contour Left of the contour E JK 2 closed contour Outside the contour E JK 2 open contour Right of the contour E JK 3 Depending on H and MD H Cutting direction E 0 Up cut milling E 1 Climb milling BG Chamfer width JG Preparation diameter P Plunging depth indicated as a negative value K Contour parallel oversize R Approach radius FZ Infeed rate E Reduced feed rate RB Retraction plane Further forms see page 60 158 Access to the technology database smart Turn units il m Machining operation Deburring E Affected parameters F S 2 11 Units Special operations Program beginning START unit In the start unit default values that are used in the following units are _Soft keys in the program beginning form defined The start unit is called once at the beginning of the machining section You also directly specify the rotational speed limits zero point Loads the zero point defined during Acceptance shift and tool change point for the program of zero pnt Setup Unit name
88. Machine Simulation eel JW 444 gadd am aod Oo 4 gA 40 N 53 G868 NS6 NE1 IB 7 KB 3 QB Z 64 V H P5 N 53 X 65 000 Z 15 877 C 789 A Tool editor 5 444 ada JWJ ggj PTT rrr J A gt lt Lamy lB EEE Hag Jum 5 Fd DIN Programming Recessing cycle G870 G870 generates a recess defined by G22 Geo The Steuerung uses the tool definition to distinguish between external and internal machining or between radial and axial recesses Parameters ID Auxiliary contour ID number of the contour to be machined NS Block number reference to G22 Geo Oversize for roughing default 0 I 0 Recess is made in one work step l gt 0 The first operation is roughing the second finishing z Dwell time default time for one spindle revolution If O For every recess If l gt O Only for finishing Calculation of cutting segmentation Maximum offset 0 8 cutting width The tool radius compensation is active An oversize is not taken into account Cycle run 1 Calculates the number of cutting passes 2 Approaches workpiece from starting point for first pass Radial recess First Z then X direction Axial recess First X then Z direction Executes the first cut according to l Returns at rapid traverse and approaches for next pass If 0 Dwells for time E Repeats 3 to 4 until the complete recess has been machined If l gt O Finish machines the contour N OF Ph
89. NC programming il FACE C REAR C sections In this program section you describe the front and rear side contours to be machined with the C axis The program section defines the position of the contour in Z direction Parameter Z Position of the front rear face contour LATERAL C section In this program section you describe the lateral surface contours to be machined with the C axis The program section defines the position of the contour in X direction Parameter X Reference diameter of the lateral surface contour FACE Y REAR Y sections For lathes with Y axis these program section codes define the XY plane G17 and the position of the contour in Z direction The spindle angle C defines the spindle position Parameters X Area diameter as cutting limit Z Position of the reference plane default O C Spindle angle default O HEIDENHAIN MANUALplus 620 CNC PILOT 640 1 3 Program section a 1 3 Program section LATERAL Y section The section code identities the YZ plane G19 For machines equipped with a B axis it defines the tilted plane Without tilted plane The reference diameter defines the contour position in the X direction the C axis angle defines the position on the workpiece Parameters X Reference diameter C C axis angle Detfines the spindle position With tilted plane see figures LATERAL_Y additionally performs the following transformations and rotations for the tilted plane E Shifts
90. PLUS workpiece blank definition 200 DIN programs converting 197 Direct program run continuation 389 Drilling and boring cycles overview and contour reference 324 614 D Drilling cycle G71 325 Drilling cycles DIN programming 324 Drilling pattern circular face 745 see 335 Drilling pattern circular lateral surface G746 337 Drilling pattern linear face G743 334 Drilling pattern linear lateral surface G744 336 Drilling deep hole drilling G74 331 E Eccentric polygon in XY plane G377 Geo 509 Eccentric polygon in YZ plane G387 Geo 517 Eccentric polygon on front rear face G307 Geo 236 Eccentric polygon on lateral surface G317 Geo 245 Eccentric turning G725 399 Eccentric X G727 403 Elements of a DIN program 37 END section code 53 End position of tool G922 384 Engraving in the YZ plane G804 540 Engraving in XY plane G803 539 Engraving on front face G801 378 Engraving on lateral surface G802 379 Engraving character set 376 Example Fixed cycle programming 195 Full surface machining with opposing spindle 448 Full surface machining with single spindle 450 Machining with the Y axis 544 Subprogram with contour repetitions 441 TURN PLUS 574 Expert programs 196 F Face roughing G820 275 Face roughing simple G82 435 Feed per minute G94 255 Feed per revolut
91. R Chamfer rounding default 0 R gt 0 Radius of rounding R lt 0 Width of chamfer P Pocket depth default P trom G308 HEIDENHAIN MANUALplus 620 CNC PILOT 640 4 8 Lateral a contours i il 4 8 Lateral curb contours Linear pattern on lateral surface G411 Geo G411 defines a linear hole or figure pattern on the lateral surface G411 is effective for the hole figure defined in the following block G310 to 315 G317 Parameters Q Number of figures default 1 Z Starting point C Starting point starting angle CY Starting point as linear value reference unrolled reference diameter ZE End point ZEi Distance between figures in Z direction W End point end angle Wi Angular distance between figures A Angle to Z axis default 0 R Total length of pattern Ri Distance between figures pattern distance arranged at a regular spacing on the lateral surface Program the hole figure in the following block without a Center The milling cycle calls the hole figure in the following block not the pattern definition If you program QO Z and C the holes figures are 246 DIN Programming il Circular pattern on lateral surface G412 Geo G412 defines a circular hole or figure pattern on the lateral surface G412 is effective for the hole figure defined in the following block G310 to 315 G317 Parameters Q Number of figures K Pattern diameter A Starting angle position of the
92. Standard contour longitudinal or transverse recessing contour or ICP contour 1 Linear path without with return 2 Circular arc CW without with return 3 Circular arc CCW without with return 4 Chamfer without with return 5 Rounding arc without with return Tool tip radius compensation default 0 0 Automatic determination 1 To the left of the contour 2 To the right of the contour 3 Automatic determination without taking the tool angle into account 4 To the left of the contour without taking the tool angle into account 5 To the right of the contour without taking the tool angle into account HEIDENHAIN MANUALplus 620 CNC PILOT 640 les a cyc 4 17 Contour based t G23 H1 2 048 G25 HA 32 768 G25 H5 65 536 G25 H6 131 072 G25 H7 262 744 G25 H8 524 288 G25 H9 1 048 576 7 il G22 Recess for sealing ring 512 22 les ing cyc 4 17 Contour based tur Para HR meters Main cutting direction default 0 0 Automatic Z X Z X BFwWN The Steuerung uses the tool definition to distinguish between external and internal machining Und ercuts are machined if they are programmed and If tool geometry permits Feed rate reduction For chamfers rounding arcs the following applies Feed rate is programmed with G95 Geo No automatic feed rate reduction Feed rate is not programmed with G95 Geo Automatic feed rate reduction Each chamfer rounding is therefore machi
93. Start Called cycle None Loads the tool change point defined cceptance Limits form TC point 1 during setup SO Maximum main spindle speed S1 Maximum rotational speed of driven tool Z Zero point shift G59 TC point form tool change point WT1 Tool change point No axis do not approach the tool change point 0 Simultaneous X and Z axes depart diagonally 1 First X then Z 2 First Z then X 3 Only X 4 Only Z 5 Only Y 6 Simultaneous with Y WX1 Tool change point in X reference distance of the slide position as radius value from the machine zero point WZ1 Tool change point in Z reference distance of the slide position from the machine zero point WY 1 Tool change point in Y reference distance of the slide position from the machine zero point 2 11 Units Special oper pns HEIDENHAIN MANUALplus 620 CNC PILOT 640 159 il 2 11 Units Special operfibns Defaults form GWW Tool change point No axis do not approach the tool change point E 0 Simultaneous X and Z axes depart diagonally E 1 First X then Z E 2 First Z then X E 3 Only X E4 Only Z E 5 Only Y E 6 Simultaneous with Y CLT Coolant E 0 Without E 1 Circuit 1 on E 2 Circuit 2 on G60 Protection zone default for drilling units 0 Active E 1 Inactive Cycle form L Subprogram name Name of a subprogram that is called by the start unit Global form G47 Safety clearance SCK Safety clearance in infeed dire
94. TURN PLUS uses the Workpiece material program head Cutting material tool parameters The machining operation main operation in the machining sequence The values determined are multiplied by the tool dependent compensation factors see Tool data in the User s Manual Note for roughing and finishing operations Main feed rate for use of the primary cutting edge Auxiliary feed rate for use of the secondary cutting edge Note for milling operations Main feed rate for machining in the milling plane Auxiliary feed rate for infeed movements For threading drilling and milling operations the cutting speed Is converted into rotational speed Coolant Depending on the workpiece material cutting material and machining operation define in the technology database whether coolant is used The AWG activates the appropriate coolant circuits for the respective tool If you have specified that coolant is to be used the AWG activates the coolant circulation for the respective machining block Inside contours TURN PLUS machines continuous inside contours up to the transition from the deepest point to a greater diameter The end position for drilling roughing and finishing operations depends on Cutting limit inside Overhang length inside ULI Processing machining parameter Prerequisite The usable tool length must be sufficient for the machining operation If it is not then this parameter defines the inside machining o
95. The designations of the tool pockets are fixed by the machine tool builder Each tool holder has a unique T number In the T command MACHINING section you program the T number and therefore the position to which the tool carrier rotates The Steuerung retrieves the assignment of the tools to the turret position from the turret list of the TURRET section You can edit the tool entries individually or you can call the tool list via the Set up the turret list menu item and then edit it Setting up a tool list In the Set up the turret list function the Steuerung provides the turret assignment as a tool list for editing You have the following options Editing the turret assignment Transfer tools from the database delete entries or move them to other positions for soft keys see table Loading the turret list of the Machine mode of operation Deleting the current turret assignment of the NC program Loading the turret list of the Machine mode of operation Select Head gt Set up the turret list Switch to Special functions Special Functions Load the tool list of the Machine mode of operation Transfer machine into the NC program Deleting a tool list Select Head gt Set up the turret list Switch to Special functions Special Functions v Delete all entries of the turret list Delete all HEIDENHAIN MANUALplus 620 CNC PILOT 640 Machine smart Turn 4 T
96. The direction of the single thread path is as desired longitudinal tapered or transverse threads internal or external threads You can make successive threads by programming G33 several times in Succession Position the tool in front of the thread by the run in length B if the slide must accelerate to the feed rate And remember the run out length P before the end point of thread if the slide has to be decelerated Parameters X End point of thread diameter End point of thread Thread pitch Slop length run in length length of the acceleration path Overflow length run out length length of the deceleration path C Starting angle thread start is defined with respect to rotationally nonsymmetrical contour elements default 0 H Reference direction for thread pitch default O UMW Tn N E 0 Feed rate on the Z axis for longitudinal and taper threads up to a max angle of 45 45 to the Z axis E 1 Feed rate on the X axis for transverse and taper threads up to a max angle of 45 45 to the X axis E 3 Contouring feed rate Variable pitch default 0 no effect at present Retraction distance in X retraction path for cycle stop in the thread incremental value K Retraction distance in Z retraction path for cycle stop in the thread incremental value Run in length B The slide requires a run in distance at the start of thread in order to accelerate to the programmed feed rate before starting
97. The unit uses stationary tools to drill axial holes in several passes Unit name G72_ZENTR Cycle G72 see page 327 Cycle form NS Starting block no of contour Delay dwell time at end of hole default O D Retraction at 0 Rapid traverse 1 Feed rate RB Retraction plane Global form G14 Tool change point No axis Simultaneously First X then Z First Z then X Only X Only Z Only Y direction 6 Simultaneous with Y X Y and Z axes move on a diagonal path CLT Coolant 0 Without 1 Circuit 1 on 2 Circuit 2 on SCK Safety clearance in infeed direction Safety clearance in infeed direction during drilling and milling operations G60 Protection zone During drilling and boring the protection zone monitoring is oO Aa WN O 0 Active 1 Inactive Further forms see page 60 HEIDENHAIN MANUALplus 620 CNC PILOT 640 2 4 Units Centric i i S 2 5 Units Drilling in C axis Single hole face unit i This unit machines a hole on the face of the workpiece Unit name G74_Bohr_Stirn_C Cycle G74 see page 331 Cycle form Ta Z1 Start point drill starting point of hole A Z2 End point drill end point of hole Co Spindle angle H E Delay dwell time at end of hole default 0 D Retraction at 5 0 Rapid traverse 1 Feed rate LO V Feed rate reduction N
98. automatic operation on page 455 Cycle run From the current position the element to be probed is moved toward the touch probe by a rotation of the C axis When the workpiece touches the stylus the measured value is saved and the workpiece Is returned probe cycles Q The control outputs an error message if the touch probe does not c reach any touch point within the defined measuring path me Parameters gme C Incremental measuring path with direction Measuring path of S the C axis in degrees starting from the current position The 5 algebraic sign determines the probing direction o o i V Retraction type Beispiel G765 Probing in C axis 0 Without Only position touch probe back to the starting point if the touch probe was deflected 1 Automatic Always position touch probe back to the starting point Error evaluation 0 Program Do not interrupt program run no error message 1 Automatic Interrupt program run and output error message if touch probe is not deflected within measuring path F Measuring feed rate Feed rate for probing If nothing is entered the measuring feed rate from the touch probe table is used It the entered measuring feed rate F is higher than the one in the touch probe table the feed rate is reduced to the value from the touch probe table O Tool orientation Orient the touch probe in the programmed probing direction before each probing operation machine dependent function P
99. can set the sequence and representation of the control graphic via soft key see Graphic simulation in the User s Manual TURN PLUS outputs warnings during the contour analysis if certain areas cannot be machined at all or not completely Check the respective sections after program creation and adapt them to your needs Generating a working plan chucking equipment has been defined in the program as yet TURN PLUS defines the chucking equipment for a specific type of clamping clamping length and adjusts the cutting limitation accordingly Adapt the values in the finished NC program After generating the working plan please note If no Generating a working plan with TURN PLUS Select TURN PLUS TURN PLUS opens the most recently selected machining sequence Select AWG TURN PLUS shows the contours of the blank and the finished part in the graphics window AWG E Press the AWG control graphic soft key The AWG control graphic and program generation are started HEIDENHAIN MANUALplus 620 CNC PILOT 640 7 2 Automatic working ae generation AWG gt Machine s AWG A Tool editor B MJJ FEF zas dad py PEE to to 0 40 N X 252 838 Z 205 962 C 4 Gewinde Aussen 752 08 54 ZA Za Bry Misc Back functions Single AA block i j il lt lt eo Press the Back soft key to return to the TURN PLUS menu ODE EE EE Eee i Press the Back soft key to sw
100. commands described in the following are supported to enable you to use NC programs from previous controls HEIDENHAIN recommends against using these commands in new NC programs Contour definitions in the machining section Undercut contour G25 G25 generates an undercut form element DIN 509 E DIN 509 F DIN 76 that can be integrated in the contour description of roughing or finishing cycles The help graphic illustrates the undercut parameters Parameters H Undercut type default O H 0 5 DIN 509 E H 6 DIN 509 F H 7 DIN 76 Undercut depth default value from standard table Undercut width default value from standard table Undercut radius default value from standard table Face depth default value from standard table Undercut angle default value from standard table Face angle default value from standard table Thread pitch no value Pitch calculated from thread diameter Grinding oversize default 0 Reduced feed for machining the undercut default active feed rate If the parameters are not defined the Steuerung determines the following values from the diameter or the thread pitch in the standard table DIN 509 E K W R DIN 509 F I K W R P A DIN 76 K W R determined from the thread pitch 432 H 5 DIN 509 E DIN Programming il even if the standard table prescribes other values f you are programming an internal thread it is advisable to pr
101. contour frame for establishing block references Using the zoom functions you can magnify reduce or shift details until the GRAPHICS soft key is pressed again Unambiguous NC block numbers are a prerequisite for the contour display Additions changes to the contour will not be considered HEIDENHAIN MANUALplus 620 CNC PILOT 640 45 1 2 The smart Turn oa 5 7 N lt m N Sorting file organization When an NC program is opened or when a new NC program is created the soft key row is switched to the sorting and organization functions Use the soft keys to select the order in which the programs are to be displayed or use the functions for copying deleting etc Deletes the selected program after confirmation Delete prompt Makes it possible to change the program name Rename Copies the selected program Copy Switches the write protection attribute on or off for the protection Selected program RR Activates the alphabetic keyboard keyboard Displays the file attributes size date time Details ENA Sorts by file name file name Sort by Sorts by Tile size 1ze e Sorts by creation date or change date by date Reverses the sorting direction Reverse sorting Opens the selected program Open 46 za Prog PET Head 444 ICP za Units H41 Go to Protests B rrr rrr 444 Config 444 Misc 344 Extras 444Graph Open TNC Project SMART_KAPITEL1 ncps Kurbelwell
102. contour form you define the contours to be machined A difference is made between the direct contour definition G80 and the reference to an external contour definition FINISHED or AUXIL_CONTOUR program sections ICP contour definition parameters FK NS NE XA ZA BP BF 62 Auxiliary contour Name of the contour to be machined You can select an existing contour or describe a new contour with ICP Contour start block number Beginning of contour section Contour end block number End of contour section NE not programmed The contour element NS is machined in the direction of contour definition NS NE programmed The contour element NS is machined opposite to the direction of contour definition Machine form elements default 0 A chamfer rounding arc is machined 0 At start and end of the contour 1 At start of the contour 2 At end of the contour 3 No machining 4 Only chamfer rounding is machined not the basic element Requirement the contour section consists of a single element Starting point of blank only effective if no blank was programmed XA ZA not programmed The workpiece blank contour is calculated from the tool position and the ICP contour XA ZA programmed Definition of the corner point of the workpiece blank Break duration Time span for interruption of the feed The chip is broken by the intermittent interruption of the feed Feed duration Time interval until the n
103. contour to be machined Cycle Description of the machining operation Global View and settings of globally set values AppDep Definition of approach and departure behavior ToolExt Extended tool settings smart Turn Tool editor fil gt Machine 1 Roughing FEF Recessg a5 Drillg a4 Finishing aa Thread Ha Millg Z 4 Spec Jaa ee G819 Longitudinal in ICP A i G820 Transverse in ICP g G830 Contr parallel in ICP Per amp 44G835 Bidirectional in ICP EFE mm1 G810 Longitudinal direct EEE sa G820 Transverse direct END PGM N 8 Gi 2 40 N 9 G1 x0 MACHINING N 50 UNIT ID START Program beginning N 51 N 52 L InitStart V1 f Mog N 53 G26 3000 N 54 G14 00 gt OFF N 55 END_OF_UNIT 2829550539 i N 100 UNIT ID G820_G80 G820 Roughing direct transverse N 101 A j aan ra TNC Project SMART_KAPITEL2 ncps bar nc 09 35 i alae ae ee Fe Cy i gt Machine smart Turn 2 Tool editor S cre reer ree 17 cer cer reer FEE EE p daa ROUGHLNG daa Recessa g aag Drilla a333 Finisning 333 Thread aaa lilla 4333 Spec z333 7 rri Erri 444 Fer Ere als it EEr N 52 L InitStart V1 5 G810 Longitudinal roughing in ICP N 53 G26 53000 Overvw Tool Contour eich Global pP N 54 G14 Q0 0 Sil ulta eol N 55 END_OF_UNIT 2829550539 Type of approach k B Approach position X N 100 UNIT ID G820_G80 G820 Roughing di N 1
104. converted after a confirmation prompt CONV_ will be prefixed to the program name The converter is also part of the Transfer function Organization mode of operation DIN ISO programs not only have new solutions for tool management technology data etc but also for contour description and variable programming Remember the following when converting DIN ISO programs of the MANUALplus 4110 Tool call The loading of the T number depends on whether the program is a multifix program 2 digit T number or turret program 4 digit T number 2 digit number The T number is loaded as ID and entered as the T number T1 4 digit T number Tddpp The first two digits of the T number dd are loaded as ID and the last two pp as T Workpiece blank definition A G20 G21 workpiece blank definition of the 4110 becomes an AUXILIARY BLANK Contour descriptions In MANUALplus 4110 programs the fixed cycles are followed by the contour description During conversion the contour description is converted to an AUXILIARY CONTOUR The associated cycle in the MACHINING section then refers to this auxiliary contour Variable programming Variable accesses to tool data machine dimensions D compensation values parameter data and events cannot be converted These program sequences have to be adapted M functions are left unchanged Inches or metric The converter cannot detect the unit of measure of the MANUALplus 4110 pr
105. cutting limit Z Cutting limit in Z direction default no cutting limit A Approach angle reference Z axis default 0 180 parallel to Z axis or with facing tools parallel to X axis W Departure angle reference Z axis default 90 270 perpendicular to Z axis or with facing tools perpendicular to X axis Q Type of retraction at cycle end default 0 0 Returns to starting point first X then Z direction 1 Positions in front of the finished contour 2 Retracts to safety clearance and stops V Identifier beginning end default 0 A chamfer rounding arc is machined 0 At beginning and end 1 At beginning 2 At end 3 No machining 4 Chamfer rounding arc is machined not the basic element prerequisite contour section with one element HEIDENHAIN MANUALplus 620 CNC PILOT 640 Q 1 4 17 Contour based H cycles i il 4 17 Contour based inc cycles Parameters Contour calculation 0 Automatic 1 Tool to the left G41 2 Tool to the right G42 D Omit elements see figure J Workpiece blank oversize radius value active only if no blank has been defined H Contour parallel Type of cutting paths 0 Constant machining depth 1 Equidistant cut lines XA ZA Starting point of blank only effective if no blank was programmed XA ZA not programmed The workpiece blank contour is calculated from the tool position and the ICP contour XA ZA programmed Definition of the corner
106. depth after each infeed to achieve a consistent chip cross section and removal rate 1 Constant infeed The control uses the same cutting depth for each infeed without exceeding the maximum infeed I 2 EPL with distribution of cuts The control uses the thread pitch F1 and the constant shaft speed S to calculate the cutting depth for a constant infeed If the thread depth is not a multiple of the cutting depth the control uses the depth of the remaining cut for the first infeed With the distribution of remaining cuts the control divides the last cutting depth into four partial cuts The first cut is half the calculated cutting depth the second is a quarter and the third and fourth each are an eighth 3 EPL without distribution of cuts The control uses the thread pitch F1 and the constant shaft speed S to calculate the cutting depth for a constant infeed If the thread depth is not a multiple of the cutting depth the control uses the depth of the remaining cut for the first infeed All subsequent infeeds are constant and correspond to the calculated cutting depth 4 MANUALplus 4110 The control performs the first infeed with the maximum infeed I To determine the subsequent cutting depths the control uses the formula gt 2 1 SORT current no of cuts where gt is the absolute depth The cutting depth decreases with each infeed since the current number of cuts is incremented by 1 with each infeed If as a result the
107. direction oversize Infeed rate Reduced feed rate Approach radius Plunging behavior m T U O J Aa E Q Straight vertical plunge The cycle moves the tool to the starting point the tool plunges at feed rate and mills the contour E 1 In predrilling The cycle positions the tool above the hole the tool plunges and mills the contour NF Position mark only if O 1 RB Retraction plane diameter value Further forms see page 60 HEIDENHAIN MANUALplus 620 CNC PILOT 640 Access to the technology database E Machining operation Finish milling E Affected parameters F S FZ P 153 2 10 Units Milling lateral i i 2 10 Units Milling lateral 1 Pocket milling figures lateral surface unit The unit mills the pocket defined by Q In QK select the machining operation roughing finishing and the plunging strategy Unit name G84x_Fig_Mant_C Cycles G845 see page 370 G846 see page 374 Figure form Q Type of figure 0 Full circle 1 Linear slot E 2 Circular slot Q 3 3 Triangle 4 Rectangle square E 5 Polygon YK ON Number of polygon corners only with Q 5 polygon Z1 Figure center h C1 Angle of figure center CY Figure center of unrolled lateral surface i X1 Milling top edge P2 Depth of figure L Edge length width across flats E L gt 0 Edge length E lt 0 Width across flats inside diameter for polygon B Rectangle width RE Roundi
108. execution is repeated from the start of the program M417 Activate protection zone monitoring M418 Deactivate protection zone monitoring M99 NS Program end with restart M99 means end program and start again Steuerung restarts program execution from The start of program if no NS is entered The block number NS if a NS is entered etc which are effective at the end of program remain in effect when the program is restarted You should therefore reprogram the modal functions at the start of program or at the startup block if M99 is used p Modal functions feed rate spindle speed tool number 430 DIN Programming il Machine commands The effect of machine commands depends on the configuration of your machine The following table lists the M commands used on most machines N 2 6 M03 Main spindle on cw M04 Main spindle on ccw M05 Main spindle stop Pc M12 Lock main spindle brake M13 Release main spindle brake M14 C axis on M15 C axis off M19 Spindle stop at position C M40 Shift gear to range O neutral M41 Shift gear to range 1 M42 Shift gear to range 2 M43 Shift gear to range 3 M44 Shift gear to range 4 Mx03 Spindle x on cw Mx04 Spindle x on ccw Mx05 Spindle x stop For more information on the M commands refer to your machine manual HEIDENHAIN MANUALplus 620 CNC PILOT 640 431 il us controls 4 35 G codes from previo 4 35 G codes from previous controls The
109. face machining Single path Lateral surface machining G100 Rapid traverse face Page 341 ma G110 Rapid traverse lateral surface Page 345 G101 Linear path face Page 342 B G111 Linear path lateral surface Page 346 G102 Circular path cw face Page 343 z G112 Circular path cw lateral surface Page 347 G103 Circular path ccw face Page 343 a G113 Circular path cew lateral surface Page 347 Figures Front rearface machining Figures Lateraksurface machining G301 Linear slot face Page 295 La G311 Linear slot on lateral surface Page 297 G302 Circular slot cw face Page 295 z G312 Circular slot cw lateral surface Page 298 G303 Circular slot ccw face Page 295 zm G313 Circular slot ccw lateral surface Page 298 G304 Full circle face Page 296 p G314 Full circle lateral surface Page 298 G305 Rectangle face Page 296 i G315 Rectangle lateral surface Page 299 G307 Polygon face Page 296 z G317 Polygon lateral surface Page 299 Mining cycles face ling cycles lateral surface G791 Linear slot face Page 349 P G792 Linear slot lateral surface Page 350 G793 Contour milling direct Page 351 z G794 Contour milling direct Page 353 G797 Area milling face milling Page 355 z G798 Helical slot milling Page 357 Predrilling cycles Contour and pocket milling cycles G840 Predrilling contour milling Page 359 i G840 Contour milling Page 361 G845 Predrilling pocket milling Page 369 G840 Deburring Page 365 G801 Engraving face Page 378 BA G8
110. face rear face Parameters XK Center in Cartesian coordinates YK Center in Cartesian coordinates X Diameter center point in polar coordinates C Angle center point in polar coordinates A Angle of a polygon edge to XK axis default 0 Q Number of edges OQ gt 2 K Edge length K gt 0 Edge length K lt 0 Inscribed circle diameter R Chamfer rounding default 0 R gt 0 Radius of rounding R lt 0 Width of chamfer P Depth height default P from G308 P lt 0 Pocket P gt 0 Island 236 6 DIN Programming il Linear pattern on front rear face G401 Geo G401 defines a linear hole pattern or figure pattern on the front or rear face G401 is effective for the hole figure defined in the following block G300 to 305 G307 Parameters Q XK YK J li Ji A R Ri Number of figures default 1 Starting point in Cartesian coordinates Starting point in Cartesian coordinates End point in Cartesian coordinates End point in Cartesian coordinates Distance XKi between figures pattern distance Distance YKi between figures pattern distance Angle of longitudinal axis to XK axis default 0 Total length of pattern Distance between figures pattern distance center Program the hole figure in the following block without a The milling cycle MACHINING section calls the hole figure in the following block not the pattern definition HEIDENHAIN MANUALplus 620 CNC PILOT 640 4 7 Front a
111. first contour elements if the starting position is inaccessible 1 First X then Z direction 2 First Z then X direction 3 No approach tool is located near the starting point of the contour area 118 Dxx xx 01 16 Q 2 p eee ae yi e eis eer Access to the technology database Machining operation Finishing Affected parameters F S smart Turn units il Cycle form H DXX G58 DI DK Type of retraction Tool backs off at 45 against the 3 0 Diagonal 1 First X then Z direction 2 First Z then X direction 3 Stops at safety clearance 4 No retraction motion tool remains on the end coordinate 5 Diagonal to start position 6 First X then Z direction to start position 7 First Z then X direction to start position 8 With G1 to I and K Cycle end position Position that is approached at the end of the cycle l diameter value Omit elements see figure Plunging behavior E 0 Descending contours are not machined E gt 0 Plunging feed rate for declining contour elements Descending contour elements are machined No input The plunging feed rate is reduced during machining of declining contour elements by up to 50 Descending contour elements are machined Feed rate reduction for circular elements default 0 0 Feed rate reduction is active 1 No feed rate reduction Additive correction numbers 1
112. incremental modal or 240 C Absolute incremental or modal ARi Angle to the previous element ANi Angle to the subsequent element Program either Z C or Z CY DIN Programming il Circular arc in lateral surface contour G112 G113 Geo G112 G113 defines a circular arc in a lateral surface contour Direction of rotation See help graphic Parameters Z End point C End point end angle or polar angle CY End point as linear value reference unrolled reference diameter R Radius K Center point in Z direction J Angle of the center point as a linear value Q Point of intersection End point if the circular arc intersects a line segment or another circular arc default 0 0 Near point of intersection 1 Far point of intersection BR Chamfer rounding Defines the transition to the next contour element When entering a chamfer rounding program the theoretical end point No input Tangential transition BR 0 No tangential transition BR gt 0O Radius of rounding BR lt 0O Width of chamfer PZ End point polar radius W Center point polar angle reference workpiece zero point PM Center point polar radius reference workpiece zero point AR Starting angle tangential angle to rotary axis AN End angle tangential angle to rotary axis Programming Z CY Absolute incremental modal or C Absolute incremental or modal K J Absolute or incremental PZ W PM Absolute or incremental ARi Angle to the previous el
113. interval until the next break The interruption of the feed rate breaks the chip Further forms see page 60 HEIDENHAIN MANUALplus 620 CNC PILOT 640 D 2 5 Units Drill Linear pattern drilling face unit The unit machines a linear drilling pattern in which the individual features are arranged at a regular spacing on the face e Unit name G74_Lin_Stirn_C Cycle G74 see page 331 D Pattern form e Q Number of holes X1 C1 Polar starting point Ta XK YK Cartesian starting point O Lad End point XK YK li Ji Distance XKi YKi A R Distance to first last hole Ri Incremental distance A Pattern angle reference Is XK axis m Cycle form LO Z1 Start point drill starting point of hole N 22 End point drill end point of hole Delay dwell time at end of hole default 0 D Retraction at 0 Rapid traverse 1 Feed rate V Feed rate reduction E 0 Without reduction E 1 At end of the hole E 2 At start of the hole 3 At start and end of the hole pues se ra se AB Spot drilling through drilling length distance for feed rate bles a re bee reduction id EX P Hole depth IB Hole depth reduction value Value by which the feed depth decreases after every advance JB Minimum hole depth If you have entered a hole depth reduction value the hole depth is reduced only to the value entered in JB B Retra
114. limited to the following range X direction Depending on the current cutting depth without exceeding the starting and end points of the thread Z direction Maximal 1 thread groove without exceeding the starting and end points of the thread Definition of taper angle XS ZS X Z XS ZS Z W ZS XIZ N thread groove and then stops all tool movements Lift off distance OEM configuration parameter cfgGlobalPrperties threadliftoff If you are programming an internal thread it is advisable to preset the thread pitch F since the diameter of the longitudinal element is not the thread diameter If you have the Steuerung calculate the thread pitch automatically slight deviations may occur Cycle stop the Steuerung retracts the tool from the Cycle run 1 Calculates the number of cutting passes 2 Executes a thread cut 3 Returns at rapid traverse and approaches for next pass 4 Repeats 2 to 3 until the complete thread has been cut 5 Executes air cuts 6 Returns to starting point HEIDENHAIN MANUALplus 620 CNC PILOT 640 o il Metric ISO thread G38 Cycle G38 creates a cylindrical thread whose form does not correspond to the tool form Use a recessing or button tool for machining ad cycles Describe the contour of the thread turn as auxiliary contour The position of the auxiliary contour must correspond to the start position of the thread cuts You can select the entire auxiliary contour or just segments
115. measurements is greater than the maximum deviation WE the program run is interrupted and an error message is displayed Parameters R Type of compensation 1 Tool compensation DX DZ for turning tool or additive compensation 2 Recessing tool Dx DS 3 Milling tool DX DD 4 Milling tool DD K Incremental measuring path with direction signed Maximum measuring path for probing The algebraic sign determines the probing direction E Circumnavigation axis Selection of axis for retraction movement between the probing positions 5 3 Touch probe cycles for two 0 Z axis 2 Y axis RB Circumnavigation direction offset Distance RC Offset in X Distance for pre positioning before the second measurement XE Nominal value for target position X Absolute coordinate of touch point BD Tolerance Range for the first measurement result in which no compensation is applied HEIDENHAIN MANUALplus 620 CNC PILOT 640 465 il 4 amm o n oOo wT j T E AT a z ae OEP O WE t Ta o f T gt T o o O pa P A ox E 5 H v LAN Parameters X Nominal width in X Coordinate for the second probing position Tolerance width Range for the second measurement result in which no compensation is applied Compensation number T or G149 first measured edge T Tool at turret position T to compensate the difference to the nominal value G149 Additive compensation D9xx to compensat
116. measuring point V Retraction type Beispiel G768 Probing in two axes in Z Y plane To 0 Without Only position touch probe back to the starting point if the touch probe was deflected 1 Automatic Always position touch probe back to the starting point Error evaluation 0 Program Do not interrupt program run no error message 1 Automatic Interrupt program run and output error message if touch probe is not deflected within measuring path F Measuring feed rate Feed rate for probing If nothing is entered the measuring feed rate from the touch probe table is used If the entered measuring feed rate F is higher than the one in the touch probe table the feed rate is reduced to the value from the touch probe table O Tool orientation Orient the touch probe in the programmed probing direction before each probing operation machine dependent function NF Result variable no Number of the first global variable in which the result is saved no entry variable 810 The second measurement result is saved automatically under the next consecutive number P PRINT outputs 0 OFF Do not display measuring results 1 ON Display measuring results H INPUT instead of measurement 5 5 Measur O 0 Default Obtain measured values by probing 1 PC test Simulate probing cycle on the programming station 480 Touch probe cycles il Probing in two axes G769 Cycle G769 measures the position programmed in the cycle in the X Y plan
117. mill figures on lateral surface unit The unit determines the hole position and machines the hole The subsequent milling cycle obtains the hole position from the reference stored in NF Unit name DRILL_MAN_TAS_C Cycles G845 A1 see page 369 G71 see page 325 Figure form Q Type of figure 0 Full circle E 1 Linear slot E 2 Circular slot E3 Triangle 4 Rectangle square E 5 Polygon YK z1 cI ON Number of polygon corners only with Q 5 polygon h Z1 Figure center C1 Angle of figure center cr Figure center of unrolled lateral surface X1 Milling top edge P2 Depth of figure L Edge length width across flats L gt 0 Edge length E lt 0 Width across flats inside diameter for polygon B Rectangle width RE Rounding radius A Angle to Z axis Q2 Rotational direction of slot only if Q 2 circular slot E cw In clockwise direction E ccw In counterclockwise direction W Angle of slot end point only if Q 2 circular slot Access to the technology database E Machining operation Drilling E Affected parameters F S HEIDENHAIN MANUALplus 620 CNC PILOT 640 115 D 2 6 Units Predrill Ing In xis 2 6 Units Predrill Cycle form JT AB RB Machining direction E 0 From the inside out from the inside towards the outside 1 From the outside in from the outside towards the inside Cutting direction 0 Up cut milling 1 Climb milling Infee
118. of the first global variable in which the result is saved no entry variable 810 The second measurement result is saved automatically under the next consecutive number P PRINT outputs 0 OFF Do not display measuring results 1 ON Display measuring results H INPUT instead of measurement 0 Default Obtain measured values by probing 1 PC test Simulate probing cycle on the programming station HEIDENHAIN MANUALplus 620 CNC PILOT 640 th i probe cycles Beispiel G769 Probing in two axes in X Y plane ing wi 5 5 Measur i il 5 6 Search cycles Find hole in C face G780 Cycle G780 probes the workpiece face several times with the Z axis Prior to each probing the touch probe is shifted by a distance defined in the cycle until a hole is found Optionally the cycle determines the mean value by two probing operations in the hole If the tolerance value defined in the cycle is exceeded the cycle saves the measured deviation as zero point shift The result of the measurement is saved additionally in the variable 199 lt 999997 Result of first measurement 999999 Deviation of probing operations was higher than programmed in Maximum Deviation parameter WE Cycle run From the current position the touch probe moves along the measuring axis Z toward the measuring point When the stylus touches the workpiece the measured value is saved and the touch probe is positioned back to the starting point Then the c
119. open contour Right of the contour E 3 Depending on H and MD H Cutting direction E 0 Up cut milling E 1 Climb milling Maximum infeed Contour parallel oversize Infeed direction oversize Infeed rate Reduced feed rate Approach radius Plunging behavior m TT U O BW jo 0 Straight vertical plunge The cycle moves the tool to the starting point the tool plunges at feed rate and mills the contour E 1 In predrilling The cycle positions the tool above the hole the tool plunges and mills the contour NF Position mark only if O 1 RB Retraction plane Further forms see page 60 HEIDENHAIN MANUALplus 620 CNC PILOT 640 29 in i j il 2 9 Units Milling face Pocket milling figures face unit The unit mills the pocket defined by Q In QK select the machining operation roughing finishing and the plunging strategy Unit name G84x_Fig_Stirn_C Cycles G845 see page 370 G846 see page 374 Figure form Q Type of figure 0 Full circle 1 Linear slot E 2 Circular slot 3 Triangle 4 Rectangle square E 5 Polygon ON Number of polygon corners only with Q 5 polygon X1 Diameter of figure center C1 Angle of figure center Z1 Milling top edge F2 Depth of figure L Edge length width across flats E L gt 0 Edge length lt 0 Width across flats inside diameter for polygon B Rectangle width RE Rounding radius A Angle to X axis 02 Rotati
120. or external thread with variable pitch The thread starts at the current tool position and ends at the end point Z Parameters Z Corner point of thread F Thread pitch U Thread depth U gt 0 Internal thread U lt 0 External thread U 999 or 999 Thread depth is calculated Maximum infeed no input is calculated from the thread pitch and the thread depth A Approach angle angle of infeed default 30 range 60 lt A lt 60 A gt 0 Infeed on right thread flank A lt 0 Infeed on left thread flank D Threads per unit default 1 Remaining cutting depth default 1 100 mm E Variable pitch default 0 am E gt 0 Increases the pitch per revolution by E E lt Decreases the pitch per revolution by E Internal or external threads See algebraic sign of U Number of cutting passes is used for the first pass The cutting depth is reduced with each further pass until the remaining cutting depth J is reached Handwheel superposition provided that your machine is equipped accordingly The superposition is limited to the following range X direction Depending on the current cutting depth without exceeding the starting and end points of the thread Z direction Maximal 1 thread groove without exceeding the starting and end points of the thread cut The feed rate and spindle speed overrides are not effective during cycle run Handwheel superimpositioning can be activated with a switch located
121. or modal Program either Z C or Z CY WO o w 2 D G HEIDENHAIN MANUALplus 620 CNC PILOT 640 34 Ol ining ach 4 25 Lateral surfa Line segment on lateral surface G111 Ee G111 moves the tool on a linear path at the feed rate to the end point Parameters ET Z End point C End angle for angle direction see graphic support window CY End point as linear value reference unrolled reference diameter G120 X End point diameter value default current X position Parameters for contour description G80 AN Angle to positive Z axis BR Chamfer rounding Defines the transition to the next contour element When entering a chamfer rounding program the theoretical end point E No input Tangential transition BR 0 No tangential transition BR gt 0 Radius of rounding BR lt 0 Width of chamfer Q Point of intersection End point if the line segment intersects a circular arc default 0 a S gt N C hom Pw aml LO N a Beispiel G111 E Q 0 Near point of intersection E Q 1 Far point of intersection contour description is concluded by G80 and used for a Using the parameters AN BR and Q is only allowed if the cycle Programming Z C CY Absolute incremental or modal Program either Z C or Z CY 346 DIN Programming il Circular arc on lateral surface G112 G113 G112 G113 moves th
122. path at the feed rate to the end point Parameters End point diameter Z End point AN Angle angular direction see help graphic Q Point of intersection End point if the line segment intersects a circular arc default 0 0 Near point of intersection 1 Far point of intersection BR Chamfer rounding Defines the transition to the next contour element When entering a chamfer rounding program the theoretical end point No input Tangential transition BR 0 No tangential transition BR gt 0 Radius of rounding BR lt 0O Width of chamfer BE Special feed factor for chamfer rounding arc default 1 Special feed rate active feed rate BE 0 lt BE lt 1 Programming X Z Absolute incremental modal or If more axes are available on your machine additional input parameters will be displayed e g parameter B for the B axis 250 f Zi DIN Programming il Circular path G2 G3 G2 G3 moves the tool in a circular arc at the feed rate to the end point The center dimensioning is incremental Direction of rotation see help graphic E G2 In clockwise direction E G3 In counterclockwise direction Parameters Z R BR BE End point diameter End point Radius 0 lt R lt 200 000 mm Incremental center point distance from starting point to center point radius Incremental center point distance from starting point to center point Point of intersection End point if the circular a
123. path for probing The algebraic sign determines the probing direction V Retraction type 0 Without Only position touch probe back to the starting point if the touch probe was deflected 1 Automatic Always position touch probe back to the starting point O Error evaluation 0 Program Do not interrupt program run no error message 1 Automatic Interrupt program run and output error message if touch probe is not deflected within measuring path F Measuring feed rate Feed rate for probing If nothing is entered the measuring feed rate trom the touch probe table is used If the entered measuring feed rate F is higher than the one in the touch probe table the feed rate is reduced to the value from the touch probe table Q Tool orientation Orient the touch probe in the programmed probing direction before each probing operation machine dependent function P PRINT outputs 0 OFF Do not display measuring results 1 ON Display measuring results H INPUT instead of measurement 0 Default Obtain measured values by probing 1 PC test Simulate probing cycle on the programming station HEIDENHAIN MANUALplus 620 CNC PILOT 640 Beispiel G764 Paraxial probing th i probe cycles ing wi 5 5 Measur K il Probing in C axis G765 Cycle G765 measures with the C axis and displays the measured values on the control screen The result of the measurement is saved additionally in the variable 199 See Touch probe cycles for
124. plane E Infeed in Z direction Center definition with I J E G18 Interpolation in the XZ plane E Infeed in Y direction Center definition with I K E G19 Interpolation in the YZ plane E Infeed in X direction E Center definition with J K Parameters End point diameter End point End point Absolute center point radius Absolute center point Absolute center point Radius Point of intersection End point if the line segment intersects a circular arc default 0 Ono NSS E Q 0 Near point of intersection Q 1 Far point of intersection B Chamfer rounding Defines the transition to the next contour element When entering a chamfer rounding program the theoretical end point E No entry Tangential transition E B 0 No tangential transition E B gt 0 Radius of rounding m B lt 0 Width of chamfer E Special feed factor for the chamfer rounding arc default 1 Special feed rate active feed rate E 0 lt E lt 1 If you do not program the center the Steuerung automatically calculates the possible solutions for the center and chooses that point as the center which results in the shortest arc Programming X Y Z Absolute incremental modal or 526 DIN programming for the Y axis il 6 7 Milling cycles for the Y axis Area milling roughing G841 G841 roughs surfaces defined with G376 Geo XY plane or with G386 Geo YZ plane The cycle mills from the outside toward the inside T
125. point first X then Z direction 1 Positions in front of the finished contour 2 Retracts to safety clearance and stops H Type of cut lines cutting paths 0 Constant cutting depth Contour is shifted by a constant infeed value paraxial 1 Equidistant cutting lines Cutting lines run at a constant distance from the contour contour parallel The contour is scaled D Omit elements do not machine form elements see figure HR Main machining direction 0 Automatic 1 Z 2 X 3 Z 4 X Further forms see page 60 HEIDENHAIN MANUALplus 620 CNC PILOT 640 D 0 Access to the technology database Machining operation Roughing Affected parameters F S E P 2 2 ie is 2 2 Units Rouffiling Bidirectional roughing in ICP unit The unit machines the contour described in the FINISHED program section from NS to NE parallel to the contour and bidirectionally Any auxiliary contour defined in FK will be used Unit name G835_ICP Cycle G835 see page 281 Contour form J Workpiece blank oversize radius value active only if no blank has been defined B Contour calculation 0 Automatic 1 Tool to the left G41 2 Tool to the right G42 Further parameters of the contour form see page 62 Cycle form P Maximum infeed IK Oversize in X Z direction diameter value SX SZ Cutting limit SX diameter value default no cutting limit A Approach angle reference Z axis default pa
126. point of the workpiece blank The Steuerung uses the tool definition to distinguish between external and internal machining A G57 oversize enlarges the contour also inside contours A G58 oversize gt 0 Enlarges the contour lt 0 Is not offset The tool radius compensation is active G57 G58 oversizes are deleted after cycle end Cycle run 1 Calculates the areas to be machined and the cutting segmentation 2 Approaches workpiece for first pass from starting point taking the safety clearance into account 3 Executes the first cut roughing 4 Approaches for the next pass and executes the next cut roughing in the opposite direction 5 Repeats 3 to 4 until the complete area has been machined 6 f required repeats 2 to 5 until all areas have been machined 7 Retracts as programmed in Q 282 DIN Programming il Recessing G860 G860 machines the defined contour area The reference to the contour to be machined can be transferred in the cycle parameters or the contour can be defined directly after the cycle call see Working with contour based cycles on page 270 The contour to be machined can contain various valleys If required the area to be machined is divided into several sections Parameters ID Auxiliary contour ID number of the contour to be machined NS Start block number Beginning of the contour section or Reference to a G22 G23 Geo recess NE End block number end of
127. point without determining the stud center The stud diameter is not probed 2 Object center Before the zero point is set determine stud center in two probing operations with the C axis K Incremental measuring path Z signed Maximum measuring path for probing The algebraic sign determines the probing direction C Starting position C Position of the C axis for the first probing operation RC Search grid Ci Stepping angle of the C axis for the subsequent probing operations A Number of points Maximum number of probing operations 488 Beispiel G783 Find stud in C lateral surface Touch probe cycles il Parameters IC AC BD KC WE AN Measuring path in C Measuring path of the C axis in degrees starting from the current position The algebraic sign determines the probing direction Nominal value for target position Absolute coordinate of touch point in degrees Tolerance Measurement result range in degrees in which no compensation is applied Compensation offset Additional compensation value that is applied to the zero point result Maximum deviation Probe twice and monitor the dispersion of the measured values Measuring feed rate Feed rate for probing If nothing is entered the measuring feed rate from the touch probe table is used If the entered measuring feed rate F is higher than the one in the touch probe table the feed rate is reduced to the value from the touch probe table Tool
128. position Pitch circle center in axis 1 Nominal position of the pitch circle center in first axis J Pitch circle center in axis 2 Nominal position of the pitch circle center In second axis D Nominal diameter Diameter on which the touch probe is pre positioned before the measurements WS Max diameter of pitch circle WC Min diameter of pitch circle BD Tolerance for center in first axis BE Tolerance for center in second axis WE Maximum deviation Probe twice and monitor the dispersion of the measured values 492 Beispiel G786 Determine pitch circle Touch probe cycles il Parameters F NF AN Measuring feed rate Feed rate for probing If nothing is entered the measuring feed rate from the touch probe table is used If the entered measuring feed rate F is higher than the one in the touch probe table the feed rate is reduced to the value from the touch probe table Tool orientation Orient the touch probe in the programmed probing direction before each probing operation machine dependent function Result variable no Number of the first global variable in which the result is saved no entry variable 810 The second measurement result is saved automatically under the next consecutive number PRINT outputs 0 OFF Do not display measuring results 1 ON Display measuring results INPUT instead of measurement 0 Default Obtain measured values by probing 1 PC test Simulate probing cycle on the p
129. probe table is used If the entered measuring feed rate F is higher than the one in the touch probe table the feed rate is reduced to the value from the touch probe table O Tool orientation Orient the touch probe in the programmed probing direction before each probing operation machine dependent function P PRINT outputs 0 OFF Do not display measuring results 1 ON Display measuring results H INPUT instead of measurement 0 Default Obtain measured values by probing 1 PC test Simulate probing cycle on the programming station AN Log no Save measurement results in TNCA table messpro mep table line numbers 0 99 the table can be expanded if necessary result of the first measurement and the compensation The cycle computes the compensation value WT from the value AT from the result of the second measurement 472 Touch probe cycles il 5 4 Calibrating the touch probe Calibrate touch probe standard G747 Cycle G747 measures with the programmed axis and depending on the selected calibration method calculates the touch probe adjustment dimension or the ball diameter If the tolerance values defined in the cycle are exceeded the cycle corrects the touch probe data The result of the measurement is saved additionally in the variable 199 See Touch probe cycles for automatic operation on page 455 Cycle run From the current position the touch probe moves along the defined measuring axis toward the measu
130. programmed The cycle positions the milling cutter above the first hole position saved in NF then plunges and mills the first section If applicable the cycle positions the tool to the next pre drilled hole and mills the next section etc If NF is not programmed The tool plunges at the current position and mills the section If required repeat this operation for the next section etc Approach and departure For closed contours the point of the surface normal from the tool position to the first contour element Is the point of approach and departure If no surface normal intersects the tool position the starting point of the first element is the point of approach and departure For figures use D and V to select the approach departure element Cycle run for milling 1 Starting position X Z C is the position before the cycle begins 2 Calculates the milling depth infeeds 3 Approaches to safety clearance If O 0 Infeed to the first milling depth If O 1 Plunges to the first milling depth 4 Mills the contour 5 For open contours and slots with slot width equal to the cutter diameter Advances to the next milling depth or plunges to the next milling depth and mills the contour in reverse direction For closed contours and slots Retracts by the safety clearance returns and advances to the next milling depth or plunges to the next milling depth 6 Repeats steps 4 and 5 until the complete contour is milled 7 Returns to
131. rate reduction XE Inside diameter pipe E Reduced feed rate B Chamfer rounding B gt 0 Radius of rounding B lt 0 Width of chamfer D Speed limitation Maximum speed during parting K Retraction distance after parting Lift off the tool laterally from the plane surface before retraction SD Speed limitation from the diameter up U Diameter from which the part catcher is activated machine dependent function HEIDENHAIN MANUALplus 620 CNC PILOT 640 Beispiel G859 315 4 20 ii cycle 4 21 Undercut cycles Undercut cycle G85 With the function G85 you can machine undercuts according to DIN 509 E DIN 509 F and DIN 76 thread undercut Parameters Target point diameter Z Target point Depth radius DIN 509 E F Grinding oversize default 0 DIN 76 Undercut depth K Undercut width and type of undercut E K No input DIN 509 E E K 0 DIN 509 F E K gt 0 Undercut width for DIN 76 E Reduced feed for machining the undercut default active feed rate G85 machines the adjoining cylinder if you position the tool to diameter X in front of the cylinder The undercut rounding arcs are executed with the radius 0 6 gt 18 80 0 35 2 5 0 6 gt 80 0 45 4 1 lt 18 0 25 2 0 6 0 1 gt 18 80 0 35 2 5 0 6 0 2 gt 80 0 45 4 1 0 3 E undercut depth I K undercut width R undercut radius m P face depth Undercut angle for undercuts according to DIN 509
132. remaining cut depth R falls below the value defined in R the control uses the value from R as the new constant cutting depth If the thread depth is not a multiple of the cutting depth the control performs the last cut to the final depth 5 Constant infeed 4290 The control uses the same cutting depth for each infeed the cutting depth corresponds to the maximum infeed I If the thread depth is not a multiple of the cutting depth the control uses the depth of the remaining cut for the first infeed HEIDENHAIN MANUALplus 620 CNC PILOT 640 i il T O gt O O 4 19 6 Constant infeed with remaining cutting 4290 302 The control uses the same cutting depth for each infeed the cutting depth corresponds to the maximum infeed I If the thread depth is not a multiple of the cutting depth the control uses the depth of the remaining cut for the first infeed With the distribution of remaining cuts the control divides the last cutting depth into four partial cuts The first cut is half the calculated cutting depth the second is a quarter and the third and fourth each are an eighth DIN Programming il Thread cycle G31 G31 machines single threads successions of threads and multi start threads defined with G24 G34 or G37 Geo G31 can also machine a threading contour defined directly after the cycle call and concluded by G80 Parameters ID Auxiliary contour ID number of the contour to be machined
133. retraction plane RB HEIDENHAIN MANUALplus 620 CNC PILOT 640 4 26 B cycles j il You can change the machining direction and the milling cutter radius compensation IMCRC with the cycle type Q the cutting direction H and the rotational direction of the tool see following table Program only the parameters given in the following table 4 26 inc cycles Contour Mx03 Outside Up cut Mx04 Left Q 0 milling H 0 Contour Mx03 Outside Climb Mx03 Left milling H 1 Contour Mx04 Outside Climb Mx04 Right milling H 1 Contour Mx04 Contour Mx03 Q 0 Inside Up cut Mx03 Right Contour Mx04 O 1 milling H 0 Inside Up cut Mx04 Left Right Up cut Mx03 Right milling Q 3 milling H 0 H 0 Inside Climb Mx03 Left Left Up cut Mx04 Left milling Q 3 milling H 1 H 0 Inside Climb Mx04 Right Left Climb Mx03 Left milling Q 3 milling H 1 H 1 Outside Up cut Mx03 Right Right Climb Mx04 Right Q 2 milling Q 3 milling H 0 H 1 364 DIN Programming il G840 Deburring G840 deburrs when you program chamfer width B If there is any overlapping of the contour specify with cycle type Q whether the first section as of starting point or the entire contour is to be machined Program only the parameters given in the following table Parameters Deburring Q ID NS NE Cycle type milling location E Open contour If there is any overlapping Q def
134. safety clearance Further forms see page 60 HEIDENHAIN MANUALplus 620 CNC PILOT 640 3 2 see reer Y axis Access to the technology database Machining operation Drilling Affected parameters F S K il 3 2 Units Predrllingil Y axis Predrill pocket mill ICP in XY plane unit The unit determines the hole position and machines the hole The subsequent milling cycle obtains the hole position from the reference stored in NF If the pocket consists of multiple sections the unit machines a hole for each section Unit name DRILL_STI_845_Y Cycles G845 A1 see page 369 G71 see page 325 Parameters on the Contour form FK see page 62 NS Starting block no of contour NE End block no of contour Z1 Milling top edge P2 Depth of contour Parameters on the Cycle form JT Machining direction 0 From the inside out from the inside towards the outside 1 From the outside in from the outside towards the inside H Cutting direction 0 Up cut milling 1 Climb milling Contour parallel oversize K Infeed direction oversize U Overlap factor default 0 5 WB Cutter diameter NF Position mark E Delay dwell time at end of hole default 0 D Retraction at 0 Rapid traverse 1 Feed rate V Feed rate reduction 0 Without reduction 1 At end of the hole 2 At start of the hole 3 At start and end of the hole AB Spot drilling through drilling length distance for feed rate reduction RB Retraction plane d
135. special output window 405 Working plan generation TURN PLUS AWG 553 Working planes 521 Workpiece blank contour G67 for graphics 381 Workpiece group G99 391 Workpiece transfer C angle offset G905 393 Controlled parting using lag error monitoring G917 396 Spindle synchronization G720 392 Traversing to a fixed stop G916 394 X XY plane G17 front or rear face 521 XZ plane G18 turning 521 Y Y axis contours Fundamentals 502 YZ plane G19 plan view lateral surface 521 HEIDENHAIN MANUALplus 620 CNC PILOT 640 Z Zero point offsets G53 G54 G55 261 Zero point shift G51 260 Zero point shift absolute G59 262 Zero point shift additive G56 261 Zero point shift C axis G152 339 Zero point shifts overview 259 Zero point shift in variables G902 382 Zero point shifts activating G980 387 Zero point shifts deactivating G920 384 Zero point shifts tool lengths activating G981 387 Zero point shifts tool lengths deactivating G921 384 i il HEIDENHAIN DR JOHANNES HEIDENHAIN GmbH Dr Johannes Heidenhain Strafge 5 83301 Traunreut Germany 49 8669 31 0 49 8669 5061 E mail info heidenhain de Technical support 49 8669 32 1000 Measuring systems 49 8669 31 3104 E mail service ms support heidenhain de TNC support lt gt 49 8669 31 3101 E mail service nc support heidenhain de NC pr
136. the AWG generates machining blocks for all T4 ID Gewvinde Aussen WT14 WO1 MD3 XE73 581 ZE50 038 RSO 1 EW60 SW60 E TR i pou ll Submachining operations machining locations TNG Project SMART_KAPITEL7 ncps _generated by AAG nc gt he Change Change Back VIEW window 554 TURN PLUS The following factors additionally influence the working plan generation Geometry of the contour E Attributes of the contour E Tool availability Machining parameters The AWG does not generate the work blocks if any required preparatory step is missing or if the appropriate tool is not available etc TURN PLUS skips machining operations machining sequences that do not make sense in the machining process Organizing machining sequences TURN PLUS always uses the current machining sequence The current machining sequence can be edited or overwritten by loading another machining sequence E When you open TURN PLUS the most recently used machining sequence is automatically displayed HEIDENHAIN MANUALplus 620 CNC PILOT 640 7 2 Automatic working i generation AWG j il n generation AWG 7 2 Automatic working Editing and managing machining sequences TURN PLUS uses the currently active machining sequence You can change the machining sequences and adapt them to your range of parts Managing the machining sequence files To open the machining sequence Select TURN PLUS gt Machining sequence gt Open TUR
137. the BITSET function as condition The function returns 1 if the numerical value contains the requested bit The function returns O if the numerical value does not contain the requested bit Syntax BITSET x y x Bit number 0 to 15 E y Numerical value 0 to 65535 The relationship between bit number and numerical value is shown In the table at right You can also use variables for x y Programming gt Select Extras gt DINplus word The Steuerung opens the Insert DIN PLUS word selection list Select WHILE Enter the condition Insert NC blocks between WHILE and ENDWHILE Pa You can combine up to two conditions f the condition you program in the WHILE command is always true the program remains in an endless loop This is one of the most frequent causes of error when working with program repeats 424 Less than Less than or equal to Not equal to Greater than Greater than or equal to Equal to Combining conditions AND OR Logical AND operation Logical OR operation 2 9 512 4 10 1024 8 11 2048 16 12 4096 32 13 8192 64 14 16384 128 15 32768 Beispiel WHILE ENDWHILE DIN Programming il SWITCH CASE program branching The switch statement consists of the elements SWITCH followed by a variable The content of the variable is interrogated in the following CASE statement E CASE x The CASE branch is run with the variable
138. the coordinate system to the position I K Rotates the coordinate system by the angle B reference point K H 0 Shifts the rotated coordinate system by l The coordinate system is moved back Parameters X Reference diameter C C axis angle Defines the spindle position B Plane angle Positive Z axis Plane reference in X direction radius K Plane reference in Z direction Automatic shift of the coordinate system default 0 0 The rotated coordinate system is shifted by l E 1 The coordinate system is not shifted Shifting back the coordinate system he control evaluates the reference diameter for the cutting limit This value is also used as the reference value for the depth that you program for drilling operations and milling contours Since the reference diameter is referenced to the current zero point it is recommended when working in a tilted plane to shift the rotated coordinate system back by the distance l If the cutting limits are not needed for example for drilling holes you can disable the shift of the coordinate system H 1 and set the reference diameter to 0 Please note X is the infeed axis in a tilted coordinate system X coordinates are entered as diameter coordinates Mirroring the coordinate system has no effect on the reference axis of the tilt angle B axis angle of the tool call 52
139. the end of the NC program If required for example for machining with the C axis or when programming with variables you add further program sections Use ICP Interactive Contour Programming for describing blank and finished parts HEIDENHAIN MANUALplus 620 CNC PILOT 640 Beispiel Structured smart Turn program HEADER MEASURE_UNITS METRIC MATERIAL Steel MACHINE Automatic lathe DRAWING 356_787 9 CLAMP_PRESS 20 COMPANY Turn amp Co TURRET T1 1D 038_111_01 T2 1D 006_151_A CLAMPS 1 HO DO Z200 B20 O 100 X120 K12 Q4 BLANK N1 G20 X120 Z120 K2 FINISHED N2 G0 X0 Z0 N3 G1 X20 BR3 N4 G1 Z 24 MACHINING N50 UNIT ID START Program beginning N52 G26 S4000 N53 G59 Z320 N54 G14 Q0 N25 END_OF_UNIT Machining commands N9900 UNIT ID END End of program N9902 M30 N9903 END_OF_UNIT END 35 1 1 smart Turn and DIN ISO programming 1 1 smart Turn and DIN ISO sroqrammiitl Linear and rotary axes Principal axes Coordinates of the X Y and Z axes refer to the workpiece zero point C axis as reference axis Angle data are with given respect to the zero point of the C axis C axis contours and C axis operations Positions on the front rear face are entered in Cartesian coordinates XK YK or polar coordinates X C Positions on the lateral surface are entered In polar coordinates Z C Instead of C the linear value CY can be used unrolled reference diameter The sm
140. the first contour element range 0 lt AC lt 90 WC End angle Angle of the last contour element range 0 lt WC lt 90 BS Chamfer radius at start BS gt 0 Radius of rounding arc BS lt 0 Section length of chamfer BE Chamfer radius at end BE gt 0 Radius of rounding arc BE lt 0 Section length of chamfer BP Break duration Time span for interruption of the feed The chip is broken by the intermittent interruption of the feed BF Feed duration Time interval until the next break The chip is broken by the intermittent interruption of the feed Cycle form P Maximum infeed l K Oversize in X Z direction l diameter value Plunging behavior E gt 0 Plunging feed rate for declining contour elements Descending contour elements are machined No input The plunging feed rate is reduced during machining of declining contour elements by up to 50 Descending contour elements are machined H Contour smoothing 0 With each cut along the contour within the infeed range 1 Contour smoothing with the last cut entire contour retracts at 45 2 No smoothing retracts at 45 Further forms see page 60 72 EC 1 EC 1 Access to the technology database Machining operation Roughing Affected parameters F S E P smart Turn units il 2 3 Units Recessing ICP contour recessing unit The unit machines the contour described in the FINISHED program section a
141. the hole Call cycle G840 AO The cycle plunges and mills the contour or contour section If the milling contour consists of multiple sections G840 takes all the sections of the contour into account for predrilling and milling Call G840 AO separately for each section when calculating the hole positions without G840 A1 Oversize A G58 oversize shifts the contour to be milled in the direction given in cycle type Q With inside milling and closed contour Shifted inward With outside milling and closed contour Shifted outward Open contour Shifts to the left or right depending on O G57 and negative G58 oversizes are not taken into If O 0 oversizes are not taken into account account 358 DIN Programming il G840 Calculating hole positions G840 A1 calculates the hole positions and stores them at the reference specified in NF Program only the parameters given in the following table See also G840 Fundamentals Page 358 G840 Miilling Page 361 Parameters Calculating hole positions Q ID NS NE Cycle type milling location Open contour If there is any overlapping O defines whether the first section as of starting point or the entire contour is to be machined Q 0 Center of milling cutter on the contour hole position Starting point Q 1 Machining at the left of the contour If there is any overlapping only the first area of the contour is machined Q 2 Machinin
142. the one in the touch probe table the feed rate is reduced to the value from the touch probe table 5 2 Touch probe cycles for single HEIDENHAIN MANUALplus 620 CNC PILOT 640 461 il hom N poin 5 2 Touch probe cycles for single Parameters Q AN 462 Tool orientation Orient the touch probe in the programmed probing direction before each probing operation machine dependent function PRINT outputs 0 OFF Do not display measuring results 1 ON Display measuring results INPUT instead of measurement 0 Default Obtain measured values by probing 1 PC test Simulate probing cycle on the programming station Log no Save measurement results in TNC A table messpro mep table line numbers 0 99 the table can be expanded if necessary Touch probe cycles il Zero point C axis object center G773 Cycle G773 measures an element with the C axis from two opposite sides and places the center of the element to a defined position The result of the measurement is saved additionally in the variable 199 See Touch probe cycles for automatic operation on page 455 Cycle run From the current position the element to be probed is moved toward the touch probe by a rotation of the C axis When the workpiece touches the stylus the measured value Is saved and the workpiece Is returned Then the touch probe is pre positioned for the opposite probing procedure When the second measured v
143. the remaining cut for the first infeed With the distribution of remaining cuts the control divides the last cutting depth into four partial cuts The first cut is half the calculated cutting depth the second is a quarter and the third and fourth each are an eighth 3 EPL without distribution of cuts The control uses the thread pitch F1 and the constant shaft speed S to calculate the cutting depth for a constant infeed If the thread depth is not a multiple of the cutting depth the control uses the depth of the remaining cut for the first infeed All subsequent infeeds are constant and correspond to the calculated cutting depth 4 MANUALplus 4110 The control performs the first infeed with the maximum infeed I To determine the subsequent cutting depths the control uses the formula gt 2 1 SORT current no of cuts where gt is the absolute depth The cutting depth decreases with each infeed since the current number of cuts is incremented by 1 with each infeed If as a result the remaining cut depth R falls below the value defined in R the control uses the value from R as the new constant cutting depth If the thread depth is not a multiple of the cutting depth the control performs the last cut to the final depth 5 Constant infeed 4290 The control uses the same cutting depth for each infeed the cutting depth corresponds to the maximum infeed I If the thread depth is not a multiple of the cutting depth the cont
144. the senma 1 von 1 sne po pon t Cursor PMESSRE E 4H call internal Ho Constant definition The expression is inserted above the position par j sE Marking On Off Ef Block of the cursor If the DIN PLUS word CONST is not present yet it is Ti ID 342 400 1 ii Cancel marking a o E also inserted e TE To si Assignment of variables Inserts a variable instruction T mrezo Insert cenw L call external the subprogram is in a separate file The editor ieee a N opens the file selection window for subprograms Select the a L subprogram and fill out the subprogram dialog The control searches N for subprograms in the sequence current project standard directory E and then machine manufacturer directory L call internal the subprogram is contained in the main program The editor opens the subprogram dialog Block functions This pull down menu contains functions for marking copying and deleting sections Marking On Off Activates Deactivates the marking mode during cursor movement Cancel marking After calling the menu item no part of the program is marked Cut Deletes the marked part of the program and copies it to the clipboard Copy Copies the marked part of the program into the clipboard Insert Inserts the contents of the clipboard at the cursor position Any parts of the program that are marked are replaced by the contents of the clipboard 44 NC programming Graphics pull down menu The Graph pul
145. the tap During tapping the tap is pulled away from the chuck by the retraction length With this method you can achieve higher service life from the taps Hole pattern NS refers to the hole contour and not the definition of the pattern Single hole without contour description Program XS or ZS as alternative Hole with contour description Do not program XS ZS Cycle stop interrupts the tapping operation Cycle start resumes the tapping operation Use the feed rate override function for soeed changes Spindle override is not effective Use a floating tap holder if the driven tool is not controlled e g by a ROD encoder Cycle run 1 Moves at rapid traverse to the starting point RB not programmed Moves directly to the starting point RB programmed Moves to the position RB and then to the starting point 2 Moves along run in length B at feed rate synchronization of spindle and feed drives 3 Cuts the thread 4 Retracts with return speed S RB not programmed To the starting point RB programmed To the position RB HEIDENHAIN MANUALplus 620 CNC PILOT 640 4 22 cycles f il 4 22 inc cycles Tapping G36 Single path G36 cuts axial radial threads using driven or stationary tools Depending on X Z G36 decides whether a radial or axial hole will be machined Move to the starting point before G36 G36 returns to the starting position after having cut the thread Parameters X End point of radial hol
146. the tool database list Place the cursor on the tool to be loaded ae Transfer the identification number of the tool tool Editing the tool data Position the cursor on the entry to be edited and press RETURN ODE EE EE EEE Edit the Tool dialog box Multipoint tools A multipoint tool is a tool with multiple reference points or multiple cutting edges During T call the T number is followed by an S to identify the cutting edge T number S S 0 to 9 S 0 Identifies the main cutting edge which does not need to be programmed Examples T3 or 13 0 Tilted position 3 main cutting edge 712 2 Tilted position 12 cutting edge 2 gt Machine smart Turn 4h Tool editor PET 344 sale rrr PrF rrr EEP 4 a44 Pr og a34 Hea 333 ICP 333 Units 3533Go o to 333 Config 333Misc tras 4 minie rer Err zizi m Ennis aa 3 raph 7983 nc l 27983 nc TURN_V1 0 Tool E T number T 1 HEADER I MEASURE_UNITS METRIC ID number ID 342 400 4 DEPARTMENT HEIDENHAIN cert pek MATERIAL Stahl Replacmt tool AT SETTING 1 von 1 END PGM CLAMP_LENGTH 82 mm Exch strategy AS 0 Complete tool FF CLAMP_LENGTH_2 mm ON MEASURE_UNITS METRIC Holder ID HID H CARRIAGES TURRET 1 T1 ID 342 400 1 T2 ID 111 80 080 1 T3 ID 007 T4 ID 003 T5 ID 004AP1 T6 ID 020 T7 ID 037 T9 ID O4mtest5 Ta Project SMART_KAPITEL1 ncps 7983 nc 09 02
147. to the technology database Machining operation Finishing Affected parameters F S E 122 smart Turn units il Parameters on the Type G form DIN 76 FP Thread pitch Undercut diameter default value from standard table K Undercut length default value from standard table W Undercut angle default 30 from standard table R Undercut radius default value from standard table P1 Undercut oversize No input Machining in one cut P1 gt 0 Division into pre turning and finish turning P1 is the longitudinal oversize the transverse oversize Is always 0 1 mm H Type of departure Access to the technology database 0 To the starting point 1 Plane surface end Additional parameters for cylinder first cut Machining operation Finishing Affected parameters F S E B Cylinder 1st cut length no input no cylinder start chamfer WB 1st cut angle default 45 RB Positive value 1st cut radius negative value chamfer no input no element E Reduced feed rate for plunging and the first cut default active feed rate U Grinding oversize for cylinder Further forms see page 60 contour corners along the longitudinal axis Parameters that are not programmed are automatically calculated by the Steuerung from the standard table Undercuts can only be executed in orthogonal paraxial HEIDENHAIN MANUALplus 620 CNC PILOT 640 EL 2 7 vee i il Measuring cut unit The unit perform
148. unit The unit mills the contour defined with ICP on the face of the workpiece Unit name G797_ICP Cycle G797 see page 355 Contour form FK see page 62 NS Starting block no of contour Z1 Milling top edge Z2 Milling floor X2 Limit diameter Cycle form OK Machining operation Roughing E Finishing J Milling direction 0 Unidirectional E 1 Bidirectional H Cutting direction 0 Up cut milling 1 Climb milling P Maximum infeed Contour parallel oversize K Infeed direction oversize FZ Infeed rate E Reduced feed rate U Overlap factor Further forms see page 60 HEIDENHAIN MANUALplus 620 CNC PILOT 640 Access to the technology database Machining operation Finish milling Affected parameters F S FZ P oE Z 2 9 ii i o i 2 9 s OA Thread milling unit The unit mills a thread in existing holes Place the tool on the center of the hole before calling G799 The cycle positions the tool on the end point of the thread within the hole Then the tool approaches on approach radius R and mills the thread During this the tool advances by the thread pitch F Following that the cycle retracts the tool and returns it to the starting point With parameter V you can program whether the thread is to be milled in one rotation or with single point tools in several rotations Unit name G799_Gewindefr_C Cycle G799 see page 338 Position form Z1 Start poi
149. way that you can define the drilling patterns and milling contours in the YZ plane The actual drilling or milling operation is then performed in the tilted plane see Tilting the working plane G16 on page 522 The separation of contour description and machining also applies to machining operations in tilted planes Contour regeneration is not available Contours in tilted planes are identified by the section code LATERAL_Y see LATERAL_Y section on page 52 The control supports NC program creation with the B axis in DIN PLUS and smart Turn The graphical simulation shows the machining operation in a tilted working plane in the familiar lathe and front windows as well as in the side view YZ also use the tilted working plane without the B axis Define the angle for the tool holder as angular offset RW in the tool description If you are using a tool with an angled tool holder you can 584 B il Tools for the B axis Another advantage of the B axis is that it allows flexible use of the tools during turning operations By tilting the B axis and rotating the tool you can bring It into positions that enable you to use one and the same tool to machine in the longitudinal and transverse or radial and axial directions on the main and opposing spindles In this way you need fewer tools and fewer tool changes Tool data All tools are described in the tool database by specifying the X Zand Y dimensions as w
150. 0 G835 G860 G869 G890 E not deleted G81 G82 G83 If the oversizes are programmed with G57 and in the cycle itself the cycle oversizes apply HEIDENHAIN MANUALplus 620 CNC PILOT 640 Beispiel G57 j Oversizes j il Contour parallel oversize equidistant G58 G58 defines an equidistant oversize Program G58 before the cycle call A negative oversize during finishing is permitted with G890 Parameters P Oversize G58 is effective in the following cycles After cycle run the oversizes are deleted G810 G820 G830 G835 G860 G869 G890 E not deleted G83 7 amp A Oversizes If an oversize is programmed with G58 and in the cycle the oversize from the cycle is used Beispiel G58 264 DIN Programming il 4 15 Safety clearances Safety clearance G47 G47 defines the safety clearance for the turning cycles G810 G820 G830 G835 G860 G869 G890 the drilling cycles G71 G72 G74 the milling cycles G840 G846 Parameters P Safety clearance G47 without parameters activates the parameter values defined in the Safety clearance G47 user parameter G47 replaces the safety clearance set in the machining parameters or that set in G147 Safety clearance G147 G147 defines the safety clearance for the milling cycles G840 G846 the drilling cycles G71 G72 G74 Parameters Safety clearance to the milling plane only for milling operations K
151. 0 Without reduction V 1 V 3 Ve2 Ve3 1 At end of the hole q lt 4 F 50 F 100 l F 50 2 At start of the hole 3 At start and end of the hole AB Spot drilling through drilling length distance for feed rate reduction P Hole depth IB Hole depth reduction value Value by which the feed depth decreases after every advance JB Minimum hole depth If you have entered a hole depth reduction value the hole depth is reduced only to the value entered in JB B Retraction distance Value by which the tool is retracted Access to the technology database after reaching the respective hole depth _ ae o Machining operation Drilling RI Internal safety clearance Distance for reapproach inside the hole default safety clearance SCK Affected parameters F S Global form G14 Tool change point No axis Simultaneously First X then Z First Z then X Only X Only Z Only Y direction Simultaneous with Y X Y and Z axes move on a lagonal path OM oF WN O 84 smart Turn units il CLE SCK G60 BP BF Coolant 0 Without 1 Circuit 1 on 2 Circuit 2 on Safety clearance in infeed direction Safety clearance in infeed direction during drilling and milling operations Protection zone During drilling and boring the protection zone monitoring is 0 Active 1 Inactive Break duration Time span for interruption of the feed for chip breaking Feed duration Time
152. 0 on page 392 The parameters O and U were added to G860 see Recessing G860 on page 283 HEIDENHAIN MANUALplus 620 CNC PILOT 640 New functions of software 68894x 03 and 54843x 03 The parameter WE was added to G32 see Single thread cycle G32 on page 307 The parameters U V and W were added to G51 G56 and G59 see Zero point shifts on page 259 Parameters ensuring maximum compatibility with the ICP contour description were added to GO G1 G12 G13 G101 G102 G103 G110 G111 G112 G1138 G170 G171 G172 G173 G180 G181 and G182 G183 see Basic contour elements on page 201 see Front and rear face contours on page 230 see Lateral surface contours on page 239 see Contours in the XY plane on page 504 see Contours in the YZ plane on page 513 The parameter C was added to G808 see _ Hobbing G808 on page 543 The parameter U was added to G810 and G820 see _ Contour based turning cycles on page 270 The parameter D was added to G4 and G860 see Recessing G860 on page 283 see Period of dwell G4 on page 381 The parameter B was added to G890 see Finish contour G890 on page 290 The parameter RB was added to the units G840 Contour milling figures and G84X Pocket milling figures see The Global form on page 64 see Contour milling figures face unit on page 139 see Pocket milling figures face unit on page 142 see Cont
153. 0 B n0 C n0 U n0 V n0 VV n0 CVWV n40 G n148 O N18 G n120 X N52 G n57 X n57 Z n58 P n150 X n150 Z nN95 G nN95 Q n95 F n97 G n97 0 n97 S 414 Last programmed position X Last programmed position Y Last programmed position Z Last programmed position A Last programmed position B Last programmed position C Last programmed position U Last programmed position V Last programmed position W Tool insert angle 0 or 180 degrees Status of TRC see table at right Active wear compensation see table at right Active working plane see table at right Reference diameter X for calculating CY Oversize G52_Geo taken into account 0 no 1 yes Oversize in X Oversize in Z Equidistant oversize Cutting width shifted in X by G150 G151 Cutting width shifted in Z by G150 G151 Programmed feed type G93 G94 G95 Spindle number of the last programmed feed rate Last programmed feed rate Programmed speed type G96 G97 Spindle number of the last programmed speed type Last programmed speed Syntax nx select x G code number select designates the information to be read n40 G TRC MCRC status 40 G40 active 41 G41 active 42 G42 active n148 O Active wear compensation G148 0 DX DZ 1 DS DZ 2 DX DS N18 G Active working plane 17 XY plane front or rear face 18 XZ plane turning view 19 YZ plane plan view surface n601 n Output in the
154. 01 Approach position Z N 102 T1 N 103 G96 300 G95 F0 3 M3 d E Too1 number 4 gt gt Feed APP D Cutting speed B Auxiliary c FK 245 Taa gt j 5 a Contour start block no Contour end block no Maximum infeed Oversize X Oversize Z Type of approach 1 7 TNC Project SMART_KAPITEL2 ncps bar nc 09 35 pecial Help Turret Alphabetic Proposed Contour tions graphic list keyboard technology reference Save tansel smart Turn units The Overview form The overview form summarizes the most important settings of the unit These parameters are repeated in the other forms Its The Tool form oe Soe Sees You program the technological information in this form F Machine smart Turn B Toot editor Tool form H4roushina HYRecesso HHoritig HHrinishine HA thread ganilo Hsec H4 gt N 52 L InitStart V1 aI C810 Longitudinal roughing in ICP Tool cy a ae Overwv i Tool Conai i TY T Tool number number of turret pocket N 55 END_OF_UNIT 2829550539 E Tool number TID The identification number tool name is entered a a ee E N 102 T1 id automatically N 103 G96 300 G95 F0 3 M3 PO oa ND m TA F Feed rate Feed rate in revolutions for machining mm rev gy Tue of turning as G96 C G97 Fd _ The tool is moved at the programmed value for each spindle gre 7 Turn direct mo nes Onea p noz a i Tool spindle no 0
155. 1 3 to 7 12 E For other thread types F is calculated from the diameter if it was not programmed Thread depth enter only for Q 12 Run out length for threads without undercut default 0 Reference point default 0 E 0 Runout of thread at the end of the reference element E 1 Runout of thread at the beginning of the reference element Number of thread turns default 1 Thread angle at left enter only for Q 12 Thread angle at right enter only for Q 12 Thread width enter only for Q 12 Variable pitch default 0 Increase decrease the pitch per revolution by E Direction of thread E 0 Right hand thread E 1 Left hand thread HEIDENHAIN MANUALplus 620 CNC PILOT 640 Q 12 A W R Q 12 AWR me N _ 4 4 Contour a elements 4 4 Contour an elements 218 Before G37 program a linear contour element as a reference Machine the thread with G31 For standard threads the parameters P R A and W are defined by the Steuerung Use Q 12 if you wish to use individual parameters Danger of collision The thread is generated to the length of the reference element Another linear element without undercut is to be programmed as overrun Beispiel G37 Concatenated DIN Programming il Bore hole centric G49 Geo G49 defines a single hole with countersink and thread at the turning center front or rear face The G49 hole is a form element not part o
156. 1 Milling top edge P2 Depth of figure L Edge length width across flats E L gt 0 Edge length lt 0 Width across flats inside diameter for polygon B Rectangle width RE Rounding radius A Angle to Z axis Q2 Rotational direction of slot only if Q 2 circular slot E cw In clockwise direction E ccw In counterclockwise direction W Angle of slot end point only if Q 2 circular slot Access to the technology database E Machining operation Drilling E Affected parameters F S 112 smart Turn units il Cycle form JK AB RB Cutter position E 0 On the contour E 1 Within the contour E 2 Outside the contour Cutting direction E 0 Up cut milling E 1 Climb milling Contour parallel oversize Infeed direction oversize Approach radius Cutter diameter Position mark Delay dwell time at end of hole default 0 Retraction at 0 Rapid traverse E 1 Feed rate Feed rate reduction E 0 Without reduction E 1 At end of the hole E 2 At start of the hole E 3 At start and end of the hole Spot drilling through drilling length distance for feed rate reduction Retraction plane default return to the starting position or to the safety clearance Further forms see page 60 HEIDENHAIN MANUALplus 620 CNC PILOT 640 D 2 6 Units Predrill b il ing in C 4 2 6 Units Predrill Predrill contour mill ICP on lateral surface unit The unit d
157. 1 Z0 a ka ee a a ee ae a ee ee ee LATERAL_Y X56 CO N 14 G308 ID Surface N 15 G386 Z 55 Ki8 B30 X56 CO N 16 G308 ID Slot 10mm P 2 N 17 G381 Z 40 YO A90 K50 B10 HEIDENHAIN MANUALplus 620 CNC PILOT 640 Undercut DIN 76 Define YZ plane Single surface Linear slot on single surface 6 8 Example program j il 6 8 Example program 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 a la ta ta ta ta a a ree ee G309 G308 ID Hole_1 M6 P 15 G481 Q2 Z 30 Y15 K 30 J 15 G380 B5 2 P15 W118 I6 J10 F1 VO o7 G309 G308 ID Hole_2 M6 P 15 G481 Q2 Z 50 Y15 K 50 J 15 G380 B5 2 P15 W118 I6 J10 F1 VO O7 G309 27 G309 MACHINING 30 31 32 33 34 a la a2 a2 la la ee 38 39 40 41 42 43 44 a la la z2 la ta ee ee z 48 49 50 51 52 53 54 a ta ta ta ta ta ee ee 546 28 UNIT ID START G26 3500 G126 S2000 G59 Z256 G140 D1 X400 Y0 Z500 G14 Q0 D1 35 END_OF_UNIT 36 UNIT ID G820_ICP T1 G96 S220 G95 F0 35 M3 M8 G0 X72 Z2 G47 P2 G820 NS3 NE3 P2 I0 KO HO QO V3 DO G47 M9 45 END_OF_UNIT 46 UNIT ID G810_ICP T1 G96 S220 G95 F0 35 M3 M8 G0 X72 Z2 G47 P2 G810 NS4 NE9 P3 10 5 K0 2 HO Q0 VO DO G14 Q0 D1 Linear pattern on single surface Drilling tapping centering Linear pattern on single surface Drilling tapping centering Start of program G820 Transverse roughing ICP G810 Longitudinal roughing ICP DIN programming for the Y axis il
158. 148_o 776 Active wear compensation D lt MACHINING __n18_g 778 Active working plane a __n120_x 787 Reference diameter X for calculating CY EEE _nb2_g a G52_Geo taken Into account O no Beispiel Subprogram 767x791 Oversize in X an __nd8_p 793 Equidistant oversize _posx __n0_x internal constant pox 794 Cutting width shifted in X by G150 G151 VAR MACHINING _ n95_g 799 Programmed feed type _G93 G94 G95 ON _wo w0 WTL 2 _n95_q 796 Spindle number of the programmed feed rate N G0 X _posx 2 00 _ n95_f 800 Last programmed feed rate ON GO X _start x __n97_g Programmed speed type _G96 G97 SS _ n97_q 797 Spindle number of the programmed speed type __n97_s Last programmed speed la __z Subprogram transfer values 3 1415926535989 and can be used directly in every NC The constant _pi is predefined to the value program HEIDENHAIN MANUALplus 620 CNC PILOT 640 4 32 Condi a block run 4 32 Conditional block run Program branching IF THEN ELSE ENDIF A conditional branch consists of the elements E F followed by a condition The condition includes a variable or mathematical expression on either side of the relational operator m THEN If the condition is fulfilled the THEN branch is executed E ELSE If the condition is not fulfilled the ELSE branch is executed ENDIF concludes the conditional program branch Interrogate bitset You can also use the BITSET function as condition The function re
159. 20_G80 Finishing group G810 Longitudinal in ICP Page 67 Roughing an ICP contour longitudinally G820 Transverse in ICP Page 68 Roughing an ICP contour transversely G830 Contour parallel in ICP Page 69 Roughing parallel to the contour in ICP G835 Bidirectional in ICP Page 70 Roughing an ICP contour in two directions G810 Longitudinal direct Page 71 Longitudinal roughing with direct contour input G820 Transverse direct Page 72 Transverse roughing with direct contour input G890_ICP G890_G80_L G890_G80_P G85x_DIN_E_F_G 592 G890 Contouring in ICP Page 118 Finishing an ICP contour G890 Contouring direct longitdnl Page 120 Longitudinal finishing with direct contour input G890 Contouring direct transverse Page 121 Transverse finishing with direct contour input G890 Relief type E F DIN76 Page 122 Finishing the undercuts according to DIN509 type E and F and the thread undercut DIN76 Overview of units il Recessing group G860_ICP G869_ICP G860_G80 G869_G80 G859_Cut_off G85x_Cut_H_K_U Thread group G860 Contour recess in ICP Recessing an ICP contour G869 Recess turning in ICP Recess turning an ICP contour G860 Contour recess direct Contour recessing with direct contour input G869 Recess turning direct Recess turning with direct contour input G859 Parting Parting a bar with direct position input G85X Undercutting H K U Make undercuts of type H K and U Pa
160. 222 Circular pattern with circular slots 225 18 4 7 Front and rear face contours 228 Starting point of front rear face contour G100 Geo 228 Line segment in front rear face contour G101 Geo 229 Circular arc in front rear face contour G102 G103 Geo 230 Bore hole on front rear face G300 Geo 231 Linear slot on front rear face G301 Geo 202 Circular slot on front rear face G3802 G303 Geo 232 Full circle on front rear face G304 Geo 233 Rectangle on front rear face G305 Geo 233 Eccentric polygon on front rear face G307 Geo 234 Linear pattern on front rear face G401 Geo 235 Circular pattern on front rear face G402 Geo 236 4 8 Lateral surface contours 237 Starting point of lateral surface contour G110 Geo 237 Line segment in a lateral surface contour G111 Geo 238 Circular arc in lateral surface contour G112 G113 Geo 239 Hole on lateral surface G310 Geo 240 Linear slot on lateral surface G311 Geo 241 Circular slot on lateral surface G312 G313 Geo 241 Full circle on lateral surface G314 Geo 242 Rectangle on lateral surface G315 Geo 242 Eccentric polygon on lateral surface G31 7 Geo 243 Linear pattern on lateral surface G411 Geo 244 Circular pattern on lateral surface G412 Geo 245 4 9 Tool positioning 246 Rapid traverse GO 246 Rapid traverse to machine coordinates G701 246 Approach tool c
161. 224 Front and rear face contows mem r e ae 610280 Arc ow faes Page232 611260 Arc cw terat surface Page 2a1 G108 Ge0 Arc cow tass Page232 611860 Arc cow lateral surface Page 241 680020 Bore hole facs Page 283 681060 Bore hole on lateral surface Page 242 6801 800 Linear slot tese Page 234 6811 800 Linear slot on lateral surface Page 2438 8802800 Croular slot ew face Page 234 6812600 Circular slot cw lateral surface Page 248 6a08 Ge0 Croular slot cow facs Page 234 6818800 Greve slot cow lateral surface Page 248 8804620 Fulaice fae Page 285 681460 Ful circle lateral surace Page 244 8805620 Recanale facs Page 235 681560 Rectangle teal surae Page 244 6307 Geo Pogon tace Page236 6817 600 Polygon lateral surface Page 245 8401 20 Pattern Inear face Page 237 _ GA11 Geo Pattern Inear lateral surface Page 246 6402620 Pater crclr face Page 238 6412600 Pattern creular lateral surface Page 247 G commands for Y axis contours XY plane z YZ plane G170 Geo Starting point of contour in XY Page 504 a G180 Geo Starting point of contour in YZ Page 513 plane plane G17i Geo Line segmentin XW pene Page S04 6181600 Line segmentin YZpane Page IS 6172800 Arc ewin XY plane Pages05 6182800 AcowinYZpane Pagesta 617880 Arc cow n XY pene Pages08 6188800 ArccowinYZpane Pages14 6870820 Hole nXY pans Peageso6 6380600 Hole nYZpane Pages15 6371 Geo Linear sotin XY pare Paget07 6381 600 Linear sloin YZ plene
162. 313 Circular slot on lateral surface 243 G314 Full circle on lateral surface 244 G315 Rectangle on lateral surface 244 G317 Eccentric polygon on lateral surface 245 G34 Thread standard 216 G37 Thread general 217 G370 Hole in XY plane 506 G371 Linear slot in XY plane 507 G372 Circular slot in XY plane 508 G373 Circular slot in XY plane 508 G374 Full circle in XY plane 508 G375 Rectangle in XY plane 509 G376 Single surface in XY plane 512 G377 Eccentric polygon in XY plane 509 G38 Feed rate reduction 220 221 G380 Hole in YZ plane 515 G381 Linear slot in YZ plane 515 G382 Circular slot in YZ plane 516 G383 Circular slot in YZ plane 516 G384 Full circle in YZ plane 516 G385 Rectangle in YZ plane 517 G386 Single surface in YZ plane 520 G387 Eccentric polygon in YZ plane 517 G401 Linear pattern on front rear face 237 G402 Circular pattern on front rear face 238 G411 Linear pattern on lateral Surface 246 G412 Circular pattern on lateral surface 247 G471 Linear pattern in XY plane 510 G472 Circular pattern in XY plane 511 HEIDENHAIN MANUALplus 620 CNC PILOT 640 G477 Centric polygon in XY plane 512 G481 Linear pattern in YZ plane 518 G482 Circular pattern in YZ plane 519 G487 Centric polygon in YZ plane 520 G49 Bore hole centric 219 G52 Blockwise oversize 222 G9
163. 34 F Internal thread 0 5413 F Maximum cutting depth IC Number of cuts The infeed is calculated from IC and U Usable with V 0 constant chip cross section V 1 constant infeed V Type of infeed default 0 for details see page 301 0 Constant cross section for all cuts 1 Constant infeed 2 W remaining cutting with distribution of remaining cuts First infeed Remainder of the division of thread depth cutting depth The last cut is divided into four partial cuts 1 2 1 4 1 8 and 1 8 3 Infeed is calculated from the pitch and spindle speed 4 Same as MANUALplus 4110 5 Constant infeed same as 4290 6 Constant with distribute same as 4290 H Type of offset for smoothing the thread flanks default O 0 Without offset 1 Offset from the left 2 Offset from the right 3 Tool is offset alternately from the right and left WE Lift off method with K 0 default 0 0 GO at end 1 Lift off in thread K Run out length at thread end point default 0 HEIDENHAIN MANUALplus 620 CNC PILOT 640 TA O gt O O 4 19 o il ad cycles z Parameters W Taper angle range 45 lt W lt 45 default 0 Position of the taper thread with respect to longitudinal or transverse axis E W gt 0 Rising contour in machining direction W lt 0 Falling contour Parameters C Starting angle thread start is defined with respect to rotationally nonsymmetrical contour e
164. 4 ANUALoplus 1 API thread G352 312 Approach departure in smart Turn 65 Area milling face G797 355 Attributes for contour description 220 Automatic working plan generation TURN PLUS 553 AWG 553 B B axis Flexible use of tools 585 Fundamentals 584 Multipoint tools 586 Basic contour elements 201 Beginning of pocket island G308 Geo 224 BLANK section code 50 Bore hole centric G49 Geo 219 Bore hole on face G300 Geo 233 Bore hole on lateral surface G310 Geo 242 Boring G72 327 Boring countersinking G72 327 C C axis C angle offset G905 393 Calibrate touch probe standard G747 473 Calibrate touch probe via two points G748 475 Cast part G21 Geo 200 C axis commands 339 C axis contours Fundamentals 224 Centric polygon in XY plane G477 Geo 512 Centric polygon in YZ plane G487 Geo 520 Centric polygon milling tfinishing G844 530 Centric polygon milling roughing G843 529 Chamfer DIN cycle G88 438 Chamfer G88 438 Character set 376 Chuck part bar tube G20 Geo 200 Chucking equipment in simulation G65 49 381 Circular arc DIN PLUS Turning contour G2 G3 G12 G13 Geo 204 205 Circular arc in face contour G102 G103 Geo 232 Circular arc in lateral surface contour G112 G113 Geo 241 Circular arc in XY plane G1 72 Geo G1 73 Geo 505 Circular arc in YZ plane G182 Geo G183
165. 4 17 Contour based H cycles i il 4 17 Contour based Ming cycles Longitudinal roughing G810 G810 machines the defined contour area The reference to the contour to be machined can be transferred in the cycle parameters or the contour can be defined directly after the cycle call see Working with contour based cycles on page 270 The contour to be machined can contain various valleys If required the area to be machined is divided into several sections Parameters ID Auxiliary contour ID number of the contour to be machined NS Starting block number beginning of contour section NE End block number end of contour section NE not programmed The contour element NS is machined in the direction of contour definition NS NE programmed The contour element NS is machined opposite to the direction of contour definition P Maximum infeed Oversize in X direction diameter value default 0 K Oversize in Z direction default 0 E Plunging behavior E 0 Descending contours are not machined E gt 0 Plunging feed rate No input Feed rate reduction depending on the plunge angle maximum 50 X Cutting limit in X direction diameter value default no cutting limit Z Cutting limit in Z direction default no cutting limit A Approach angle reference Z axis default 0 180 parallel to Z axis W Departure angle reference Z axis default 90 270 perpendicular to Z axis H Type of departure
166. 40 G147 2 K2 G840 ID Slot 10mm Q1 HO P0 8 B0 15 G47 M9 G14 Q0 D1 G18 N 128 END_OF_UNIT N 129 UNIT ID G72_ICP_Y 548 Mill a single surface ICP pocket mill lateral surf Y Mill a slot on single surface ICP deburring lateral surf Y Deburr slot on single surface ICP boring countersinking in Y DIN programming for the Y axis il N 131 N 132 N 133 N 134 N 135 N 136 T2 G197 1000 G195 F0 22 M104 M8 G147 K2 G72 ID Hole_1 M6 DO G47 M9 N 137 END_OF_UNIT N 138 UNIT ID G72_ICP_Y N 140 N 141 N 142 N 143 N 144 N 145 N 146 T2 G197 S1000 G195 F0 22 M104 M8 G147 K2 G72 ID Hole_2 M6 DO G47 M9 G14 Q0 D1 N 147 END_OF_UNIT N 148 UNIT ID G74_ICP_Y N 150 N 151 N 152 N 153 N 154 N 155 T4 G197 S1200 G195 F0 24 M103 M8 G147 K2 G74 ID Hole_1 M6 DO V2 G47 M9 N 156 END_OF_UNIT N 157 UNIT ID G74_ICP_Y N 159 N 160 N 161 N 162 N 163 N 164 N 165 T4 G197 S1200 G195 F0 24 M103 M8 G147 K2 G74 ID Hole_2 M6 DO V2 G47 M9 G14 Q0 D1 N 166 END_OF_UNIT N 167 UNIT ID G73_ICP_Y HEIDENHAIN MANUALplus 620 CNC PILOT 640 Center the holes of the first pattern ICP boring countersinking in Y Center the holes of the second pattern ICP drilling in Y axis Holes of the first pattern ICP drilling in Y axis Holes of the second pattern ICP tapping in Y axis 6 8 Example program j il
167. 457 Double point measurements Page 465 Calibration cycles Page 473 Probing Page 477 Search cycles Page 482 Circle measurement Page 490 Angle position Page 494 In process measurement Page 498 456 Beispiel Touch probe cycle in the DINplus program Touch probe cycles il 5 2 Touch probe cycles for single point measurement Single point measurement for tool compensation G770 Cycle G770 measures with the programmed measuring axis in the specified direction If the tolerance value defined in the cycle is exceeded the cycle saves the measured deviation either as tool compensation or as an additive compensation The result of the measurement Is saved additionally in the variable 199 See Touch probe cycles for automatic operation on page 455 Cycle run From the current position the touch probe moves along the defined measuring axis toward the measuring point When the stylus touches the workpiece the measured value is saved and the touch probe is positioned back to the starting point The control outputs an error message if the touch probe does not reach any touch point within the defined measuring path If a maximum deviation WE was programmed the measuring point Is approached twice and the mean value is saved as result If the difference of the measurements is greater than the maximum deviation WE the program run is interrupted and an error message Is displayed Parameters R Type of compensa
168. 46 Pocket milling finishing Page 374 G802 Engraving lateral surface Page 379 Engraving cycles G743 Pattern linear face 0 G802 Engraving lateral surface Page 379 6745 Panem crouer eee Cherecter set for engraving Page 376 emaa Patteminear erso 6746 Patter ciculr tert surtece HEIDENHAIN MANUALplus 620 CNC PILOT 640 609 10 3 Overview of G commas in the MACHINING section i 10 3 Overview of G D in the MACHINING section Y axis machining Working planes Milling cycles G17 XY plane Page 521 zx G841 Area milling roughing Page 527 G18 XZ plane turning view Page 521 F G842 Area milling finishing Page 528 G19 YZ plane Page 521 G843 Centric polygon milling roughing Page 529 Tool positioning without machining a G844 Centric polygon milling finishing Page 530 GO Positioning at rapid traverse Page 523 mm G845 Predrilling pocket milling Page 532 G14 Move to the tool change position Page 523 G845 Pocket milling roughing Page 533 G701 Rapid traverse to machine Page 523 G846 Pocket milling finishing Page 537 coordinates Simple linear and circular movements m G800 Thread milling in XY plane Page 541 G1 Linear movement Page 524 P G806 Thread milling in YZ plane Page 542 G 2 Circular movement cw with Page 525 G808 Hobbing Page 543 incremental center dimensioning G3 Circular movement ccw with Page 525 Engraving cycles incremental center dimensioning G Circular movement cw with absolute Page 526 G803 Engra
169. 5 Feed per revolution 223 G codes for machining GO Rapid traverse 248 GO Rapid traverse Y axis 523 G1 Linear movement 250 G1 Linear movement Y axis 524 G100 Rapid traverse on front rear face 341 G101 Line segment on front rear face 342 G102 Circular arc on front rear face 343 G103 Circular arc on front rear face 343 G110 Rapid traverse lateral surface 345 G111 Line segment on lateral surface 346 G112 Circular arc on lateral surface 347 G113 Circular arc on lateral surface 347 G12 Circular movement Y axis 526 G12 Circular path 252 G120 Reference diameter 339 G13 Circular movement Y axis 526 G13 Circular path 252 G14 Approach tool change point 249 G14 Approach tool change point Y axis 523 G140 Definition of tool change point 249 G147 Safety clearance milling cycles 265 G148 Switching the tool edge compensation 267 G149 Additive compensation 268 i il G150 Compensation of right hand tool tip 269 G151 Compensation of left hand tool tip 269 G152 Zero point shift C axis 339 G153 Standardize C axis 340 G16 Tilting the working plane 522 G17 XY plane 521 G18 XZ plane turning 521 G19 YZ plane 521 G2 Circular movement Y axis 525 G2 Circular path 251 G26 Speed limitation 253 G3 Circular movement Y axis 525 G3 Circular path 251 G30 Co
170. 7 SLOVENIAN 19 KOREAN 21 NORWEGIAN 22 ROMANIAN 23 SLOVAK 24 TURKISH CON DOOR UN gt DIN Programming il Identification codes for tool information A 2 i26 P key of actual tool 10 from tool preselection 2 127 P key of desired tool 10 from tool preselection 128 Angle of Y wedge axis g 129 P key of the tool 10 that has reached the maximum tool life 130 P key of the tool 10 that has reached the maximum workpiece quantity 199 Return code of subprograms re O O pe A q 2 J HEIDENHAIN MANUALplus 620 CNC PILOT 640 417 il A Reading configuration data PARA 2 The PARA function is used to read configuration data To do this use the parameter designations from the configuration parameters You Access to configuration data also use the designations from the configuration parameters to read Syntax PARA key entity attribute index user parameters gt l Key Keyword When you read optional parameters check whether the return value E Entity N Eth fi l is valid Depending on the data type of the parameter REAL STRING Any Ne Me OPNE CONNJUTAUON the value 0 or the text _EMPTY is returned when reading an optional OM attribute that has not been set E Attribute Element name E Index Array number if the attribute is Example PARA function from an array Reads the number of the currently selected language ies D O bm A q
171. 78 DIN Programming il Engraving on lateral surface G802 G802 engraves character strings aligned linearly on the lateral surface For character set and more information see page 376 The cycles start engraving trom the starting position or from the current position if no starting position is defined Example If a character string is engraved with several calls define the starting position in the first call All other calls are programmed without a starting position Parameters Z C CY X RB ID NF W nnum I Starting point Starting angle Starting point End point diameter X position infeed depth during milling Retraction plane X position retracted to for positioning Text to be engraved Character number ASCII code of the character to be engraved Inclination angle Font height Distance factor for calculation see figure Reference diameter Plunging feed rate factor plunging feed rate current feed rate F HEIDENHAIN MANUALplus 620 CNC PILOT 640 VN CY 379 4 27 Engjjjino cycles 4 28 contiiit follow up 4 28 Contour follow up Automatic contour follow up is not possible with program branches or repetitions In these cases you control the contour follow up with the following commands Saving loading contour follow up G702 G702 saves the current contour or loads a saved contour Parameters ID Workpiece blank contour name of the auxiliary workpiece blank O Save load con
172. 88 Unit Circular pattern drilling lateral Surface 97 Unit Circular slot pattern face 135 Unit Circular slot pattern lateral surface 149 Unit Circular tapping pattern face 92 Unit Circular tapping pattern lateral Surface 101 Unit Contour milling figures face 139 Unit Contour milling figures lateral surface 151 Unit Contour recessing with direct contour Input 75 Unit Contour parallel roughing in ICP 69 Unit Deburring in XY plane 180 Unit Deburring in YZ plane 187 Unit Deburring face 146 Unit Deburring lateral surface 158 Unit Engraving in XY plane 179 Unit Engraving in YZ plane 186 U Unit Engraving face 145 Unit Engraving lateral surface 157 Unit Face milling ICP 137 Unit Face milling 136 Unit Helical slot milling 150 Unit ICP boring countersinking C axis 105 Unit ICP boring countersinking Y axis 170 Unit ICP contour finishing 118 Unit ICP contour milling in XY plane 175 Unit ICP contour milling in YZ plane 182 Unit ICP contour milling face 141 Unit ICP contour milling lateral surface 153 Unit ICP contour recessing 73 79 Unit ICP drilling C axis 102 Unit ICP drilling Y axis 168 Unit ICP pocket milling in XY plane 176 Unit ICP pocket milling in YZ plane 183 Unit ICP pock
173. 890 not the finishing feed rate in recessing cycles Feed rate reduction G38 Geo G38 activates the special feed rate for the finishing cycle G890 The special feed rate applies to basic contour elements and form elements It is a modal function Parameters E Special feed factor default 1 Special feed rate active feed rate E G38 is a modal function Program G38 before the contour element for which it is 220 intended G38 replaces a special feed rate To cancel the special feed factor program G38 without parameters DIN Programming il Attributes for superimposed elements G39 Geo G39 influences the finishing feed rate of G890 with the form elements Chamfers rounding arcs for connecting basic elements Undercuts Recesses Affected machining Special feed rate surface roughness additive D compensation equidistant oversizes Parameters F Feed per revolution V Type of surface roughness see also DIN 4768 1 General surface roughness profile depth Rt1 2 Surface roughness Ra 3 Surface roughness Rz RH Surface roughness um inch mode uinch Number of the additive compensation 901 lt D lt 916 Oversize radius P applies as an absolute or additive value default O I UU 0 P replaces G57 G58 oversizes 1 P is added to G57 G58 oversizes E Special feed factor default 1 Special feed rate active feed rate E and special feed rate E alternately G39 is a non modal function
174. ANUALplus 620 CNC PILOT 640 Ww oO a 4 19 Thread cycles Parameters V BD C m Type of infeed default 0 for details see page 301 0 Constant cross section for all cuts 1 Constant infeed 2 W remaining cutting with distribution of remaining cuts First infeed Remainder of the division of thread depth cutting depth The last cut is divided into four partial cuts 1 2 1 4 1 8 and 1 8 3 Infeed is calculated from the pitch and spindle speed 4 Same as MANUALplus 4110 5 Constant infeed same as 4290 6 Constant with distribute Same as 4290 Type of offset for smoothing the thread flanks default O 0 Without offset 1 Offset from the left 2 Offset from the right 3 Tool is offset alternately from the right and left Depth of remaining cuts only in conjunction with approach type V 4 same as MANUALplus 4110 Starting angle thread start is defined with respect to rotationally nonsymmetrical contour elements default 0 External internal thread no meaning for closed contours 0 External thread 1 Internal thread Thread pitch Thread depth Run out length K gt 0 Run out K lt 0 Run in The length K should be at least the value of the thread depth Number of thread turns for multi start thread Variable pitch no effect at present Number of no load air cuts after the last cut for reducing the cutting pressure in the thread base default 0 If a thread has bee
175. C C angle offset Difference in the C axis between the first and the second measuring position AC Nominal value for target position Absolute coordinate of touch point in degrees BD Tolerance Measurement result range in degrees in which no compensation is applied KC Compensation offset Additional compensation value that is applied to the zero point result WE Maximum deviation Probe twice and monitor the dispersion of the measured values F Measuring feed rate Feed rate for probing If nothing is entered the measuring feed rate from the touch probe table is used If the entered measuring feed rate F is higher than the one in the touch probe table the feed rate is reduced to the value from the touch probe table 5 2 Touch probe cycles for single HEIDENHAIN MANUALplus 620 CNC PILOT 640 463 il hom N poin 5 2 Touch probe cycles for single Parameters Q AN 464 Tool orientation Orient the touch probe in the programmed probing direction before each probing operation machine dependent function PRINT outputs 0 OFF Do not display measuring results 1 ON Display measuring results INPUT instead of measurement 0 Default Obtain measured values by probing 1 PC test Simulate probing cycle on the programming station Log no Save measurement results in TNC A table messpro mep table line numbers 0 99 the table can be expanded if necessary Touch probe cycles i
176. C PILOT 640 201 il Line segment in a contour G1 Geo G1 defines a line segment in a turning contour Parameters End point of contour element diameter value Z End point of contour element AN Angle to rotary axis for angle direction see graphic support window O Point of intersection End point if the line segment intersects a circular arc default 0 N ma c 2 0 Near point of intersection 1 Far point of intersection BR Chamfer rounding Defines the transition to the next contour element When entering a chamfer rounding program the theoretical end point No input Tangential transition BR 0 No tangential transition BR gt 0 Radius of rounding BR lt 0 Width of chamfer PZ End point of contour element polar radius reference workpiece zero point W End point of contour element polar angle reference workpiece zero point AR Angle to rotary axis AR corresponds to AN R Line length polar radius reference last contour point BE BF BD BP and BH see Machining attributes for form elements on page 201 FP Do not machine element only necessary for TURN PLUS 0 Do not machine basic element straight line 1 Do not machine overlay element e g chamfer or rounding 2 Do not machine basic overlay element IC Measuring cut oversize measuring cut diameter KC Length of measuring cut HC Measuring cut counter Number of workpieces after which a measurement is performed Prog
177. C PILOT 640 527 il 6 7 Milling Mics for the Y axis Area milling finishing G842 G842 finishes surfaces defined with G376 Geo XY plane or G386 Geo YZ plane The cycle mills from the outside toward the inside The tool moves to the working plane outside of the workpiece material Parameters ID Milling contour name of the contour to be milled NS Block number reference to the contour description P Milling depth maximum infeed in the working plane H Cutting direction for side finishing default 0 m H 0 Up cut milling E H 1 Climb milling U Minimum overlap factor Defines the overlap of milling paths default 0 5 Overlap U milling diameter Overrun factor Defines the distance by which the tool should pass the outside radius of the workpiece default 0 5 lt Overrun V milling diameter F Feed rate for infeed default active feed rate RB Retraction plane default back to starting position XY plane Retraction position in Z direction YZ plane Retraction position in X direction diameter Cycle run 1 Starting position X Y Z C is the position before the cycle begins 2 Calculate the proportioning of cuts infeeds to the milling planes infeeds in the milling depths 3 Move to the safety clearance and plunge to the first milling depth Mill the first plane 5 Retract by the safety clearance return and cut to the next milling depth Repeat steps 4 and 5 until the complete a
178. C axis a radial slot is machined parallel to the Z axis f J or XS is defined the tool approaches to safety clearance in X and then mills the slot If J and XS are not defined the milling cycle starts from the current tool position 350 u T m 2 p G SJ N DIN Programming il Contour and figure milling cycle face G793 G793 mills figures or open or closed free contours G793 is followed by E The figure to be milled with E Contour definition of the figure G301 to G307 See Front and rear face contours on page 230 E Conclusion of milling contour G80 E The free contour with E Starting point of milling contour G100 E Milling contour G101 G102 G103 E Conclusion of milling contour G80 Parameters ZS Milling top edge ZE Milling floor P Maximum approach default total depth in one infeed U Overlap factor contour milling or pocket milling default 0 U 0 Contour milling E U gt 0 Pocket milling minimum overlap of milling paths U milling diameter R Approach radius radius of approaching departing arc default 0 R 0 Contour element is approached directly infeed to starting point above the milling plane then vertical plunge R gt 0 Tool moves on approaching departing arc that connects tangentially to the contour element R lt 0 for inside corners Tool moves on approaching departing arc that connects tangentially to the conto
179. C information 11 2 13 14 15 16 i7 18 19 110 111 112 113 114 115 116 117 118 119 120 121 122 123 124 125 416 Active operating mode see table at right Active unit of measure inches metric Main spindle 0 Counterspindle with mirroring Z 1 Tool mirroring in Z 2 Tool path mirroring inZ 3 G16 active 1 currently not used Last programmed T number Start block search active 1 System is DataPilot 1 Selected language If Y axis is configured 1 If B axis is configured 1 If the tool pocket in X is mirrored to the machine system 1 If U axis is programmable 1 If V axis is programmable 1 If W axis Is programmable 1 If U axis is configured 1 If V axis is configured 1 If W axis is configured 1 Zero point shift of the Z axis Zero point shift of the X axis Last programmed path function GO G1 G2 Current quantity workpiece counter If U axis is coupled with X axis 1 If V axis is coupled with Y axis 1 If W axis is coupled with Z axis 1 If magazine exists 1 Active operating mode 2 Machine tool 3 Simulation 5 TSF menu Active unit of measure 0 Metric mm 1 Inches in Available languages ENGLISH GERMAN gt CZECH FRENCH ITALIAN SPANISH PORTUGUESE SWEDISH DANISH 9 FINNISH 10 DUTCH 11 POLISH 12 HUNGARIAN 14 RUSSIAN 15 CHINESE 16 CHINESE_TRAD 1
180. Center in Cartesian coordinates X Diameter center point in polar coordinates C Angle center point in polar coordinates A Angle of a polygon edge to XK axis default 0 Q Number of edges Q gt 2 K Edge length K gt 0 Edge length K lt 0 Inscribed circle diameter Chamfer rounding default 0 R gt 0 Radius of rounding R lt 0 Width of chamfer Depth Height P lt 0 Pocket P gt 0 Island Linear slot on lateral surface G311 G311 defines a linear slot in a lateral surface contour Program this figure in conjunction with G840 G845 or G846 Parameters Z Center Z position CY Center as linear value reference unrolled reference diameter C Center angle A Angle to Z axis default 0 K Slot length B Slot width P Depth of pocket HEIDENHAIN MANUALplus 620 CNC PILOT 640 297 the mach section INITIONS IN 4 18 Contour def 4 18 Contour definitions in the machina section Circular slot on lateral surface G312 G313 G312 G313 defines a circular slot in a lateral surface contour Program this figure in conjunction with G840 G845 or G846 G312 Circular slot clockwise G313 Circular slot counterclockwise Parameters Z Center CY Center as linear value reference unrolled reference diameter UWS PFrDO Center angle Radius reference center point path of the slot Starting angle reference Z axis default 0 End angle reference Z axis Slot width Depth of pocket Full circ
181. Cycle G73 see page 328 Cycle form Z1 Start point drill starting point of hole Z2 End point drill end point of hole CS Spindle angle F1 Thread pitch B Run in length L Retraction length when using floating tap holders default 0 SR Retraction speed default Shaft speed for tapping oP Chip breaking depth S Retraction distance Further forms see page 60 Use the retraction length for floating tap holders The cycle calculates a new nominal pitch on the basis of the thread depth the programmed pitch and the retraction length The nominal pitch is somewhat smaller than the pitch of the tap During tapping the tap is pulled away from the chuck by the retraction length With this method you can achieve higher service life from taps 90 Access to the technology database Machining operation Tapping Affected parameters S smart Turn units il Linear tapping pattern face unit The unit machines a linear tapping pattern in which the individual features are arranged at a regular spacing on the face Unit name G73_Lin_Stirn_C Cycle G73 see page 328 Pattern form Q Number of holes X1 C1 Polar starting point XK YK Cartesian starting point ILJ End point XK YK li Ji Distance XKi YKi R Distance to first last hole RI Incremental distance A Pattern angle reference is XK axis Cycle form Z1 Start point drill starting point of hole Z2 End
182. Do not machine element only necessary for TURN PLUS 1 Do not machine undercut Beispiel Call G25 Geo type U DIN Programming il Undercut DIN 509 E H 0 5 Parameters H Undercut type DIN 509 E H 0 or H 5 Undercut depth radius K Width of undercut R Undercut radius in both corners of the undercut W Undercut angle BE BF BD BP and BH see Machining attributes for form elements on page 201 The Steuerung uses the diameter to calculate the parameters that you do not define Undercut DIN 509 F H 6 Parameters Undercut type DIN 509 F H 6 Undercut depth radius Width of undercut Undercut radius in both corners of the undercut Face depth Undercut angle Transverse angle BE BF BD BP and BH see Machining attributes for form elements on page 201 PSUDAT T The Steuerung uses the diameter to calculate the parameters that you do not define HEIDENHAIN MANUALplus 620 CNC PILOT 640 Beispiel Call G25 Geo DIN 509 E Beispiel Call G25 Geo DIN 509 F H 3 DIN 509 E H 6 DIN 509 F 213 4 4 Contour i elements 4 4 Contour an elements Undercut DIN 76 H 7 Program only FP All the other values are automatically calculated from the thread pitch in the standard table if they are not defined Parameters H Undercut type DIN 76 H 7 Undercut depth radius K Width of undercut R Undercut radius in both corners of the undercut de
183. E and F 15 E Transverse angle for an undercut according to DIN 509 F 8 K DIN 509E K 0 DIN 509F K gt DIN 76 DIN Programming il The tool radius compensation is not active Oversizes are not taken into account HEIDENHAIN MANUALplus 620 CNC PILOT 640 Beispiel G85 4 21 a cycles k i enter at least one of the parameters Cut in length 1st cut length or Cut in radius 1st cut radius a Undercut according to DIN 509 E with cylinder ET machining G851 Q G851 machines the adjoining cylinder the undercut and finishes with J the plane surface It also machines a cylinder start chamfer when you X S Parameters Undercut depth default value from standard table amm K Undercut length default value from standard table W Undercut angle default value from standard table R Undercut radius default value from standard table N B Cut in length 1st cut length no input No chamfer machined lt at start of cylinder RB Cut in radius 1st cut radius no input 1st cut radius is not machined WB 1st cut angle default 45 E Reduced feed for machining the undercut default active feed rate H Type of departure default 0 0 Tool returns to the starting point E 1 Tool remains at the end of the plane surface U Grinding oversize for the area of the cylinder default 0 The Steuerung calculates unentered parameters trom the diameter of th
184. End point polar radius reference workpiece zero point W End point polar angle reference workpiece zero point AR Angle AR corresponds to AN R Length polar radius reference last contour point Programming X Y Absolute incremental modal or ANi Angle to the subsequent element ARi Angle to the previous element 504 Oe lt DIN programming for the Y axis il Circular arc in XY plane G172 Geo G173 Geo G172 G173 defines a circular arc in a contour of the XY plane Direction of rotation See help graphic Parameters X Y R J Q BR PZ W PM WM AR AN End point radius End point Radius Center in X direction radius Center in Y direction Point of intersection End point if the circular arc intersects a line segment or another circular arc default 0 0 Near point of intersection 1 Far point of intersection Chamfer rounding Defines the transition to the next contour element When entering a chamfer rounding program the theoretical end point No entry Tangential transition BR 0 No tangential transition BR gt 0 Radius of rounding BR lt 0 Width of chamfer End point polar radius reference workpiece zero point End point polar angle reference workpiece zero point Center point polar radius reference workpiece zero point Center point polar angle reference workpiece zero point Starting angle tangential angle to rotary axis End angle tangential angle to
185. G wo A Ol wo ou a 4 5 Attributes for contouiescr ption tours E ontas AXIS con 4 6 C 4 6 C axis contours Fundamentals Milling contour position Define the reference plane or the reference diameter in the section code Specify the depth and position of a milling contour pocket island in the contour definition With depth P programmed in the previous G308 cycle Alternatively on figures Cycle parameter depth P The algebraic sign of P defines the position of the milling contour P lt 0 Pocket P gt 0 Island FACE C P lt 0 Z Z P P gt 0 Z P Z REAR_C P lt 0 Z Z P P gt 0 Z P Z LATERAL_C P lt 0 X X P 2 P gt 0 X P 2 X X Reference diameter from the section code Z Reference plane from the section code P Depth from G308 or from cycle parameter contour definition Islands within this surface are not The area milling cycles mill the surface specified in the taken into consideration Contours in more than one plane hierarchically nested contours A plane begins with G308 and ends with G309 G308 defines a new reference plane reference diameter The first G308 uses the reference plane defined in the section code Each following G308 defines a new plane Calculation New reference plane Reference plane P from previous G308 G309 switches back to the previous reference plane 224 DIN Programming il Beginning of pocket island G308 Geo G308 defines a new refere
186. G840 see page 365 Contour form FK see page 62 NS Starting block no of contour NE End block no of contour Z1 Milling top edge Cycle form JK Cutter position E JK 0 On the contour JK 1 closed contour Within the contour E JK 1 open contour Left of the contour E JK 2 closed contour Outside the contour E JK 2 open contour Right of the contour E JK 3 Depending on H and MD H Cutting direction E 0 Up cut milling E 1 Climb milling BG Chamfer width JG Preparation diameter P Plunging depth indicated as a negative value Contour parallel oversize R Approach radius FZ Infeed rate E Reduced feed rate RB Retraction plane Further forms see page 60 146 Access to the technology database m Machining operation Deburring E Affected parameters F S smart Turn units il 2 10 Units Milling lateral surface Slot lateral surface unit The unit mills a slot from the starting position to the end point on the lateral surface The slot width equals the diameter of the milling cutter Unit name G792_Nut_MANT_C Cycle G792 see page 350 Cycle form X1 Milling top edge diameter value X2 Milling floor diameter value L Slot length Al Angle to Z axis Z1 C1 Polar slot target point P Maximum infeed FZ Infeed rate Further forms see page 60 HEIDENHAIN MANUALplus 620 CNC PILOT 640 Access to the technology database E Machining operation Milling E Affected pa
187. G845 Miilling Page 533 Parameters Calculating hole positions ID Milling contour name of the contour to be milled NS Starting block no of contour Figures Block number of the figure Free closed contour A contour element not starting point B Milling depth default depth from the contour description XS Milling top edge lateral surface replaces the reference plane trom the contour definition ZS Milling top edge tace replaces the reference plane from the contour definition Oversize In X direction radius K Oversize in Z direction Q Machining direction default 0 0 From the inside out from the inside towards the outside 1 From the outside in from the outside towards the inside A Sequence for Calculate hole positions A 1 NF Position mark reference at which the cycle stores the hole positions 1 to 127 WB Plunging length Diameter of the milling cutter G845 overwrites any hole positions that may still be stored at the reference NF The parameter WB is used both for calculating the hole positions and for milling When calculating the hole positions WB describes the diameter of the milling CUNE 532 DIN programming for the Y axis il G845 Y axis Milling You can change the cutting direction with the cutting direction H the machining direction O and the direction of tool rotation see table G845 in the User s Manual Program only the parameters given in the follo
188. ICP_Y Cycle G74 see page 331 Parameters on the Pattern form FK see page 62 NS Starting block no of contour Parameters on the Cycle form Delay dwell time at end of hole default 0 D Retraction at 0 Rapid traverse 1 Feed rate V Feed rate reduction 0 Without reduction 1 At end of the hole 2 At start of the hole 3 At start and end of the hole AB Spot drilling through drilling length distance for feed rate reduction P First hole depth IB Hole depth reduction value JB Minimum hole depth B Retraction distance RI Internal safety clearance Distance for reapproach inside the hole default safety clearance SCK RB Retraction plane default return to the starting position or to the safety clearance Further forms see page 60 168 Access to the technology database Machining operation Drilling Affected parameters F S smart Turn units for the Y axis il ICP tapping Y axis unit The unit machines a single tap hole or a hole pattern in the XY or YZ plane Using ICP you define the tap holes as well as further details Unit name G73_ICP_Y Cycle G73 see page 328 Parameters on the Pattern form FK see page 62 NS Starting block no of contour Parameters on the Cycle form F1 Thread pitch B Run in length L Retraction length when using floating tap holders default 0 SR Retraction speed default Shaft speed for tapping GF Chip breaking depth SI Retraction distance RB R
189. N gt ouo 132 smart Turn units il 2 9 Units Milling face Slot face unit The unit mills a slot from the starting position to the end point on the face of the workpiece The slot width equals the diameter of the milling cutter Unit name G791_Nut_Stirn_C Cycle G791 see page 349 Cycle form Z1 Milling top edge Z2 Milling floor L Slot length A1 Angle to X axis X1 C1 Polar slot target point XK YK Cartesian slot target point P Maximum infeed FZ Infeed rate Further forms see page 60 HEIDENHAIN MANUALplus 620 CNC PILOT 640 BO mm0 FZ Access to the technology database E Machining operation Milling E Affected parameters F S FZ P 2 9 i in k il 2 9 Units Milling face Linear slot pattern face unit The unit machines a linear slot pattern in which the individual features are arranged at a regular spacing on the face of the workpiece The starting points of the slots correspond to the pattern positions You define the length and the position of the slots in the unit The slot width equals the diameter of the milling cutter Unit name G791_Lin_Stirn_C Cycle G791 see page 349 Q 4 Pattern form Q Number of slots X1 C1 Polar starting point XK YK Cartesian starting point I J End point XK YK li Ji Distance XKi YKI R Distance to first last contour Ri Incremental distance A Pattern angle reference is XK axis
190. N PLUS opens the selection list with the machining sequence files Select the desired file To save the machining sequence Select TURN PLUS gt Machining sequence gt Save as TURN PLUS opens the selection list with the machining sequence files Enter a new file name or overwrite an existing file To create a default machining sequence Select TURN PLUS gt Machining sequence gt Save HEIDENHAIN Standard as TURN PLUS opens the selection list with the machining sequence files Enter a file name under which you wish to store the HEIDENHAIN default machining sequence Editing a machining sequence Position the cursor lt lt Select TURN PLUS gt Machining sequence gt Line Select the function OOOO on Inserting a new machining operation To insert anew machining operation before the cursor position select Insert above the line To insert a new machining operation after the cursor position select Insert below the line Moving a machining operation Select Move line upwards or Move line downwards 556 gt Machine gt smart Turn A Tool editor B ARS Li so M hi t 4 Machining sequence 411 ine rrr ac ining parameters SUB PLACE ii Open an Save as i Save HEIDENHAIN standard as gda Hyji 351 TNC nc_prog gtb 1 gtb OSETR END PGM 1 Thread cutting All oFF 1 Milling All OFF ON 1 Deburring All 1 Drilling All i M07 A 2 Slide M
191. O X44 Z2 N45 G890 NS7 NE3 N46 G14 Q2 N47 T4 N48 G96 S160 G95 F0 18 M4 N49 GO X72 Z 14 N50 G150 N51 G1 X60 N52 G1 X72 N53 GO Z 9 N54 G1 X66 G95 F0 18 N55 G42 442 Insert parting tool Shift reference point to the right of the cutting edge Activate TRC DIN Programming il 4 36 DINplus prosi example HEIDENHAIN MANUALplus 620 CNC PILOT 640 Deactivate TRC Incremental zero point shift i il 4 37 Connection between geometry and re ee 4 37 Connection between geometry and machining commands Turning Operations Individual elements G0 G3 G810 Longitudinal roughing cycle G12 G13 G820 Face roughing cycle G830 Contour parallel roughing cycle G835 Contour parallel with neutral tool G860 Universal recessing cycle G869 Recess turning cycle G890 Finishing cycle Recess G22 standard G860 Universal recessing cycle G870 Simple recessing cycle G869 Recess turning cycle Recess G23 G860 Universal recessing cycle G869 Recess turning cycle Thread with undercut G24 G810 Longitudinal roughing cycle G820 Face roughing cycle G830 Contour parallel roughing cycle G890 Finishing cycle G31 Thread cycle Undercut G25 G810 Longitudinal roughing cycle G890 Finishing cycle Thread G34 standard G31Thread cycle G37 general Hole G49 turning center G71 Simple drilling cycle G72 Boring countersinking etc G73 Tapping cycle G74 Deep hole drilling cycle 444 DIN Programming il C axis machining front rear
192. PRINT outputs 0 OFF Do not display measuring results 1 ON Display measuring results H INPUT instead of measurement 5 5 Measur O 0 Default Obtain measured values by probing 1 PC test Simulate probing cycle on the programming station 478 Touch probe cycles il Probing in two axes G766 Cycle G766 measures the position programmed in the cycle in the X Z plane and displays the measured values on the control screen In parameter NF you can additionally define the variables in which the measurement results should be saved Cycle run The touch probe moves from the current position toward the measuring point When the stylus touches the workpiece the measured value is saved and the touch probe Is positioned back to the starting point The control outputs an error message if the touch probe does not reach any touch point within the defined measuring path Parameters Z Target point Z Z coordinate of measuring point X Target point X X coordinate of measuring point V Retraction type 0 Without Only position touch probe back to the starting point if the touch probe was deflected 1 Automatic Always position touch probe back to the starting point O Error evaluation 0 Program Do not interrupt program run no error message 1 Automatic Interrupt program run and output error message if touch probe is not deflected within measuring path F Measuring feed rate Feed rate for probing If nothing is entered the measuri
193. Page 515 6872800 Crou sot ow in XY pane Pages08 6382860 Circular siot cw nYZ pane Poge 516 8878800 Croular slot cow in XY pane Page 808 _ G383 Geo Graver slot cow in YZ plene Page 516 6874620 Fulcicie nXY ane Pageso8 6384600 Ful cice nYZ pane Pages16 6875820 Reciangle in XY pane Paget09 6385600 Rectangle in YZ plane Page 517 8877820 Poiygonin XY pane Pages08 6387 600 Polygon nYZ plane Page517 GA71 Geo Pattern Inear n XY pane Page S10 6481 600 Pattern Inear n YZ pane Page518 6472820 Pater creuar nXY pene Page S11_ 6482600 Patern creuar n YZ pane Page519 6876820 Single surface nXY pane Page 12 6286600_Single surface XY pane Page 520 647720 Centric polygon in XY plane Page 512 6487 600 Centric polygon In XY plene Page 520 606 Overview of G codes il 10 3 Overview of G commands in the MACHINING section G commands for turning Tool positioning without machining Zero point shifts Overview Zero point shifts Page 259 GO Positioning at rapid traverse Page 248 G14 Move to the tool change position Page 249 i G51 Zero point shift Page 260 G140 Define the tool change position Page 249 G53 Zero point offsets Page 261 G54 G55 G701 Rapid traverse to machine Page 248 G56 Additive zero point shift Page 261 coordinates Simple linear and circular movements m G59 Absolute zero point shift Page 262 G1 Linear movement Page 250 F G152 Zero point shift C axis Page 339 G2 Circular movement cw with Page 251 G920 Deact
194. RC MCRC must be switched off when these cycles are called f the tool radii are gt than the contour radii the TRC MCRC might cause tool path loops Recommendation Use the finishing cycle G890 or milling cycle G840 Never program the MCRC during a perpendicular approach to the machining plane N 2 OD om em E OD 2 T p N Pi G40 Switch off TRC MCRC GAO is used to deactivate TRC MCRC Please note E The TRC MCRC remains in effect until a block with G40 is reached E The block containing G40 or the block after G40 only permits a linear path of traverse G14 is not permissible Function of the TRC MCRC Activate TRC to the left of the contour Path of traverse from X10 Z10 to X10 TRC ILO TRC The path of traverse is shifted by the TRC Path of traverse from X20 TRC Z20 TRC to X30 Z30 HEIDENHAIN MANUALplus 620 CNC PILOT 640 257 il 4 12 Tool tip and cutter radius AM ensation G41 G42 Switch on TRC MCRC G41 Switch on TRC MCRC compensation of the tool tip cutter radius to the left of the contour in traverse direction G42 Switch on TRC MCRC compensation of the tool tip cutter radius to the right of the contour in traverse direction Parameters O Plane default 0 0 TRC on the turning plane XZ plane E 1 MCRC on the front face XC plane E 2 MCRC on the lateral surface ZC plane E 3 MCRC on the front face XY plane E 4 MCRC on t
195. Safety clearance in approach direction feed G147 without parameters activates the parameter values defined in the Safety clearance G147 user parameter G147 replaces the safety clearance set in the machining parameters or that set in G47 HEIDENHAIN MANUALplus 620 CNC PILOT 640 4 15 Sate aranes j il N Q re N c 4 16 Tools co 4 16 Tools compensations Tool call T The Steuerung displays the tool assignment defined in the TURRET section You can enter the T number directly or select it from the tool list switch with the Tool list soft key 266 Z Machine Toot editor 3G 343 G menu 343M 343 M menu H44 T 343 F 33s 344 Extras 334 Graph EEE 5 nc 7 j B PROGRAMMKOPF gt smart Turn EINHEIT REVOLVER MATERIAL T1 ID 001 T number T2 ID 125 35 040 1N TD n sber m REVOLVER T5 ID 20 T1 ID 001 T7 ID 512 1570 10 T2 ID 125 T5 ID 20 ofr 17 ID 512 a SPANNMITTEL 7 2 SPANNMITTEL 2 ROHTEIL FERTIGTEIL BEARBEITUNG N9900 UNIT ID END TNC Project SMART_KAPITEL4 ncps 5 nc Tool Selection c 1 List from list ance DIN Programming Correction of cut switching the tool edge compensation G148 G148 defines the values compensating for wear DX DZ become effective after program start and after a T command Parameters O Selection default O E O 0 DX DZ active DS inactive O 1 DS
196. Setting the AWG control graphic 563 7 3 Machining information 564 Tool selection turret assignment 564 Contour recessing recess turning 566 Drilling 566 Cutting data coolant 567 Inside contours 567 Shaft machining 570 7 4 Example 572 Creating a program 572 Workpiece blank definition 572 Defining the basic contour 573 Defining form elements 573 Preparing the machining process chucking 574 Generating and saving a working plan 5 5 7 5 Full surface machining with TURN PLUS 576 Rechucking the workpiece 576 Defining the chucking equipment for full surface machining 577 Automatic program creation for full surface machining 578 Rechucking the workpiece in the main spindle 578 Transferring the workpiece from the main spindle to the opposing spindle 578 Parting and picking off the workpiece with the opposing spindle 579 28 8 1 Fundamentals 582 Tilted working plane 582 8 2 Compensation with the B axis 585 Compensation during program run 8 3 Simulation 586 Simulation of the tilted plane 586 Displaying the coordinate system 587 Position display with the B and Y axes HEIDENHAIN MANUALplus 620 CNC PILOT 640 9 1 Units Turning group 590 Roughing group 590 Finishing group 590 Recessing group 591 Thread group 591 9 2 Units Dr
197. TURN PLUS looks for a suitable tool in the tool database When clamping the workpiece TURN PLUS can determine the cutting limitations and the zero point shift for the NC program depending on the machine parameter settings The technology database provides the cutting data to TURN PLUS Before generating the working plan please note The default values for the machining parameters as well as general settings are defined in the machine parameters see List of user parameters in the User s Manual 552 Betriebsmittel Datenbank Spannmittel Werkzeug Technologie beschreibung beschreibung daten automatische Arbeitsplan Generierung Werkst ck beschreibung Bearbeitungs Parameter NC Programm TURN PLUS il 72 Automatic working plan generation AWG The AWG generates the work blocks of the working plan in the sequence defined in Machining sequence You define the machining details in the Machining Parameters input form TURN PLUS automatically finds all the elements of a work block Use the machining sequence editor to specify the machining sequence A work block has the following content Tool call Cutting values technology data Approach may be omitted Machining cycle Tool retraction may be omitted Moving to tool change point may be omitted You can change or supplement the generated work blocks subsequently TURN PLUS simulates the machining in the AWG control graphic You
198. W HEIDENHAIN MANUALplus 620 CNC PILOT 640 4 17 Contour based i cycles j il 4 17 Contour based linc cycles Finish contour G890 G890 finishes the defined contour area in one pass The reference to the contour to be machined can be transferred in the cycle parameters or the contour can be defined directly after the cycle call see Working with contour based cycles on page 270 The contour to be machined can contain various valleys If required the area to be machined is divided into several sections Parameters ID Auxiliary contour ID number of the contour to be machined NS Starting block number beginning of contour section NE End block number end of contour section NE not programmed The contour element NS is machined in the direction of contour definition NS NE programmed The contour element NS is machined opposite to the direction of contour definition E Plunging behavior E 0 Descending contours are not machined E gt 0 Plunging feed rate No input Descending contours are machined at programmed feed rate V Identifier beginning end default 0 A chamfer rounding arc is machined 0 At beginning and end 1 At beginning 2 At end 3 No machining 4 Chamfer rounding arc is machined not the basic element prerequisite contour section with one element Q Type of approach default 0 0 Automatic selection the Steuerung checks Diagonal approach First X then Z direction Equidistant around the
199. Working planes Tilting the working plane G16 G16 executes the following transformations and rotations E Shifts the coordinate system to the position K Rotates the coordinate system by the angle B reference point K E Shifts if programmed the coordinate system by U and W in the rotated coordinate system Parameters Plane angle reference positive Z axis Plane reference in X direction radius Plane reference in Z direction Shift in X direction shift in Z direction OS CAH DBD Enable disable tilting the working plane E 0 Disable tilted working plane function E 1 Tilt working plane E 2 Restore previous G16 plane G16 Q0 resets the working plane The zero point and coordinate system defined before G16 are then in effect again G16 Q2 restores the previous G16 plane The positive Z axis is the reference axis for the plane angle B This also applies to a mirrored coordinate system Please note X is the infeed axis in a tilted coordinate system X coordinates are entered as diameter coordinates Mirroring the coordinate system has no effect on the Beispiel G16 reference axis of the tilt angle B axis angle of the tool call Other zero point shifts are not permitted while G16 is active 522 DIN programming for the Y axis il 6 5 Tool positioning in the Y axis Rapid traverse GO GO moves the tool at rapid trav
200. Z SW SB HG Cutting mat MU MD LA 8 Manual tool selection Ideal falternate emerg too ae fea E Hole diameter Usable length Comparison parameter Dy 30 000 lt DY lt 39 200 NLINL gt 135 000 ID no 1D 342 320 1 342 300 1 342 400 1 More Load Sie Editing Ee filters View tool Back 30 00 32 00 40 00 180 0 180 0 Hartmetall Hartmetall Hartmetall B B END PGM NI 567 etn information gt oe information Contour recessing recess turning The cutting radius must be smaller than the smallest inside radius of the recess contour but gt 0 2 mm TURN PLUS determines the width of the recessing tool from the recess contour Recess contour includes paraxial base elements with radii on both sides SB lt b 2 r if radii differ smallest radius Recess contour includes paraxial base elements without radii or with a radius on one side SB lt b Recess contour does not include paraxial base elements The width of the recessing tool is determined from the recessing width divisor machining parameter 6 SBD Abbreviations SB Recessing width b Width of base element r Radius Drilling Depending on the geometry of the bore hole the AWG determines the appropriate tool For centric bore holes TURN PLUS uses Stationary tools 568 TURN PLUS il Cutting data coolant To determine the cutting parameters
201. Z axis of slide 1 a2 Z 1 Nominal position of the Z axis of slide 1 a3 Z 1 Lag error of the Z axis of slide 1 a4 Z 1 Distance to go in the Z axis of slide 1 Misalignment compensation G976 With the G976 function misalignment compensation you can run the following operations on tapering contours e g to counter a mechanical offset The G976 function is automatically reset at the end of the program You can also deactivate the function through another call with the setting H 0 off Parameters Starting point Length Incremental distance Incremental distance Switch on off the G976 function 0 Off 1 On rCe TAN Activate zero point shifts G980 G980 activates the workpiece zero point and all zero point shifts Traverse paths and position values are referenced to the distance of the tool tip to the workpiece zero point while taking the zero point shifts into consideration Activate zero point shifts tool lengths G981 G981 activates the workpiece zero point all zero point shifts and the tool dimensions Traverse paths and position values are referenced to the distance of the tool tip to the workpiece zero point while taking the zero point shifts into consideration HEIDENHAIN MANUALplus 620 CNC PILOT 640 T Q O e O 9 m 4 29 j il Monitoring zone G995 G995 defines the monitoring zone and the axes to be monitored The Beispiel G995 monitoring zone corresponds to the program section that is
202. _Stirn_C Cycle G74 see page 331 i Pattern form e Q Number of holes XM CM Polar center point Ta XK YK Cartesian center point O A Starting angle Wi Angle increment H K Pattern diameter iy oo W End angle c VD Rotation direction default 0 VD 0 without W Figures are arranged on a full circle LO VD 0 with W Figures are arranged on the longer N circular arc VD 0 with Wi The algebraic sign of Wi defines the direction Wi lt 0 clockwise VD 1 with W Clockwise VD 1 with Wi Clockwise algebraic sign of Wi has no effect VD 2 with W Counterclockwise VD 2 with Wi Counterclockwise algebraic sign of Wi has no effect eee Cycle form ZA Start point drill starting point of hole Z2 End point drill end point of hole E Delay dwell time at end of hole default 0 V 1 V 3 Ea Se D Retraction at Nee See Nee 0 Rapid traverse 1 Feed rate V Feed rate reduction 0 Without reduction 1 At end of the hole 2 At start of the hole 3 At start and end of the hole AB Spot drilling through drilling length distance for feed rate reduction P First hole depth Access to the technology database IB Hole depth reduction value Value by which the feed depth Machining operation Drilling decreases after every advance Affected paramete
203. a cycle MACHINING section cancels an oversize programmed for that cycle with G52 222 DIN Programming il Feed per revolution G95 Geo G95 influences the finishing feed rate of G890 for basic contour elements and form elements Parameters F Feed per revolution defined in the machining section G95 is a modal function To cancel a finishing feed rate set with G95 program G95 without an input value The G95 finishing feed rate replaces a finishing feed rate Additive compensation G149 Geo G149 followed by a D number activates deactivates an additive compensation function The Steuerung manages the 16 tool independent compensation values in an internal table The compensation values are managed In the Program Run mode see Program Run mode in the User s Manual Parameters D Additive compensation default D900 D 900 Deactivates the additive compensation D 901 to 916 Activates the additive compensation D Additive compensation is effective from the block in which G149 is programmed Additive compensation remains in effect up to E the next G149 D900 up to the end of the finished part description Note the direction of contour description HEIDENHAIN MANUALplus 620 CNC PILOT 640 wo wo D D a D D gt gt p oe o o ec p 4 gt 7e 7e 5 gt O O O p n O O ox o o Q Q O O 5 5 G
204. account HEIDENHAIN MANUALplus 620 CNC PILOT 640 Undercut depth default value from standard table Undercut length default value from standard table Undercut angle default value from standard table Undercut radius default value from standard table Cut in length 1st cut length no input No chamfer machined Cut in radius 1st cut radius no input 1st cut radius is not Reduced feed for machining the undercut default active feed DIN 509 F Beispiel G852 31 co 4 21 a i cycles Undercut according to DIN 76 with cylinder machining G853 G853 machines the adjoining cylinder the undercut and finishes with the plane surface It also machines a cylinder start chamfer when you X enter at least one of the parameters Cut in length 1st cut length or Cut in radius 1st cut radius Parameters FP Thread pitch Undercut depth default value from standard table K Undercut length default value from standard table W Undercut angle default value from standard table R Undercut radius default value from standard table P Oversize E P is not defined The undercut is machined in one pass E P is defined Division into pre turning and finish turning P longitudinal oversize the transverse oversize is preset to 0 1 mm Cut in length 1st cut length no input No chamfer machined at start of cylinder RB Cut in radius 1st cut radius no Input 1st cut radius is not mac
205. alue has been determined the cycle computes the mean value of the two measurements and applies a zero point shift in the C axis The nominal position AC defined in the cycle is then in the center of the probed hom N poii element The control outputs an error message if the touch probe does not reach any touch point within the defined measuring path If a Beispiel G773 Single point measurement C axis maximum deviation WE was programmed each measuring point Is object center approached twice and the mean value is saved as result If the difference of the measurements Is greater than the maximum deviation WE the program run Is Interrupted and an error message is displayed Parameters R Type of zero point shift 1 Table and G152 Activate zero point shift and additionally save in zero point table The zero point shift also remains active after the program run 2 Activate zero point shift with G152 for the further program run Zero point shift no longer active after program run C Incremental measuring path with direction Measuring path of the C axis in degrees starting from the current position The algebraic sign determines the probing direction E Circumnavigation axis Axis that is positioned back by RB in order to circumnavigate the element RB Circumnavigation direction offset Retraction value in the circumnavigation axis E for pre positioning for the next probing position R
206. ameters IC AC BD KC WE AN Measuring path in C Measuring path of the C axis in degrees starting from the current position The algebraic sign determines the probing direction Nominal value for target position Absolute coordinate of touch point in degrees Tolerance Measurement result range in degrees in which no compensation is applied Compensation offset Additional compensation value that is applied to the zero point result Maximum deviation Probe twice and monitor the dispersion of the measured values Measuring feed rate Feed rate for probing If nothing is entered the measuring feed rate from the touch probe table is used If the entered measuring feed rate F is higher than the one in the touch probe table the feed rate is reduced to the value from the touch probe table Tool orientation Orient the touch probe in the programmed probing direction before each probing operation machine dependent function PRINT outputs 0 OFF Do not display measuring results 1 ON Display measuring results INPUT instead of measurement 0 Default Obtain measured values by probing 1 PC test Simulate probing cycle on the programming station Log no Save measurement results In TNC table messpro mep table line numbers 0 99 the table can be expanded if necessary HEIDENHAIN MANUALplus 620 CNC PILOT 640 T 2 O O K O on Q j il Find stud in C face G782 Cycle G782 probes the w
207. ample __ la Use the transfer values when programming with variables within the subprogram String variables ID and AT The variables 11 130 are available in every subprogram as local variables To transfer a variable to the main program program the variable after the fixed word RETURN In the main program the information is available in 199 If a subprogram is to be executed repeatedly define in the number of repeats Q parameter the number of times the subprogram is to be repeated A subprogram ends with RETURN numbers This parameter may receive a new value when The parameter LN is reserved for the transfer of block the NC program is renumbered HEIDENHAIN MANUALplus 620 CNC PILOT 640 gt Machine Ett Lalal m aii Prog aisi mm PTSP a N9900 UNIT ID END N9901 N9902 M30 N9903 END_OF_UNIT N9904 L D1 V1 END KIS assi rap gale ass a gas UnLtS gas Go te Frrr smart Turn 5h Tool editor Hall e ygs wae Ge ga fis zziz Bag EAC Jaa Ur aaa A ES rerik rrr N 160 END_OF_UNIT 1174862337 E Subprogram call Name of program External 1 start point X X start point Z Z 2 Cutting speed S Feed F Infeed P User Picture External 1 E 1 3 gt TNC Project SMART_KAPITEL4 ncps bar nc Help graphic Variables Incrementa a Ta Save Cancel g TE Ll LLL CI iist L D1 09 37 427 4 33 j aiii
208. anes 519 Y axis machining 519 G17 XY plane front or rear face 519 G18 XZ plane turning 519 G19 YZ plane lateral view lateral surface 519 Tilting the working plane G16 520 6 5 Tool positioning in the Y axis 521 Rapid traverse GO 521 Approach tool change point G14 521 Rapid traverse to machine coordinates G701 521 26 6 6 Linear and circular movements in the Y axis Milling Linear movement G1 522 Milling Circular movement G2 GB incremental center coordinates D2a Milling Circular movement G12 G13 absolute center coordinates 524 6 7 Milling cycles for the Y axis 525 Area milling roughing 6841 525 Area milling tinishing G842 526 Centric polygon milling roughing G843 527 Centric polygon milling finishing G844 528 Pocket milling roughing G845 Y axis 529 Pocket milling tfinishing G846 Y axis 535 Engraving in XY plane G803 537 Engraving in the YZ plane G804 538 Thread milling in XY plane G800 539 Thread milling in YZ plane G806 540 Hobbing G808 541 6 8 Example program 542 Machining with the Y axis 542 ee 522 HEIDENHAIN MANUALplus 620 CNC PILOT 640 7 1 TURN PLUS mode of operation 550 TURN PLUS concept 550 7 2 Automatic working plan generation AWG 551 Generating a working plan 551 Overview of machining sequences 555
209. apping G840 machines only the first section of the contour starting point 1st point of intersection Q 4 Machining at the left of the contour If there is any overlapping G840 machines the entire contour Q 5 Machining at the right of the contour If there is any overlapping G840 machines the entire contour Closed contours Q 0 Center of milling cutter on the contour hole position Starting point Q 1 Inside milling Q 2 Outside milling OQ 3 to 5 Not allowed ID Milling contour name of the contour to be milled NS Block number beginning of contour section Figures Block number of the figure Free open or closed contour First contour element not starting point HEIDENHAIN MANUALplus 620 CNC PILOT 640 4 26 ee cycles i il 4 26 Ming cycles Parameters Milling NE XS Z9 RB 362 Block number end of contour section Figures free closed contour No input Free open contour Last contour element Contour consists of one element No input Machining in contour direction NS NE programmed Machining against the contour direction Cutting direction default 0 E 0 Up cut milling E 1 Climb milling Maximum infeed default milling in one infeed Infeed rate depth infeed default active feed rate Reduced feed rate for circular elements default current feed rate Radius of approaching departing arc default 0 E R 0 Contour element is approached directly infeed to
210. apply to the entire NC program even if the workpiece is rechucked for machining the rear face In the fixed cycles the defined contour is used to program reference values To describe workpiece blanks and auxiliary workpiece blanks use G20 Blank part macro for standard parts cylinder hollow cylinder G21 Cast part macro for blank part contours based on finished part contours G21 is only used for describing workpiece blanks Individual contour elements Such as are used for Tfinished part contours where use of G20 or G21 Is not possible To describe finished parts use individual contour elements and form elements The contour elements or the complete contour can be assigned attributes accounted for during the machining of the workpiece example oversizes additive compensation special feed rates etc The Steuerung always uses paraxial elements to close finished parts For intermediate machining steps define auxiliary contours Auxiliary contours are programmed in the same way as finished part descriptions One contour description is possible per AUXILIARY CONTOUR An AUXILIARY CONTOUR is assigned a name ID that can be referenced by the cycles Auxiliary contours are not closed automatically HEIDENHAIN MANUALplus 620 CNC PILOT 640 4 1 Programming in _ mode j il A Ing in 4 1 Programm Contours for C axis machining Contours for C axis machining are programmed within the FINISHED PART section
211. arallel roughing 278 G835 Contour parallel with neutral tool 281 G840 Contour milling 358 G841 Area milling roughing Y axis 527 G842 Area milling tinishing Y axis 528 G843 Centric polygon milling roughing Y axis 529 G844 Centric polygon milling finishing Y axis 530 G845 Pocket milling roughing 368 G845 Pocket milling roughing Y axis 531 G846 Pocket milling finishing 374 G846 Pocket milling finishing Y axis 537 G85 Undercut cycle 316 G851 Undercut according to DIN 509 E with cylinder machining 318 G852 Undercut according to DIN 509 F with cylinder machining 319 G853 Undercut according to DIN 76 with cylinder machining 320 G856 Undercut type U 321 G857 Undercut type H 322 G858 Undercut type K 323 G859 Cut off cycle 315 G86 Simple recessing cycle 437 G860 Contour based recessing 283 G869 Recess turning cycle 286 G87 Line with radius 438 G870 Recessing cycle 289 G88 Line with chamfer 438 G890 Finish contour 290 G9 Precision stop 382 G901 Actual values in variables 382 G902 Zero point shift in variables 382 G903 Lag error in variables 382 G904 Read interpolation information 383 G905 C angle offset 393 G908 Feed rate override 100 TS s 383 G909 Interpreter stop 383 G916 Traversing to a fixed stop 394 G917 Controlled parting 396 G919 Spindle override 100
212. ardize C axis G153 G153 resets a traverse angle gt 360 or lt 0 to the corresponding angle modulo 360 without moving the C axis mmands G153 is only used for lateral surface machining An automatic modulo 360 function is carried out on the face lt T Q N T 340 DIN Programming il 4 24 Front rear face machining gt Rapid traverse on front rear face G100 G100 moves at rapid traverse along the shortest path to the end point z Parameters End point diameter C End angle for angle direction see graphic support window XK End point Cartesian YK End point Cartesian Z End point default current Z position Programming X C XK YK Z Absolute incremental or modal Program either X C or XK YK Danger of collision During G100 the tool moves on a linear path To position the workpiece to a defined angle use G110 4 24 Front rear fa WW o D 2 o G mh HEIDENHAIN MANUALplus 620 CNC PILOT 640 341 il 2 Line segment on front rear face G101 e G101 moves the tool on a linear path at the feed rate to the end point x C Parameters A O End point diameter C End angle for angle direction see graphic support window XK End point Cartesian YK End point Cartesian Z End point default current Z position Parameters for contour description G80 AN Angle to positive XK axis BR Chamfer rounding Def
213. arranged on a full circle VD 0 with W Figures are arranged on the longer circular arc VD 0 with Wi The algebraic sign of Wi defines the direction Wi lt 0 clockwise VD 1 with W Clockwise VD 1 with Wi Clockwise algebraic sign of Wi has no effect VD 2 with W Counterclockwise VD 2 with Wi Counterclockwise algebraic sign of Wi has no effect Cycle form ZA Start point drill starting point of hole Z2 End point drill end point of hole F1 Thread pitch B Run in length L Retraction length when using floating tap holders default 0 SR Retraction speed default Shaft speed for tapping SP Chip breaking depth SI Retraction distance RB Retraction plane default return to the starting position or to the safety clearance Further forms see page 60 Use the retraction length for floating tap holders The cycle calculates a new nominal pitch on the basis of the thread depth the programmed pitch and the retraction length The nominal pitch is somewhat smaller than the pitch of the tap During tapping the tap is pulled away from the chuck by the retraction length With this method you can achieve higher service life from taps 92 XK YK XM CM Ea a Access to the technology database Machining operation Tapping Affected parameters S smart Turn units il
214. art Turn editor respects only address letters of the configured axes Units of measure You write NC programs in metric or inch values The unit of measure is defined in the Unit box See HEADER section on page 48 Once the unit of measure has been defined it cannot be edited any longer 36 NC programming il Elements of an NC program An NC program consists of the following elements Program name Program section codes Units NC blocks Commands for program structuring Comment blocks The program name begins with followed by up to 40 characters Numbers uppercase letters or underscore no diacritical marks and the extension nc for main programs or ncs for subprograms The first character must be a number or a letter Program section codes When you create a new NC program certain program section codes are already entered You can add new codes or delete existing ones depending on your program requirements An NC program must contain at least the MACHINING and END section codes The unit begins with this keyword followed by the identification of the unit ID G The following lines contain the G M and T functions of this machining block The unit ends with END_OF_UNIT followed by a check digit NC blocks begin with an N followed by a block number with up to five digits The block numbers do not affect the sequence in which the program blocks are executed They are only intended for identif
215. arting angle reference X axis default 0 W End angle reference X axis default 0 B Slot width P Pocket depth default P from G308 Full circle in YZ plane G384 Geo G384 defines a full circle in the YZ plane Parameters Y Center of circle Z Center of circle X Reference diameter No input X from section code X overwrites X from section code R Circle radius P Pocket depth default P from G308 516 DIN programming for the Y axis il Rectangle in YZ plane G385 Geo G385 defines a rectangle in the YZ plane Parameters Y Center of rectangle Z Center of rectangle X Reference diameter No input X from section code X overwrites X from section code Position angle reference positive Z axis default 0 Length of rectangle Width of rectangle Chamfer rounding default 0 I v D gt R gt 0 Radius of rounding R lt 0 Width of chamfer P Pocket depth default P from G308 Eccentric polygon in YZ plane G387 Geo G387 defines the contour of an eccentric polygon in the YZ plane Parameters Y Center point of polygon Z Center point of polygon X Reference diameter No input X from section code X overwrites X from section code Number of corners OQ gt 3 Position angle reference positive Z axis default 0 Edge length width across flats K gt 0 Edge length K lt 0 Width across flats inside diameter R Chamfter rounding default O A FO R gt 0 Radius o
216. at the starting point of the first milling path if possible If the pocket consists of multiple areas the cycle successively machines all the areas O 4 5 reciprocating linear plunge The tool plunges at the angle W and mills a linear path of the length WB You can define the orientation angle in WE The cycle then mills along this path in the opposite direction As soon as it reaches the milling depth P the cycle switches to face milling O 4 manually The cycle plunges at the current position and machines the area that can be reached from this position O 5 automatically The cycle calculates the plunging position plunges and machines this area The plunging motion ends at the starting point of the first milling path If possible If the pocket consists of multiple areas the cycle successively machines all the areas The plunging position Is determined from the type of figure and from O as follows QO from the inside toward the outside Linear slot rectangle polygon Reference point of the figure Circle Circle center Circular slot free contour Starting point of the innermost milling path Q1 from the outside toward the inside Linear slot Starting point of the slot Circular slot circle Not machined Rectangle polygon Starting point of the first linear element Free contour Starting point of the first linear element at least one linear element must exist DIN p
217. ate Further forms see page 60 HEIDENHAIN MANUALplus 620 CNC PILOT 640 2 9 vans Access to the technology database Machining operation Milling Affected parameters F S FZ P k il 2 9 Units Mitlinggace Face milling unit Depending on Q the unit mills surfaces or the defined figure The unit cuts the material around the figures Unit name G797_Stirnfr_C Cycle G797 see page 355 Figure form Q Type of figure 0 Full circle E 1 Single surface E 2 Width across flats E 3 Triangle E 4 Rectangle square E 5 Polygon ON Number of polygon corners only with Q 5 polygon X1 Diameter of figure center Ci Angle of figure center Z1 Milling top edge Z2 Milling floor X2 Limit diameter L Edge length B Width Width across flats RE Rounding radius A Angle to X axis Cycle form OK Machining operation Roughing E Finishing J Milling direction 0 Unidirectional 1 Bidirectional H Cutting direction E 0 Up cut milling E 1 Climb milling P Maximum infeed Contour parallel oversize K Infeed direction oversize FZ Infeed rate E Reduced feed rate U Overlap factor Further forms see page 60 136 dmm FZ Access to the technology database E Machining operation Finish milling E Affected parameters F S FZ P smart Turn units il Face milling ICP
218. ate factor plunging feed rate current feed rate FZ Q Continue from last text 0 No Engraving starts at the starting point 1 Yes Engraving starts at the tool position Further forms see page 60 HEIDENHAIN MANUALplus 620 CNC PILOT 640 TXT NF TXT MANUALplus NF 64 Access to the technology database E Machining operation Engraving E Affected parameters F S 3 3 ie axis i il 3 3 Units Milling in Y axis Deburring in XY plane unit The unit deburrs the contour defined with ICP in the XY plane Unit name G840_ENT_Y_STIRN Cycle G840 see page 365 Parameters on the Contour form FK see page 62 NS Starting block no of contour NE End block no of contour Z1 Milling top edge Parameters on the Cycle form JK Cutter position JK 0 On the contour JK 1 closed contour Within the contour E JK 1 open contour Left of the contour E JK 2 closed contour Outside the contour E JK 2 open contour Right of the contour E JK 3 Depending on H and MD H Cutting direction E 0 Up cut milling E 1 Climb milling BG Chamfer width JG Preparation diameter P Plunging depth indicated as a negative value Contour parallel oversize R Approach radius FZ Infeed rate E Reduced feed rate RB Retraction plane Further forms see page 60 180 Access to the technology database Machining operation Deburring E Affected parameters F S smart Turn
219. ates angular dimension XK Starting point in Cartesian coordinates YK Starting point in Cartesian coordinates 230 DIN Programming il Line segment in front rear face contour G101 Geo G101 defines a line segment in a contour on the front face rear face Parameters C XK YK AN Q BR AR End point in polar coordinates diameter End point in polar coordinates angular dimension End point in Cartesian coordinates End point in Cartesian coordinates Angle to positive XK axis Point of intersection End point if the line segment intersects a circular arc default 0 0 Near point of intersection 1 Far point of intersection Chamfer rounding Defines the transition to the next contour element When entering a chamfer rounding program the theoretical end point No input Tangential transition BR 0 No tangential transition BR gt 0 Radius of rounding BR lt 0O Width of chamfer Angle to positive XK axis AR corresponds to AN Length polar radius reference last contour point Programming X XK YX Absolute incremental modal or C Absolute incremental or modal ARi Angle to the previous element ANi Angle to the subsequent element HEIDENHAIN MANUALplus 620 CNC PILOT 640 4 7 Front and rear i contours i il 4 7 Front and rear contours Circular arc in front rear face contour G102 G103 Geo G102 G103 defines a circular arc in a front or rear face contour Direction of rotati
220. ating a working plan Select TURN PLUS gt AWG Start the AWG control graphic Save a program Press the Back soft key to return to the TURN PLUS menu Press the Back soft key to return to the Program view Check edit the file name and press the Save soft key TURN PLUS saves the NC program The AWG generates the work blocks according to the machining sequence and the settings of the machining parameters HEIDENHAIN MANUALplus 620 CNC PILOT 640 gt Machine BJJ gt Hada 444 dat 2 444 Prr 333 Krr 444 cre prm FET aaa FET N X 252 838 Z 205 962 C 752 A Tool editor B 4 Gewinde Aussen Single block RE Gag Misc a Kc Mlle functions 7 4 Example 08 54 Back k il g with TURN PLUS b Q tj N a 5 LL Ls Se 7 5 Full surface machining with TURN PLUS Rechucking the workpiece adapted by the machine tool builder The functions and sequences described below are examples the behavior of your machine may be different Refer to your machine manual A The control uses subprograms for rechucking which are TURN PLUS provides three full surface machining variants Rechucking the workpiece in the main spindle Both setups are contained in one NC program Transferring the workpiece from the main spindle to the opposing spindle chuck part Parting and picking off the workpiece with the opposing spindle TURN PLUS
221. barrier Omission of the first contour elements if the starting position is inaccessible 1 First X then Z direction 2 First Z then X direction 3 No approach tool is located near the starting point of the contour area 290 V 4 DIN Programming il Parameters H N B Type of retraction default 3 Tool backs off at 45 against the machining direction and moves as follows to the position I K 0 Diagonal First X then Z direction First Z then X direction Stops at safety clearance No retraction motion tool remains on the end coordinate Diagonally to the tool position before the cycle call First in X then in Z to the tool position before the cycle call 7 First in Z then in X to the tool position before the cycle call Cutting limit diameter value default no cutting limit Cutting limit default no cutting limit Omit elements default 1 Use the omit codes listed in the table at right to omit individual elements or the omit codes listed in the table at the lower right to skip execution of recesses undercuts and relief turns End point that is approached at the end of the cycle diameter value End point that is approached at the end of the cycle Feed rate reduction for circular elements default 0 O oF WN gt 0 Feed rate reduction is active 1 No feed rate reduction Cycle tyoe Required for generating the contour from the G80 parameters Default 0 0
222. based cycles 268 Longitudinal roughing G810 270 Face roughing G820 273 Contour parallel roughing G830 276 Contour cycle bidirectional contour parallel with neutral tool G835 279 Recessing G860 281 Repeat recessing cycle G740 G741 283 Recess turning cycle G869 284 Recessing cycle G87 28 7 Finish contour G890 288 Measuring cut G809 291 4 18 Contour definitions in the machining section 292 Cycle end Simple contour G80 292 Linear slot on front rear face G301 293 Circular slot on front rear face G302 G3038 293 Full circle on front rear face G304 294 Rectangle on front rear face G30 294 Eccentric polygon on front rear face G307 295 Linear slot on lateral surface G311 295 Circular slot on lateral surface G312 G313 296 Full circle on lateral surface G314 296 Rectangle lateral surface G315 297 Eccentric polygon lateral surface G317 297 4 19 Thread cycles 298 Overview of threading cycles 298 Handwheel superimposition 298 Parameter V Type of infeed 299 Thread cycle G31 301 Single thread cycle G32 305 Thread single path G33 307 Metric ISO thread G35 309 Tapered API thread G352 310 Metric ISO thread G38 212 4 20 Parting cycle 313 Cut off cycle G859 33 4 21 Undercut cycles 314 Undercut cycle G85 314 Undercut according to DIN
223. be edited Delete NC element Position the cursor on an element of the NC block NC block number G or M command address parameter etc Press the DEL key The NC element highlighted by the cursor and all the related elements are deleted Example If the cursor is located on a G commana the address parameters are also deleted DEL o HEIDENHAIN MANUALplus 620 CNC PILOT 640 4 1 Programming in _ mode j il 4 1 Programming in iso mode Address parameters Coordinates can be programmed absolutely or incrementally If you do not make any entry for X Y Z XK YK C the coordinates of the block previously executed will be retained modal The Steuerung calculates missing coordinates in the principal axes X Y or Z if you program simplified geometry programming The machining functions GO G1 G2 G3 G12 and G13 are modal This means that the Steuerung uses the previous G command if the address parameters X Y Z or K in the following block have been programmed without a G code However the address parameters must have been programmed as absolute values The Steuerung supports the use of variables and mathematical expressions as address parameters To edit address parameters Call the dialog box Position the cursor in the input field and enter change the values or Use the additional input options provided by the soft keys Enter simplified geometry programming Switch from incremental to absolut
224. ber for return jump G14 Tool change point No axis do not approach the tool change point Simultaneous X and Z axes depart diagonally First X then Z First Z then X Only X Only Z Only Y 6 Simultaneous with Y MFS M command at the start of the unit MFE M command at the end of the unit 2 11 Units Special operen 164 smart Turn units il Tilt plane unit The unit executes the following transtormations and rotations E Shifts the coordinate system to the position K Rotates the coordinate system by the angle B reference point K E Shifts if programmed the coordinate system by U and W in the rotated coordinate system Unit name G16_ROTWORKPLAN Called cycle G16 see page 522 Tilt plane form Q Tilt plane E 0 OFF disable tilting 1 ON tilt working plane B Angle Plane angle reference positive Z axis Reference point Plane reference in X direction radius K Reference point Plane reference in Z direction U Shift in X Shift in X direction W Shift in Z Shift in Z direction HEIDENHAIN MANUALplus 620 CNC PILOT 640 2 11 Units Special operfjjpns o il ace je1In99dS s iuNp LL Z smart Turn units il 166 3 1 Units Drilling in mn Y axis 3 1 Units Drilling in the Y axis ICP drilling Y axis unit The unit machines a single hole or a hole pattern in the XY or YZ plane Using ICP you define the holes as well as further details Unit name G74_
225. bine multiple units to create a custom range of blocks Define the new range of blocks by inserting the DINplus word BLOCKSTART at the beginning of the selected program section and the DINplus word BLOCKEND at the end The DINplus words are available in the Extras menu gt Insert DINplus word 40 Starts the current program in the simulation Opens the contour in which the cursor is located in ICP Change ICP contour Activates the zoom function in the contour display Os Switches between the DINplus view and the tree view nF Switches between the Unit mode and Mode DIN ISO mode Activates the contour display and starts redrawing the contour Machine gt smart Turn Tool editor B 4 Prog PET Head mmal ICP a3 Units J Go to J Config 4 Misc FFF Extras 343 Graph Doku_Huelse z J Section Details hese Moku_Huelse nc TURN_ 1 6 Ee eee b PROGRAMMKOPF REVOLVER 1 p SPANNMITTEL 1 ROHTEIL FERTIGTEIL BEARBEITUNG b UNIT START Programm Anfang zentr Vorbohren zentrisch ID 342 328 b UNIT G74_ZENTR Bohren zentrisch Schruppen plan stiznseitig ID 661 b UNIT G826_ICP G82 Schruppen plan ICP Schruppen l ngs au en ID 881 b UNIT G818_ICP G818 Schruppen l ngs ICP Schruppen l ngs innen ID C45981 b UNIT G816_ICP G818 Schruppen l ngs ICP Konturbearbeitung konturparallel au en b UNIT G898_ICP G898 Konturbearbeitung ICP Ko
226. bing operation machine dependent function P PRINT outputs 0 OFF Do not display measuring results 1 ON Display measuring results HEIDENHAIN MANUALplus 620 CNC PILOT 640 Beispiel G748 Calibrate touch probe via two points 5 4 salibrating air touch probe k il 5 4 calibrating Ai touch probe Parameters H INPUT instead of measurement 0 Default Obtain measured values by probing 1 PC test Simulate probing cycle on the programming station AN Log no Save measurement results in TNC A table messpro mep table line numbers 0 99 the table can be expanded if necessary 476 Touch probe cycles il 5 5 Measuring with touch probe cycles Paraxial probing G764 Cycle G764 measures with the programmed axis and displays the measured values on the control screen The result of the measurement Is saved additionally in the variable 199 See Touch probe cycles for automatic operation on page 455 Cycle run From the current position the touch probe moves along the defined measuring axis toward the measuring point When the stylus touches the workpiece the measured value is saved and the touch probe is positioned back to the starting point The control outputs an error message if the touch probe does not reach any touch point within the detined measuring path Parameters Measuring axis Axis in which the measurement is to be made K Incremental measuring path with direction signed Maximum measuring
227. calculated Center point of recess on the lateral surface No Input Position is calculated Recess depth and recess position E gt 0 Recess at the right of the reference element E lt 0 Recess at the left of the reference element Recess width without chamfer rounding arc Recess diameter diameter of recess base Use U only if the reference element runs parallel to the Z axis Recess angle default 0 E H 0 Angle between recess edges 0 lt A lt 180 E H 1 Angle between reference line and recess edge 0 lt A lt 90 Outside radius chamfer at corner near the starting point default 0 E B gt 0 Radius of rounding m B lt 0 Width of chamfer Outside radius chamfer at corner far from the starting point default 0 P gt 0 Radius of rounding m P lt 0 Width of chamfer Inside radius in both corners of recess default 0 BE BF BD BP and BH see Machining attributes for form elements on page 201 FP Do not machine element only necessary for TURN PLUS E 1 Do not machine recess HEIDENHAIN MANUALplus 620 CNC PILOT 640 4 4 Contour fo elements j il 4 4 Contour A elements m x D 3 D G N W G D Recess on face depth is incremental Longitudinal recess width is absolute Longitudinal recess width is incremental Longitudinal recess inside N 10 DIN Programming il Thread with undercut G24 Geo G24 define
228. ce group G840 Predrill latri contour milling figures Determine the predrilling position and machine a hole G840 Predrill lateral surf ICP contour milling Determine the predrilling position and machine a hole G845 Predrill lateral surf pocket milling figures Determine the predrilling position and machine a hole G845 Predrill lateral surf ICP pocket milling Determine the predrilling position and machine a hole Page 106 Page 108 Page 109 Page 111 Page 112 Page 114 Page 115 Page 117 Overview of units il 9 4 Units Milling in C axis group Milling in C axis face group G791_Nut_Stirn_C G791_Lin_Stirn_C G791 Linear slot pattern Milling of linear slots in a linear pattern G791_Cir_Stirn_C Milling of linear slots in a circular pattern G797_STIRNFR_C Milling various figures as islands G797_ICP G799_GewindeFR_C G840_FIG_STIRN_C G791 Linear slot Milling a linear slot G791 Circular slot pattern G797 Face milling G797 Face milling ICP Milling closed contours as islands G799 Thread milling Inside thread milling in a single hole G840 Contour milling figures Page 133 Page 134 Page 135 Page 136 Page 137 Page 138 Page 139 9 4 D i in C axis group Milling figures inside outside and on the contour G84X_FIG_STIRN_C G801_GRA_STIRN_C G84x Pocket milling figures Roughing out closed figures inside G801 Engraving Engraving cha
229. ce machining of outside contours in addition to standard machining processes This enables shafts to be completely machined using one setup You can select the clamping type for the shaft machining Shaft chuck or Shaft face driver in the V input parameter in the chucking equipment dialog TURN PLUS does not support retracting the tailstock and does not check the setup used Precondition for shaft machining The workpiece is clamped at spindle and tailstock Danger of collision TURN PLUS does not monitor for collisions during transverse machining or machining operations on the end face Separation point TR The separation point TR divides the workpiece into front and rear area If no separation point has been specified TURN PLUS sets a separation point at the transition from the largest to a smaller diameter Position the separation points on outside corners Tools for machining the Area on front side Main machining direction Z or primarily left recessing or tapping tools etc Area on rear side Main machining direction Z or primarily right recessing or tapping tools etc Setting changing the separation point see Separation point G44 on page 222 Protection zones for drilling and milling operations TURN PLUS machines drilling and milling contours on transverse surfaces front rear face if Horizontal distance to transverse surface gt 5 mm or Distance between chucking equipment and drilling millin
230. ces SIN COS TAN ASIN ACOS ATAN Sine in degrees Cosine in degrees Tangent in degrees Arc sine in degrees Arc cosine in degrees Arc tangent in degrees LOGN EXP BITSET STRING PARA Natural logarithm Exponential function ex Bitset function String Contiguration data j il variables WO D m D D D 3 D z 3 D 5 Z e D ies O bm A q ai q Variable types The Steuerung distinguishes the following variable types General variables E 11 130 Channel independent local variables are effective within a main or a subprogram E c1 c30 Channel dependent global variables can be used for each slide NC channel Identical variable numbers on different slides are no problem The variable content is provided globally by one channel globally means that a variable described in a subprogram can be evaluated in the main program and vice versa E g1 g199 Channel independent global REAL variables are provided once within the control If the NC program changes a variable it applies to all slides The variables are retained even when the control is switched off and can be evaluated again after power up E g200 g299 Channel independent global INTEGER variables are provided once within the control If the NC program changes a variable it applies to all slides The variables are retained even w
231. chine l smart Turn A Tool editor B JE Ha rri Eee EE CEE EEE Tag EE G menu aM 3M menu Ja T Ha F 495 SasExtras Graph 147 bar n 25 Single path gt Fed a Ee Roughing Roughing longitudinal G810 9 N Tool gt Finishing 7 Roughing transversal G820 MACHIN a Datum allowance gt si Recessg gt 45 Parallel contour G830 Fo N BE Touch probe cycles gt ei Thread gt 4 bidirectional G835 N 51 18 Drilling gt 485 Simple cycles END PGM N 52 E Feed rate rpm gt OFF N ted OFF ON N 54 iH milling gt N 55 EERI Miscellaneous functions gt Z M07 N 100 UNIT ID G820_G80 G820 Roughing direct transverse N 101 N 102 N 103 G96 5300 G95 F0 3 M3 N 104 M8 N 105 GO X52 Z2 N 106 G47 P2 N 107 G820 P1 10 5 K 2 HO DO N 108 G80 XS50 ZS0 XEO ZE1 ECO Me Project SMART_KAPITEL4 ncps bar nc ea a al 199 4 1 Programming in _ mode 4 2 Definition of wollfthece blank 4 2 Definition of workpiece blank Chuck part bar tube G20 Geo G20 defines the contour of a cylinder hollow cylinder Parameters E Cylinder hollow cylinder diameter E Diameter of circumference of a polygonal blank Z Length of the blank K Right edge distance between workpiece zero point and right edge Inside diameter of hollow cylinders Cast part G21 Geo G21 generates the contour of the blank part from the contour of the finished part plus the equidistant oversize P Parame
232. contour section NE not programmed The contour element NS is machined in the direction of contour definition NS NE programmed The contour element NS is machined opposite to the direction of contour definition NE is inapplicable if the contour is defined by G22 G23 Geo Oversize in X direction diameter value default O K Oversize in Z direction default 0 Q Action default O 0 Roughing and finishing 1 Only roughing 2 Only finishing X Cutting limit in X direction diameter value default no cutting limit Z Cutting limit in Z direction default no cutting limit V Identifier beginning end default 0 A chamfer rounding arc is machined 0 At beginning and end 1 At beginning 2 At end 3 No machining Finishing feed rate default active feed rate EC Dwell time D Revolutions on recessing floor HEIDENHAIN MANUALplus 620 CNC PILOT 640 4 17 Contour based i cycles SS SP SL Q 8 Q 1 Q 2 Tm P j il les Parameters H Type of retraction at cycle end default 0 0 Return to starting point Axial recess First Z then X direction Radial recess First X then Z direction ing cyc 1 Positions in front of the finished contour e V 3 2 Retracts to safety clearance and stops B Recessing width P Cutting depth by which one cut is fed O Roughing lift off 0 Lift up at rapid 1 Below 45 U Finishing of floor element 0 Value from global parameter 1 Dividing 2 Co
233. ction drilling and milling SCI Safety clearance in the working plane milling l K Oversize in X Z direction X diameter value 160 smart Turn units il C axis ON unit The unit activates the SPI spindle C axis Unit name C_Axis_ON Called cycle None C axis ON form SPI Workpiece spindle number 0 to 3 Spindle that rotates the workpiece C Approach position C axis OFF unit The unit deactivates the SPI spindle C axis Unit name C_Axis_OFF Called cycle None C axis OFF form SPI Workpiece spindle number 0 to 3 Spindle that rotates the workpiece HEIDENHAIN MANUALplus 620 CNC PILOT 640 2 11 Units Special oper pns j il 2 11 Units Special opens Subprogram call unit The unit calls the subprogram defined in L Unit name SUBPROG Called cycle Any subprogram Contour form L Subprogram name Q Number of repetitions LA LF Transfer values LH Transfer value LN Cycle form LI LK Transfer values LO Transfer value LP Transfer value LR Transfer value LS Transfer value LU Transfer value LW LZ Transfer values Cycle form ID1 Transfer value text variable string AT1 Transfer value text variable string BS Transfer value BE Transfer value WS Transfer value AC Transfer value WC Transfer value RC Transfer value IC Transfer value KC Transfer value JC Transfer value 162 Transfer value reference to a block number as contour reference
234. ction distance Value by which the tool is retracted after reaching the respective hole depth RI Internal safety clearance Distance for reapproach inside the hole default safety clearance SCK Access to the technology database RB Retraction plane default return to the starting position or E l E to the safety clearance Machining operation Drilling E Affected parameters F S 86 smart Turn units il Global form G14 CLT SCK G60 BP BF Tool change point No axis Simultaneously First X then Z First Z then X Only X Only Z Only Y direction 6 Simultaneous with Y X Y and Z axes move on a diagonal path Coolant 0 Without 1 Circuit 1 on 2 Circ it 2 On Safety clearance in infeed direction Safety clearance in infeed direction during drilling and milling operations Protection zone During drilling and boring the protection zone monitoring is oO Aa WNO O 0 Active 1 Inactive Break duration Time span for interruption of the feed for chip breaking Feed duration Time interval until the next break The interruption of the feed rate breaks the chip Further forms see page 60 HEIDENHAIN MANUALplus 620 CNC PILOT 640 D 2 5 Units Drill Circular pattern drilling face unit This unit machines a circular drilling pattern on the face of the workpiece XK YK XM CM e Unit name G74_Cir
235. cycle programming are described in the MANUALplus 620 ID 634864 xx and CNC PILOT 640 ID 730870 xx User s Manuals Please contact HEIDENHAIN If you require a copy of one of these manuals The machine manufacturer adapts the features offered by the control to the capabilities of the specific machine tool by setting machine parameters Therefore some of the functions described in this manual may not be among the features provided by the Steuerung on your machine tool Some of the Steuerung functions that are not available on every machine are Positioning of spindle M19 and driven tool Operations with the C or Y axis Please contact your machine manufacturer for detailed information on the features that are supported by your machine tool Many machine manufacturers and HEIDENHAIN offer programming courses We recommend these courses as an effective way of improving your programming skill and sharing information and ideas with other Steuerung users HEIDENHAIN also offers the DataPilot programming station for PCs which is designed for use with the respective control The DataPilot is excellently suited for both shop floor programming as well as off location program creation and production planning It is also ideal for training purposes The DataPilot can be run on PCs with WINDOWS operating systems MANUALplus 620 DataPilot MP620 634132 07 CNC PILOT 640 DataPilot CP640 729666 03 Intended place of operation The MANUALplus 620
236. d according to the sequence of geometrical definition All milling operations at all machining locations All milling operations on the front face All milling operations on the lateral surface Milling at all machining locations Milling the end face Milling on the lateral surface 7 2 Automatic working D generation AWG Contour analysis Determining milling contours with Deburring Deburring All Contour slot pocket Contour slot pocket Face Lateral HEIDENHAIN MANUALplus 620 CNC PILOT 640 attribute Sequence Location Front also machines Y front Lateral surface also machines Y surface then the elements are machined according to the sequence of geometrical definition All milling operations at all machining locations Deburring of all milling operations on the front face Deburring of all milling operations on the lateral surface j il 7 2 Automatic workin Ain generation AWG Contour slot pocket Contour slot pocket Contour slot pocket Face Lateral Define the type of contour Machining sequence for milling and finishing Finish milling Contour slot pocket Contour slot pocket Contour slot pocket Face Lateral Face Lateral Define the milling operation Machining sequence for parting Deburr selected element at all machining locations Deburr selected element on the face Deburr selected
237. d direction oversize Contour parallel oversize Overlap factor default 0 5 Cutter diameter Position mark Delay dwell time at end of hole default 0 Retraction at 0 Rapid traverse I 1 Feed rate Feed rate reduction m 0 Without reduction 1 At end of the hole 2 At start of the hole E 3 At start and end of the hole Spot drilling through drilling length distance for feed rate reduction Retraction plane default return to the starting position or to the safety clearance Further forms see page 60 116 smart Turn units il Predrill pocket mill ICP on lateral surface unit The unit determines the hole position and machines the hole The subsequent milling cycle obtains the hole position from the reference stored in NF If the pocket consists of multiple sections the unit machines a hole for each section Unit name DRILL_MAN_845_C Cycles G845 A1 see page 369 G71 see page 325 Contour form FK see page 62 NS Starting block no of contour NE End block no of contour X1 Milling top edge diameter value P2 Depth of contour Cycle form JI Machining direction 0 From the inside out from the inside towards the outside 1 From the outside in from the outside towards the inside H Cutting direction 0 Up cut milling 1 Climb milling Infeed direction oversize K Contour parallel oversize U Overlap factor default 0 5 WB Cutter diameter NF Position mark E Delay dwell time at end
238. d to center the hole patterns then drill them and finally tap the holes 544 gt Machine Be JW ree aay FEE Hads FEE etal Prr N 114 G841 NS16 P1 U8 5 N 114 X 54 000 Z Simulation 4h Tool editor EB gets gm Prr BJJ wd Frrr FEF FEF 40 000 C 0 000 Y 7 416 T 5 511 1700 10 gt Machine mJy gt JE E cre ner alata FEF PEE Err cee N 143 GB X78 7 38 N 143 X 78 000 Z 1234 Simulation A Tool editor E END PGM oFF OFF ON gt Machine eel gt Jm E ree rrr crn Err Err crn ada N 172 Xx 44 000 Z 1234 N 172 G74 NS22 6 6283 DB VA I8 J6 BA R 30 000 C 0 000 Y T 7 321 1000 10 Du 12 09 57 ae 3 Misc Back functions gt Simulation A Tool editor B rrr Ho 30 000 C 8 O38AP1 09 57 waa veer w Mise Back functions DIN programming for the Y axis Example Y axis BSP_Y NC HEADER MATERIAL Aluminum WORKPIECE Example Y axis MEASURE_UNITS Metric TURRET 1 T1 ID Roughing 80 G T2 ID NC center drill T3 ID Finishing 35 G T4 ID Drill 5 2mm T5 ID Thread outside T6 ID Tapping M6 T8 ID Mill D16mm T10 ID Mill D mm T12 ID Deburring_m BLANK N 1 G20 X70 297 K1 FINISHED 2 GO X0 Z0 3 G1 X30 BR 2 4 G1 Z 20 5 G25 H7 11 5 K7 R1 W30 FP2 6 G1 X56 BR 1 7 G1 Z 60 8 G1 X64 BR 1 9 G1 Z 75 BR 1 10 G1 X44 BR3 11 G1 Z 95 BR 1 12 G1 X0 13 G
239. de Outside Inside Outside Inside HEIDENHAIN MANUALplus 620 CNC PILOT 640 Contour analysis Determining the Thread form elements Sequence First outside then inside machining the elements are then machined according to the sequence of geometrical definition Machining cylindric longitudinal tapered and transverse threads on the outside and inside of a contour Machining cylindric longitudinal tapered and transverse threads on the outside of a contour Machining cylindric longitudinal tapered and transverse threads on the inside of a contour Machining cylindric outside and inside threads Machining cylindric outside threads Machining cylindric inside threads Machining transverse threads on the outside and inside of the contour Machining transverse threads on the outside Machining transverse threads on the inside Machining taper threads on the outside and inside Machining taper threads on the outside Machining taper threads on the inside 7 2 Automatic working ie generation AWG i il 7 2 Automatic workin Ain generation AWG Machining sequence for drilling Drilling All All All All Centering drilling countersinking reaming tapping Centering drilling countersinking reaming tapping Centering drilling countersinking reaming tapping Centering drilling countersinking reaming tapping 562 Centric Face Lateral Centric Face Lateral Contour analysis D
240. default O 0 With each cut machine contour outline after each pass 1 With the last cut retracts at 45 contour smoothing after last pass 2 No smoothing retracts at 45 no contour smoothing O Type of retraction at cycle end default 0 0 Returns to starting point first X then Z direction 1 Positions in front of the finished contour 2 Retracts to safety clearance and stops 272 DIN Programming il Parameters V Identifier beginning end default 0 A chamfer rounding arc is machined 0 At beginning and end 1 At beginning 2 At end 3 No machining 4 Chamfer rounding arc is machined not the basic element prerequisite contour section with one element D Omit elements see figure U Cut line on horizontal element default 0 0 No regular proportioning of cuts 1 Yes may result in irregular proportioning of cuts O Hide undercutting 0 Undercuts are machined 1 Undercuts are not machined B Slide lead with 4 axis machining not yet implemented XA ZA Starting point of blank only effective if no blank was programmed XA ZA not programmed The workpiece blank contour Is calculated from the tool position and the ICP contour XA ZA programmed Definition of the corner point of the workpiece blank HEIDENHAIN MANUALplus 620 CNC PILOT 640 4 17 Contour based i cycles f il e The Steuerung uses the tool definition to distinguish between external and interna
241. dicular to the relevant plane A tolerance of 5 is taken into account When the tool is not perpendicular to the plane it is represented as a light dot and the tool path is depicted as a line 588 Beispiel Contour in tilted plane B i Displaying the coordinate system The simulation can show the shifted rotated coordinate system in the lathe window if required To use this feature you need to stop the simulation Press the Plus Minus key The simulation displays the current coordinate system The coordinate system disappears when the next command is simulated or when you press the Plus Minus key once again Position display with the B and Y axes The following boxes of the display cannot be edited N Block number of the NC source block X Z C Position values actual values The other boxes can be set with the Split Screen Layout key three arrows arranged in a circle Default settings values of the selected slide Y Position value actual value T Tool data with turret pocket in and ID number B axis settings B Tilt angle of the B axis G16 B Angle of the tilted plane HEIDENHAIN MANUALplus 620 CNC PILOT 640 8 3 Simulation j il ud e NWIS g 590 B axis i e 4 Overview of units B Units Turning group 9 1 Units Turning group Roughing group G810_ICP G820_ICP G830_ICP G835_ICP G810_G80 G8
242. direction E Center definition with J K Parameters End point diameter End point End point Incremental center point radius Incremental center point Incremental center point Radius Point of intersection End point if the circular arc intersects a line segment or another circular arc default 0 Om AS hes 0 Near point of intersection E 1 Far point of intersection BR Chamfer rounding Defines the transition to the next contour element When entering a chamfer rounding program the theoretical end point No entry Tangential transition BR 0 No tangential transition BR gt O Radius of rounding m BR lt 0 Width of chamfer BE Special feed factor for chamfer rounding arc default 1 Special feed rate active feed rate BE 0 lt BE lt 1 If you do not program the center the Steuerung automatically calculates the possible solutions for the center and chooses that point as the center which results in the shortest arc Programming X Y Z Absolute incremental modal or HEIDENHAIN MANUALplus 620 CNC PILOT 640 6 6 Linear and circular movajn in the Y axis j il 6 6 Linear and circular novilifents in the Y axis Milling Circular movement G12 G13 absolute center coordinates G12 G13 moves the tool in a circular arc at the feed rate to the end point The execution of G12 G13 varies depending on the working plane E G17 Interpolation in the XY
243. dth of rectangle Chamfer rounding default 0 VAD x R gt 0 Radius of rounding R lt 0 Width of chamfer P Depth height default P from G308 P lt 0 Pocket P gt 0 Island Limit diameter as cutting limit No input X from section code I overwrites X from section code Eccentric polygon in XY plane G377 Geo G377 defines the contour of an eccentric polygon in the XY plane Parameters Center point of polygon radius Center point of polygon Number of corners Q gt 3 Position angle reference positive X axis default 0 Edge length width across flats A gt r gt ron lt X K gt 0 Edge length K lt 0 Width across flats inside diameter R Chamfer rounding default O R gt 0 Radius of rounding R lt 0 Width of chamfer P Depth height default P from G308 P lt 0 Pocket P gt 0 Island Limit diameter as cutting limit No input X from section code overwrites X from section code HEIDENHAIN MANUALplus 620 CNC PILOT 640 the XY plane i rs in 6 2 Cont j il 6 2 contd in the XY plane Linear pattern in XY plane G471 Geo G471 defines a linear pattern in the XY plane G471 is effective for the hole or figure defined in the following block G370 to G375 G377 Parameters X Y C li Ji gt Ri Number of figures 1st point of pattern radius 1st point of pattern End point of pattern X direction radius End point of pattern Y direction
244. e interruption of the feed rate breaks the chip Further forms see page 60 96 smart Turn units il Circular pattern drilling lateral surface unit This unit machines a circular hole pattern on the lateral surface of the workpiece Unit name G74_Cir_Mant_C Cycle G74 see page 331 e Pattern form Q Number of holes e ZM CM Center point of pattern A Starting angle Ta Wi Angle increment O K Pattern diameter W End angle Ta VD Rotation direction default 0 VD 0 without W Figures are arranged on a full circle 5 VD 0 with W Figures are arranged on the longer circular arc V 2 V 3 LO VD 0 with Wi The algebraic sign of Wi defines the wy F 50 N direction Wi lt 0 clockwise VD 1 with W Clockwise o F 100 VD 1 with Wi Clockwise algebraic sign of Wi has no k effect V 1 V 3 VD 2 with W Counterclockwise wy F 50 VD 2 with Wi Counterclockwise algebraic sign of Wi has no effect Cycle form X1 Start point drill starting point of hole diameter value VD 0 W T Kae End point drill end point of hole diameter value ae E Delay dwell time at end of hole default 0 D Retraction at QO Rapid traverse 1 Feed rate V Feed rate reduction 0 Without reduction
245. e diameter value Z End point of axial hole F Feed per revolution thread pitch B Run in length for synchronizing spindle and feed drive S Retraction speed default Shaft speed for tapping P Chip breaking depth Retraction distance Type of taps E Stationary tap Main spindle and feed drive are synchronized E Driven tap Driven tool and feed drive are synchronized Cycle start resumes the tapping operation Cycle stop interrupts the tapping operation 330 Use the feed rate override function for speed changes Spindle override is not effective Use a floating tap holder if the driven tool is not controlled e g by a ROD encoder u P m 2 o G w DIN Programming il Deep hole drilling G74 G74 is used for axial and radial holes in several stages using driven or Stationary tools Parameters ID Drilling contour Name of the hole definition NS Block number of contour Reference to the contour of the hole G49 Geo G300 Geo or G310 Geo E No input Single hole without contour description XS Starting point of radial hole diameter value ZS Starting point of axial hole XE End point of radial hole diameter value ZE End point of axial hole K Boring depth hole depth alternative to XE ZE P First hole depth Reduction value default 0 B Retraction distance default to starting point of hole J Minimum hole depth default 1 10 of P R Safety dista
246. e following table Program only the parameters given in the following table See also G845 Fundamentals Page 368 G845 Calculating hole positions Page 369 Parameters Milling ID Milling contour name of the contour to be milled NS Starting block no of contour Figures Block number of the figure Free closed contour A contour element not starting point B Milling depth default depth from the contour description P Maximum infeed default milling in one infeed XS Milling top edge lateral surface replaces the reference plane from the contour definition ZS Milling top edge tace replaces the reference plane from the contour definition Oversize in X direction radius K Oversize in Z direction U Minimum overlap factor Defines the overlap of milling paths default 0 5 Overlap U milling diameter y Overrun factor no effect with C axis machining H Cutting direction default 0 0 Up cut milling 1 Climb milling F Feed rate for infeed default active feed rate E Reduced feed rate for circular elements default current feed rate RB Retraction plane default back to starting position Front or rear face Retraction position in Z direction Lateral surface Retraction position in X direction diameter Q Machining direction default 0 0 From the inside out from the inside towards the outside 1 From the outside in from the outside towards the inside 370 DIN Programmin
247. e or vice versa Activate variable input Load the contour reference You can use simplified geometry programming when target or center point coordinates are missing Simplified geometry programming provides the following options The control calculates the value gt The control calculates the value If there are two possible solutions the control uses the higher value lt The control calculates the value If there are two possible solutions the control uses the lower value 194 gt Machine MACHINING N 52 L InitStart V1 pe 1 334 menu saa smart Turn rrr N 50 UNIT ID START Program beginning N 51 TNC Project SMART_KAPITEL4 ncps bar nc D Tool editor gzs CEE daa F rrr 4 rrr Hida mj Haa Bl cCircular arc cw G2 Diameter gis Sia EXCLAS saa rri q Length Length Radius Center incremental a Center incremental Center incremental Length Intersect pt Chamf round Special feed rate factor Diameter mm 1 1 gt Aia Variables Incremental Be Bele PASEN acapn END PGM OFF ON 09 37 Save Cancel Help Alternately shows and hides the help graphic graphics Opens the alphabetic keyboard for Variables entering variables GOTO key Inserts the question mark for activating the simplified geometry programming Activates incremental programming for Incremental the current input parame
248. e 156 Inside rough out of closed ICP contours on the lateral surface G840 Deburring Page 158 Deburring ICP contours on the lateral surface Overview of units il 9 5 Units Drilling predrilling in Y 2 VW axis group O O ICP drilling Y axis group D Unit Description Pe Y G74_ICP_Y G74 ICP drilling Y axis Page 168 gt Drilling and pecking with ICP pattern ce G73 IGP Y G73 ICP tapping Y axis Page 169 O Tapping with ICP pattern G72_ICP_Y G72 ICP boring countersinking in Y axis Page 170 Tapping with ICP pattern a Sum Predrilling in Y axis group DRILL_ST I_840_Y G840 ICP predrilling contour milling in XY plane Page 171 Determine the predrilling position and machine a hole DRILL_STI_845_Y G845 ICP predrilling pocket milling in XY plane Page 172 Determine the predrilling position and machine a hole DRILL_MAN_840_Y G840 ICP predrilling contour milling in YZ plane Page 173 Determine the predrilling position and machine a hole 9 5 Units Drilling DRILL_MAN_845_Y G845 ICP predrilling pocket milling in YZ plane Page 174 Determine the predrilling position and machine a hole HEIDENHAIN MANUALplus 620 CNC PILOT 640 599 il amp 9 6 Units Milling in Y axis group Y axis gro ling in 2 6 Units M Milling in front face group XY plane G840_Kon_Y_Stirn G840 Contour milling Page 175 Machining contours in the XY plane inside outside and on the contou
249. e Steuerung retracts the tool from the HEIDENHAIN MANUALplus 620 CNC PILOT 640 Beispiel G31 continued j i read cycles z Cycle run 1 Calculates the number of cutting passes 2 Moves diagonally to the internal starting point at rapid traverse This point lies in front of the starting point of thread by the run in length B With H 1 or 2 3 the current offset is taken into account for calculating the internal starting point The internal starting point is calculated on the basis of the tool tip 3 Accelerates to feed rate line B 4 Executes a thread cut 5 Decelerates line P 6 Retracts to safety clearance returns at rapid traverse and approaches for next pass For multiple threads the same rate of cut is used for each thread turn before the next infeed motion is executed 7 Repeats 3 to 6 until the complete thread has been cut 8 Executes air cuts 9 Returns to starting point 306 DIN Programming Single thread cycle G32 G32 cuts a single thread in any desired direction and position longitudinal tapered or transverse thread internal or external thread Parameters End point of thread diameter Z End point of thread XS Starting point for thread diameter ZS Starting point for thread BD External internal thread O External thread 1 Internal thread F Thread pitch U Thread depth No input The thread depth is calculated automatically External thread 0 61
250. e and displays the measured values on the control screen In parameter NF you can additionally define the variables in which the measurement results should be saved Cycle run The touch probe moves from the current position toward the measuring point When the stylus touches the workpiece the measured value is saved and the touch probe Is positioned back to the Starting point The control outputs an error message if the touch probe does not reach any touch point within the defined measuring path Parameters X Target point X X coordinate of measuring point Y Target point Y Y coordinate of measuring point V Retraction type 0 Without Only position touch probe back to the starting point if the touch probe was deflected 1 Automatic Always position touch probe back to the starting point O Error evaluation 0 Program Do not interrupt program run no error message 1 Automatic Interrupt program run and output error message if touch probe is not deflected within measuring path F Measuring feed rate Feed rate for probing If nothing is entered the measuring feed rate from the touch probe table is used If the entered measuring feed rate F is higher than the one in the touch probe table the feed rate is reduced to the value from the touch probe table Q Tool orientation Orient the touch probe in the programmed probing direction before each probing operation machine dependent function NF Result variable no Number
251. e contour Parameters XK Center in Cartesian coordinates YK Center in Cartesian coordinates Hole diameter Depth of hole excluding point Point angle default 180 Sinking diameter sinking depth sinking angle Thread diameter Thread depth Thread runout length Thread pitch Left hand or right hand thread default 0 E 0 Right hand thread E 1 Left hand thread A Angle to Z axis angle of the hole E Range for front face 90 lt A lt 90 default 0 Range for rear face 90 lt A lt 270 default 180 O Centering diameter LK TACTMCDS VW HEIDENHAIN MANUALplus 620 CNC PILOT 640 233 4 7 Front and rear i contours 4 7 Front and rear contours Linear slot on front rear face G301 Geo G301 defines a linear slot in a contour on the front or rear face Parameters XK Center in Cartesian coordinates YK Center in Cartesian coordinates X Diameter center point in polar coordinates C Angle center point in polar coordinates A Angle to XK axis default 0 K Slot length B Slot width P Depth height default P from G308 P lt Q Pocket P gt 0 Island Circular slot on front rear face G302 G303 Geo G302 G303 defines a circular slot in a contour on the front face rear face G302 Circular slot clockwise G303 Circular slot counterclockwise Parameters Center of curvature in Cartesian coordinates Center of curvature in Cartesian coordinates Diameter center point
252. e cylinder in the standard table see Undercut cycle G85 on page 316 Blocks following the cycle call contour corners along the longitudinal axis Cutting radius compensation is active Oversizes are not taken into account Undercuts can only be executed in orthogonal paraxial WO o 2 D G 00 O1 318 DIN Programming il Undercut according to DIN 509 F with cylinder machining G852 G852 machines the adjoining cylinder the undercut and finishes with the plane surface It also machines a cylinder start chamfer when you enter at least one of the parameters Cut in length 1st cut length or Cut in radius 1st cut radius Parameters Face depth default value from standard table Face angle default value from standard table D gt rUDS KR at start of cylinder JJ UJ machined 1st cut angle default 45 P UJ rate Type of departure default 0 I 0 Tool returns to the starting point E 1 Tool remains at the end of the plane surface U Grinding oversize for the area of the cylinder default O The Steuerung calculates unentered parameters automatically from the diameter in the standard table see Undercut cycle G85 on page 316 Blocks following the cycle call Undercuts can only be executed in orthogonal paraxial contour corners along the longitudinal axis Cutting radius compensation is active Oversizes are not taken into
253. e feed rate E Reduced feed rate for circular elements default current feed rate RB Retraction plane default back to starting position Front or rear face Retraction position in Z direction Lateral surface Retraction position in X direction diameter 374 DIN Programming il Parameters finishing Q Machining direction default 0 0 From the inside out from the inside towards the outside E 1 From the outside in from the outside towards the Inside O Plunging behavior default 0 O 0 vertical plunge The cycle moves the tool to the starting point the tool plunges and finishes the pocket E O 1 approaching arc with depth feed When machining the upper milling planes the tool advances to the milling plane and then approaches on an arc When machining the bottom milling plane the tool plunges to the milling depth while moving on the approaching arc three dimensional approaching arc You can use this approach behavior only in conjunction with an approaching arc R and when machining trom the outside toward the inside Q 1 4 26 H cycles Cycle run 1 Starting position X Z C is the position before the cycle begins 2 Calculates the number of cutting passes infeeds to the milling planes infeeds in the milling depths 3 Moves to the safety clearance and feeds to the first milling depth 4 Mills a plane 5 Retracts by the safety clearance returns and cuts to the next milling depth
254. e nc Mantel nc teill nc velle nc METRIC HEIDENHAIN MATERIAL Stahl 1 von 1 File name Save as type NC programs nc TNC Project SMART_KAPITEL1 ncps 7983 nc Next File on Alphabetic Details file type manager Sorting Project keyboard Open Cancel 09 02 NC programming 1 3 Program section code A new NC program is already provided with section codes You can Phitachine smart turn P terest B add new codes or delete existing ones depending on your program CT TG TTT TET SSS SS SS Se E requirements An NC program must contain at least the MACHINING 7983 nc E and END section codes 47983 ne TURLVI 0 z Insert DIN PLUS word HEADER AUXIL_CONTOUR MEASURE_UNITS METRIC BLANK DEPARTMENT HEIDENHAIN Further program section codes are available in the Insert DIN PLUS word selection list Extras gt DIN PLUS word menu item The allay Stahl Steuerung enters the program section code at the correct position or _ fctawprteneti_2 om at the current position WARRIAGES SL TURRET 1 German program section codes are used when German is setas the m mieset conversational language All other languages use English program Tona section codes P Omen Program head PROGRAMMKOPF SPANNMITTEL REVOLVER Contour definition ROHTEIL FERTIGTEIL HILFSKONTUR HILFSROHTEIL C axis contours STIRN RUECKSEITE MANTEL
255. e of the multipoint tool is worn out the tool will no longer be used 1 Secondary cutting edge or any Only the worn out cutting edge of the multipoint tool is replaced by another tool or another cutting edge Any other cutting edges of the multipoint tool that are not worn out will continue to be used HEIDENHAIN MANUALplus 620 CNC PILOT 640 57 JOO v L NC programming il 58 e 7 smart Turn units 2 1 smart Turn units Units menu The Units menu contains the unit calls grouped by the type of machining operation Select the Units menu to call the following pull down menus Roughing Recessing Drilling and predrilling C axis and Y axis Finishing Thread Milling C axis and Y axis Special operations The smart Turn unit A unit describes a complete working block This means that the unit includes the tool call the technology data the cycle call the approach and departure strategies as well as global data such as safety clearance etc All of these parameters are collected in one clearly structured dialog box Unit forms The unit dialog is divided into fillable forms and the forms are divided again into groups You can navigate between the forms and groups with the smart keys Overvw Tool Contour Cycle Global Overview Overview form with all necessary settings Tool Tool form with tool selection technological settings and M functions Contour Description or selection of the
256. e orientation angle points to the first contour element Ending element number for partial figures Sequence for Calculate hole positions A 1 Position mark reference at which the cycle stores the hole positions 1 to 127 WB Rework diameter diameter of the milling cutter Program D and V to machine parts of a figure 360 DIN Programming il G840 Miilling You can change the machining direction and the milling cutter radius compensation MCRC with the cycle type Q the cutting direction H and the rotational direction of the tool see table Program only the parameters given in the following table See also G840 Fundamentals Page 358 m G840 Calculating hole positions Page 359 Parameters Milling O Cycle type milling location Open contour If there is any overlapping Q defines whether the first section as of starting point or the entire contour is to be machined OQ 0 Center of milling cutter on the contour without MCRC Q 1 Machining at the left of the contour If there is any overlapping G840 machines only the first section of the contour starting point 1st point of intersection Q 2 Machining at the right of the contour If there is any overlapping G840 machines only the first section of the contour starting point 1st point of intersection Q 3 The contour is machined to the left or right depending on H and the direction of cutter rotation see table If there is any overl
257. e page 283 Contour form Rl RK Workpiece blank oversize in X and Z direction Further parameters of the contour form see page 62 Cycle form Q Roughing finishing process variants 0 Roughing and finishing 1 Only roughing 2 Only finishing I K Oversize in X Z direction l diameter value ET Recessing depth P Recessing width default 0 8 x tool width E Finishing feed rate Differing feed rate used only for the finishing process EZ Period of dwell after recessing path default time for one spindle revolution D Revolutions on recessing floor DQ Number of recessing cycles DX DZ Distance to subsequent recess in X Z direction Further forms see page 60 The Steuerung uses the tool definition to distinguish between radial and axial recessing Access to the technology database Machining operation Contour recessing Affected parameters F S E HEIDENHAIN MANUALplus 620 CNC PILOT 640 2 3 nits Recgano Recess turning with direct contour input unit The unit machines the contour defined by the parameters axially radially The workpiece Is machined by alternate recessing and roughing movements The machining process requires a minimum of retraction and infeed movements Unit name G869_G80 Cycle G869 see page 286 Contour form Rl RK Workpiece blank oversize in X and Z direction Further parameters of the conto
258. e safety clearance and plunges to the first milling depth Mill the first plane Retract by the safety clearance return and cut to the next milling depth Repeat steps 4 and 5 until the complete area is milled The tool returns to retraction plane J The spindle turns to the next position The tool moves to the safety clearance and plunges to the first milling depth Repeat steps 4 to 7 until all polygonal surfaces are milled Return to retraction plane RB HEIDENHAIN MANUALplus 620 CNC PILOT 640 c gee 4 C 180 C 278 529 6 7 Milling geles for the Y axis 6 7 Milling M for the Y axis Centric polygon milling finishing G844 G844 finishes centric polygons defined with G477 Geo XY plane or with G487 Geo YZ plane The cycle mills from the outside toward the inside The tool moves to the working plane outside of the workpiece material Parameters ID Milling contour name of the contour to be milled NS Block number reference to contour description P Milling depth maximum infeed in the working plane H Cutting direction for side finishing default 0 H 0 Up cut milling E H 1 Climb milling U Minimum overlap factor Defines the overlap of milling paths default 0 5 Overlap U milling diameter V Overrun factor Defines the distance by which the tool should pass the outside radius of the workpiece default 0 5 Overrun V milling diameter F Feed rate for infeed d
259. e the difference to the nominal value only possible with compensation type R 1 Compensation number T or G149 second measured edge T Tool at turret position T to compensate the difference to the nominal value G149 Additive compensation D9xx to compensate the difference to the nominal value only possible with compensation type R 1 Maximum permissible compensation Maximum deviation Probe twice and monitor the dispersion of the measured values Measuring feed rate Feed rate for probing If nothing is entered the measuring feed rate from the touch probe table is used It the entered measuring feed rate F is higher than the one in the touch probe table the feed rate is reduced to the value from the touch probe table Tool orientation Orient the touch probe in the programmed probing direction before each probing operation machine dependent function PRINT outputs 0 OFF Do not display measuring results 1 ON Display measuring results INPUT instead of measurement 0 Default Obtain measured values by probing 1 PC test Simulate probing cycle on the programming station Log no Save measurement results in TNCA table messpro mep table line numbers 0 99 the table can be expanded if necessary result of the first measurement and the compensation The cycle computes the compensation value WT from the 466 value AT from the result of the second measurement Touch probe cycles il Two point measuremen
260. e the turning contour the contours for the C axis as well as full surface machining functions in one NC program Expert Gio2 Gi03 programs are available for configuring the lathe eae oe ne You can also enjoy the benefits of full surface machining on lathes with only one spindle Rear face contours with C axis The XK axis and therefore also the C axis are oriented with respect to the workpiece not to the spindle Therefore for the rear face tj H N ma 5 LL 00 5 Orientation of the XK axis To the left front face to the right Orientation of the C axis Clockwise Direction of rotation for circular arcs G102 Counterclockwise Direction of rotation for circular arcs G103 Clockwise Turning The control supports full surface machining with conversion and mirroring functions This makes it possible to keep the usual directions of movement for rear side machining as well Program a positive value to depart the workpiece Program a negative value to approach the workpiece The machine manufacturer can provide your lathe with suitable expert programs for workpiece transfer Reference points and coordinate system The position of the machine and workpiece zero points as well as the coordinate systems for the spindle and opposing spindle are illustrated in the figure at bottom With this design of lathe it is recommended to mirror only the Z axis Then for either spindle moving in positive direction will stand for
261. e tool in a circular arc at the feed rate to the end r oint n m i Parameters rr Z End point C End angle for angle direction see graphic support window CY End point as linear value reference unrolled reference diameter G120 R Radius K Center J Center point as linear value referenced to unrolled G120 reference diameter W Center of angle for angle direction see graphic support window X End point diameter value default current X position Parameters for contour description G80 AN Angle to positive Z axis BR Chamfer rounding Defines the transition to the next contour element When entering a chamfer rounding program the theoretical end point 4 25 Lateral surfa E No input Tangential transition BR 0 No tangential transition BR gt O Radius of rounding m BR lt 0 Width of chamfer Q Point of intersection End point if the line segment intersects a circular arc default 0 Q 0 Near point of intersection m Q 1 Far point of intersection contour description is concluded by G80 and used for a Using the parameters AN BR and Q is only allowed if the cycle Programming Z C CY Absolute incremental or modal K W J Absolute or incremental Program either Z C or Z CY and K J Program either center or radius For radius Only arcs lt 180 are possible HEIDENHAIN MANUALplus 620 CNC PILOT 640 34 dp u 3 4 26 Milling cycles S 3 Overv
262. e values defined in the cycle are exceeded the cycle saves the measured deviation either as tool compensation or as an additive compensation The result of the measurement Is saved additionally in the variable 199 See Touch probe cycles for automatic operation on page 455 easurement Cycle run From the current position the touch probe moves along the defined measuring axis toward the measuring point When the stylus touches the workpiece the measured value is saved and the touch probe is positioned back to the starting point For the pre positioning for the second measurement the cycle first moves the touch probe by the offset in the circumnavigation direction RB and then by the offset in the measuring direction RC The cycle executes the second probing operation in the opposite direction saves the result and positions the touch probe back with the circumnavigation axis by the circumnavigation value O Beispiel G777 Two point measurement for tool compensation The control outputs an error message if the touch probe does not reach any touch point within the defined measuring path If a maximum deviation WE was programmed the measuring points are approached twice and the mean value is saved as result If the difference of the measurements is greater than the maximum deviation WE the program run is interrupted and an error message is displayed Parameters R Type of compensation 1 Tool compensation DX DZ for turn
263. ection length of chamfer HEIDENHAIN MANUALplus 620 CNC PILOT 640 EC 0 2 1 me The Global form This form contains parameters that were defined as default values in the start unit You can edit these parameters in the machining units Parameters on the Global form G14 Tool change point No axis Simultaneously First X then Z First Z then X Only X Only Z Only Y direction 6 Simultaneous with Y X Y and Z axes move on a diagonal path Coolant 0 Without 1 Circuit 1 on 2 Circuit 2 on Safety clearance Indicates the distance to the current blank material at which the tool is not moved at rapid traverse during turning operations Safety clearance in infeed direction Safety clearance in infeed direction during drilling and milling operations Safety clearance in plane Safety clearance in the working plane during drilling and milling operations Protection zone During drilling and boring the protection zone monitoring is 0 Active 1 Inactive oP WN gt O CLT G47 SCK SCI G60 The units G840 Contour milling figures and G84X Pocket milling figures additionally provide the parameter RB Retraction plane on the Global form 64 smart Turn gt Machine 444 Roughing 444 Recess sg 444 Drillg 444 Finishi N 52 L InitStart V1 a N 53 G26 3000 N 54 G14 Q00 N 55 END_OF_UNIT 2829550539 N 100 UNIT ID G820_G80 G820 Rough
264. ed contour Opens the graphics window for selection of a part of a contour for NS and NE Contour reference smart Turn units Direct contour definition parameters for turning operations EC X lZ X2 Z2 RC AC WC BS BE BP BF Type of contour 0 Normal contour 1 Plunging contour Contour starting point Contour end point Rounding Radius of contour corner Start angle Angle of the first contour element range 0 lt 90 End angle Angle of the last contour element range 0 lt 90 Chamfer radius at start BS gt 0 Radius of rounding arc BS lt 0 Section length of chamfer Chamfer radius at end BE gt 0 Radius of rounding arc BE lt 0 Section length of chamfer Break duration Time span for interruption of the feed The chip is broken by the intermittent interruption of the feed Feed duration Time interval until the next break The chip is broken by the intermittent interruption of the feed Direct contour definition parameters for recessing operations X1 Z1 X2 Z2 RC AC WC BS BE Contour starting point Contour end point Rounding Radii in the recess base Start angle Angle of the first contour element range 0 lt 90 End angle Angle of the last contour element range 0 lt 90 Chamfer radius at start BS gt 0 Radius of rounding arc BS lt 0 Section length of chamfer Chamfer radius at end BE gt 0 Radius of rounding arc BE lt 0 S
265. ed part HEADER 14 To machining MEASURE_UNITS METRIC aaa DEPARTMENT HEIDENHAIN 34 To end MATERIAL Stahl SETTING 1 von 1 J Find block number Ctr1 G CLAMP_LENGTH 82 mm ae CLAMP_LENGTH_2 mm 4 Find unit Ctrl U MEASURE_UNITS METRIC z Eind NC word Ctrl F CARRIAGES 1 H4 Search for contour TURRET 1 T1 ID 342 400 1 T2 ID 111 80 080 1 T3 ID 007 T4 ID 003 T5 ID 004AP1 T6 ID 020 T7 ID 037 T9 ID O4mtest5 E Project SMART_KAPITEL1 ncps 7983 nc B aaa Config dH Misce 14 Extras H Graph a OFF ON 7 M07 y ez COFF F Mos En EXE n NC programming Miscellaneous pull down menu postion S Ea OTT TT Dissolve unit Position the cursor to the first line of a unit before selecting this menu item The editor cancels the brackets around the unit The unit dialog can no longer be used for this machining block but you can edit the machining block as desired Block numbering Ihe block numbering settings are the starting block number and the block number increment The first NC block receives the starting block number and the block number increment is added for each further NC block The settings for starting block number and block number increment are tied with the NC program The Misc pull down menu Miscellaneous contains the following S achine smart Turn f Tool editor B functions T4 Prog Head 45 1cP
266. ed stop E V 1 Return to start position E V 2 Retract by return path R O Error evaluation O 0 Error evaluation in expert program E O 1 The control issues an error message 394 DIN Programming il Traversing to a fixed stop When traversing to a fixed stop the control moves E up to the fixed stop and stops as soon as the following error has been reached The remaining path of traverse is deleted back to starting position back by the return traverse path V oO e Q g Ses Programming traverse to a fixed stop Position the slide at a sufficient distance before the fixed stop Use a moderate feed rate lt 1000 mm min Example of traversing to a fixed stop 4 29 E eposition slide 2 PSSST Activate monitoring traverse to a fixed stop HEIDENHAIN MANUALplus 620 CNC PILOT 640 395 il Controlled parting using lag error monitoring G917 V OD e g Se G917 monitors the path of traverse The controlled parting function cut off control prevents collisions caused by incomplete parting processes The control stops the slide when the tensile force is too high and generates an interpreter stop 4 29 Parameters Z 4o00 H Tensile force Z naa D Axis number X 1 Y 2 Z 3 U 4 V 5 W 6 A 7 B 8 C 9 Incremental distance O Error evaluation O 0 Error evaluation in expert program E O 1 The control issues an error message Durin
267. efault active feed rate RB Retraction plane default back to starting position E XY plane Retraction position in Z direction E YZ plane Retraction position in X direction diameter Cycle run 1 Starting position X Y Z C is the position before the cycle begins 2 Calculate the proportioning of cuts infeeds to the milling planes infeeds in the milling depths and the spindle positions 3 Spindle turns to the first position The tool moves to the safety clearance and plunges to the first milling depth Mill the first plane 5 Retract by the safety clearance return and cut to the next milling depth Repeat steps 4 and 5 until the complete area is milled The tool returns to retraction plane J The spindle turns to the next position The tool moves to the safety clearance and plunges to the first milling depth Repeat steps 4 to 7 until all polygonal surfaces are milled 9 Return to retraction plane RB 530 DIN programming for the Y axis il Pocket milling roughing G845 Y axis G845 roughs closed contours that are defined in the XY or YZ plane in the program sections FACE_Y REAR_Y LATERAL_Y Choose one of the following plunge strategies depending on the milling cutter you are using Plunge vertically Plunge at a pre drilled position Plunge In a reciprocating or helical motion When plunging at a pre drilled position you have the following alternatives Calculate positions drill
268. efault return to the starting position or to the safety clearance Further forms see page 60 172 Access to the technology database Machining operation Drilling Affected parameters F S smart Turn units for the Y axis il Predrill contour mill ICP in YZ plane unit The unit determines the hole position and machines the hole The subsequent milling cycle obtains the hole position from the reference stored in NF If the milling contour consists of multiple sections the unit machines a hole for each section Unit name DRILL_MAN_840_Y Cycles G840 A1 see page 359 G71 see page 325 Parameters on the Contour form FK see page 62 NS Starting block no of contour NE End block no of contour X1 Milling top edge diameter value PZ Depth of contour radius value Parameters on the Cycle form JK Cutter position JK 0 On the contour E JK 1 closed contour Within the contour E JK 1 open contour Left of the contour JK 2 closed contour Outside the contour E JK 2 open contour Right of the contour E JK 3 Depending on H and MD H Cutting direction E 0 Up cut milling E 1 Climb milling Contour parallel oversize K Infeed direction oversize R Approach radius WB Cutter diameter NF Position mark E Delay dwell time at end of hole default 0 D Retraction at H 0 Rapid traverse 1 Feed rate V Feed rate reduction 0 Without reduction E 1 At end of the hole E 2 At start of the hole
269. effective after cycle end A G58 oversize Is taken into account if you work with TRC Remains effective after cycle end Danger of collision After each pass the tool returns on a diagonal path before it advances for the next pass If required program an additional rapid traverse path to avoid a collision The tool radius compensation is not active You can 436 DIN Programming il Recessing G86 G86 machines simple radial and axial recesses with chamfers From the tool position the Steuerung determines whether a radial or axial recess or an inside or outside recess is to be machined Parameters X Base corner point diameter Z Base corner point Radial recess Oversize E gt 0 Oversize roughing and finishing E 1 0 No finishing Axial recess Recess width E gt 0 Recess width No input Recess width tool width Radial recess Recess width E K gt 0 Recess width E No Input Recess width tool width Axial recess Oversize K gt 0 Oversize roughing and finishing E K 0 No finishing Dwell time for chip breaking default length of time for one revolution E With finishing oversize Only for finishing E Without finishing oversize For every recess Oversize programmed First roughing then finishing G86 machines chamfers at the sides of the recess If you do not wish to cut the chamfers you must position the tool at a sufficient distance trom the w
270. efined by Q In QK select the machining operation roughing finishing and the plunging strategy Unit name G845_Tas_C_Stirn Cycles G845 see page 370 G846 see page 374 Contour form FK see page 62 NS Starting block no of contour NE End block no of contour Z1 Milling top edge P2 Depth of contour NF Position mark only if QK 8 Cycle form OK Machining operation and plunging strategy 0 Roughing E 1 Finishing E 2 Helical roughing manual 3 Helical roughing automatic E 4 Reciprocating linear roughing manual 5 Reciprocating linear roughing automatic E 6 Reciprocating circular roughing manual E 7 Reciprocating circular roughing automatic E 8 Plunge roughing at predrilling position E 9 Finishing with 3 D approach arc JT Machining direction E 0 From the inside out from the inside towards the outside 1 From the outside in from the outside towards the inside H Cutting direction E 0 Up cut milling E 1 Climb milling P Maximum infeed Contour parallel oversize K Infeed direction oversize FZ Infeed rate Reduced feed rate R Approach radius WB Plunging length EW Plunge angle U Overlap factor default 0 5 RB Retraction plane Further forms see page 60 144 Access to the technology database E Machining operation Milling E Affected parameters F S FZ P smart Turn units il Engraving face unit The unit engraves character strings in l
271. efinition Program the hole figure in the following block without a 238 DIN Programming il 4 8 Lateral surface contours Starting point of lateral surface contour G110 Geo G110 defines the starting point of a lateral surface contour Parameters Z Starting point C Starting point starting angle or polar angle CY Starting point as linear value reference unrolled reference diameter PZ Starting point polar radius Program either Z C or Z CY HEIDENHAIN MANUALplus 620 CNC PILOT 640 Q a y 4 8 Lateral a contours j il 4 8 Lateral uril contours Line segment in a lateral surface contour G111 Geo G111 defines a line segment in a lateral surface contour Parameters Z C cr AN BR PZ AR End point End point end angle or polar angle End point as linear value reference unrolled reference diameter Angle to Z axis Point of intersection End point if the line segment intersects a line default 0 Q 0 Near point of intersection Q 1 Far point of intersection Chamfer rounding Defines the transition to the next contour element When entering a chamfer rounding program the theoretical end point No input Tangential transition BR 0 No tangential transition BR gt 0 Radius of rounding BR lt 0O Width of chamfer End point polar radius Angle to Z axis AR corresponds to AN Length polar radius reference last contour point Programming Z CY Absolute
272. element on the lateral surface Contour analysis Determining the milling contours Sequence Milling operation Linear and circular slots Open contours E Closed contours pockets single surfaces and centric polygons Sequence Location E Front also machines Y front E Lateral surface also machines Y surface then the elements are machined according to the sequence of geometrical definition Finish machine all elements at all machining locations Finish machine all elements on the front face Finish machine all elements on the lateral surface Finish selected element at all machining locations Finish selected element on the face Finish selected element on the lateral surface Parting All Full surface machining 564 The workpiece is cut off The workpiece is cut off and rechucked TURN PLUS Machining sequence for rechucking Rechucking Full surface machining The workpiece is rechucked AWG control graphic When you create a program with the AWG the programmed blank and finished part are displayed in the simulation window and in addition all machining steps are simulated successively The workpiece blank takes on a contour during machining Setting the AWG control graphic When you start the automatic program creation with the AWG soft key the control automatically opens the AWG control graphic The simulation displays dialogs in which you get machining and tool information Aft
273. ell as the compensation values These dimensions are referenced to the tilt angle B 0 reference position Another parameter that is maintained in the tool database is the position angle CVV It defines the working positions of tools that are not driven tools turning tools The tilt angle of the B axis is not maintained with the tool data This angle needs to be defined in the tool call or when inserting the tool Tool orientation and position display For turning tools the position of the tool tip is calculated based on the orientation of the cutting edge The control calculates the tool orientation of lathe tools by means of the tool angle and point angle HEIDENHAIN MANUALplus 620 CNC PILOT 640 BW 90 BW 180 CW 0 BW 0 BW 90 CW 1 8 1 Fundamentals j il 8 1 Fundamentals Multipoint tools for the B axis If several tools are mounted on a tool holder this is referred to as a multipoint tool Each cutting edge tool of a multipoint tool is assigned a separate ID number and description The position angle which is identified by CV in the figure is included in the tool data When a cutting edge tool of a multipoint tool is activated the CNC PILOT will rotate the multipoint tool into the correct position The position is determined from the position angle to which the offset position angle from the tool change routine is added This allows inserting t
274. ement ANi Angle to the subsequent element Program either Z and C or Z and CY and either K and W or K and J Program either center or radius For radius Only arcs lt 180 are possible HEIDENHAIN MANUALplus 620 CNC PILOT 640 4 8 Lateral a contours 4 8 Lateral curl contours Hole on lateral surface G310 Geo G310 defines a hole with countersink and thread in a lateral surface contour Parameters 242 Center Z position Center as linear value reference unrolled reference diameter Center angle Hole diameter Depth of hole excluding point Point angle default 180 Sinking diameter sinking depth Sinking angle Thread diameter Thread depth Thread runout length Thread pitch Left hand or right hand thread default 0 E V 0 Right hand thread E V 1 Left hand thread Angle to Z axis range 0 lt A lt 180 default 90 vertical hole Centering diameter DIN Programming il Linear slot on lateral surface G311 Geo G311 defines a linear slot in a lateral surface contour Parameters Z CY VPWuaAL rO Center Z position Center as linear value reference unrolled reference diameter Center angle Angle to Z axis default 0 Slot length Slot width Pocket depth default P from G308 Circular slot on lateral surface G312 G313 Geo G312 G313 defines a circular slot in a lateral surface contour G312 Circular slot clockwise G313 Circular sl
275. ement Page 498 Deactivate measuring path Page 498 monitoring G916 G919 G920 G921 Deactivate zero point shift tool dimensions Traversing to a fixed stop Spindle override 100 Deactivate zero point shift Page 394 Page 383 Page 384 Page 384 G922 Page 384 G923 Handwheel offset in thread Page 125 G924 Fluctuating speed Page 384 G925 Force reduction Page 397 G927 Convert tool lengths Page 385 G930 Sleeve monitoring Page 398 G940 Page 385 G980 Page 387 G981 Activate zero point shift tool Page 387 dimensions Tool end position Automatically convert variables Activate zero point shift G995 Monitoring zone Page 388 Page 389 10 3 Overview of G commas in the MACHINING section i il U01 99S ONINIHOVIA 243 U ao JO MSIAJBAQC EOL Overview of G codes il 612 SYMBOLS Simplified geometry programming 194 Configuration pull down menu 42 Extras pull down menu 44 Goto pull down menu 42 Graphics pull down menu 45 Head pull down menu program head 41 ICP pull down menu 41 Miscellaneous pull down menu 43 Program management pull down menu 41 variable output 406 A Actual values in variable G901 382 Additive compensation G149 268 Additive compensation G149 Geo 223 Address parameters 194 Angle offset C angle offset G905 393 Angular 494 Angular measurement 494 Angular measurement G787 49
276. ements of the replacement or emergency tool If more than one tool is suitable for a machining operation TURN PLUS uses the optimal tool If no tool is found by TURN PLUS select the tools manually The Mount type distinguishes between different tool holders see Tool editor in the User s Manual TURN PLUS checks whether the mount type in the tool holder description and the mount type in the turret pocket description are the same 566 TURN PLUS il Manual tool selection TURN PLUS selects the tools depending on the machining parameter Type of tool access WD If TURN PLUS cannot find a suitable tool in the specified lists select the tools manually TURN PLUS automatically enters comparison parameters With the soft keys you can select the list in which you want to look for the tools Select the Tool list soft key Tool list Select the Turret list soft key Turret list lt S Choose a tool from the list e Press the Take over soft key to enter the tool in the tool selection Load tool ee Press the Take over soft key to conclude the tool selection Take over HEIDENHAIN MANUALplus 620 CNC PILOT 640 Basie Oe cer cre cee Hss cer Hd P cer E EEF cer slated cre Hisis Toot esits B rrr gme 44 708 gt OFF OFF ON 7 M07 A ez A D ID no 4 1 Pi mos Filter Drill 47 of 321 Max 999 COFF TO Designation RS DV EW BW A
277. end of the hole 2 At start of the hole 3 At start and end of the hole AB Spot drilling through drilling length distance for feed rate reduction RB Retraction plane diameter value Further forms see page 60 174 Access to the technology database Machining operation Drilling Affected parameters F S smart Turn units for the Y axis il 3 3 Units Milling in Y axis ICP contour milling in XY plane unit The unit mills the contour defined with ICP in the XY plane Unit name G840_Kon_Y_Stirn Cycle G840 see page 361 Parameters on the Contour form FK see page 62 NS Starting block no of contour NE End block no of contour Z1 Milling top edge P2 Depth of contour Parameters on the Cycle form JK Cutter position JK 0 On the contour JK 1 closed contour Within the contour E JK 1 open contour Left of the contour E JK 2 closed contour Outside the contour E JK 2 open contour Right of the contour E JK 3 Depending on H and MD H Cutting direction E 0 Up cut milling E 1 Climb milling Maximum infeed Contour parallel oversize Infeed direction oversize Infeed rate Reduced feed rate Approach radius Plunging behavior mM 71 U O J nN 0 Straight vertical plunge The cycle moves the tool to the starting point the tool plunges at feed rate and mills the contour E 1 In predrilling The cycle positions the tool above the hole the tool plunges and mills the contour NF P
278. ension of holder in Z wn Y Setting dimension of holder in Y Som A wn DX Compensation in X wn DY Compensation in Y wn DZ Compensation in Z qf wn DS 2nd compensation 412 DIN Programming il Reading diagnostic bits Use the following syntax to read diagnostic bits You can access tools that are entered in the turret list Access to turret data ooo o Syntax tn select T gt You can also read diagnostic bits for multifix tools For this purpose program a comma and the ID number of the tool n turret pocket number after the desired identification code e g 11 t 3 n O for the current tool 001 select designates the information to be read tn 1 Tool life expired workpiece quantity reached tn 2 Breakage according to load monitoring limit 2 exceeded Sem a Mos es ne ae QO tn 3 Wear according to load monitoring limit 1 exceeded _ tn 4 Wear according to load monitoring total load limit ik tn 5 Wear determined by tool measurement tn 6 Wear determined by in process measurement of workpiece tn 7 Wear determined by post process measurement of workpiece tn 8 Cutting edge new 1 used 0 HEIDENHAIN MANUALplus 620 CNC PILOT 640 413 il variables re O O pee A q o vr Reading the current NC information Use the following syntax to read NC information that was programmed with G codes N0 X n0 Y n0 Z n0 A n
279. ent not starting point X Limit diameter ZS Milling top edge ZE Milling floor B Width across flats omit for Q 0 B defines the remaining material For an even number of surfaces you can program B as an alternative to V E Q 1 B residual depth E Q gt 2 B width across flats V Edge length omitted for Q 0 R Chamfer rounding A Inclination angle reference see help graphic omitted for Q 0 Q Number of surfaces default 0 Range 0 lt Q lt 127 Q 0 G797 is followed by a figure definition G301 G307 G80 or a closed contour definition G100 G101 to G103 G80 m Q 1 One surface Q 2 Two surfaces offset by 180 E Q 3 Triangle E Q 4 Rectangle square E Q gt 4 Polygon P Maximum approach default total depth in one infeed Overlap factor default 0 5 Minimum overlap of milling paths U milling diameter Contour parallel oversize Oversize Z Infeed rate Reduced feed rate for circular elements default current feed rate H Cutting direction default 0 The cutting direction can be changed with H and the direction of tool rotation see help graphic Cc m n K N 7 0 Up cut milling 1 Climb milling HEIDENHAIN MANUALplus 620 CNC PILOT 640 Q 1 j il Tp Beispiel G797 Parameters 4 O Roughing finishing E 0 Roughing With each infeed the complete surface is O machined am E 1 Finishing The surface is machined with the last infeed In
280. er of contour Reference to the contour of the hole G49 Geo G300 Geo or G310 Geo RB Retraction plane radial holes holes in the YZ plane diameter default return to the starting position or to the safety clearance E Period of dwell for chip breaking at end of hole in seconds default 0 D Retraction type default 0 0 Rapid traverse E 1 Feed rate BS Start element no number of the first hole to be machined in a pattern BE End element no number of the last hole to be machined in a pattern H Spindle Brake off default 0 E 0 Spindle brake on E 1 Spindle brake off Cycle run 1 Moves to the starting point at rapid traverse depending on RB RB not programmed Moves up to the safety clearance RB programmed Moves to the position RB and then to the satety clearance Drills at reduced feed rate 50 Moves at feed rate to end of hole Retraction at rapid traverse or feed rate depending on D Return position depends on RB 0 AON RB not programmed Retraction to the starting point RB programmed Retraction to the position RB HEIDENHAIN MANUALplus 620 CNC PILOT 640 327 il 4 22 Drilling cycles Tapping G73 G73 cuts axial radial threads using driven or stationary tools Parameters ID Drilling contour Name of the hole definition NS Block number of contour Reference to the contour of the hole G49 Geo G300 Geo or G310 Geo E No input Single
281. er you have simulated the machining process you can close the graphics window with the Back soft key The Save as dialog box opens once you exit the TURN PLUS menu with the Back soft key The name of the opened program is displayed in the File name dialog field If you do not enter another file name the opened program will be overwritten Alternatively you can save the machining operation in another program The AWG control graphic is indicated in the soft key symbol by a contour outlined in red You can set the display of the tool paths and the simulation mode as usual see Graphic simulation in the User s Manual HEIDENHAIN MANUALplus 620 CNC PILOT 640 m4 gt EEE yas gisis 2 cee 444 rrr 444 BJJ N Frrr Prr Prr Erri Prr Prr N X 252 838 Z 205 962 C 752 Machine gt AWG A Tool editor B 4 Gewinde Aussen WE 98 54 Single block ZA A i A Misc Back functions a 7 2 Automatic working ae generation AWG j il 73 Machining information 73 Machining information Tool selection turret assignment The tool selection is determined by E Machining direction E Contour to be machined E Machining sequence Machine parameter settings e g Type of tool access 602001 If the ideal tool is not available TURN PLUS E First looks for a replacement tool E Then for an emergency tool If necessary TURN PLUS adapts the machining cycle to the requir
282. erations with the C axis calculates the center of the hole and sets the zero point in the C axis The control outputs an error message if the touch probe does not reach any touch point within the defined measuring path If a maximum deviation WE was programmed the measuring point Is approached twice and the mean value is saved as result If the difference of the measurements is greater than the maximum deviation WE the program run is interrupted and an error message Is displayed Parameters R Type of zero point shift 1 Activate table and G152 zero point shift and additionally save In zero point table The zero point shift also remains active after the program run 2 Activate zero point shift with G152 for the further program run Zero point shift no longer active after program run D Result 1 Position Set zero point without determining the hole center No probing operation in the hole 2 Object center Before the zero point is set determine hole center in two probing operations with the C axis K Incremental measuring path X signed Maximum measuring path for probing The algebraic sign determines the probing direction C Starting position C Position of the C axis for the first probing operation RC Search grid Ci Stepping angle of the C axis for the subsequent probing operations A Number of points Maximum number of probing operations 484 Beispiel G781 Find hole in C face Touch probe cycles il Par
283. erse along the shortest path to the target point X Y Z Parameters X Diameter target point Z Length target point Y Length target point Programming X Y Z Absolute incremental or modal Approach tool change point G14 G14 moves at rapid traverse to the tool change position In setup mode define permanent coordinates for the tool change position Parameters Q Sequence default 0 0 Move simultaneously in X and Z axes diagonal path First X then Z direction First Z then X direction Only X direction Z remains unchanged Only Z direction X remains unchanged Only Y direction Move simultaneously in X Y and Z axes diagonal path O oF WN gt If O 0 to 4 the Y axis does not move Rapid traverse to machine coordinates G701 G701 moves the tool at rapid traverse along the shortest path to the target point X Y Z Parameters X End point diameter Y End point Z End point X Y Z refer to the machine zero point and the slide reference point HEIDENHAIN MANUALplus 620 CNC PILOT 640 6 5 Tool posi In the Y axis f il 6 6 Linear and circular moval nts in the Y axis 6 6 Linear and circular movements in the Y axis Milling Linear movement G1 G1 moves the tool on a linear path at the feed rate to the end point The execution of G1 varies depending on the working plane G17 Interpolation in the XY plane Infeed in Z direction Angle A reference positive X ax
284. eset the thread pitch FP since the diameter of the longitudinal element is not the thread diameter If you have the Steuerung calculate the thread pitch automatically slight deviations may occur a All parameters that you enter will be accounted for u T o 2 o G N ol 4 35 G codes from previot HEIDENHAIN MANUALplus 620 CNC PILOT 640 433 il 4 35 G codes from revi controls Simple turning cycles Simple longitudinal roughing G81 G81 roughs the contour area defined by the current tool position and X Z If you wish to machine an oblique cut you can define the angle with and K Parameters X Starting point of contour in X diameter value Z Contour end point Maximum infeed in X K Offset in Z direction default 0 Q G code for infeed default 0 E 0 Infeed with GO rapid traverse 1 Infeed with G1 feed rate Type of retraction default 0 E 0 Return to cycle starting point in Z and last retraction diameter in X E 1 Return to cycle starting point Type of departure default 0 E 0 With each cut machine contour outline after each pass E 2 No smoothing retracts at 45 no contour smoothing The Steuerung uses the position of the target point to distinguish between external and internal machining The number of cutting passes is calculated so that an abrasive cut is avoided and the calculated infeed distance is lt 434 Programming X Z Absolute incremental
285. et milling face 144 Unit ICP pocket milling lateral Surface 156 Unit ICP recess turning 74 Unit ICP tapping C axis 104 Unit ICP tapping Y axis 169 Unit ICP thread 128 Unit Linear pattern drilling face 86 Unit Linear pattern drilling lateral Surface 95 Unit Linear pattern tapping front face 91 Unit Linear slot pattern face 134 Unit Linear slot pattern lateral surface 148 Unit Linear tapping pattern lateral surface 100 Unit Longitudinal finishing with direct contour input 120 Unit Longitudinal roughing in ICP 67 Unit Longitudinal roughing with direct contour input 71 Unit Measuring cut 124 Unit Parting 77 Unit Pocket milling figures face 142 i U Unit Pocket milling figures lateral Surface 154 Unit Predrill contour mill figures on face 106 Unit Predrill contour mill figures on lateral surface 112 Unit Predrill contour mill ICP in XY plane 171 Unit Predrill contour mill ICP in YZ plane 173 Unit Predrill contour mill ICP on face 108 Unit Predrill contour mill ICP on lateral surface 114 Unit Predrill pocket mill figures on face 109 Unit Predrill pocket mill figures on lateral surface 115 Unit Predrill pocket mill ICP in XY plane 172 Unit Predrill pocket mill ICP in YZ plane 174
286. etermines the hole position and machines the hole The subsequent milling cycle obtains the hole position from the reference stored in NF If the milling contour consists of multiple sections the unit machines a hole for each section Unit name DRILL_MAN_840_C Cycles G840 A1 see page 359 G71 see page 325 Contour form FK see page 62 NS Starting block no of contour NE End block no of contour X1 Milling top edge diameter value P2 Depth of contour radius value Cycle form JK Cutter position 0 On the contour 1 closed contour Within the contour E 1 open contour Left of the contour E 2 closed contour Outside the contour E 2 open contour Right of the contour E 3 Depending on H and MD H Cutting direction E 0 Up cut milling E 1 Climb milling Contour parallel oversize K Infeed direction oversize R Approach radius WB Cutter diameter NF Position mark E Delay dwell time at end of hole default 0 D Retraction at 0 Rapid traverse 1 Feed rate y Feed rate reduction m 0 Without reduction E 1 At end of the hole E 2 At start of the hole E 3 At start and end of the hole AB Spot drilling through drilling length distance for feed rate reduction RB Retraction plane diameter value Further forms see page 60 114 Access to the technology database E Machining operation Drilling E Affected parameters F S smart Turn units il Predrill pocket
287. etermining the Hole form elements Sequence Drilling operations drilling combinations Centering Centering and countersinking Drilling Countersinking Drilling and countersinking Reaming Drilling with reaming Tapping Drilling with thread Sequence Location Centric Front also machines Y front Lateral surface also machines Y surface then the elements are machined according to the sequence of geometrical definition All drilling boring operations at all machining locations Centric machining of all drilling boring operations All drilling boring operations on the front face All drilling boring operations on the lateral surface Machining at all machining locations Centric machining on the face Machining on the face Machining on the lateral surface TURN PLUS il Machining sequence for milling Milling All Surface contour slot milling pocket Surface contour slot milling pocket Surface contour slot milling pocket Surface contour slot milling pocket Surface contour slot milling pocket Machining sequence for deburring Face Lateral Face Lateral Contour analysis Determining the milling contours Sequence Milling operation Linear and circular slots Open contours Closed contours pockets single surfaces and centric polygons Sequence Location Front also machines Y front Lateral surface also machines Y surface then the elements are machine
288. etraction plane Further forms see page 60 Retraction length L Use this parameter for floating tap holders The cycle calculates a new nominal pitch on the basis of the thread depth the programmed pitch and the retraction length The nominal pitch is somewhat smaller than the pitch of the tap During tapping the tap is pulled away from the chuck by the retraction length With this method you can achieve higher service life from the taps HEIDENHAIN MANUALplus 620 CNC PILOT 640 SR Access to the technology database Machining operation Tapping Affected parameters S 169 IS bi ing in 3 1 Units Drill IS Ing In the y ax 3 1 Units Drill ICP boring countersinking Y axis unit The unit machines a single hole or a hole pattern in the XY or YZ plane Using ICP you define the hole positions as well as further details for boring or countersinking Unit name G72_ICP_Y Cycle G72 see page 327 Parameters on the Pattern form FK see page 62 NS Starting block no of contour Parameters on the Cycle form E Delay dwell time at end of hole default 0 D Retraction at 0 Rapid traverse 1 Feed rate RB Retraction plane default return to the starting position or to the safety clearance Further forms see page 60 170 D Ooo gt Ge Di 000 F Access to the technology database E Machining operation Drill
289. ext break The chip is broken by the intermittent interruption of the feed The listed soft keys are only selectable if the input cursor is in the FK field or on NS or NE gt Machine smart Turn h Tool editor 444 Roughing 444 Reces sg 444 Drillg 444 Finishing 444 Thread 444 Millg a4 spec 44 7 N 52 L InitStart V1 AlfEEFTG Longitudinal roughing in ICP N 53 G26 3000 Overw Tool Contour Cycle Global p gt N 54 G14 Q0 N 55 END_OF_UNIT 2829550539 Auxiliary c FK 248 N 100 UNIT ID G820_G80 G820 Roughing di N 101 Contour start block no N 102 Ti Cont d block NE N 103 G96 S300 G95 FO 3 M3 Po ONE Bee END PGM fa Machine form elements Vj At beginnir aes aes ON Start point blank Start point blank M07 FK Id xxxxx ns oie Interrupt Feed oe pee Interval time BP a Feed period BESS NE CIN Aire fens RTE Auxiliary contour 7 TNC Project SMART_ KAPITEL2 ncps bar nc Contour Graph con New turn New New lat New Change Back list tour pick ing cont front face surface rear face ICP contour Opens the selection list of the contours eg defined in the program Shows all contours in the graphics raph con tour pick Window Use the arrow keys for selection Starts the ICP editor First enter the New turn ing cont desired contour name in FK Starts the ICP editor with the currently Change ICP contour Select
290. f the contour Parameters Starting position for hole reference point Hole diameter Depth of hole excluding point Point angle default 180 Sinking diameter sinking depth Sinking angle Thread diameter Thread depth Thread chamfer Thread pitch Left hand or right hand thread default 0 A E 0 Right hand thread E 1 Left hand thread A Angle corresponding to the position of the hole default 0 elements KT ACTMCDS VAN 4 4 Contour f E A 0 Front face m A 180 Rear face O Centering diameter HEIDENHAIN MANUALplus 620 CNC PILOT 640 219 il ion ipt escrip 4 5 Attributes for contol 4 5 G38 G52 G95 G149 Attributes for contour description Special feed factor for basic elements and Page 220 form elements modal Equidistant oversize for basic elements and Page 222 form elements modal Finishing feed rate for basic elements and Page 223 form elements modal Additive compensation for basic elements and Page 223 form elements modal remain in effect for all contour elements until the Once programmed G38 Gb2 G95 and G149 Geo function is programmed again without defining parameters For form elements you can program different attributes directly in the definition of the form element see Machining attributes for form elements on page 201 The attributes for contour description influence the finishing feed rate of the Cycles G869 and G
291. f rounding R lt 0 Width of chamfer P Pocket depth default P from G308 HEIDENHAIN MANUALplus 620 CNC PILOT 640 i il Linear pattern in YZ plane G481 Geo amp G481 defines a linear pattern in the YZ plane G481 Is effective for the figure defined in the following block G380 to G385 G387 Q 3 Parameters gt Q Number of figures ee ee o gt Z a Y 1st point of pattern _ Z 1st point of pattern 4 4 J End point of pattern Y direction l OH S K End point of pattern Z direction Y Oo Ji Distance between two figures in Y direction iis m eral ar KI Distance between two figures in Z direction aaa x A Position angle of longitudinal axis of pattern reference nD positive Z axis R Length overall length of pattern 8 RI Pattern distance distance between two figures m Programming notes i Program the hole figure in the following block without a Center The milling cycle MACHINING section calls the hole figure in the following block not the pattern definition 518 DIN programming for the Y axis il Circular pattern in YZ plane G482 Geo G482 defines a circular pattern in the YZ plane G482 Is effective for the figure defined in the following block G380 to G385 G387 Parameters Q Number of figures K Diameter pattern diameter A Starting angle position of the first figure reference Z axis default 0 W End angle position of the last figure reference Z axi
292. f the information T Q O e O 9 oom a0 Z 1 Zero point shift of the Z axis of slide 1 ee ee axis name of the axis a1 Z 1 Actual position of the Z axis of slide 1 channel slide number a2 Z 1 Nominal position of the Z axis of slide 1 a3 Z 1 Lag error of the Z axis of slide 1 N a4 Z 1 Distance to go in the Z axis of slide 1 v a5 Z 1 Logical axis number of the Z axis of slide 1 a5 0 1 Logical axis number of the main spindle a6 0 1 Rotational direction of main spindle 1 aQ Z 1 Trigger position of the touch probe a10 Z 1 IPO axis value Feed rate override 100 G908 G908 sets the feed override for traverse paths GO G1 G2 G3 G12 G13 block by block to 100 Program G908 and the traverse path in the same NC block Interpreter stop G909 The Steuerung pre interprets the NC blocks If variables are assigned shortly before the evaluation old values would be processed G909 stops the pre interpretation The NC blocks are processed up to G909 Only after G909 are the subsequent NC blocks processed Apart from G909 the NC block should only contain synchronous functions Some G codes generate an interpreter stop Spindle override 100 G919 G919 is used to deactivate activate the spindle speed override Parameters OQ Spindle number default 0 H Type of limit default 0 0 Activate spindle speed override 1 Spindle override at 100 maodal 2 Spindle override at 100 for the cu
293. face Individual elements G100 to G103 Figures G301 Linear slot G302 G303 Circular slot G304 Full circle G305 Rectangle G307 Eccentric polygon Hole G300 C axis machining lateral surface G840 Contour milling G845 G846 Pocket milling roughing finishing G840 Contour milling G845 G846 Pocket milling roughing finishing G71 Simple drilling cycle G72 Boring countersinking etc G73 Tapping cycle G74 Deep hole drilling cycle Individual elements G110 to G113 Figures G311 Linear slot G312 G313 Circular slot G314 Full circle G315 Rectangle G317 Eccentric polygon Hole G310 HEIDENHAIN MANUALplus 620 CNC PILOT 640 G840 Contour milling G845 G846 Pocket milling roughing finishing G840 Contour milling G845 G846 Pocket milling roughing finishing G71 Simple drilling cycle G72 Boring countersinking etc G73 Tapping cycle G74 Deep hole drilling cycle 4 37 Connection between geometry and machininggemmands A A Ol 4 38 Full surface machining 7 Fundamentals of full surface machining 7 In full surface machining the front and rear ends can be machined in one NC program The control supports full surface machining for all common machine designs The features include angle synchronous part transter with rotating spindle traversing to a stop controlled parting and coordinate transformation This ensures efficient full surface machining and simple programming You describ
294. fault R 0 6 1 W Undercut angle default 30 FP Thread pitch BE BF BD BP and BH see Machining attributes for form elements on page 201 Undercut type H H 8 If you do not enter W the angle will be calculated on the basis of K and R The end point of the undercut is then located at the contour corner Parameters H Undercut type H H 8 K Width of undercut R Undercut radius no input The circular element is not machined W Plunge angle no input W is calculated BE BF BD BP and BH see Machining attributes for form elements on page 201 214 Beispiel Call G25 Geo DIN 76 Beispiel Call G25 Geo type H DIN Programming il Undercut type K H 9 Parameters H Undercut type K H 9 Undercut depth R Undercut radius no input The circular element is not machined W Undercut angle A Angle to longitudinal axis default 45 BE BF BD BP and BH see Machining attributes for form elements on page 201 HEIDENHAIN MANUALplus 620 CNC PILOT 640 Beispiel Call G25 Geo type K 4 4 Contour i elements i il 4 4 Contour an elements WO o D D G w rs Thread standard G34 Geo G34 defines a simple or concatenated external or internal thread metric ISO fine pitch thread DIN 13 Series 1 The Steuerung calculates all the required values Parameters F Thread pitch default pitch from the standard table Threads are concatenated by p
295. feed Remainder of the division of thread depth cutting depth The last cut is divided into four partial cuts 1 2 1 4 1 8 and 1 8 E 3 Infeed is calculated from the pitch and spindle speed E 4 Same as MANUALplus 4110 Type of offset for smoothing the thread flanks default O 0 Without offset E 1 Offset from the left E 2 Offset from the right E 3 Tool is offset alternately from the right and left Approach infeed angle range 60 lt A lt 60 default 30 A gt 0 Infeed on right thread flank A lt 0 Infeed on left thread flank Depth of remaining cuts only in conjunction with approach type V 4 same as MANUALplus 4110 Taper angle range 45 lt W lt 45 default 0 Run out angle range 0 lt WE lt 90 default 12 Threads per unit number of thread turns for multi start thread Number of no load air cuts after the last cut for reducing the cutting pressure in the thread base default O Starting angle thread start is defined with respect to rotationally nonsymmetrical contour elements default 0 X A DIN Programming il Internal or external threads See algebraic sign of U Number of cutting passes he first cut is performed at the cutting depth defined for l and is reduced with each cut until the tool reaches the remaining cutting depth R Handwheel superposition provided that your machine is equipped accordingly The superposition is
296. first figure reference Z axis default 0 W End angle position of the last figure reference Z axis default 360 Wi Angle between figures V Direction orientation default 0 V 0 without W Figures are arranged on a full circle V 0 with W Figures are arranged on the longer circular arc V 0 with Wi The algebraic sign of Wi defines the direction Wi lt 0 clockwise V 1 with W Clockwise V 1 with Wi Clockwise algebraic sign of Wi has no effect V 2 with W Counterclockwise V 2 with Wi Counterclockwise algebraic sign of Wi has no effect Z Center of pattern C Center of pattern angle H Position of the figures default O H 0 Normal position the figures are rotated about the circle center rotation H 1 Original position the position of the figures relative to the coordinate system remains unchanged translation center Exception circular slot See Circular pattern with circular slots on page 227 The milling cycle MACHINING section calls the hole figure in the following block not the pattern definition Program the hole figure in the following block without a HEIDENHAIN MANUALplus 620 CNC PILOT 640 4 8 Lateral a contours i il gt 4 9 Tool positioning f Rapid traverse GO GO moves at rapid traverse along the shortest path to the target point Parameters X Target point diameter Z Target point Ke oO a
297. for next pass 6 Repeats 3 to 5 until target point Z has been reached 7 lf required repeats 2 to 6 until all areas have been machined 8 If H 1 Smoothes the contour 9 Retracts as programmed in Q HEIDENHAIN MANUALplus 620 CNC PILOT 640 4 17 Contour based H cycles C il 4 17 Contour based Ming cycles Contour parallel roughing G830 G830 machines the contour area defined in ID or by NS NE parallel to the contour see Working with contour based cycles on page 270 The contour to be machined can contain various valleys If required the area to be machined is divided into several sections Parameters ID NS NE x A UV D gt N 278 Auxiliary contour ID number of the contour to be machined Starting block number beginning of contour section End block number end of contour section NE not programmed The contour element NS is machined in the direction of contour definition NS NE programmed The contour element NS is machined opposite to the direction of contour definition Maximum inteed Oversize in X direction diameter value default 0 Oversize in Z direction default 0 Cutting limit in X direction diameter value default no cutting limit Cutting limit in Z direction default no cutting limit Approach angle reference Z axis default 0 180 parallel to Z axis or with facing tools parallel to X axis Departure angle reference Z axis detfault 90 270
298. for the Y axis E 0 Up cut milling E 1 Climb milling V Milling method E0 The thread is milled in a 360 degree helix 1 The thread is milled in several helical paths single point tool HEIDENHAIN MANUALplus 620 CNC PILOT 640 541 il 6 7 Milling Mies for the Y axis Thread milling in YZ plane G806 G806 mills a thread in existing holes Place the tool on the center of the hole before calling G799 The cycle positions the tool on the end point of the thread within the hole Then the tool approaches on approach radius R and mills the thread During this the tool advances by the thread pitch F Following that the cycle retracts the tool and returns it to the starting point With parameter V you can program whether the thread Is to be milled in one rotation or with single point tools in several rotations Parameters Thread diameter X Starting point in X K Thread depth R Approach radius F Thread pitch J Direction of thread default 0 E 0 Right hand thread E 1 Left hand thread H Cutting direction default 0 E 0 Up cut milling E 1 Climb milling V Milling method E 0 The thread is milled in a 360 degree helix 1 The thread is milled in several helical paths single point tool 542 DIN programming for the Y axis il Hobbing G808 G808 mills a gear profile from the starting point in Z to the end point K In W you enter the angular position of the tool If an overs
299. format SMppp S Tool edge number M Magazine number ppp Pocket number DIN Programming il Identification codes for NC information D amp n47 P Current safety clearance n147 1 Current safety clearance in working plane aa N147 K Current safety clearance in infeed direction gt n601 n Pocket data of the tool entered in the magazine table see table at right n610 H Next free magazine pocket see table at right n707 n 1 Read minimum value of software limit switch of axis see table at right Sem EEE O n707 n 2 Read maximum value of software limit switch of axis see table at right A n922 C Insert angle of cutting edge for B axis on n922 H Mirroring status of cutting edge 0 normal position q 1 180 degrees n927 X Result of conversion function G927 for tool length in X for B axis NQ27 Z Result of conversion function G927 for tool length in Z for B axis N927 Y Result of conversion function G927 for tool length in Y for B axis nN995 H Query of current zone number for load monitoring n610 H Output in the format Mppp M Magazine number ppp Pocket number n707 n 1 Identification code of axis n Axis X Y Z U V or W 1 Minimum value 2 Maximum value HEIDENHAIN MANUALplus 620 CNC PILOT 640 415 il variables re O O pee A q o vr Reading general NC information Use the following syntax to read general N
300. from the programmed cutting speed and activates it with Gx97 To prevent inadvertent rotation of the spindle program the spindle speed first and then T Pw S OD LL q Sa J Speed Gx97 G97 Main spindle Gx97 Spindle x x 1 to 3 u Q m o G NI G oh T NI L Constant spindle speed Parameters S Speed in revolutions per minute G26 Gx26 limits the spindle speed 256 DIN Programming il 4 12 Tool tip and cutter radius compensation Tool tip radius compensation TRC If TRC is not used the theoretical tool tip is the reference point for the paths of traverse This might lead to inaccuracies when the tool moves along non paraxial paths of traverse The TRC function corrects programmed paths of traverse The TRC Q 0 reduces the feed rate for circular arcs if the shifted radius lt the original radius The TRC corrects the special feed rate when a rounding arc is machined as transition to the next contour element Reduced feed rate feed rate shifted radius original radius Milling cutter radius compensation MCRC When the MCRC function is not active the system defines the center of the cutter as the reference point for the paths of traverse With the MCRC function the Steuerung accounts for the outside diameter of the tool when moving along the programmed paths of traverse The recessing roughing and milling cycles already include TRC MCRC calls The T
301. g H 0 Q 1 H 1 4 26 H cycles 4 26 Mins cycles Pocket milling finishing G846 G846 finish machines closed contours If the pocket consists of multiple sections G846 takes all the sections of the pocket into account You can change the milling direction with the cutting direction H the machining direction Q and the direction of tool rotation see following table Parameters finishing ID Milling contour name of the contour to be milled NS Starting block no of contour Figures Block number of the figure Free closed contour A contour element not starting point B Milling depth default depth from the contour description P Maximum infeed default milling in one infeed XS Milling top edge lateral surface replaces the reference plane from the contour definition ZS Milling top edge tace replaces the reference plane from the contour definition R Radius of approaching departing arc default 0 R 0 Contour element is approached directly Feed to the starting point above the milling plane then vertical plunge R gt 0 Tool moves on approaching departing arc that connects tangentially to the contour element U Minimum overlap factor Defines the overlap of milling paths default 0 5 Overlap U milling diameter V Overrun factor no effect with C axis machining H Cutting direction default 0 0 Up cut milling 1 Climb milling F Feed rate for infeed default activ
302. g through drilling length distance for feed rate reduction RB Retraction plane default return to the starting position or to the safety clearance Further forms see page 60 108 Access to the technology database E Machining operation Drilling Affected parameters F S smart Turn units il Predrill pocket mill figures on face unit The unit determines the hole position and machines the hole The subsequent milling cycle obtains the hole position from the reference stored in NF Unit name DRILL_STI_TASC Cycles G845 A1 see page 369 G71 see page 325 O Figure form Q Type of figure 0 Full circle D E 1 Linear slot 2 Circular slot 0 E 3 Triangle 4 Rectangle square E 5 Polygon r ON Number of polygon corners only with Q 5 polygon X1 Diameter of figure center l C1 Angle of figure center Z1 Milling top edge N P2 Depth of figure L Edge length width across flats E L gt 0 Edge length E lt 0 Width across flats inside diameter for polygon B Rectangle width RE Rounding radius A Angle to X axis Q2 Rotational direction of slot only if Q 2 circular slot E cw In clockwise direction E ccw In counterclockwise direction W Angle of slot end point only if Q 2 circular slot Access to the technology database Machining operation Drilling E Affected parameters F S HEIDENHAIN MANUALplus 620 CNC PILOT 640 109 il ing in M 2 6 U
303. g at the right of the contour If there is any overlapping only the first area of the contour is machined O 3 Not allowed Q 4 Machining at the left of the contour If there is any overlapping the entire contour is machined Q 5 Machining at the right of the contour If there is any overlapping the entire contour is machined Closed contours Q 0 Center of milling cutter on the contour hole position Starting point Q 1 Inside milling Q 2 Outside milling Q 3 to 5 Not allowed Milling contour name of the contour to be milled Contour start block number beginning of contour section Figures Block number of the figure Free closed contour First contour element not starting point Open contour First contour element not starting point Contour end block number end of contour section Figures free closed contour No input Open contour last contour element Contour consists of one element No input Machining in contour direction NS NE programmed Machining against the contour direction HEIDENHAIN MANUALplus 620 CNC PILOT 640 4 26 eee cycles j il 4 26 Milling cycles Parameters Calculating hole positions D V A NF Starting element number for partial figures The direction of contour definition for figures is counterclockwise The first contour element for figures E Circular slot The larger arc E Full circle The upper semicircle Rectangles polygons and linear slots Th
304. g contour is gt SAR SAR See user parameter If jaws are used for clamping the shaft at the spindle TURN PLUS accounts for the cutting limitation O 572 TURN PLUS il Machining information Chucking the workpiece at the spindle Ensure that the area where the blank part is chucked is premachined Otherwise the cutting limitation might adversely affect the machining strategies Machining of bars TURN PLUS does not control the bar loader and does not move the tailstock and steady rest components TURN PLUS does not support workpiece adjustment between collet and dead center during machining operations Transverse machining Please note that the entries made In the machining sequence apply to the complete workpiece and thus also to the transverse machining of shaft ends The AWG does not machine inside areas on the rear face If jaws are used for clamping the shaft at the spindle the rear face is not machined Longitudinal machining First the front area is machined then the rear area Collision prevention f machining operations are not performed without collisions you can do the following Add a retraction of the tailstock a positioning of the steady rest etc to the program Add cutting limits to the program to avoid collisions Disable automatic machining in the AWG by assigning the Exclusion from machining attribute or by defining a specific machining location in the machining sequence
305. g cycles and contour reference The drilling and boring cycles can be used with driven or stationary tools Drilling and boring cycles G71 Simple drilling Page 325 G72 Boring countersinking only with contour reference ID NS Page 327 G73 Tapping not with G743 G746 Page 334 G74 Deep hole drilling Page 331 G36 Tapping single path direct position input Page 330 G799 Thread milling direct position input Page 338 Pattern definitions G743 Linear pattern on face for drilling and milling cycles Page 334 G744 Linear pattern on lateral surface for drilling and milling cycles Page 336 G745 Circular pattern on face for drilling and milling cycles Page 335 G746 Circular pattern on lateral surface for drilling and milling cycles Page 337 Possibilities of defining a contour reference Path definition directly in the cycle Reference to a hole or pattern definition in the contour section ID NS for machining on the front face or lateral surface Centric hole in the turning contour G49 Page 219 Pattern definition in the block before the cycle call G743 G746 324 DIN Programming il Drilling cycle G71 G71 is used for axial and radial bore holes using driven or stationary tools Parameters ID Drilling contour Name of the hole definition NS Block number of contour Reference to the contour of the hole G49 Geo G300 Geo or G310 Geo E No input Single hole without contour descrip
306. g il NF O Parameters Milling A Sequence for Milling A 0 default 0 Position mark reterence from which the cycle reads the hole positions 1 to 127 Plunging behavior default 0 O 0 vertical plunge The cycle moves the tool to the starting point the tool plunges at the feed rate for infeed and mills the pocket O 1 plunge at pre drilled position If NF is programmed The cycle positions the milling cutter above the first pre drilled hole the tool plunges and mills the first area If applicable the cycle positions the tool to the next pre drilled hole and mills the next area etc If NF is not programmed The tool plunges at the current position and mills the area If applicable position the tool to the next pre drilled hole and mill the next area etc O 2 3 helical plunge The tool plunges at the angle W and mills full circles with the diameter WB As soon as it reaches the milling depth P the cycle switches to face milling O 2 manually The cycle plunges at the current position and machines the area that can be reached from this position O 3 automatically The cycle calculates the plunging position plunges and machines this area The plunging motion ends at the starting point of the first milling path if possible If the pocket consists of multiple areas the cycle successively machines all the areas O 4 5 reciprocating linear plunge The tool plunges at the angle W and m
307. g parting control the parted workpiece moves in the positive Z direction If a following error occurs the workpiece is considered unparted The result is saved in the variable 199 E 0 Workpiece was not correctly cut off following error detected E 1 Workpiece was correctly cut off no following error detected 396 DIN Programming il Force reduction G925 and behavior of G925 The machine manual provides D The machine tool builder determines the scope of function further information G925 activates deactivates the force reduction When the monitoring is activated the maximum contact force for one axis is defined Force reduction can be activated for only one axis per NC channel The G925 function limits the contact force for subsequent movements of the defined axis G925 does not execute any traverse Parameters H Contact force AN The contact force is limited to the given value Q Axis number X 1 Y 2 Z 3 U 4 V 5 W 6 A 7 B 8 C 9 Spindle number e g spindle O number 10 0 10 1 11 2 12 3 13 4 14 5 15 S Sleeve monitoring 0O Deactivate the contact force is not monitored 1 Activate the contact force is monitored Lag error monitoring is not activated until the acceleration phase has been completed HEIDENHAIN MANUALplus 620 CNC PILOT 640 4 29 I i G codes o il Sleeve monitoring G930 and behavior of G930 The machine manual provides A The machine tool builder determines the
308. ge 73 Page 74 Page 75 Page 76 Page 77 Page 78 E Units Turning group G32_MAN G31_ICP G352_API G32_KEG G32 Single thread Thread with direct contour definition G31 ICP thread Thread on any desired ICP contour G352 API thread API thread with direct contour definition G32 Tapered thread Tapered thread with direct contour definition HEIDENHAIN MANUALplus 620 CNC PILOT 640 Page 127 Page 128 Page 130 Page 131 j il 9 2 Units Drilling group 9 2 Units Drilling group Centric drilling group G74 _Zentr G73 _Zentr G74 Centric drilling Page 80 Drilling and pecking with X 0 G73 Centric tapping Page 82 Tapping with X 0 ICP drilling C axis group G74_ICP_C G73_ICP_C G72 ICPF C G74 ICP drilling C axis Page 102 Drilling and pecking with ICP pattern G73 ICP tapping C axis Page 104 Tapping with ICP pattern G72 ICP boring countersinking in C axis Page 105 Tapping with ICP pattern C axis face drilling group G74_Bohr_Stirn_C G74_Lin_Stirn_C G74_Cir_Stirn_C G73 _Gew_Stirn_C G73_Lin_Stirn_C G73_Cir_Stirn_C 594 G74 Single hole Page 84 Drilling and pecking a single hole G74 Linear pattern drilling Page 86 Drilling and pecking a linear hole pattern G74 Circ pattern drilling Page 88 Drilling and pecking a circular hole pattern G73 Tapping Page 90 Tapping a single hole G73 Thread linear pattern Page 91 Tapping a linear
309. ginal turning center The turning contours are programmed using separate turning cycles eh Q oO e Q g 4 29 Parameters H Activate coupling H 0 Deactivate coupling H 1 Activate coupling Q Reference spindle Number of the spindle that is coupled with the X and Y axes machine dependent R Center offset Distance between the eccentric center and the original turning center radius value C Position C C axis angle of the center offset F Maximum rapid traverse Permissible rapid traverse for the X and Y axes while coupling is active V Direction reversal in Y machine dependent E V 0 The control uses the configured axis direction for Y axis movements V 1 The control reverses the configured axis direction for Y axis movements HEIDENHAIN MANUALplus 620 CNC PILOT 640 399 il a Programming sequence 5 Position the cursor in the MACHINING program section Program G725 with H 1 activate coupling Program turning cycles g Program G725 with H 0 deactivate coupling Sen Please note when executing the program In the event of a program cancelation the control automatically deactivates the coupling ez N 400 DIN Programming il Transition to eccentric G726 G726 is used to machine turning contours outside the original turning center In addition G726 offers the possibility to continuously change the position of the turning center along a straight line or a curve
310. gn 115 s 83 3 181 u Micro 116 t 84 T 186 Degrees 117 u 85 U 215 Multiplication sign 118 v 86 V oo Exclamation point 376 DIN Programming il 119 w 87 W 120 x 88 X 121 y 89 Y 122 Z 90 Z HEIDENHAIN MANUALplus 620 CNC PILOT 640 Ampersand and Question mark Trademark Diameter sign 4 27 i cycles k il 4 27 endfilfing cycles Engraving on front face G801 G801 engraves character strings in linear or polar layout on the front face For character set and more information see page 376 The cycles start engraving trom the starting position or from the current position if no starting position is defined Example If a character string is engraved with several calls define the starting position in the first call All other calls are programmed without a starting position Parameters KC Polar starting point XK YK Cartesian starting point Z End point Z position infeed depth during milling RB Retraction plane Z position retracted to for positioning ID Text to be engraved NF Character number character to be engraved W Inclination angle Example 0 Vertical characters the characters are aligned in sequence in positive X direction V 0 Xe H 6 E H Font height V 1 Xe H 4 H 6 E E Distance factor for calculation see figure V 2 Xe H 2 E V Execution 0 Linear 1 Arched above E 2 Arched below D Reference diameter F Plunging feed rate factor plunging feed rate current feed rate F 3
311. hamfer End point of contour element polar radius reference workpiece zero point End point of contour element polar angle reference workpiece zero point Center point polar radius reference workpiece zero point Center point polar angle reference workpiece zero point Starting angle tangential angle to rotary axis End angle tangential angle to rotary axis BE BF BD BP and BH see Machining attributes for form elements on page 201 FP Do not machine element only necessary for TURN PLUS 0 Do not machine basic element straight line 1 Do not machine overlay element e g chamfer or rounding 2 Do not machine basic overlay element Programming X Z Absolute incremental modal or ARi Angle to the previous element ANi Angle to the subsequent element HEIDENHAIN MANUALplus 620 CNC PILOT 640 elements j il Example G12 G13 Geo Target point incremental and radius Only the radius is known Rounding arc in transition and selection of intersections Target point and center absolute 4 3 Basic conten elements N 06 DIN Programming il 4 4 Contour form elements Recess standard G22 Geo G22 defines a recess on the previously programmed paraxial reference element Parameters Starting point of recess on the face diameter Z Starting point of recess on the lateral surface Inside corner diameter value Recess on face End poin
312. hange point G14 247 Definition of tool change point G140 247 4 10 Linear and circular movements 248 Linear movement G1 248 Circular path G2 G3 249 Circular path G12 G18 250 4 11 Feed rate shaft speed 251 Speed limitation G26 251 Reduce rapid traverse G48 251 Interrupted feed G64 252 Feed per tooth Gx98 252 Constant feed rate G94 feed per minute 253 Feed per revolution GX95 253 Constant surface speed Gx96 254 Speed Gx97 254 4 12 Tool tip and cutter radius compensation Zoo G40 Switch off TRC MCRC 255 G41 G42 Switch on TRC MCRC 256 HEIDENHAIN MANUALplus 620 CNC PILOT 640 4 13 Zero point shifts 257 Zero point shift G51 258 Zero point offsets Shift G53 G54 G5b5 259 Additive zero point shift G56 259 Absolute zero point shift G59 260 4 14 Oversizes 261 Switch off oversize G50 261 Axis parallel oversize G57 261 Contour parallel oversize equidistant G58 262 4 15 Safety clearances 263 Safety clearance G47 263 Safety clearance G14 263 4 16 Tools compensations 264 Tool call T 264 Correction of cut switching the tool edge compensation G148 265 Additive compensation G149 266 Compensation of right hand tool tip G150 Compensation of left hand tool tip G151 267 4 17 Contour based turning cycles 268 Working with contour
313. he DIN ISO main menu Machining pull down menus The Mach ining pull down menus contain functions for programming the machining operation The pull down menus are called by pressing the Mach menu in DIN ISO mode Overview of the functions G Direct entry of a G code G menu Pull down menus for machining tasks M Direct entry of an M function M menu Pull down menus for switching tasks T Direct tool call F Feed per revolution G95 S Cutting speed G96 Extras Graph See Shared menu items on page 41 JJ Back to the DIN ISO main menu HEIDENHAIN MANUALplus 620 CNC PILOT 640 gt Machine smart Turn 4 Tool editor B m4 is 4 a4 Err 44 H HIG 4 Line Fj Cir a3 Form if Front Ha Lateral 2 4 3 ICP J Extras 343 Graph Faa bar nc fe ee Linear pattern G401 N 7 Gi X50 N 8 G1 2 40 aa Circular pattern G402 N 9 G1 x0 iis Bore hole G300 MACHINING a Start point G100 J4 Line G101 x UNIT ID START Program pm ence co G192 EKOA N 52 L InitStart V1 s Circle cew G103 OOF N 53 G26 3000 OFF ON N 54 G14 00 Figures front N 55 END_OF_UNIT 2829550539 aay axis y M07 Ji f a N 100 UNIT ID G820_G80 G820 Roughing direct transverse f LOFF N 101 N 102 F Mos N 103 G96 S300 G95 FO 3 M3 N 104 OFF N 105 GO X52 22 N 106 G47 P2 N 107 G820 P1 10 5 K0 2 HO DO N 108 G80 XS50 ZS0 XEO ZE1 ECO TA Project SMART_KAPITEL4 ncps bar nc 09 37 a cae aD gt Ma
314. he diameter of the longitudinal element is not the thread diameter If you have the Steuerung calculate the thread pitch automatically slight deviations may occur m E Cycle stop the Steuerung retracts the tool from the Cycle run oof WN Calculates the number of cutting passes Executes a thread cut Returns at rapid traverse and approaches for next pass Repeats 2 to 3 until the complete thread has been cut Executes air cuts Returns to starting point HEIDENHAIN MANUALplus 620 CNC PILOT 640 Beispiel G35 X A F _ t t jl d nn eee LT WN Y N NSN 311 TA O gt O O 4 19 ad cycles z Tapered API thread G352 This cycle cuts a tapered single or multi start API thread The depth of thread decreases at the overrun at the end of thread Parameters Z XS Zo F U 312 End point of thread diameter End point of thread Starting point for thread diameter Starting point for thread Thread pitch Thread depth U gt 0 Internal thread U lt 0 External thread lateral surface or front face U 999 or 999 Thread depth Is calculated Maximum approach infeed default is calculated from the thread pitch and the thread depth Type of infeed default 0 for details see page 301 0 Constant cross section for all cuts 1 Constant infeed E 2 W remaining cutting with distribution of remaining cuts First in
315. he direction Wi lt 0 clockwise V 1 with W Clockwise V 1 with Wi Clockwise algebraic sign of Wi has no effect E V 2 with W Counterclockwise E V 2 with Wi Counterclockwise algebraic sign of Wi has no effect Parameter combinations for defining the center of the pattern and the pattern positions E Center of pattern EX C XK YK Pattern positions E A Wand Q E A Wi and Q HEIDENHAIN MANUALplus 620 CNC PILOT 640 ae 4 22 cycles Ww Ww 2 Q Q Y Y D D N a D 2 PS Cc Ol g O q e O e 3 3 te Q Q 33 Ol 4 22 inc cycles Linear pattern lateral surface G744 Cycle G744 is used to machine linear drilling patterns or milling patterns in which the individual features are arranged at a regular spacing on the lateral surface Parameter combinations for defining the starting point and the pattern positions E Starting point of pattern Z C Pattern positions Wand Q E Wi and Q If the Final point XE has not been defined the drilling milling cycle or the figure definition of the next NC block is used as a reference Using this principle you can combine pattern definitions with drilling cycles G71 G74 G36 or milling cycles figure definitions with G314 G315 G317 Parameters XS Starting point of drilling milling operation diameter value 4 Starting point of pattern in polar coordinates XE Final point
316. he feed rate breaks the chip O A WN O amp O Further forms see page 60 98 smart Turn units il Tap hole lateral surface unit This unit machines a tap hole on the lateral surface of the workpiece Unit name G73_Gew_Mant_C Cycle G73 see page 328 D Cycle form X1 Start point drill starting point of hole diameter value X2 End point drill end point of hole diameter value CS Spindle angle F1 Thread pitch I B Run in length A L Retraction length when using floating tap holders default 0 SR Retraction speed default Shaft speed for tapping N SF Chip breaking depth i SI Retraction distance Further forms see page 60 n LO Use the retraction length for floating tap holders The cycle N calculates a new nominal pitch on the basis of the thread depth the programmed pitch and the retraction length The nominal pitch is somewhat smaller than the pitch of the tap During tapping the tap is pulled away from the chuck by the retraction length With this method you can achieve higher service life from taps Access to the technology database Machining operation Tapping Affected parameters S HEIDENHAIN MANUALplus 620 CNC PILOT 640 99 il Linear tapping pattern lateral surface unit The unit machines a linear tapping pattern in which the individual features are arranged at a regular spacing on the lateral surface e Unit name G73_Lin_Mant_C Cycle
317. he lateral surface YZ plane H Output only with MCRC default 0 E 0 Intersecting areas which are programmed in directly successive contour elements are not machined E 1 The complete contour is machined even if certain areas are intersecting O Feed rate reduction default 0 E 0 Feed rate reduction is active 1 No feed rate reduction Please note E Program G41 G42 in a separate NC block E Program a straight line segment GO G1 after the block containing G41 G42 m The TRC MCRC is taken into account from the next path of traverse 258 w D D gos o G D G A G A N L L DIN Programming il 4 13 Zero point shifts You can program several zero point shifts in one NC program The relationships of the coordinates for blank finished part auxiliary contours are retained by the zero offset description G920 temporarily deactivates zero point shifts G980 reactivates them G51 Page 260 Relative shift Programmed shift Reterence Previously defined workpiece zero point G53 G54 G55 Page 261 Relative shift Shift defined in setup mode offset Reference Previously defined workpiece zero point G56 Page 261 Additive shift Programmed shift Reference Workpiece zero point defined at present G59 Page 262 Absolute shift Programmed shift Reference Machine zero point HEIDENHAIN MANUALplus 620 CNC PILOT 640 4 13 cera shifts j il 4 13 zerion shifts
318. he outside 1 From the outside in from the outside towards the inside A Sequence for Milling A 0 default 0 NF Position mark reference from which the cycle reads the hole positions 1 to 127 HEIDENHAIN MANUALplus 620 CNC PILOT 640 domo F Z 533 6 7 Milling cycles for the Y axis 6 7 Milling M for the Y axis Parameters Milling O 534 Plunging behavior default 0 O 0 vertical plunge The cycle moves the tool to the starting point the tool plunges at the feed rate for infeed and mills the pocket O 1 plunge at pre drilled position If NF is programmed The cycle positions the milling cutter above the first pre drilled hole the tool plunges and mills the first area If applicable the cycle positions the tool to the next pre drilled hole and mills the next area etc If NF is not programmed The tool plunges at the current position and mills the area If applicable position the tool to the next pre drilled hole and mill the next area etc O 2 3 helical plunge The tool plunges at the angle W and mills full circles with the diameter WB As soon as it reaches the milling depth P the cycle switches to face milling O 2 manually The cycle plunges at the current position and machines the area that can be reached from this position O 3 automatically The cycle calculates the plunging position plunges and machines this area The plunging motion ends
319. he program run is interrupted and an error message is displayed Parameters R Type of zero point shift 1 Activate table and G152 zero point shift and additionally save in zero point table The zero point shift also remains active after the program run 2 Activate zero point shift with G152 for the further program run Zero point shift no longer active after program run D Result 1 Position Set zero point without determining the stud center The stud diameter is not probed 2 Object center Before the zero point is set determine stud center in two probing operations with the C axis K Incremental measuring path X signed Maximum measuring path for probing The algebraic sign determines the probing direction C Starting position C Position of the C axis for the first probing operation RC Search grid Ci Stepping angle of the C axis for the subsequent probing operations 486 Beispiel G782 Find stud in C face Touch probe cycles il Parameters A IC AC BD KC WE AN Number of points Maximum number of probing operations Measuring path in C Measuring path of the C axis in degrees starting from the current position The algebraic sign determines the probing direction Nominal value for target position Absolute coordinate of touch point in degrees Tolerance Measurement result range in degrees in which no compensation is applied Compensation offset Additional compensation value that is a
320. he retraction length With this method you can achieve higher service life from taps 104 Access to the technology database Machining operation Tapping Affected parameters S smart Turn units il ICP boring countersinking C axis unit The unit machines a single hole or a hole pattern on the face or lateral surface Using ICP you define the hole positions as well as further details for boring or countersinking Unit name G72_ICP_C Cycle G72 see page 327 Pattern form FK see page 62 NS Starting block no of contour Cycle form E Delay dwell time at end of hole default 0 D Retraction at E 0 Rapid traverse E 1 Feed rate RB Retraction plane default return to the starting position or to the safety clearance Further forms see page 60 HEIDENHAIN MANUALplus 620 CNC PILOT 640 D 1 000 Access to the technology database Machining operation Drilling E Affected parameters F S 105 XIS ing in 2 5 Units Drill ing in C a 2 6 Units Predrill 2 6 Units Predrilling in C axis Predrill contour mill figures on face unit The unit determines the hole position and machines the hole The subsequent milling cycle obtains the hole position from the reference stored in NF Unit name DRILL_STILKON_C Cycles G840 A1 see page 359 G71 see page 325 Figure form Q ON X1 C1 Z1 P2 RE Q2 106 Type of fig
321. he tool either in the normal attitude or upside down The photo shows a multipoint tool with three cutting edges 586 CWO fcwz240 B axis 8 2 Compensation with the B axis Compensation during program run Tool compensation Enter the compensation values determined in the tool compensation form Also define further functions that were active while machining the measured surface Tilt angle of the B axis BW Position angle of the tool CW Kinematics KM Plane G16 The control converts the measured data into dimensions referenced to the position B 0 and saves them in the tool database Select the Tool Add correct soft key during program run The control opens Set the tool compensation in the dialog box Enter new values Press the Save soft key In the T box machine display the control indicates the compensation values referenced to the current B axis angle and the tool position angle The control saves the tool compensation data In the tool database together with the other tool data If the B axis Is tilted the control takes the tool compensation data into account when calculating the tool tip position Additive compensation values are independent of the tool data The compensation values are effective in the X Y and Z directions Tilting the B axis has no influence on additive compensation values HEIDENHAIN MANUALplus 620 CNC PILOT 640 IS ith the B axi ion WI 8 2 Ma ii
322. he tool moves to the working plane outside of the workpiece lt n00 F material Parameters ID Milling contour name of the contour to be milled NS Block number reference to the contour description P Milling depth maximum infeed in the working plane Oversize in X direction K Oversize in Z direction U Minimum overlap factor Defines the overlap of milling paths default 0 5 Overlap U milling diameter V Overrun factor Defines the distance by which the tool should pass the outside radius of the workpiece default 0 5 6 7 Milling oyeles for the Y axis Overrun V milling diameter F Feed rate for infeed default active feed rate RB Retraction plane default back to starting position E XY plane Retraction position in Z direction YZ plane Retraction position in X direction diameter Oversizes are taken into account G57 Oversize in X and Z direction G58 Equidistant oversize in the milling plane Cycle run 1 Starting position X Y Z C is the position before the cycle begins 2 Calculate the proportioning of cuts infeeds to the milling planes infeeds in the milling depths 3 Move to the safety clearance and plunge to the first milling depth Mill the first plane 5 Retract by the safety clearance return and cut to the next milling depth Repeat steps 4 and 5 until the complete area is milled 7 Return to retraction plane RB HEIDENHAIN MANUALplus 620 CN
323. he touch probe is positioned back to the starting point The control outputs an error message if the touch probe does not reach any touch point within the defined measuring path If a maximum deviation WE was programmed the measuring point Is approached twice and the mean value is saved as result If the difference of the measurements Is greater than the maximum deviation WE the program run is interrupted and an error message is displayed Parameters R Type of zero point shift 1 Table and G59 Activate zero point shift and additionally save in zero point table The zero point shift also remains active after the program run 2 Activate zero point shift with G59 for the further program run Zero point shift no longer active after program run D Measuring axis Axis in which the measurement is to be made K Incremental measuring path with direction signed Maximum measuring path for probing The algebraic sign determines the probing direction AC Nominal value for target position Touch point coordinate BD Tolerance Measurement result range in which no compensation is applied WE Maximum deviation Probe twice and monitor the dispersion of the measured values F Measuring feed rate Feed rate for probing If nothing is entered the measuring feed rate from the touch probe table is used If the entered measuring feed rate F is higher than the one in the touch probe table the feed rate is reduced to the value from the touch probe table
324. he window is opened as a result of the first input output WINDOW 0 closes the window Syntax WINDOW line number 0 lt line number lt 20 The standard window comprises 3 lines You do not need to program it WINDOW Output file for variables The command WINDOW x tilename saves the PRINT instruction in a file with the defined name and the extension LOG in the directory V nc_prog The file is overwritten when the WINDOW command is run again Syntax WINDOW line number filename INPUT Input of variables Use INPUT to program the input of variables Syntax INPUT text variable You define the input text and the number of the variable The Steuerung stops the interpretation at INPUT outputs the text and waits for input of the variable value Instead of an input text you can also program a String variable such as x1 The Steuerung displays the input after having completed the INPUT command HEIDENHAIN MANUALplus 620 CNC PILOT 640 U U 2 el el 3 5 D D gt Program run smart tun P Toot editor QC x2 23 405a U 0 000 ID 2 31 703 AZ M T 0 ise y 0 00049 OOo Wo ooo aid ed 8 9 man es at Aee S1 1002 Fo 44 Prog JF Sequence 345 Display TNC Project SMART_KAPITEL4 ncps 77880 nc ey MACHINING e N 1 WINDOW 8 N 3 12 17 11 f N 4 PRINT resu
325. hen the control is switched off and can be evaluated again after power up E x1 x20 Channel dependent local text variables are effective within a main or subprogram They can only be read on the channel to which they were written control is switched off this feature must be activated by the machine tool builder configuration parameter Channels ChannelSettings CH_NC1 CfgNcPgmParState persistent TRUE If the variables are to be retained in the memory when the If this feature is not activated the variables values will always be zero after power up Machine dimensions E m1 n m99 n n is the designation of the axis X Z Y for which the machine dimension is to be read or written The variable calculation uses the table mach_dim hma Simulation During the startup of the control the table mach_dim hmd is read by the simulation The simulation function now uses the table of the simulation 408 Beispiel DIN Programming il Tool compensation E dt n n is the compensation direction X Z Y S and t is the turret pocket number assigned to the tool The variable calculation uses the table toolturn htt Simulation When the program is selected the table toolturn htt is read by the simulation The simulation function now uses the table of the simulation number This may be necessary for example if no turret pocket has been assigned For this purpose
326. hined UJ WB 1st cut angle default 45 E Reduced feed for machining the undercut default active feed rate H Type of departure default 0 E 0 Tool returns to the starting point E 1 Tool remains at the end of the plane surface Parameters that are not programmed are automatically calculated by the Steuerung from the standard table E FP from the diameter E K W and R from FP thread pitch Blocks following the cycle call contour corners along the longitudinal axis Cutting radius compensation is active Oversizes are not taken into account 320 DIN Programming il Undercuts can only be executed in orthogonal paraxial WW wa o G 00 O W Undercut type U G856 G856 machines an undercut and finishes the adjoining plane surface A chamfer or rounding optional can be machined Tool position at the end of the cycle Cycle start point Parameters Undercut depth default value from standard table K Undercut length default value from standard table B Chamfer rounding B gt 0 Radius of rounding E B lt 0 Width of chamfer Blocks following the cycle call Undercuts can only be executed in orthogonal paraxial contour corners along the longitudinal axis Cutting radius compensation is active Oversizes are not taken into account f the cutting width of the tool is not defined the control assumes that the tool s cutting width equals K
327. hining operation and the full surface machining Submachining operation In parameter D of the chucking equipment description select the main spindle for the first chucking equipment and the opposing spindle for the second chucking equipment 580 Beispiel Defining the chucking equipment i Parting and picking off the workpiece with the opposing spindle The subprogram for parting and picking off with the opposing spindle is defined in the user parameter Parameter list rechucking parting standard program Rechuck_complete ncs At the end of the machining sequence define a machining step with the parting main machining operation and the full surface machining Submachining operation In parameter D of the chucking equipment description select the main spindle for the first chucking equipment and the opposing spindle for the second chucking equipment HEIDENHAIN MANUALplus 620 CNC PILOT 640 Beispiel Defining the chucking equipment g with TURN PLUS O E a O S om 5 T 5 L LO N i TURN PLUS il 582 8 1 Fundamentals 8 1 Fundamentals Tilted working plane and behavior of the B axis The machine manual provides A The machine tool builder determines the scope of function further information Tilted working plane The B axis makes it possible to drill bore and mill in oblique planes To make programming easy the coordinate system is tilted in such a
328. hole pattern G73 Thread circular pattern Page 92 Tapping a circular hole pattern Overview of units il C axis lateral surface drilling group G74_Bohr_Mant_C G74_Lin_Mant_C G74_Cir_Mant_C G73_Gew_Mant_C G73_Lin_Mant_C G73_Cir_Mant_C G74 Single hole Drilling and pecking a single hole G74 Linear pattern drilling Drilling and pecking a linear hole pattern G74 Circ pattern drilling Drilling and pecking a circular hole pattern G73 Tapping Tapping a single hole G73 Thread linear pattern Tapping a linear hole pattern G73 Thread circular pattern Tapping a circular hole pattern HEIDENHAIN MANUALplus 620 CNC PILOT 640 Page 93 Page 95 Page 97 Page 99 Page 100 Page 101 i Units Drilling group j il group DRILL_STI_KON_C DRILL_STI_840_C DRILL_STI_TASC DRILL_STI_845_C 9 3 TEn PONN in C axis group DRILL_MAN_KON_C DRILL_MAN_840_C DRILL_MAN_TAS_C DRILL_MAN_845_C 9 3 Units Predrilling in C axis Predrilling in C axis face group G840 Predrill face contour milling figures Determine the predrilling position and machine a hole G840 Predrill face ICP contour milling Determine the predrilling position and machine a hole G845 Predrill face pocket milling figures Determine the predrilling position and machine a hole G845 Predrill face ICP pocket milling Determine the predrilling position and machine a hole Predrilling in C axis lateral surfa
329. hole without contour description XS Starting point of radial hole diameter value single hole without contour description ZS Starting point of axial hole Single hole without contour description XE End point of radial hole diameter value Single hole without contour description ZE End point of axial hole Single hole without contour description K Boring depth hole depth alternative to XE ZE Single hole without contour description F Thread pitch prevails over the contour description B Run in length S Retraction speed default Shaft speed for tapping J Retraction length when using floating tap holders default O RB Retraction plane radial holes diameter default return to the starting position or to the safety clearance P Chip breaking depth Retraction distance BS Start element no number of the first hole to be machined in a pattern BE End element no number of the last hole to be machined in a pattern H Spindle Brake off default 0 E 0 Spindle brake on E 1 Spindle brake off The starting position is calculated from the safety clearance and the run in Slope length B 328 DIN Programming il XS XE ZS ZE XS K ZS K XE K ZE K Retraction length J Use this parameter for floating tap holders The cycle calculates a new nominal pitch on the basis of the thread depth the programmed pitch and the retraction length The nominal pitch is somewhat smaller than the pitch of
330. hread decreases at the overrun at the end of thread Tapered thread cuts a single or multi start tapered internal or external thread 2 8 Units Thre Handwheel superimposition If your machine features handwheel superimposition you can overlap axis movements during thread cutting in a limited area X direction Maximum programmed thread depth depending on the current cutting depth Z direction a fourth of the thread pitch machine tool builder for use of this cycle Refer to your A Machine and control must be specially prepared by the machine manual Remember that position changes resulting from handwheel superimposition are no longer effective after the cycle end or the last cut function HEIDENHAIN MANUALplus 620 CNC PILOT 640 125 il 2 8 Units hds Parameter V Type of infeed With the V parameter you define the type of infeed for thread cutting cycles The following infeed types are available 0 Constant mach X section The control reduces the cutting depth after each infeed to achieve a consistent chip cross section and removal rate 1 Constant infeed The control uses the same cutting depth for each infeed without exceeding the maximum infeed I 2 EPL with distribution of cuts The control uses the thread pitch F1 and the constant shaft speed S to calculate the cutting depth for a constant infeed If the thread depth is not a multiple of the cutting depth the control uses the depth of
331. hronizes functions such as polygonal turning jobs The function stays active until you deactivate G720 with the setting HO If you would like to synchronize more than two spindles you can program G720 several times in succession Parameters S Number of the master spindle H Number of the slave spindle no input or H 0 Switches off the spindle synchronization Offset angle O Master spindle speed factor Range 100 lt Q lt 100 F Slave spindle speed factor Range 100 lt F lt 100 Y Type of cycle Your machine manual provides more detailed information about machine dependent functions Program the speed of the master spindle with Gx97 S and define the speed ratio between the master spindle and the slave spindle with O F If you enter a negative value for Q or F the direction of rotation of the slave spindle will be reversed Remember that Q master speed F slave speed Example G720 392 Spindle speed and direction of rotation of master spindle Synchronization of master spindle and slave spindle The slave spindle precedes the master spindle by 180 Slave spindle direction of rotation M4 spindle speed 750 DIN Programming il C angle offset G905 G905 measures the angular offset of workpiece transfer with rotating spindle The sum of angle C and the angle offset goes into effect as the zero point shift of C axis If you request the zero point shift of the current C axis in the variable
332. ht hand thread 1 Left hand thread D No of gears threads per unit P Run in length K Run out length Maximum infeed E Cutting depth reduction Further forms see page 60 150 ZS Access to the technology database Machining operation Finish milling Affected parameters F S smart Turn units il Contour milling figures lateral surface unit The unit mills the contour defined by Q on the lateral surface Unit name G840_Fig_Mant_C Cycle G840 see page 361 Figure form Q Type of figure 0 Full circle E 1 Linear slot E 2 Circular slot 3 Triangle 4 Rectangle square E 5 Polygon ON Number of polygon corners only with Q 5 polygon Z1 Figure center C1 Angle of figure center CY Figure center of unrolled lateral surface X1 Milling top edge P2 Depth of figure L Edge length width across flats E L gt 0 Edge length lt 0 Width across flats inside diameter for polygon B Rectangle width RE Rounding radius A Angle to Z axis Q2 Rotational direction of slot only if Q 2 circular slot E cw In clockwise direction E ccw In counterclockwise direction W Angle of slot end point only if Q 2 circular slot Access to the technology database E Machining operation Milling E Affected parameters F S FZ P HEIDENHAIN MANUALplus 620 CNC PILOT 640 151 2 10 Units Milling lateral _ 2 10 Units Milling lateral sco Cycle form JK mM 1
333. iables n927 X n927 Z and n927 Y Parameters H Method of conversion 0 Convert tool length to reference position take K of the tool into account 1 Convert tool length to reference position do not take K of the tool into account 2 Convert tool length from the reference position to the current work position take K of the tool into account 3 Convert tool length from the reference position to the current work position do not take K of the tool into account X Y Z Axis values X value radius If nothing is entered the value O is used Calculate variables automatically G940 Use G940 to convert metric values to inch values When you create a new program you can select between metric units and inches Internally the control always calculates with metric values If you read out variables in an inch program the variables are always output as metric values Use G940 to convert the variables to INCH values Parameters H Switch on off the G940 function 0 Unit conversion active 1 Values remain metric In inch programs a conversion is required for variables that refer to a metric unit of measurement m1 n Machine dimensions of an axis e g m1 X for machine dimensions of the X axis wn NL Usable length inside turning and drilling tools wn RS Cutting edge radius wn ZD Stud diameter wn DF Cutter diameter wn SD Shank diameter HEIDENHAIN MANUALplus 620 CNC PILOT 640
334. iameter value X2 Z2 End point of thread X2 diameter value W Taper angle reference Z axis 45 lt W lt 45 WE Run out angle reference Z axis O lt WE lt 90 default 12 F1 Thread pitch U Thread depth automatically for metric ISO threads Cycle form Maximum infeed radius H Kind of displacement type of offset offset between the individual infeeds in cutting direction 0 Without offset 11 From left E 2 From right E 3 Alternately left right V Type of infeed for details see page 126 E 0 Constant mach X section E 1 Constant infeed E 2 W remaining cutting with distribution of remaining cuts E 3 W o remaining cutting without distribution of remaining cuts E 4 Same as MANUALplus 4110 E5 Constant infeed same as 4290 6 Constant with distribute Same as 4290 Approach angle angle of infeed reference X axis 60 lt A lt 60 default 30 Remaining cut depth only with V 4 Starting angle No of gears threads per unit No no load number of dry runs Further forms see page 60 gt OO UG 2 130 Access to the technology database E Machining operation Thread cutting Affected parameters F S smart Turn units il Tapered thread unit The unit cuts a single or multi start tapered internal or external thread Unit name G32_KEG Cycle G32 see page 307 Thread form O X1 Z1 X2 Z2 F1 KE Thread location E 0 Internal th
335. iary workpiece blank in the simulation graphics Parameters ID ID of auxiliary workpiece blank NS Block number of contour Period of dwell G4 With G4 the Steuerung interrupts the program run for the time F or until the revolutions on the recess floor D have been completed before executing the next program block If G4 is programmed together with a path of traverse in the same block the dwell time or the number of revolutions on the recess floor only become effective after the path of traverse has been executed Parameters F Dwell time sec 0 lt F lt 999 D Revolutions on recessing floor Precision stop G7 G7 switches precision stop on It is a modal function With a precision stop the Steuerung does not run the following block until the last point has been reached in the tolerance window for position The tolerance window is a configuration parameter ParameterSets PX PZ CfgControllerTol pos Tolerance Precision stop affects single paths and cycles The NC block containing G7 is also executed with a precision stop HEIDENHAIN MANUALplus 620 CNC PILOT 640 T Q O e O 9 ao 4 29 o il V O e g Sen 4 29 Precision stop off G8 G8 switches precision stop off The block containing G8 is executed without a precision stop Precision stop G9 G9 activates a precision stop for the NC block in which it is programmed With a precision stop the Steuerung does not run the f
336. ide in from the outside towards the inside H Cutting direction 0 Up cut milling 1 Climb milling Contour parallel oversize K Infeed direction oversize U Overlap factor default 0 5 WB Cutter diameter NF Position mark E Delay dwell time at end of hole default 0 D Retraction at 0 Rapid traverse 1 Feed rate V Feed rate reduction 0 Without reduction 1 At end of the hole 2 At start of the hole 3 At start and end of the hole AB Spot drilling through drilling length distance for feed rate reduction RB Retraction plane default return to the starting position or to the safety clearance Further forms see page 60 HEIDENHAIN MANUALplus 620 CNC PILOT 640 Access to the technology database Machining operation Drilling Affected parameters F S xis Ing in 2 6 Units Predrill ing in 2 6 Units Predrill Predrill contour mill figures on lateral surface unit The unit determines the hole position and machines the hole The subsequent milling cycle obtains the hole position from the reference stored in NF Unit name DRILL_MAN_KON_C Cycles G840 A1 see page 359 G71 see page 325 Figure form Q Type of figure 0 Full circle 1 Linear slot E 2 Circular slot E 3 Triangle 4 Rectangle square 5 Polygon ON Number of polygon corners only with Q 5 polygon Z1 Figure center C1 Angle of figure center CY Figure center of unrolled lateral surface X
337. ide towards the outside 1 From the outside in from the outside towards the inside HEIDENHAIN MANUALplus 620 CNC PILOT 640 6 7 Milling geles for the Y axis il 6 7 Milling M for the Y axis Parameters finishing O Plunging behavior default 0 O 0 vertical plunge The cycle moves the tool to the starting point the tool plunges and finishes the pocket Q 1 approaching arc with depth feed When machining the upper milling planes the tool advances to the milling plane and then approaches on an arc When machining the bottom milling plane the tool plunges to the milling depth while moving on the approaching arc three dimensional approaching arc You can use this approach behavior only in conjunction with an approaching arc R and when machining from the outside toward the inside Q 1 For the cutting direction machining direction and direction of tool rotation please refer to table G846 in the User s Manual Cycle run 1 538 Starting position X Y Z C is the position before the cycle begins Calculate the proportioning of cuts infeeds to the milling planes infeeds in the milling depths Move to the safety clearance and plunge to the first milling depth Mill the first plane Retract by the safety clearance return and cut to the next milling depth Repeat steps 4 and 5 until the complete area is milled Return to retraction plane J DIN programming for the Y axis i
338. idth Chamfer width Execution see cycle programming E 0 Simple contour E 1 Expanded contour Plunging contour m 0 Rising contour E 1 Plunging contour Contour direction for finishing 0 Longitudinal 1 Transverse IC and KC are used in the control to show the chamfer rounding cycles 294 WO o D o G 00 DIN Programming il Linear slot on front rear face G301 G301 defines a linear slot in a contour on the front or rear face Program this figure in conjunction with G840 G845 or G846 Parameters XK Center in Cartesian coordinates YK Center in Cartesian coordinates Diameter center point in polar coordinates Angle center point in polar coordinates Angle to XK axis default 0 Slot length Slot width Depth Height P lt 0 Pocket P gt 0O Island VWALrO x Circular slot on front rear face G302 G303 G302 G303 defines a circular slot in a contour on the front face rear face Program this figure in conjunction with G840 G845 or G846 G302 Circular slot clockwise G303 Circular slot counterclockwise Parameters Center of curvature in Cartesian coordinates Center of curvature in Cartesian coordinates Diameter center point in polar coordinates Angle center point in polar coordinates Curvature radius reference center point path of the slot Starting angle reference XK axis default 0 End angle reference XK axis default 0 Slot wid
339. iew of milling cycles O G791 Linear slot on the face The position and length of the slot are S defined directly in the cycle slot width cutter diameter Page 349 G792 Linear slot on the lateral surface The position and length of the slot are defined directly in the cycle slot width cutter diameter Page 350 G793 Contour and figure milling cycle on the face The contour is described directly after the cycle and concluded by G80 compatibility cycle MANUALplus 4110 Page 351 G794 Contour and figure milling cycle on the lateral surface The contour is described directly after the cycle and concluded by G80 compatibility cycle MANUALplus 4110 Page 353 G797 Face milling Mills figures circles polygons individual surfaces contours as Islands on the face Page 355 G798 Helical slot milling Mills a helical slot on the lateral surface slot width cutter diameter Page 357 G840 Contour milling Mills ICP contours and figures Closed contours are machined inside outside of the contour or on the contour Open contours are machined from the left right of the contour or on the contour G840 is used on the face and lateral surface Page 358 G845 Pocket milling roughing Roughs out closed ICP contours and figures on the face and lateral surface Page 368 G846 Pocket milling tinishing Finishes closed ICP contours and figures on the face and lateral surface Page 374 Contour definitions in the MACHINING section figures
340. igure milling cycle face G798 349 Contour and figure milling cycle lateral surface G794 351 Area milling face G797 353 Helical slot milling G798 300 Contour milling G840 356 Pocket milling roughing G845 366 Pocket milling finishing G846 372 4 27 Engraving cycles 374 Character set 374 Engraving on front face G801 376 Engraving on lateral surface G802 377 4 28 Contour follow up 378 Saving loading contour follow up G702 378 Contour follow up on off G703 378 4 29 Other G codes 379 Chucking equipment in simulation G65 379 Workpiece blank contour G67 for graphics 379 Period of dwell G4 379 Precision stop G7 379 Precision stop off G8 380 Precision stop G9 380 Switch off protection zone G60 380 Actual values in variables G901 380 Zero point shift in variables G902 380 Lag error in variables G903 380 Read interpolation information G904 381 Feed rate override 100 G908 381 Interpreter stop G909 381 Spindle override 100 G919 381 Deactivate zero point shifts G920 382 Deactivate zero point shifts tool lengths G921 382 End position of tool G922 382 Fluctuating spindle speed G924 382 Convert lengths G927 383 Calculate variables automatically G940 383 Misalignment compensation G976 385 Activate zero point shifts G980 385 Acti
341. il les ling cyc 4 17 Contour based tur Cycle run 1 N OF B OW Calculates the areas to be machined and the cutting segmentation Approaches workpiece for first pass from starting point taking the safety clearance into account Executes the first cut roughing Returns at rapid traverse and approaches for next pass Repeats 3 to 4 until the complete area has been machined If required repeats 2 to 5 until all areas have been machined Retracts as programmed in Q 280 DIN Programming il Contour cycle bidirectional contour parallel with neutral tool G835 G835 machines the contour area defined in ID or by NS NE parallel to the contour and bidirectionally see Working with contour based cycles on page 270 The contour to be machined can contain various valleys If required the area to be machined is divided Into several sections Parameters ID Auxiliary contour ID number of the contour to be machined NS Starting block number beginning of contour section NE End block number end of contour section NE not programmed The contour element NS is machined in the direction of contour definition NS NE programmed The contour element NS is machined opposite to the direction of contour definition P Maximum inteed Oversize in X direction diameter value default 0 K Oversize in Z direction default 0 X Cutting limit in X direction diameter value default no
342. illing group b92 Centric drilling group 592 ICP drilling C axis group 592 C axis face drilling group 592 C axis lateral surface drilling group 593 9 3 Units Predrilling in C axis group 594 Predrilling in C axis face group 594 Predrilling in C axis lateral surface group 594 9 4 Units Milling in C axis group 595 Milling in C axis face group 595 ICP milling in C axis face group 595 C axis lateral surface milling group 596 ICP milling in C axis lateral surface group 596 9 5 Units Drilling predrilling in Y axis group 597 ICP drilling Y axis group 597 Predrilling in Y axis group 597 9 6 Units Milling in Y axis group 598 Milling in front face group XY plane 598 Milling in lateral surface group YZ plane 599 9 7 Units Special units group 600 30 10 1 Section codes 602 10 2 Overview of G commands in the CONTOUR section 603 G commands for turning contours 603 G commands for C axis contours 604 G commands for Y axis contours 604 10 3 Overview of G commands in the MACHINING section 605 G commands for turning 605 Cycles for turning 606 C axis machining 607 Y axis machining 608 Variable programming program branches 608 Other G codes 609 HEIDENHAIN MANUALplus 620 CNC PILOT 640 31 il
343. ills a linear path of the length WB You can define the orientation angle in WE The cycle then mills along this path in the opposite direction As soon as It reaches the milling depth P the cycle switches to face milling O 4 manually The cycle plunges at the current position and machines the area that can be reached from this position O 5 automatically The cycle calculates the plunging position plunges and machines this area The plunging motion ends at the starting point of the first milling path if possible If the pocket consists of multiple areas the cycle successively machines all the areas The plunging position is determined from the type of figure and from O as follows HEIDENHAIN MANUALplus 620 CNC PILOT 640 4 26 eee cycles i il Q1 from the outside toward the inside Linear slot Starting point of the slot Circular slot circle Not machined Rectangle polygon Starting point of the first linear element Free contour Starting point of the first linear element at least one linear element must exist O 6 7 reciprocating circular plunge The tool plunges at the plunging angle W and mills a circular arc of 90 The cycle then mills along this path in the opposite direction As soon as it reaches the milling depth P the cycle switches to face milling WVE defines the arc center WB the arc radius Ta Parameters Milling b QO from the inside toward the o
344. in 0 max 1234 TNC nc_prog gtb 1 gtb N 1 G20 X60 Z100 K1 FINISHED N 2 GO XO ZO N 3 G1 X16 BR 2 N 4 G1 2 25 TNC Project SMART_KAPITEL7 ncps 752 nc 08 53 gt Machine smart Turn A Tool editor fmt t Machining sequence ga Line 3 Machining parameters CHAN LOCK MAIN SUB PLACE 1 Predrilling All G 1 Roughing All 1 Contour recessing All 1 Finishing Contour paralLL Fo 1 Undercutting All 1 Recessing All END PGM 1 Thread cutting All 2 rE S OFF 1 Milling All 7 ON 1 Deburring All 1 Drilling All f Mo7 Slide Min 0 max 1234 TNC nc_prog gtb 1 gtb TURRET 1 T1 ID 111 80 080 1 T2 ID 111 55 080 1 WT11 WO1 MD4 XE50 ZE50 RSO 8 EW95 SW80 WT11 WO1 MD4 XE65 ZE48 RSO 8 EW93 SW55 T3 ID 151 800 2 WT15 W01 MD4 XE65 ZE43 RSO 2 EW90 SW89 SB8 T4 ID Gewinde Aussen WT14 WO1 MD3 XE73 581 ZE50 038 RSO 1 EW60 SW60 Pa TNC Project SMART_KAPITEL7 ncps _generated_ by_AAG nc AAG nc Ae Change Change i VIEW window Ash gt Machine gt smart Turn A Tool editor E m ey JE 4Machining sequence Line 44Machining parameters CHAN LOCK Edit Line Enter Predritli EF Insert above the line Roughing re bel he li I ja Contour ri o insert below the line press Insert Finishing 54 Move line upwards Hgg Undercutt 33 Move line downwards Recessing 4 JE Delete line Ua et 44 Unlock the line END PGM gt OFF
345. in polar coordinates Angle center point in polar coordinates Curvature radius reference center point path of the slot Starting angle reference XK axis default 0 End angle reference XK axis default 0 Slot width Depth height default P from G308 P lt 0 Pocket P gt 0O Island UWSPFDAXO 234 DIN Programming il Full circle on front rear face G304 Geo G304 defines a full circle in a contour on the front face rear face Parameters XK Center in Cartesian coordinates YK Center in Cartesian coordinates X Diameter center point in polar coordinates C Angle center point in polar coordinates R Radius P Depth height default P from G308 P lt 0 Pocket P gt 0 Island Rectangle on front rear face G305 Geo G305 defines a rectangle in a contour on the front face rear face Parameters XK Center in Cartesian coordinates YK Center in Cartesian coordinates X Diameter center point in polar coordinates C Angle center point in polar coordinates A Angle to XK axis default 0 K Length B Height width R Chamfer rounding default 0 R gt 0 Radius of rounding R lt 0 Width of chamfer P Depth height default P from G308 P lt 0 Pocket P gt 0 Island HEIDENHAIN MANUALplus 620 CNC PILOT 640 4 7 Front and rear i contours 4 7 Front and rear contours Eccentric polygon on front rear face G307 Geo G307 defines a polygon in a contour on the front
346. in the cycle Parameters ID Name of the auxiliary contour NS Start block of the contour to be machined NE End block of the contour to be machined Q Thread depth 0 Roughing The contour is roughed out line by line at maximum infeed I and K A programmed oversize G58 or G57 is taken into account E 1 Finishing The turn of the thread is created in individual cuts along the contour Define the distances between the individual thread cuts on the contour with I and K End point of thread X End point of thread Z Thread pitch Maximum inteed E f Q 0 Plunging depth E f Q 1 Distance between the finishing cuts as arc length K Maximum inteed E f Q 0 Offset width E f Q 1 Distance between the finishing cuts on straight line J Run out length Starting angle O Type of infeed z 0 4 Tn N X O 0 Rapid traverse E 1 Feed rate 314 DIN Programming il 4 20 Parting cycle Cut off cycle G859 Cycle G859 parts the workpiece If programmed a chamfer or rounding arc is machined on the outside diameter At the end of cycle the tool retracts and returns to the starting point You can define a feed rate reduction which becomes effective as soon as the position is reached Parameters Cut off parting diameter Z Cut off parting position Diameter for feed rate reduction E is defined The control switches to feed rate E after this position E is not defined No feed
347. inear or polar layout on the face of the workpiece Diacritics and special characters that you cannot enter in the smart Turn editor can be defined character by character in NF If you program Continue from last text Q 1 tool change and pre positioning are suppressed The technological data of the previous engraving cycle apply Unit name G801_GRA_STIRN_C Cycle G801 see page 378 Character set see page 376 Position form X C Polar starting point XK YK Cartesian starting point Z End point Z position infeed depth during milling RB Retraction plane Cycle form TXT Text to be engraved NF Character number character to be engraved H Font height E Distance factor for calculation see figure W Inclination angle FZ Plunging feed rate factor plunging feed rate current feed rate FZ V Execution E 0 Linear E 1 Arched above E 2 Arched below D Reference diameter Q Continue from last text 0 No Engraving starts at the starting point 1 Yes Engraving starts at the tool position Further forms see page 60 HEIDENHAIN MANUALplus 620 CNC PILOT 640 V 0 Xe H G E V 1 Xe H 4 H 6 E V 2 XKe H 2 E Access to the technology database E Machining operation Engraving E Affected parameters F S 2 9 io a b il 2 9 Units Milling face Deburring face unit The unit deburrs the contour defined with ICP on the face of the workpiece Unit name G8B40_ENT_C_STIRN Cycle
348. ines the transition to the next contour element When entering a chamfer rounding program the theoretical end point E No input Tangential transition BR 0 No tangential transition BR gt 0 Radius of rounding BR lt 0 Width of chamfer Q Point of intersection End point if the line segment intersects a circular arc default 0 i hom re Oo om LL J N J Beispiel G101 E Q 0 Near point of intersection E Q 1 Far point of intersection Programming X C XK YK Z Absolute incremental or modal E Program either X C or XK YK contour description is concluded by G80 and used for a Using the parameters AN BR and Q is only allowed if the cycle 342 DIN Programming il Circular arc on front rear face G102 G103 G102 G103 moves the tool in a circular arc at the feed rate to the end point The direction of rotation is shown in the graphic support window Parameters INK OC DxX XKO KX AN End point diameter End angle for angle direction see graphic support window End point Cartesian End point Cartesian Radius Center point Cartesian Center point Cartesian Center point for H 2 3 Z direction End point default current Z position Circular plane working plane default 0 m H 0 1 Machining in XY plane front face E H 2 Machining in YZ plane E H 3 Machining In XZ plane Parameters for contour description G80
349. ines whether the first section as of starting point or the entire contour is to be machined E Q 0 Center of milling cutter on the contour without MCRC E Q 1 Machining at the left of the contour If there is any overlapping G840 machines only the first section of the contour Starting point 1st point of intersection E Q 2 Machining at the right of the contour If there is any overlapping G840 machines only the first section of the contour starting point 1st point of intersection E Q 3 The contour is machined to the left or right depending on H and the direction of cutter rotation see table If there is any overlapping G840 machines only the first section of the contour starting point 1st point of intersection E Q 4 Machining at the left of the contour If there is any overlapping G840 machines the entire contour E Q 5 Machining at the right of the contour If there is any overlapping G840 machines the entire contour Closed contours E Q 0 Center of milling cutter on the contour hole position Starting point E Q 1 Inside milling E Q 2 Outside milling E Q 8 to 5 Not allowed Milling contour name of the contour to be milled Block number beginning of contour section E Figures Block number of the figure E Free open or closed contour First contour element not starting point Block number end of contour section Figures free closed contour No input H Free open contour Last conto
350. ing E Affected parameters F S smart Turn units for the Y axis il 3 2 Units Predrilling in Y axis Predrill contour mill ICP in XY plane unit The unit determines the hole position and machines the hole The subsequent milling cycle obtains the hole position from the reference stored in NF If the milling contour consists of multiple sections the unit machines a hole for each section Unit name DRILL_ST I_840_Y Cycles G840 A1 see page 359 G71 see page 325 Parameters on the Contour form FK see page 62 NS Starting block no of contour NE End block no of contour Z Milling top edge P2 Depth of contour Parameters on the Cycle form JK Cutter position 0 On the contour closed contour Within the contour open contour Left of the contour closed contour Outside the contour open contour Right of the contour 3 Depending on H and MD N N a H Cutting direction 0 Up cut milling 1 Climb milling Contour parallel oversize K Infeed direction oversize R Approach radius WB Cutter diameter NF Position mark E Delay dwell time at end of hole default 0 D Retraction at 0 Rapid traverse 1 Feed rate V Feed rate reduction 0 Without reduction 1 At end of the hole 2 At start of the hole 3 At start and end of the hole AB Spot drilling through drilling length distance for feed rate reduction RB Retraction plane default return to the starting position or to the
351. ing Recessing if the inward copying angle EKW lt mtw Sequence First outside then inside machining Machining parameter with type FK 1 Global parameters for finished parts All recess types radial axial machining outside and Inside Radial axial machining outside and Inside Radial machining outside Radial machining inside Axial machining outside Axial machining inside 7 2 Automatic working ie generation AWG j il 7 2 Automatic workin Ain generation AWG Machining sequence for undercuts Undercutting All All Outside All Inside Type H K U Type H K U Outside Type H K U Inside 560 Contour analysis machining Determining the Undercuts form elements Type H Machining using single paths of traverse copying tool type 22x Type K Machining using single paths of traverse copying tool type 22x Type U Machining using single paths of traverse recessing tool type 15x Sequence First outside then inside machining first radial then axial machining All recess types outside and inside All recess types outside All recess types inside Radial axial machining outside and inside Machining outside Machining inside TURN PLUS il Machining sequence for thread cutting Thread cutting All All All Cylinder Cylinder Cylinder Transverse Transverse Transverse Taper Taper Taper Outside Inside Outside Insi
352. ing din N 101 N 102 T1 N 103 G96 300 G95 FO 3 M3 a D 4h Tool editor 444 sss si o FFF Prr rreri Err ng Thread 44Millg 344 Spec 444 7 G810 Longitudinal roughing in ICP Fy Tool Contour Cycle Global AppDep lt gt Tool change point G14 0 Simultaneot ee Coolant Safety clearance END PGM oFF OFF ON Tool change point 5 7 TNC Project SMART_KAPITEL2 ncps bar nc special Functions Help Turret graphic list Alphabetic Proposed Contour Save Ganga keyboard technology reference 09 35 smart Turn units The AppDep form Positions and variants of the approach and departure movements are defined in this form Approach Influence the approach strategy Approach parameters APP Type of approach No axis switch off the approach function 0 Simultaneous X and Z axes approach diagonally 1 First X then Z 2 First Z then X 3 Only X 4 Only Z XS ZS Approach position Position of the tool point before cycle call Additionally with C axis operations CS Approach position C axis position that is approached before cycle call with G110 Approach with Y axis parameters APP Type of approach No axis switch off the approach function Simultaneous X and Z axes approach diagonally First X then Z First Z then X Only X Only Z Only Y direction 6 Simultaneous with Y X Y and Z axes approach diagonally XS YS Approach posi
353. ing linear slot on face G791 349 Milling linear slot lateral surface G792 350 Milling pocket milling finishing G846 374 618 M Milling pocket milling roughing G845 368 Mirroring DIN PLUS Converting and mirroring G30 389 Misalignment compensation G788 496 Misalignment compensation run tapering operations G976 387 Monitoring zone definition G995 388 Multipoint tools 56 Multipoint tools for the B axis 586 N NC information reading general 416 NC information reading the current 414 NC program conversion 196 Nested contours 224 O Operating modes TURN PLUS 552 Output of variables PRINT 406 Output window for variables WINDOW 405 Oversize Gb2 Geo 222 Oversize axis parallel G57 263 Oversize contour parallel equidistant G58 264 Oversize switch off G50 263 Oversizes 263 Overview form 61 P Parallel editing 39 Parameter description subprograms 428 Paraxial probing G764 477 Pattern circular on face G402 Geo 238 Pattern linear on face G401 Geo 237 Period of dwell G4 381 Pocket milling finishing G846 374 Pocket milling roughing G845 368 Position of milling contours Y axis 502 Precision stop G7 381 P Precision stop G9 382 Precision stop off G8 382 PRINT output of variable 406 Probing 477 Probing in C axis G 65 478
354. ing tool or additive compensation 2 Recessing tool Dx DS 3 Milling tool DX DD 4 Milling tool DD K Incremental measuring path with direction signed Maximum measuring path for probing The algebraic sign determines the probing direction RB Circumnavigation direction offset Distance in circumnavigation direction X RC Offset in Z Distance for pre positioning before the second measurement YE Nominal value for target position Y Absolute coordinate of touch point BD Tolerance Range for the first measurement result in which no compensation is applied Y Nominal width in Z Coordinate for the second probing position BE Tolerance width Range for the second measurement result in which no compensation is applied 5 3 Touch probe cycles for two HEIDENHAIN MANUALplus 620 CNC PILOT 640 469 il lt gt N poin 5 3 Touch probe cycles for two Parameters WT Compensation number T or G149 first measured edge T Tool at turret position T to compensate the difference to the nominal value G149 Additive compensation D9xx to compensate the difference to the nominal value only possible with compensation type R 1 AT Compensation number T or G149 second measured edge T Tool at turret position T to compensate the difference to the nominal value G149 Additive compensation D9xx to compensate the difference to the nominal value only possible with compensation type R 1 FP Maximum per
355. ining longitudinal machining outside and inside Longitudinal machining outside and Inside Longitudinal machining outside Longitudinal machining inside Transverse machining outside and inside Transverse machining outside Transverse machining inside 7 2 Automatic working 5 generation AWG Contour parallel Contour parallel machining outside and inside Contour parallel Outside Contour parallel machining outside Contour parallel Inside Contour parallel machining inside Machining sequence for finishing Finishing Contour analysis Dividing the contour into areas for outside and inside machining Sequence First outside then inside machining Machining parameter 5 Finishing Contour parallel Outside inside machining Contour parallel Outside Outside machining Contour parallel Inside Inside machining Machining sequence for recess turning Recess turning Contour analysis Without previous roughing operation The complete contour including recess areas undefined recesses is machined E With previous roughing Recess areas undefined recesses are determined and machined according to the inward copying angle EKV 7 2 Automatic workin Ain generation AWG Sequence First outside then inside machining Machining parameter 1 Global parameters for finished parts AIl Radial axial machining outside and inside Longitudinal Outside Radial machining outside machining Lo
356. ion Islands within this surface are not The area milling cycles mill the surface specified in the taken into consideration 502 DIN programming for the Y axis il Cutting limit If parts of the milling contour lie outside of the turning contour you must limit the machining area with the area diameter X reference diameter X parameters of the section code or of the figure definition HEIDENHAIN MANUALplus 620 CNC PILOT 640 6 1 Y axis oe un damenta s j il 6 2 conti in the XY plane 6 2 Contours in the XY plane Starting point of contour in XY plane G170 Geo G170 defines the starting point of a contour in the XY plane Parameters X Starting point of contour radius Y Starting point of contour PZ Starting point polar radius W Starting point polar angle Line segment in XY plane G171 Geo G171 defines a line segment in a contour of the XY plane Parameters X End point radius Y End point AN Angle to X axis for direction of angle see help graphic Q Point of intersection End point if the line segment intersects a circular arc default 0 0 Near point of intersection 1 Far point of intersection BR Chamfer rounding Defines the transition to the next contour element When entering a chamfer rounding program the theoretical end point No entry Tangential transition BR 0 No tangential transition BR gt 0 Radius of rounding BR lt 0O Width of chamfer PZ
357. ion G95 255 Feed per revolution G95 Geo 223 F Feed per revolution Gx95 255 Feed per tooth Gx93 254 Feed rate 253 Feed rate override 100 G908 383 Feed rate reduction G38 Geo 220 221 Feed rate interrupted G64 254 Figure milling cycle face G793 351 Figure milling cycle lateral surface 6794 2853 File organization smart Turn editor 46 Find hole in C face G780 482 Find hole in C lateral surface G781 484 Find stud in C face G782 486 Find stud in C lateral surface G783 488 Finish contour G890 290 Finishing DIN PLUS Cycle G890 290 Fixed cycle programming DIN PLUS 195 Fixed stop traversing to G916 394 Fluctuating spindle speed reduce resonant vibrations G924 384 Force reduction G925 397 Front face contours 230 Front face machining 341 Full circle in XY plane G374 Geo 508 Full circle in YZ plane G384 Geo 516 Full circle on face G304 Geo 235 Full circle on lateral surface G314 Geo 244 Full surface machining In DIN PLUS 446 Full surface machining with TURN PLUS 3 578 G G codes for contour description GO Starting point of turning contour 201 G1 Line segment in a contour 202 G100 Starting point of front rear face contour 230 G101 Line segment in front rear face contour 231 G102 Circular arc in front rear face contour 232 G103 Circular arc in front rear face contour 232 G110 Starting poi
358. ior E gt 0 Plunging feed rate for declining contour elements Descending contour elements are machined No input The plunging feed rate is reduced during machining of declining contour elements by up to 50 Descending contour elements are machined B Switch on TRC type of tool radius compensation 0 Automatic 1 Tool to the left G41 2 Tool to the right G42 3 Automatic without tool angle compensation 4 Tool to the left G41 without tool angle compensation 5 Tool to the right G42 without tool angle compensation DXX Additive correction numbers 1 16 Gb8 Contour parallel oversize radius Further forms see page 60 With the address Dxx you activate an additive compensation for the entire cycle run The additive compensation is switched off again at the end of the cycle You edit additive compensation values in the Program Run mode of operation 120 EC EC 1 Access to the technology database Machining operation Finishing Affected parameters F S E smart Turn units il Transverse finishing with direct contour input unit The unit finishes the contour defined by the parameters in one pass In EC you define whether you want to machine a normal or a plunging contour Unit name G890_G80_P Cycle G890 see page 290 Contour form EG Type of contour 0 Normal contour 1 Plunging contour X1 Z1 Contour starting point X2 Z2 Contour end point RG Rounding Radius
359. irection 6 Simultaneous with Y X Y and Z axes move on a diagonal path Coolant 0 Without 1 Circuit 1 on 2 Circuit 2 on Safety clearance in infeed direction Safety clearance in infeed direction during drilling and milling operations Break duration Time span for interruption of the feed for chip breaking Feed duration Time interval until the next break The interruption of the feed rate breaks the chip oO Aa WN O Further forms see page 60 HEIDENHAIN MANUALplus 620 CNC PILOT 640 D 2 5 Units Drill j il ingin C lt 2 5 Units Drill ICP tapping C axis unit The unit machines a single tap hole or a tapping pattern on the face or lateral surface Using ICP you define the tap holes as well as further details Unit name G73_ICP_C Cycle G73 see page 328 Pattern form FK see page 62 NS Starting block no of contour Cycle form F1 Thread pitch B Run in length E Retraction length when using floating tap holders default 0 on Retraction speed default Shaft soeed for tapping SP Chip breaking depth SI Retraction distance RB Retraction plane Further forms see page 60 Use the retraction length for floating tap holders The cycle calculates a new nominal pitch on the basis of the thread depth the programmed pitch and the retraction length The nominal pitch is somewhat smaller than the pitch of the tap During tapping the tap is pulled away from the chuck by t
360. irection H the machining direction O and the direction of tool rotation Parameters finishing ID Milling contour name of the contour to be milled NS Starting block no of contour Figures Block number of the figure Free closed contour A contour element not starting point B Milling depth default depth from the contour description P Maximum infeed default milling in one infeed XS Milling top edge in YZ plane replaces the reference diameter from the contour description ZS Milling top edge in XY plane replaces the reference plane from the contour description R Radius of approaching departing arc default 0 R 0 Contour element is approached directly Feed to the starting point above the milling plane then vertical plunge R gt 0 Tool moves on approaching departing arc that connects tangentially to the contour element U Minimum overlap factor Defines the overlap of milling paths default 0 5 Overlap U milling diameter V Overrun factor no effect with C axis machining H Cutting direction default 0 0 Up cut milling 1 Climb milling F Feed rate for infeed default active feed rate E Reduced feed rate for circular elements default current feed rate RB Retraction plane default back to starting position XY plane Retraction position in Z direction YZ plane Retraction position in X direction diameter O Machining direction default 0 0 From the inside out from the ins
361. is G18 Interpolation in the XZ plane Infeed in Y direction Angle A reference negative Z axis G19 Interpolation in the YZ plane Infeed in X direction Angle A reference positive Z axis Parameters X End point diameter Y End point Z End point AN Angle reference depends on the working plane Q Point of intersection End point if the circular arc intersects a line segment or another circular arc default 0 0 Near point of intersection 1 Far point of intersection BR Chamfer rounding Defines the transition to the next contour element When entering a chamfer rounding program the theoretical end point No entry Tangential transition BR 0 No tangential transition BR gt O Radius of rounding I BR lt 0 Width of chamfer BE Special feed factor for chamfer rounding arc default 1 Special feed rate active feed rate BE 0 lt BE lt 1 Programming X Y Z Absolute incremental modal or 524 DIN programming for the Y axis il Milling Circular movement G2 G3 incremental center coordinates G2 G3 moves the tool in a circular arc at the feed rate to the end point The execution of G2 G3 varies depending on the working plane m G17 Interpolation in the XY plane E Inteed in Z direction Center definition with I J m G18 Interpolation in the XZ plane E nfeed in Y direction Center definition with I K m G19 Interpolation in the YZ plane E Inteed in X
362. itch to smart Turn Back QO EE ee Use the name of the current program without any n generation AWG Save f changes and press the Save soft key to overwrite the current program Enter a name for the program and confirm with the Save soft key O TE am i E wt _ O Machining sequence Fundamentals TURN PLUS analyzes the contour in the sequence defined in S Machine D gt smart Turn R toot editr amp Machining sequence In this process the areas to be machined and oe 7 1a ac ining sequence a4 ine aa ac ining parameters the tool parameters are ascertained The AWG analyzes the contour CHAN LOCK MATN SUB PLAGE ay per using the machining parameters T ee ati 1 Contour recessing All z TURN PLUS distinguishes between i A aue fg 1 Undercutting All ae i 1 Recessing All Main machining operation e g Undercutting 1 Thread cutting All Z Oo 1 Milling All z3 ON 5 Submachining operation e g type H K or U s Deburring T z 7 Machining location e g outside or inside 1 o Slide Min 0 max 1234 TNC nc_prog gtb 1 gtb Hee i o i E i vo aj N Submachining and machining location refine the machining TURRET 3 ene 7 Ses Sek 4 F specification If you do not define the submachining operation or H2 1p 11 55 2801 WT11 WO1 MD4 XE65 ZE48 RSO 8 EW93 SW55 a haa T3 ID 151 800 2 WT15 WO1 MD4 XE65 ZE43 RSO 2 EW90 SW89 SB8 machining location
363. items Geo metry and Mach ining are displayed instead of C the menu items ICP and Units see illustrations at lower right You can switch between the editor modes by soft key N Switches between the Unit mode and DIN ISO mode Mode Mode For special cases you can change to the text editor mode in order to edit character by character without syntax checking The setting Is made in the Configuration Inout mode menu item For a description of the functions please refer to the following chapte rs gt Machine smart Turn M Tool editor B i Shared menu items see Menu structure on page 38 Pros gue 8 Ice dai 0 Sed a Extras fom i ICP functions Chapter 5 in the User s Manual i pe a Units for turning and C axis machining see smart Turn units on EASURE_UNITS METRIC Fo a e 59 DEPARTMENT HEIDENHAIN a ae ee 20 ra Units for Y axis machining see smart Turn units for the Y axis On MAar Ekaa oa HF On page 167 WOARRIAGES 1 i 7 G codes for turning and C axis machining geometry and machining tr tovse2 a00 1 A o 1 e T2 ID 111 860 080 1 see DIN Programming on page 189 3 qovee7 4 G codes for Y axis machining geometry and machining see DIN f rea programming for the Y axis on page 501 T9 1D e4ntest5 d pi TNC Project SMART_KAPITEL1 ncps 7983 nc gt KS Shange ICP contou Machine smart Turn D Tool editor EEE 44 Prog 4 Head 5 Ge
364. ith algebraic sign oversizes are therefore impossible for inside contour machining Remains effective after cycle end Programming X Z Absolute incremental or modal A G58 oversize is not taken into account HEIDENHAIN MANUALplus 620 CNC PILOT 640 H 0 H 2 1 V 6 R C TO 3 gt 7 Beispiel G82 43 Ol us controls 4 35 G codes from previo 4 35 G codes from reves controls WO D o G e A Simple contour repeat cycle G83 G83 carries out the functions programmed in the following blocks simple traverses or cycles without a contour definition more than once G80 ends the machining cycle Parameters X Contour target point diameter default Load the last X coordinate Z Contour target point default Load the last Z coordinate Maximum infeed in X direction radius default 0 K Maximum infeed in Z direction default 0 If the number of infeeds differs for the X and Z axes the tool first advances in both axes with the programmed values The infeed is set to zero if the target value for one direction is reached Programming G83 is alone in the block E G83 must not be nested not even by calling subprograms program the TRC separately with G40 to G42 Safety clearance after each pass 1mm A G57 oversize s calculated with algebraic sign oversizes are therefore impossible for inside contour machining Remains
365. ivate zero point shifts Page 384 incremental center dimensioning G3 Circular movement ccw with Page 251 G921 Deactivate zero point shift tool Page 384 incremental center dimensioning dimensions G12 Circular movement cw with absolute Page 252 G980 Activate zero point shift Page 387 center dimensioning G13 Circular movement ccw with Page 252 G981 Activate zero point shift tool Page 387 absolute center dimensioning dimensions Feed rate and spindle speed E Safety clearances Gx26 Speed limit Page 253 zm G47 Set safety clearances Page 265 G64 Interrupted feed Page 254 i G147 Safety clearance milling Page 265 G48 Reduce rapid traverse Page 253 a Tool tip radius compensation TRC MCRC Gx93 Feed per tooth Page 254 zi G40 Switch off TRC MCRC Page 257 G94 Feed per minute Page 255 mm G41 TRC MCRC left Page 258 Gx95 Feed per revolution Page 255 ma G42 TRC MCRC right Page 258 10 3 Overview of G commas in the MACHINING section Gx96 Constant surface speed Page 256 Tools types of compensation i 97 Speed Peens O ft Toolchenoe Poeze Oversizes ss sSsSCSsYSOCid G148 Changing the cutter compensation Page 267 G50 Switch off oversize Page263 G149 Additive compensation Page 268 G52 Switch off oversize Page263 G150 Compensate right tool tip Page 269 G57 Paraxial oversize sss Page 263 G151 Compensate left tool tip Page 269 G58 Contour parallel oversize Page 264 S S SA HEIDENHAIN MANUALp
366. ize has been programmed hobbing is split up in rough machining and subsequent finishing In parameters O R and V you define the tool shift Shifting by R ensures a uniform wear of the hob cutter Parameters Starting point End point Angle offset angle of the C axis Root circle diameter Outside diameter Number of workpiece teeth Angular position Surface speed m min Oversize O ee we oO AM Direction of rotation of the workpiece 3 M3 4 M4 Feed per revolution Finishing feed rate Maximum infeed Shift starting position shift value Number of shifts I lt I O U mMm iT Infeed axis 0 Tool infeed is performed in the X axis 1 Tool infeed is performed in the Y axis Q Workpiece spindle 0 Spindle no O main spindle holds the workpiece 3 Spindle no 3 opposing spindle holds the workpiece HEIDENHAIN MANUALplus 620 CNC PILOT 640 6 7 Milling _ for the Y axis j il xample program 6 8 Example program Machining with the Y axis The milling and drilling contours are nested in the following NC program A linear slot is machined on the single surface On the same single surface a hole pattern with two holes is machined both to the left and right of the slot At first the turning operation is performed and then the single surface is milled Following that the linear slot is machined using the Pocket milling lateral surface Y unit Then the slot is deburred Further units are use
367. kip level in the Extras menu Enter the number of the skip level in the Deletion parameter and press the OK soft key to confirm entering a string of numerals in the Deletion parameter You can assign more than one skip level to an NC block by The entry 159 corresponds to the skip levels 1 5 and 9 To clear the defined skip levels program the parameter without a value and press the OK soft key to confirm 426 DIN Programming il 4 33 Subprograms Subprogram call L xx V1 The subprogram contains the following elements L Identification letter for subprogram call xx Name of the subprogram tfile name for external subprograms max 16 letters or numbers V1 Identification code for external subprograms omitted for local subprograms Note on using subprograms External subprograms are defined in a separate file They can be called from any main program or other subprogram Local subprograms are in the main program file They can be called only trom the main program Subprograms can be nested up to 6 times Nesting means that another subprogram is called from within a subprogram Recursion should be avoided You can program up to 29 transfer values in a subprogram call Designations LA to LF LH J K O P R S U W X Y Z BS BE WS AC WC RC IC KC and JC The identification code within the subprogram is _ followed by the parameter designation in lowercase letters for ex
368. l 5 3 Touch probe cycles for two point measurement Two point measurement G18 transverse G775 Cycle G775 measures two opposite points in the X Z plane with the measuring axis X If the tolerance values defined in the cycle are exceeded the cycle saves the measured deviation either as tool compensation or as an additive compensation The result of the measurement Is saved additionally in the variable 199 See Touch probe cycles for automatic operation on page 455 easurement O Cycle run From the current position the touch probe moves along the defined measuring axis toward the measuring point When the stylus touches the workpiece the measured value is saved and the touch probe is positioned back to the starting point For the pre positioning for the second measurement the cycle first moves the touch probe by the offset in the circumnavigation direction RB and then by the offset in the measuring direction RC The cycle executes the second probing operation in the opposite direction saves the result and positions the touch probe back with the circumnavigation axis by the circumnavigation value Beispiel G775 Two point measurement for tool compensation The control outputs an error message if the touch probe does not reach any touch point within the defined measuring path If a maximum deviation WE was programmed the measuring points are approached twice and the mean value is saved as result If the difference of the
369. l Engraving in XY plane G803 G803 engraves character strings aligned linearly in the XY plane Character set see page 376 The cycles start engraving from the starting position or from the current position if no starting position is defined Example If a character string is engraved with several calls define the starting position in the first call All other calls are programmed without a starting position Parameters X Y Starting point Z End point Z position infeed depth during milling RB Retraction plane Z position retracted to for positioning ID Text to be engraved NF Character number character to be engraved W Orientation angle of the character string Example 0 Vertical characters the characters are aligned in Sequence In positive X direction H Font height E Distance factor for calculation see figure F Plunging feed rate factor plunging feed rate current feed rate F HEIDENHAIN MANUALplus 620 CNC PILOT 640 TXT MANUALp1us NF 64 6 7 Milling g for the Y axis 6 7 Milling M for the Y axis Engraving in the YZ plane G804 The cycles start engraving from the starting position or from the current position if no starting position is defined Example If a character string is engraved with several calls define the starting position in the first call All other calls are programmed without a starting position G804 engraves character strings aligned linearly in the YZ
370. l after the desired enn 0 La If you only need information on the current tool it is wn HR Primary machining directions Q sufficient to program w0 select 0 Undefined aA 1 Z _ldentification codes for tool information 2 X wn D Tool ID number assign in text variable xn e Er v wn PT P key of the tool 10 e g 12 3 becomes 123 4 X 5 Z wn VWVT Tool type 3 digit number 6 X lice aah Execution wn WTH 2nd position of tool type o Ve wn WTL 3rd position of tool type 1 Right hand wn NL Usable length inside turning and drilling tools 2 Left hand wn HR Main machining direction see table at right Tool orientation O O O OOOO wn NR Secondary machining direction of turning tools wn WL Tool orientation reference machining direction of tool wn AS Execution see at right Oa thecontour wn ZZ Number of teeth milling tools 1 To the right of the contour 1 To the left of th t wn RS Cutting edge radius E E wn ZD Stud diameter X wn DF Cutter diameter wae P a K 0 wn SD Shank diameter Y I 0 I 0 wn SB Cutting width K R K R Z gt wn SL Tooth length wn AL Length of first cut wn FB Cutter width a rene wn VVL Tool orientation 410 DIN Programming il Identification codes for tool information g wn ZL Tool setting dimension in Z from tool list wn XL Tool setting dimension in X from tool list wn YL Tool setting di
371. l down menu contains the following functions see 3 achine smart Turn B Toot editor B figure at right mJy a4 m gas Hju rer HJH pa rrr rrr 4HProg 444Head 1 ICP 1 Units m1Go to 1m Config J44Misc 14 Extras 144 Graph 7983 nc Graphic ON Activates the graphic window or updates the geane TUVI displayed contour As an alternative you can use the soft key see ee Taam tae M table at right IMEASURE_UNITS METRIC ais Window DEPARTMENT HEIDENHAIN a4 Magnifier on Graphic OFF Closes the graphic window SETTING ree END PGN CLAMP_LENGTH 82 mm Graphic for Automatic The graphic window is activated when the MEASURE UNIS MEJRIG cursor is located in the contour description fee Window Sets the graphic window During editing the Steuerung displays programmed contours in up to four graphic windows Set the desired windows Magnifier on Activates the zoom function As an alternative you can use the soft key see table at right The graphic window Colors in contour graphics White workpiece blank and auxiliary blank fa Activates the contour display and Yellow finished part p r starts redrawing the contour Blue auxiliary contours Red contour element at the current cursor position The arrow ee ee os Opens the soft key menu for the point indicates the direction of machining zoom functions and displays the zoom When programming fixed cycles you can use the displayed
372. l machining ti The tool radius compensation is active A G57 oversize enlarges the contour also inside contours A G58 oversize gt 0 Enlarges the contour lt 0 Is not offset G57 G58 oversizes are deleted after cycle end Cycle run 1 Calculates the areas to be machined and the cutting segmentation 2 Approaches workpiece for first pass from starting point taking the safety clearance into account first in Z direction then in X 3 Moves at feed rate to target point Z 4 17 Contour based tur 4 Depending on H H 0 Machines the contour outline H 1 or 2 Retracts at 45 5 Returns at rapid traverse and approaches for next pass 6 Repeats 3 to 5 until target point X has been reached 7 If required repeats 2 to 6 until all areas have been machined 8 If H 1 Smoothes the contour 9 Retracts as programmed in Q 274 DIN Programming il Face roughing G820 G820 machines the defined contour area The reference to the contour to be machined can be transferred in the cycle parameters or the contour can be defined directly after the cycle call see Working with contour based cycles on page 270 The contour to be machined can contain various valleys If required the area to be machined is divided into several sections Parameters ID NS NE mM A U Auxiliary contour ID number of the contour to be machined Starting block number beginning of contour section End block number end of cont
373. le cut The tool radius compensation is active A G57 oversize enlarges the contour also inside contours A G58 oversize gt 0 Enlarges the contour lt 0 Is not offset G57 G58 oversizes are deleted after cycle end HEIDENHAIN MANUALplus 620 CNC PILOT 640 287 il les ling cyc 4 17 Contour based tui Cycle run where Q 0 or 1 1 Calculates the areas to be machined and the cutting segmentation 2 Approaches workpiece for first pass from starting point taking the safety clearance into account Radial recess First Z then X direction Axial recess First X then Z direction Executes the first cut recessing Machines perpendicularly to recessing direction turning Repeats 3 to 4 until the complete area has been machined If required repeats 2 to 5 until all areas have been machined If Q 0 Finish machines the contour N OF Ph W Machining information Transition from turning to recessing Before the transition from turning to recessing the Steuerung retracts the tool by 0 1 mm Thus an offset cutting edge is adjusted for the recessing operation independent of offset width B Inside radii and chamfers Depending on the recessing width and the radii of rounding arcs single cuts preventing a fluid transition from recessing to turning are executed before the rounding is machined This prevents damage to the tool Edges Edges are recessed This prevents residual rings 288 gt
374. le on lateral surface G314 G314 defines a Tull circle in a lateral surface contour Program this figure in conjunction with G840 G845 or G846 Parameters Z Center CY Center as linear value reference unrolled reference diameter C Center angle R Radius P Depth of pocket 298 DIN Programming il Rectangle lateral surface G315 G315 defines a rectangle in a lateral surface contour Program this figure In conjunction with G840 G845 or G846 Parameters Z Center CY Center as linear value reference unrolled reference diameter C Center angle A Angle to Z axis default 0 K Length B Width R Chamfer rounding default 0 R gt 0 Radius of rounding R lt 0 Width of chamfer P Depth of pocket Eccentric polygon lateral surface G317 G317 defines a polygon in a lateral surface contour Program this figure in conjunction with G840 G845 or G846 Parameters Z Center CY Center as linear value reference unrolled reference diameter C Center angle Q Number of edges Q gt 2 A Angle to Z axis default 0 K Edge length K gt 0 Edge length K lt 0 Inscribed circle diameter R Chamfer rounding default 0 R gt 0 Radius of rounding R lt 0 Width of chamfer P Depth of pocket HEIDENHAIN MANUALplus 620 CNC PILOT 640 ion the mana sect Initions in 4 18 Contour def j il 4 19 Thread cycles G31 machines single threads successions of threads and multi start threads defined with
375. lement WB Plunge length plunge diameter default 1 5 milling diameter HEIDENHAIN MANUALplus 620 CNC PILOT 640 535 il 6 7 Milling M for the Y axis For the cutting direction machining direction and direction of tool rotation please refer to table G845 in the User s Manual the inside please note For the machining direction Q 1 from the outside toward The contour must start with a linear element If the starting element is lt WB WB is reduced to the length of the starting element The length of the starting element must not be less than 1 5 times the diameter of the milling cutter Cycle run 1 536 Starting position X Y Z C is the position before the cycle begins Calculate the number of cuts infeeds to the milling planes infeeds in the milling depths and the plunging positions and paths for reciprocating or helical plunges Approach to safety clearance and depending on O feed to the first milling depth or approach helically or on a reciprocating path Mill a plane Retract by the safety clearance return and cut to the next milling depth Repeat steps 4 and 5 until the complete surface is milled Return to retraction plane RB DIN programming for the Y axis il Pocket milling finishing G846 Y axis G846 finishes closed contours defined in the XY or YZ plane in the program sections FACE_Y REAR_Y LATERAL_Y You can change the cutting direction with the cutting d
376. lements default 0 A Approach angle angle of infeed default 30 R Remainder cuts default 0 E 0 The last cut is divided into four partial cuts 1 2 1 4 1 8 and 1 8 E 1 W o remaining cutting without distribution of remaining cuts E Variable pitch no effect at present Q Number of no load air cuts after the last cut for reducing the cutting pressure in the thread base default O D Number of thread turns for multi start thread J Reference direction E No input The reference direction is determined from the first contour element m J 0 Longitudinal thread J 1 Transverse thread The cycle calculates the thread from the thread end point thread depth and the tool position First infeed Remainder of the division of thread depth cutting depth Transverse threads Use G31 with contour definition for cutting transverse threads thread groove and then stops all tool movements Lift off distance OEM configuration parameter cfgGlobalProperties threadlittoft Feed rate override is not effective E Cycle stop the Steuerung retracts the tool from the Cycle run Calculates the number of cutting passes Executes a thread cut Returns at rapid traverse and approaches for next pass Repeats 2 to 3 until the complete thread has been cut Executes air cuts Returns to starting point onh WN 308 DIN Programming il Thread single path G33 G33 conducts a single thread cut
377. linder tube Page 200 G22 Geo Recess standard Page 207 G21 Geo Cast part Page 200 a G23 Geo Recess relief turn Page 209 Basic contour elements ss G24 Geo Thread with undercut Page 211 G0 Geo Starting point of contour Page 201 a G25 Geo Undercut contour Page 212 G1 Geo Line segment Page 202 i G34 Geo Thread standard Page 216 G2 Geo Circular arc cw with incremental Page 204 G37 Geo Thread general Page 217 center dimensioning G3 Geo Circular arc ccw with incremental Page 204 G49 Geo Bore hole at turning center Page 219 center dimensioning G12 Geo Circular arc cw with absolute center Page 205 Help commands for contour definition dimensioning G13 Geo Circular arc ccw with absolute Page 205 Overview Attributes for contour description Page 220 center dimensioning as G38 Geo Feed rate reduction Page 220 ee G95 Geo Feed per revolution Page 223 SSCS YS 8 G86 Ave corporation Page 223 10 2 Overview of G commences in the CONTOUR section HEIDENHAIN MANUALplus 620 CNC PILOT 640 605 il 10 2 Overview of G colt ands in the CONTOUR section G commands for C axis contours Overlapping contours a Overlapping contours G308 Geo Beginning of pocket island Page 224 a G309 Geo End of pocket island Page 224 Front and rear face contours Lateral surface contours G100 Geo Starting point of contour face Page 230 E G110 Geo Starting point of lateral surface Page 239 contour Overapping contours 6808 Ge0 Beginning of pocketsiard Page
378. ling E Affected parameters F S FZ P HEIDENHAIN MANUALplus 620 CNC PILOT 640 139 2 9 ei ws 2 9 Units Milling face mM 1 U O J Ree Cycle form JK NF Cutter position E 0 On the contour 1 Within the contour E 2 Outside the contour Cutting direction E 0 Up cut milling E 1 Climb milling Maximum inteed Contour parallel oversize Infeed direction oversize Infeed rate Reduced feed rate Approach radius Plunging behavior E 0 Straight vertical plunge The cycle moves the tool to the starting point the tool plunges at feed rate and mills the contour E 1 In predrilling The cycle positions the tool above the hole the tool plunges and mills the contour Position mark only if O 1 Global form RB Retraction plane Further parameters see page 64 Further forms see page 60 140 5mm FZ Ig mpedrt Ont Vllg_Fraesen NTO png smart Turn units il ICP contour milling face unit The unit mills the contour defined with ICP on the face of the workpiece Unit name G840_Kon_C_Stirn Cycle G840 see page 361 Contour form FK see page 62 NS Starting block no of contour NE End block no of contour Z1 Milling top edge P2 Depth of contour Cycle form JK Cutter position 0 On the contour 1 closed contour Within the contour E 1 open contour Left of the contour E 2 closed contour Outside the contour E 2
379. lling roughing G845 G840 Fundamentals G845 roughs closed contours Choose one of the following plunge strategies depending on the milling cutter you are using Plunge vertically Plunge at a pre drilled position Plunge in a reciprocating or helical motion When plunging at a pre drilled position you have the following alternatives Calculate positions drill mill The machining process is performed in the following steps Insert drill Calculate hole positions with G845 A1 Predrill with G71 NF Call cycle G845 AO The cycle positions the tool above the hole the tool plunges and mills the pocket Drill mill The machining process is performed in the following steps Drill a hole inside the pocket with G71 Position the milling cutter above the hole and call G845 AO The tool plunges and mills the section If the pocket consists of multiple sections G845 takes all the sections of the pocket into account for drilling and milling Call G845 AO separately for each section when calculating the hole positions without G845 A1 G845 takes the following oversizes into account G57 Oversize in X and Z direction G58 Equidistant oversize in the milling plane Program oversizes for calculating the hole positions and for milling 368 DIN Programming il G845 Calculating hole positions G845 A1 calculates the hole positions and stores them at the reference specified in NF The c
380. lt 11 17 12 7 9 N9900 UNIT ID END F Mog N9901 T lt unit TD END ME COFF a Cl 09 4 30 Data input angg output j il PRINT Output of variables run You can program a succession of several texts and variables _ gt 2 PRINT can be used to output texts and variable values during program gt Oo Syntax hand PRINT text variable text variable Example PRINT result 11 17 12 4 30 Data input an 406 gt Program run gt smart Turr xe 23 405 AX Ue 0 000 1D 3 J XI 0 0000 Z 31 703 42 hm al T O zooo Fd Y 0 000 aY al ia 0 000 O mm min 0 0 rpm PE F 1003 z esi fel 9 0 mn nin ii 285 0 toy 3000 oT E 1 R 100 S 100 fg 4 Prog J Sequence 344 Display 7 END PGM TNC Project SMART_KAPITEL4 ncps 77880 nc ar O OFF N 1 WINDOW 8 OFF ON N 2 INPUT number 11 N 3 12 17 11 M07 N9903 END OF UNIT number 12 11 N 5M0 N9900 UNIT ID END COFF N9901 lt unit ID END ME 30 NS G14 1 MFS MFE gt q Hos N9902 M30 f H COFF 09 46 Tool Add Base DIN Programming 4 31 Programming variables The Steuerung provides a variety of variable types The following rules apply to the use of variables Multiplication division before addition subtraction Up to 6 bracket levels Integer variables Integer values be
381. lt 0 0 Normal position the figures are rotated about the circle center rotation 1 Original position the position of the figures relative to the coordinate system remains unchanged translation Program the hole figure in the following block without a center Exception circular slot The milling cycle MACHINING section calls the hole figure in the following block not the pattern definition HEIDENHAIN MANUALplus 620 CNC PILOT 640 W EA eo the XY plane rs in 6 2 Cont Wi EA TO FS mee i il 6 2 contd in the XY plane Single surface in XY plane G376 Geo G376 defines a surface in the XY plane Parameters Z Reference edge default Z from section code K Residual depth KI Depth B Width reference reference edge Z B lt 0 Surface in negative Z direction B gt 0 Surface in positive Z direction Limit diameter as cutting limit and as reference for K Ki E No input X from section code overwrites X from section code C Spindle angle of surface normal default C from section code Centric polygon in XY plane G477 Geo G477 defines polygonal surfaces in the XY plane Parameters Z Reference edge default Z from section code K Width across flats inscribed circle diameter KI Edge length B Width reference reference edge Z B lt 0 Surface in negative Z direction B gt 0 Surface in positive Z direction C Spindle angle
382. lue Value by which the feed depth decreases after every advance JB Minimum hole depth If you have entered a hole depth reduction value the hole depth is reduced only to the value entered in JB B Retraction distance Value by which the tool is retracted after reaching the respective hole depth RI Internal safety clearance Distance for reapproach inside the hole default safety clearance SCK Global form G14 80 Tool change point No axis Simultaneously First X then Z First Z then X Only X Only Z Only Y direction Simultaneous with Y X Y and Z axes move on a lagonal path OM oF WN O X 2mm lt X lt 2mm 3X 7mm lt X5 lt 2mm JEE L V 2 V 3 d mim Ki Ol F 50 F 100 F 50 Access to the technology database Machining operation Drilling Affected parameters F S smart Turn units il CLT Coolant 0 Without 1 Circuit 1 on 2 Circuit 2 on SCK Safety clearance in infeed direction Safety clearance in infeed direction during drilling and milling operations G60 Protection zone During drilling and boring the protection zone monitoring is 0 Active 1 Inactive BP Break duration Time span for interruption of the feed for chip breaking BF Feed duration Time interval until the next break The interruption of
383. lus 620 CNC PILOT 640 607 il 10 3 Overview of G D in the MACHINING section Cycles for turning Simple turning cycles Contour based turning cycles G82 Simple face roughing Page 435 G810 Longitudinal roughing cycle G86 Simple recessing cycle Page 437 G830 Contour parallel roughing cycle Page 285 Page 285 Page 272 Page 275 Page 278 G87 Transition radii Page 438 m G835 Contour parallel with neutral tool Page 281 G88 Chamfes s Page 438 G860 Universal recessing cycle G36 Tapping Page330 G870 Simple recessing cycle G22 Page 283 Page 286 Page 289 Page 290 G72 Boring countersinking etc Page 327 i Thread cycles G73 Tapping cycle Page 328 i G31 Thread cycle G74 Deep hole drilling cycle Page 331 G32 Single thread cycle Page 303 Page 307 G25 Undercut contour Page 212 m G35 Metric ISO thread Page 311 G85 Undercut Page 316 mm G350 Simple longitudinal thread G851 Undercut DIN 509 E direct Page 318 a G351 Simple longitudinal multi start thread G852 Undercut DIN 509 F direct Page 319 mm G352 Tapered API thread G853 Undercut DIN 76 thread direct Page 320 i G36 Tapping G856 Undercut type U direct Page 321 a G38 Metric ISO thread Page 312 Page 330 Page 314 G858 Undercut type K direct Page 323 D G859 Parting cycle 608 Page 315 Overview of G codes il C axis machining C axis i G120 Reference diameter lateral surface Page 339 machining Single path Front rear
384. ly and easily between the Tool and Tool Ext forms 66 smart Turn units il 2 2 Units Roughing Longitudinal roughing in ICP unit The unit machines the contour described in the FINISHED program section from NS to NE Any auxiliary contour defined in FK will be used Unit name G810_ICP Cycle G810 see page 272 Contour form see page 62 2 2 wns nouns Cycle form IK Oversize in X Z direction I diameter value P Maximum infeed E Plunging behavior E 0 Descending contours are not machined E gt 0 Plunging feed rate for declining contour elements Descending contour elements are machined No input The plunging feed rate is reduced during machining of declining contour elements by up to 50 Descending contour elements are machined SX SZ Cutting limit SX diameter value default no cutting limit A Approach angle reference Z axis default parallel to Z axis W Departure angle reference Z axis default orthogonal to Z axis Q Type of retraction at end of cycle 0 Returns to starting point first X then Z direction 1 Positions in front of the finished contour 2 Retracts to safety clearance and stops H Contour smoothing 0 With each cut along the contour within the infeed range 1 Contour smoothing with the last cut entire contour retracts at 45 2 No smoothing retracts at 45 D Omit elements see figure U Cut line on horizontal element 0 No regular propor
385. machines one of the following undercuts Type U The unit machines an undercut and finishes the adjoining plane surface Either a chamfer or a rounding arc can be machined E Type H The end point of the undercut is determined from the plunging angle E Type K Only one linear cut at an angle of 45 is performed The resulting contour geometry therefore depends on the tool that is used enter the values for the selected type of undercut The Steuerung changes parameters with the same address letters for the other undercuts as well Do not change these values a First you select the Type of undercut KG and then you Unit name G85x_H_K_U Cycle G85 see page 316 Contour form KG Type of undercut Type U Cycle G856 see page 321 E Type H Cycle G857 see page 322 E Type K Cycle G858 see page 323 X1 Z1 Contour corner point X diameter value Undercut type U X2 End point face diameter value Undercut diameter K Undercut length B Chamfer rounding B gt 0 Radius of rounding arc E B lt 0 Section length of chamfer Undercut type H K Undercut length R Radius in the undercut corner W Plunge angle Undercut type K Undercut depth radius Further forms see page 60 78 Access to the technology database E Machining operation Finishing E Affected parameters F S smart Turn units il ICP recessing unit G870 generates a reces
386. measurement result can then be used again Parameters LA Measuring axis 0 X axis 1 Z axis 2 Y axis 3 C axis LB Incremental measurement path The algebraic sign defines the direction of traverse LC Measuring feed rate in mm min LD Retraction type 0 Return with GO to starting point 1 Return automatically to starting point LO Error response from missing stylus deflection 0 A PRINT output follows and the program does not stop A further response in the program is possible 1 The program stops with an NC error message LE 1 The measurement result is output as PRINT LS 1 Program runs on the PC Measurement results are interrogated through INPUT For test purposes 500 Touch probe cycles il 6 1 Y axis sont Fundamentals 6 1 Y axis contours Fundamentals Position of milling contours Define the reference plane or the reference diameter in the section code Specify the depth and position of a milling contour pocket island in the contour definition With depth P programmed in the previous G308 cycle Alternatively on figures Cycle parameter depth P The algebraic sign of P defines the position of the milling contour P lt 0 Pocket P gt 0 Island P gt 0 Z P Z REAR P lt 0 Z Z P P gt 0 Z P Z LATERAL P lt 0 X X P 2 P gt 0 X P 2 X X Reference diameter from the section code Z Reference plane from the section code P Depth from G308 or from the figure definition contour definit
387. mension in Y from tool list g wn TL Tool status tool locked wn l Position of tool tip center in X see illustration wn J Position of tool tip center in Y wn K Position of tool tip center in Z see illustration wn ZE Length of the tool in the current insert position Distance between tool tip and slide zero point Z wn XE Length of the tool in the current insert position Distance between tool tip and slide zero point X re O O pe A q 2 J wn YE Length of the tool in the current insert position Distance between tool tip and slide zero point Y wn DN Diameter of drilling and milling tools wn HVWV Principal angle in the normalized system 0 to 360 wn NVV Secondary angle in the normalized system 0 to 360 wn EVW Tool angle wn SVWV Point angle wn AWV 0 No driven tool 1 Driven tool wn MD Direction of rotation 3 M3 4 M4 wn CW Tilting plane angle wn BVV Angular offset wn WTL Orientation wn AC Cutting edge insert angle wn ZS Maximum cutting depth wn GH Thread pitch wn NE Number of secondary cutting edges wn NS Number of the secondary cutting edge HEIDENHAIN MANUALplus 620 CNC PILOT 640 411 il wn FP Tool type 0 normal tool 1 master tools 2 secondary cutting edge wn Q Number of tool spindle T gt wn As Execution left right wn X Setting dimension of holder in X wn Z Setting dim
388. ming il 452 A T T Q gt 2 O Q ie O 5 1 General information on touch probe cycles Beware option 5 1 General information on touch probe cycles software option tool builder for the use of a 3 D touch probe The machine A The control must be specially prepared by the machine manual provides further information Please note that HEIDENHAIN grants a warranty for the function of the touch probe cycles only if HEIDENHAIN touch probes are used Principle of function of touch probe cycles When you run a touch probe cycle the 3 D touch probe is pre positioned at positioning feed rate The actual probing movement is then executed from there at probing feed rate The machine tool builder determines the positioning feed rate for the touch probe ina machine parameter You define the probing feed rate in the respective touch probe cycle VVhen the probe stylus contacts the workpiece the 3 D touch probe transmits a signal to the control the coordinates of the probed position are stored the touch probe stops moving and returns to the starting position of the probing procedure at positioning feed rate If the stylus is not deflected within a defined distance the control displays an error message 454 Touch probe cycles il Touch probe cycles for automatic operation The control provides numerous touch probe cycles for various applications Calibrating a touch trigge
389. missible compensation WE Maximum deviation Probe twice and monitor the dispersion of the measured values F Measuring feed rate Feed rate for probing If nothing is entered the measuring feed rate from the touch probe table is used If the entered measuring feed rate F is higher than the one in the touch probe table the feed rate is reduced to the value from the touch probe table O Tool orientation Orient the touch probe in the programmed probing direction before each probing operation machine dependent function P PRINT outputs 0 OFF Do not display measuring results 1 ON Display measuring results H INPUT instead of measurement 0 Default Obtain measured values by probing 1 PC test Simulate probing cycle on the programming station AN Log no Save measurement results in TNCA table messpro mep table line numbers 0 99 the table can be expanded if necessary result of the first measurement and the compensation The cycle computes the compensation value WT from the value AT from the result of the second measurement 470 Touch probe cycles il Two point measurement G19 longitudinal G778 Cycle G778 measures two opposite points in the Y Z plane with the measuring axis Y If the tolerance values defined in the cycle are exceeded the cycle saves the measured deviation either as tool compensation or as an additive compensation The result of the measurement Is saved additionally in the variable 199 See Touch
390. motion away from the workpiece Usually the expert program contains the mirroring of the Z axis and the zero point shift by the dimension NP Ofts Z G59 NP H Z G59 NP G NP Offs Trans_Z1 446 DIN Programming il Programming of full surface machining When programming a contour on the rear face be sure to consider the orientation of the XK axis or X axis and rotational direction of arcs Insofar as you use drilling and milling cycles there are no special aspects to rear face machining since these cycles refer to predefined contours For rear face machining with the basic commands G100 to G103 the same conditions apply as for rear face contours Turning The expert programs for rechucking contain converting and mirroring functions The following principle applies for rear tace machining 2nd setup direction Goes away from the workpiece direction Goes toward the workpiece G2 G12 Circular arc clockwise G3 G13 Circular arc counterclockwise Working without expert programs If you do not use the expert programs or the converting and mirroring functions the following principle applies direction Goes away from the main spindle direction Goes toward the main spindle G2 G12 Circular arc clockwise G3 G13 Circular arc counterclockwise HEIDENHAIN MANUALplus 620 CNC PILOT 640 ining ach 4 38 Full surfa y il ining ach D Ses V ma 5 LL 00 J Full s
391. mplete The Steuerung uses the tool definition to distinguish between external and internal machining or between radial and axial recesses 4 17 Contour based tur Contour cycle repeats can be programmed with G741 before the cycle call A G57 oversize enlarges the contour also inside contours A G58 oversize gt 0 Enlarges the contour lt 0 Is not offset The tool radius compensation is active G57 G58 oversizes are deleted after cycle end Cycle run where Q 0 or 1 1 Calculates the areas to be machined and the cutting segmentation 2 Approaches workpiece for first pass from starting point taking the safety clearance into account Radial recess First Z then X direction Axial recess First X then Z direction Executes first cut roughing Returns at rapid traverse and approaches for next pass Repeats 3 to 4 until the complete area has been machined If required repeats 2 to 5 until all areas have been machined If Q 0 Finish machines the contour OF B W 284 DIN Programming il ZL Starting point Z Shifts the starting point of the recessing contour defined by G860 to this coordinate Repeat recessing cycle G740 G741 T G740 and G741 are programmed before G860 to repeat the recessing Q contour defined in Cycle G860 IK AX S Parameters B Starting point X diameter value Shifts the starting point of the LA O recessing contour defined by G860 to this coordinate AR i t
392. multaneous with Y X Y and Z axes move on a diagonal path CLT Coolant 0 Without 1 Circuit 1 on 2 Circuit 2 on HEIDENHAIN MANUALplus 620 CNC PILOT 640 93 il Machining operation Drilling Affected parameters F S PU N gt gt O aL SCK Safety clearance in infeed direction Safety clearance in lt infeed direction during drilling and milling operations Q BP Break duration Time span for interruption of the feed for 5 chip breaking BF Feed duration Time interval until the next break The N interruption of the feed rate breaks the chip O Further forms see page 60 am I m e am _ I N 94 smart Turn units il Linear pattern drilling lateral surface unit The unit machines a linear drilling pattern in which the individual features are arranged at a regular spacing on the lateral surface d Unit name G74_Lin_Mant_C Cycle G74 see page 331 Pattern form Q Number of holes e Z1 C1 Starting point of pattern Wi Angle increment Ta W End angle O ZZ End point of pattern Cycle form X1 Start point drill starting point of hole diameter value X2 End point drill end point of hole diameter value E Delay dwell time at end of hole default 0 D Retraction at V 2 V 3 LO 0 Rapid traverse vw OA N 1 Feed rate m V Feed rate reduction Dice 0 Without red
393. n 9 6 ujj i il its Special units group 0 9 7 Units Special units group Unit Description Page START C_AXIS_ON C_AXIS_OFF SUBPROG REPEAT END 602 Program beginning START For functions required at the beginning of the program C axis on Activate C axis interpolation C axis off Deactivate C axis interpolation Subprogram call Calling any desired subprogram Process logic repetition Describing a WHILE loop to repeat parts of the program Program end END For functions required at the end of the program Page 159 Page 161 Page 161 Page 162 Page 163 Page 164 Overview of units il Overview of G codes 10 1 Section codes 10 1 Section codes Programhead Yanis contours OOOO _PROGRAMMKOPF HEADER Pagea STIRNY FACEY Paesi C REVOLVER TURRE Pages0 RUECKSENE V AEARY Pages sanm CLAMPS Pageao _MANTEL_Y LATERALY Page52 Contourdefiniion Workpiece machining O ROmEL BANK Paso BEARBENUNG MACHNING Page 53 _ HIFSROHTEILTAURIBLANK Pages ENDE END Paess FERTIGTEIL FINISHED Pages0 Subprowrams HILFSKONTURTAUXIL CONTOUR Page50 UNTERPROGRAMM SUBPROGRAM Page 53 co S T OO mwee e oO C ceee ee eos OOO ons o a CO uwe ees OO OO a 604 Overview of G codes il 10 2 Overview of G commands in the CONTOUR section G commands for turning contours Workpiececblank definition Contour form elements G20 Geo Chuck part cy
394. n defined with G24 Geo G34 Geo or G37 Geo the parameters F U K and D are not relevant Run in length B The slide requires a run in distance at the start of thread in order to accelerate to the programmed contouring teed rate before starting the actual thread Run out length P The slide needs an overtravel at the end of the thread to decelerate again Remember that the paraxial line P needs overtravel even with an oblique thread run out 304 Beispiel G31 continued 13 G1 X30 BR2 14 G1 Z 50 BRO 15 G2 X36 Z 71 112 BR5 16 G1 X40 Z 80 17 G1 2 99 18 G1 Z 100 thread 19 G1 X50 20 G1 Z 120 21 G1 X0 thread 22 G1 Z0 23 G1 X16 BR 1 5 a la ta a2 lee 2 22 Se AUXILIARY CONTOUR ID thread N 24 GO X20 Z0 N 25 G1 Z 30 N 26 G1 X30 Z 60 N 27 G1 Z 100 MACHINING N 33 G14 Q0 M108 N 30 T9 G97 1000 M3 N 34 G47 P2 N 35 G31 NS16 NE17 JO IC5 B5 PO VO H1 BDO F2 K10 N 36 GO X110 220 N 38 G47 M109 G80 contours can be inside or outside N 43 G31 IC4 B4 P4 A30 VO H2 C30 BDO F6 U3 K 10 Q2 N 44 GO X80 Z0 45 G1 Z 20 46 G1 X100 Z 40 47 G1 Z 60 N 48 G80 External thread regardless of the value defined in BD N 49 GO X50 Z 30 a Z Z DIN Programming il You can calculate the minimum run in and run out length with the following equation Run in length B 0 75 F S 2 a 0 66 0 15 Run out length P 0 75 F S a 0 66 0 15 E F Thread pitch in mm revolution E S Speed in revolutions seco
395. n the infeed range 1 Contour smoothing with the last cut entire contour retracts at 45 2 No smoothing retracts at 45 D Omit elements do not machine form elements see figure U Cut line on horizontal element 0 No regular proportioning of cuts 1 Yes may result in irregular proportioning of cuts O Hide undercutting 0 Undercuts are machined 1 Undercuts are not machined Further forms see page 60 68 Access to the technology database Machining operation Roughing Affected parameters F S E P smart Turn units il Contour parallel roughing in ICP unit The unit machines the contour described in the FINISHED program section from NS to NE parallel to the contour Any auxiliary contour defined in FK will be used Unit name G830_ICP Cycle G830 see page 278 Contour form J Workpiece blank oversize radius value active only if no blank has been defined B Contour calculation 0 Automatic 1 Tool to the left G41 2 Tool to the right G42 Further parameters of the contour form see page 62 Cycle form P Maximum infeed IK Oversize in X Z direction l diameter value SX SZ Cutting limit SX diameter value default no cutting limit A Approach angle reference Z axis default parallel to Z axis W Departure angle reference Z axis detfault orthogonal to Z axis Q Type of retraction at end of cycle 0 Returns to starting
396. n to the starting point RB programmed Retraction to the position RB HEIDENHAIN MANUALplus 620 CNC PILOT 640 4 22 cycles j il 4 22 inc cycles Linear pattern face G743 Cycle G743 is used to machine linear drilling or milling patterns in which the individual features are arranged at a regular spacing on the face If the Final point ZE has not been defined the drilling milling cycle of the next NC block is used as a reference Using this principle you can combine pattern definitions with E Drilling cycles G71 G74 G36 E The milling cycle for a linear slot G791 E The contour milling cycle with free contour G793 Parameters XK Starting point of pattern in Cartesian coordinates YK Starting point of pattern in Cartesian coordinates ZS Starting point of drilling milling operation ZE Final point of drilling milling operation X Diameter starting point of pattern in polar coordinates C Angle starting point of pattern in polar coordinates A Pattern angle Final point of pattern Cartesian li Final point Pattern distance Cartesian J Final point of pattern Cartesian Ji Final point Pattern distance Cartesian R Length distance between first and last position RI Length distance to next position Q Number of holes figures default 1 Parameter combinations for defining the starting point and the pattern positions E Starting point of pattern XK YK E X C Pattern positions
397. nce inside A Drilling lengths default 0 V Bore through drilling variant feed rate reduction 50 default O E 0 No feed rate reduction E 1 Feed reduction for through drilling E 2 Feed reduction for pre drilling E 3 Feed reduction for pre drilling and through drilling RB Retraction plane radial holes diameter default return to the starting position or to the safety clearance E Period of dwell for chip breaking at end of hole in seconds default 0 D Retraction speed and infeed within the hole default 0 0 Rapid traverse E 1 Feed rate BS Start element no number of the first hole to be machined in a pattern BE End element no number of the last hole to be machined in a pattern H Spindle Brake off default 0 E 0 Spindle brake on E 1 Spindle brake off HEIDENHAIN MANUALplus 620 CNC PILOT 640 Beispiel G74 331 4 22 cycles a 4 22 linc cycles XS XE Zoe XS K ZS K XE K ZE K The cycle is used for Single hole without contour description Hole with contour description single hole or hole pattern 1st hole depth P is used for the first pass The control then automatically reduces the drilling depth with each subsequent pass by the reduction value however without falling below the minimum drilling depth J After each pass the tool is retracted either by retraction distance B or to the starting point of the hole If the safety dista
398. nce R is defined the tool is positioned to this distance at rapid traverse inside the hole Feed rate reduction Indexable insert drill and twist drill with 180 drilling angle A feed rate reduction is only effective if the parameter Drilling length A has been defined Other drills Beginning of hole Feed rate reduction as programmed in V End of hole Reduction as of hole end point length of first cut safety clearance Length of first cut tool tip Safety clearance See user parameter or G47 G147 ZS as alternative Hole with contour description Do not program XS ZS Hole pattern NS refers to the hole contour and not the definition of the pattern A feed rate reduction at end goes into effect only at the last drilling stage Single hole without contour description Program XS or 332 DIN Programming il Cycle run 1 Oo o1 fh W N Hole without contour description Tool is located at the starting point safety distance from the bore hole Hole with contour description Tool moves at rapid traverse to the starting point RB not programmed Moves up to the safety clearance RB programmed Moves to the position RB and then to the safety clearance Spot drilling Feed rate reduction depending on V Drills the hole in several passes Through drilling Feed rate reduction depending on V Retraction at rapid traverse or feed rate depending on D Return position depends on RB RB not programmed Retractio
399. nce plane reference diameter in hierarchically nested contours Parameters P Depth for pockets height for islands ID Name of the contour for reference from units or cycles HC Miilling drilling attribute 1 Contour milling 2 Pocket milling 3 Area milling 4 Deburring 5 Engraving 6 Contour milling and deburring 7 Pocket milling and deburring 14 Do not machine Q Milling location 0 On the contour 1 Inside left 2 Outside right H Direction 0 Up cut milling 1 Climb milling Cutter diameter Limit diameter Angle of the chamfer R Chamfer width B Retraction plane DWSs uJ End of pocket island G309 Geo G309 defines the end of a reference plane Every reference plane defined with G308 must be ended with G309 See Milling contour position on page 224 HEIDENHAIN MANUALplus 620 CNC PILOT 640 tours mente AXIS con 4 6 C j il 4 6 C axis contours_Ffffitamentals Example of G308 G309 Define reference plane Beginning of rectangle with depth of 5 Rectangle Beginning of full circle in rectangle with depth 10 Full circle End of full circle End of rectangle Define reference diameter Linear slot with depth 5 N 26 DIN Programming il Circular pattern with circular slots For circular slots in circular patterns you program the pattern positions the center of curvature the curvature radius and the position of the slots
400. nd E a Acceleration in mm s see axis data Determination of external internal thread G31 with contour reference closed contour External or internal thread is defined by the contour BD has no meaning m G31 with contour reference open contour External or internal thread is defined by BD If BD is not programmed the contour is used to determine whether a thread Is external or internal E f the thread contour is programmed directly after the cycle BD determines whether the thread is an internal or external thread If BD is not programmed the algebraic sign of U is evaluated as in the MANUALplus 4110 U gt 0 Internal thread U lt 0O External thread Starting angle C At the end of the run in path B the spindle is at the starting angle C position Therefore if the thread is to start exactly at the starting angle position the tool by the run in length or by the run in length plus a multiple of the thread pitch in front of the beginning of the thread The individual thread cuts are calculated from the thread depth maximum approach and type of approach V thread groove and then stops all tool movements Lift off distance OEM configuration parameter cfgGlobalProperties threadliftoff Feed rate override is not effective Danger of collision An excessive overrun length P might cause a collision You can check the overrun length during the simulation m E Cycle stop th
401. nd hole in C face G780 Touch probe cycles il Parameters RC A IC AC BD KC WE NF AN Search grid Ci Stepping angle of the C axis for the subsequent probing operations Number of points Maximum number of probing operations Measuring path in C Measuring path of the C axis in degrees starting from the current position The algebraic sign determines the probing direction Nominal value for target position Absolute coordinate of touch point in degrees Tolerance Measurement result range in degrees in which no compensation is applied Compensation offset Additional compensation value that is applied to the zero point result Maximum deviation Probe twice and monitor the dispersion of the measured values Measuring feed rate Feed rate for probing If nothing is entered the measuring feed rate from the touch probe table is used If the entered measuring feed rate F is higher than the one in the touch probe table the feed rate is reduced to the value from the touch probe table Tool orientation Orient the touch probe in the programmed probing direction before each probing operation machine dependent function Result variable no Number of the first global variable in which the result is saved no entry variable 810 The second measurement result is saved automatically under the next consecutive number PRINT outputs 0 OFF Do not display measuring results 1 ON Display measuring results
402. nd output error message if touch probe is not deflected within measuring path Measuring feed rate Feed rate for probing If nothing is entered the measuring feed rate from the touch probe table is used If the entered measuring feed rate F is higher than the one in the touch probe table the feed rate is reduced to the value from the touch probe table Tool orientation Orient the touch probe in the programmed probing direction before each probing operation machine dependent function PRINT outputs 0 OFF Do not display measuring results 1 ON Display measuring results INPUT instead of measurement 0 Default Obtain measured values by probing 1 PC test Simulate probing cycle on the programming station Log no Save measurement results in TNC A table messpro mep table line numbers 0 99 the table can be expanded If necessary Touch probe cycles il Single point measurement for zero point G771 Cycle G771 measures with the programmed measuring axis in the specified direction If the tolerance value defined in the cycle is exceeded the cycle saves the measured deviation as zero point shift The result of the measurement is saved additionally in the variable 199 See Touch probe cycles for automatic operation on page 455 Cycle run From the current position the touch probe moves along the defined measuring axis toward the measuring point When the stylus touches the workpiece the measured value is saved and t
403. nd probing operation in the opposite direction and saves the result The control outputs an error message if the touch probe does not reach any touch point within the defined measuring path If a maximum deviation WE was programmed the measuring points are approached twice and the mean value is saved as result If the difference of the measurements is greater than the maximum deviation WE the program run is interrupted and an error message is displayed Parameters K Incremental measuring path with direction signed Maximum measuring path for probing The algebraic sign determines the probing direction RB Circumnavigation direction offset Distance RC Measuring direction offset Distance for pre positioning before the second measurement AC Nominal value for target position Absolute coordinate of touch point EC Nominal width Coordinate for the second probing position BE Tolerance width Range for the second measurement result in which no compensation is applied WE Maximum deviation Probe twice and monitor the dispersion of the measured values F Measuring feed rate Feed rate for probing If nothing is entered the measuring feed rate from the touch probe table is used If the entered measuring feed rate F is higher than the one in the touch probe table the feed rate is reduced to the value from the touch probe table Q Tool orientation Orient the touch probe in the programmed probing direction before each pro
404. nd rear i contours o il 4 7 Front and rear contours Circular pattern on front rear face G402 Geo G402 defines a circular hole pattern or figure pattern on the front or rear face G402 is effective for the hole figure defined in the following block G300 to 305 G307 Parameters Number of figures K Pattern diameter A Starting angle position of the first figure reference XK axis default 0 W End angle position of the last figure reference XK axis default 360 Wi Angle between figures V Direction orientation default 0 V 0 without W Figures are arranged on a full circle V 0 with W Figures are arranged on the longer circular arc V 0 with Wi The algebraic sign of Wi defines the direction Wi lt 0 clockwise V 1 with W Clockwise V 1 with Wi Clockwise algebraic sign of Wi has no effect V 2 with W Counterclockwise V 2 with Wi Counterclockwise algebraic sign of Wi has no effect XK Center in Cartesian coordinates YK Center in Cartesian coordinates H Position of the figures default O H 0 Normal position the figures are rotated about the circle center rotation H 1 Original position the position of the figures relative to the coordinate system remains unchanged translation center Exception circular slot See Circular pattern with circular slots on page 227 The milling cycle MACHINING section calls the hole figure in the following block not the pattern d
405. ned with at least three revolutions For chamfers rounding arcs which as a result of their size are machined with at least three revolutions the feed rate is not reduced automatically For circular elements the following applies For small circular elements the feed rate is decreased until every element is machined with at least four spindle revolutions You can switch this feed rate reduction off with O The tool radius compensation TRC results under certain conditions in a feed rate reduction for circular elements See Tool tip and cutter radius compensation on page 257 You can switch this feed rate reduction off with O contours A G57 oversize enlarges the contour also inside 292 A G58 oversize gt 0 Enlarges the contour lt 0 Reduces the contour G57 G58 oversizes are deleted after cycle end DIN Programming Measuring cut G809 Cycle G809 performs a cylindrical measuring cut with the length defined in the cycle moves to the breakpoint for measuring and stops the program After the program was stopped you can manually measure the workpiece Parameters X Starting point X Z Starting point Z R Measuring cut length P Measuring cut oversize Breakpoint Xi for measuring Incremental distance to starting point of measurement K Breakpoint Zi for measuring Incremental distance to starting point of measurement ZS Workpiece blank starting point Collision free approach for inside machining XE Departi
406. next contour element When entering a chamfer rounding program the theoretical end point No input Tangential transition BR 0 No tangential transition BR gt 0 Radius of rounding BR lt 0O Width of chamfer Special feed factor for chamfer rounding arc default 1 Special feed rate active feed rate BE 0 lt BE lt 1 Programming X Z Absolute incremental modal or 252 DIN Programming il 4 11 Feed rate shaft speed Speed limitation G26 G26 Main spindle Gx26 Spindle x x 1 to 3 The speed limitation remains in effect until the end of the program or until a new value Is programmed for G26 Gx26 Parameters S Maximum speed If S gt absolute maximum speed machine parameter the parameter value will apply Reduce rapid traverse G48 The reduction of the rapid traverse rate remains in effect until the end of the program or until G48 is programmed again without input values Parameters F Max feed rate in mm min for linear axes or min for rotary axes D Number of the axis E1 X E2 Y E3 Z E4 U E5 V m 6 W E7 A E 8 B EO C HEIDENHAIN MANUALplus 620 CNC PILOT 640 Beispiel G26 naft speed Par d OD eb LL q ae q j il aft speed Pw hom oO LL q Sa J Interrupted feed G64 G64 interrupts the programmed feed for a short period of time G64 is a modal function Parameters E Pause duration 0 01 s lt
407. ng BR lt 0 Width of chamfer BE BF BD BP and BH see Machining attributes for form elements on page 201 P Do not machine element only necessary for TURN PLUS mn 0 Do not machine basic element circle E 1 Do not machine overlay element e g chamfer or rounding E 2 Do not machine basic overlay element Programming X Z Absolute incremental modal or Example G2 G3 Geo Target point and radius Target point and center incremental Target point incremental and radius Unknown target point coordinate DIN Programming il N Circular arc of turning contour G12 G13 Geo G12 G13 defines a circular arc in a contour with absolute center dimensioning Direction of rotation see help graphic G12 In clockwise direction G13 In counterclockwise direction Parameters Om A N x BR PZ W PM WM AR AN End point of contour element diameter value End point of contour element Center radius dimension Center Radius Point of intersection End point if the circular arc intersects a line segment or another circular arc default 0 O Near point of intersection 1 Far point of intersection Chamfer rounding Defines the transition to the next contour element When entering a chamfer rounding program the theoretical end point No input Tangential transition BR 0 No tangential transition BR gt 0 Radius of rounding BR lt 0 Width of c
408. ng 1 Finishing 2 Helical roughing manual 3 Helical roughing automatic E 4 Reciprocating linear roughing manual 5 Reciprocating linear roughing automatic 6 Reciprocating circular roughing manual 7 Reciprocating circular roughing automatic 8 Plunge roughing at predrilling position 9 Finishing with 3 D approach arc JT Machining direction 0 From the inside out from the inside towards the outside 1 From the outside in from the outside towards the inside H Cutting direction 0 Up cut milling 1 Climb milling P Maximum infeed Infeed direction oversize K Contour parallel oversize FZ Infeed rate E Reduced feed rate R Approach radius WB Plunging length EW Plunge angle U Overlap factor default 0 5 RB Retraction plane diameter value Further forms see page 60 HEIDENHAIN MANUALplus 620 CNC PILOT 640 Access to the technology database Machining operation Milling Affected parameters F S FZ P 3 3 Units Milling Y axis 3 3 Units Milling in Y axis Single surface milling YZ plane unit The unit mills a single surface defined with ICP in the YZ plane Unit name G841_Y_MANT Cycles G841 see page 527 G842 see page 528 Parameters on the Contour form FK see page 62 NS Starting block no of contour Parameters on the Cycle form OK Machining operation E 0 Roughing E 1 Finishing P Maximum infeed Contour parallel oversize K Infeed direction oversize H Cutting direction
409. ng feed rate from the touch probe table is used If the entered measuring feed rate F is higher than the one in the touch probe table the feed rate is reduced to the value from the touch probe table Q Tool orientation Orient the touch probe in the programmed probing direction before each probing operation machine dependent function P PRINT outputs 0 OFF Do not display measuring results 1 ON Display measuring results H INPUT instead of measurement 0 Default Obtain measured values by probing 1 PC test Simulate probing cycle on the programming station HEIDENHAIN MANUALplus 620 CNC PILOT 640 th i probe cycles Beispiel G766 Probing in two axes in X Z plane ing wi 5 5 Measur i il Probing in two axes G768 Cycle G768 measures the position programmed in the cycle in the Z Y plane and displays the measured values on the control screen In parameter NF you can additionally define the variables in which the measurement results should be saved Cycle run The touch probe moves from the current position toward the measuring point When the stylus touches the workpiece the measured value is saved and the touch probe Is positioned back to the Starting point probe cycles Q The control outputs an error message if the touch probe does not c reach any touch point within the defined measuring path me Parameters gm Z Target point Z Z coordinate of measuring point Ss Y Target point Y Y coordinate of
410. ng form elements Chamfer at corner of threaded shank z Select the form elements ay N Select Form gt Chamfer Select the corner of the threaded shank Chamfer dialog box Chamfer width 3 mm Rounding arcs Select Form gt Rounding Select the corners for the rounding arcs Rounding dialog box Rounding radius 2 mm Undercut te Select Form gt Undercut gt Undercut type G Select the corner for the undercut Undercut type DIN 76 dialog box Recess aha Select Form gt Recess gt Recess standard G22 Select the basic element for the recess Recess standard G22 dialog box Inside corner Z 25 mm Inside corner Ki 8 mm Recess diameter 25 mm Outside radius chamfer B 1 mm HEIDENHAIN MANUALplus 620 CNC PILOT 640 Press the Back soft key to go back one menu level gt Machine m4 JE Jm sil K Jad f gaa rep zimini ICP editor J44 Prr ct dg EII 4 Im J Z panj prr L prer A Tool editor ga J444 yaa FET mm EEF ee a 4 FE Da 08 53 Misc Delete Change AN functions Os last last fea gt Machine ICP editor BJJ NG JEJ o oe rrer Beis cer 3 NN GL 8 Ui Thread 748 Hole A Tool editor a es a ee a a END PGM oFF Oo 08 Bek Back 7 4 Example o il 7 4 Example Thread Select Form gt Thread Select the basic element for the thread gt Thread dial
411. ng position X D Number of an additive compensation to be active during the measuring cut V Measuring cut counter Number of workpieces after which a measurement is performed Q Machining direction 0 Z 1 Z EC Machining location 0 Outside 1 Inside WE Directions 0 Simultaneously 1 First X then Z 2 First Z then X O Approach angle If an approach angle is entered the cycle positions the tool over the starting point taking into account the safety clearance and from there plunges at the specified angle to the diameter to be measured HEIDENHAIN MANUALplus 620 CNC PILOT 640 4 17 Contour based H cycles j il 4 18 Contour definitions in the mach section 4 18 Contour definitions in the machining section Cycle end Simple contour G80 By programming G80 with parameters a turning contour consisting of more than one element can be defined in one NC block G80 without parameters ends a contour definition directly after a cycle Parameters XS ZS XE ZE AC WC BS WS BE WE RC IC KC JC EC HC Starting point of contour in X diameter value Starting point of contour in Z Contour end point in X diameter value Contour end point in Z Angle of 1st element range 0 lt AC lt 90 Angle of 2nd element range 0 lt AC lt 90 Chamfer rounding arc at starting point Angle for chamfer at starting point Chamfer rounding arc at end point Angle for chamfer at end point Radius Chamfer w
412. ng radius ls mpedit Common g84x_Mt Si pne A Angle to Z axis z gB Q2 Rotational direction of slot only if Q 2 circular slot E cw In clockwise direction E ccw In counterclockwise direction W Angle of slot end point only if Q 2 circular slot kE Access to the technology database Machining operation Milling E Affected parameters F S FZ P 154 smart Turn units il Cycle form OK Machining operation and plunging strategy E 0 Roughing E 1 Finishing JT P K FZ E R WB EW NF U E 2 Helical roughing manual E 3 Helical roughing automatic E 4 Reciprocating linear roughing manual E 5 Reciprocating linear roughing automatic E 6 Reciprocating circular roughing manual 7 Reciprocating circular roughing automatic E 8 Plunge roughing at predrilling position E 9 Finishing with 3 D approach arc Machining direction 0 From the inside out from the inside towards the outside 1 From the outside in from the outside towards the inside Cutting direction E 0 Up cut milling E 1 Climb milling Maximum infeed Infeed direction oversize Contour parallel oversize Infeed rate Reduced feed rate Approach radius Plunging length Plunge angle Position mark only if OK 8 Overlap factor default 0 5 Global form RB Retraction plane Further parameters see page 64 Further forms see page 60 HEIDENHAIN MANUALplus 620 CNC PILOT 640 n
413. ngitudinal Inside Radial machining inside machining Transverse Outside Axial machining outside machining front Transverse Inside front Axial machining inside machining Recess turning and contour turning are used alternatively 558 TURN PLUS il Machining sequence for contour recessing Contour recessing All Longitudinal Outside machining Longitudinal Inside machining Transverse Outside machining front Transverse Inside front machining Contour analysis Recess areas recesses are determined and machined according to the inward copying angle EKW Sequence First outside then inside machining Machining parameter 1 Global parameters for finished parts Radial axial machining outside and inside Shaft machining Axial machining on the outside is performed on front and back Radial machining outside Radial machining inside Axial machining outside Axial machining inside Recess turning and contour turning are used alternatively Machining sequence for recessing Recessing All Type S D A FK Type S D A FK Outside Type S D A FK Inside Type S D A FK Outside front Type S D A FK Inside front HEIDENHAIN MANUALplus 620 CNC PILOT 640 Contour analysis Determining the Recess form elements Type S guarding ring recess type S Type D sealing ring recess type D Type A recess general Type FK relief turn F FK is only machined us
414. nits Predrill Cycle form JT AB RB Machining direction 0 From the inside out from the inside towards the outside 1 From the outside in from the outside towards the inside Cutting direction 0 Up cut milling 1 Climb milling Contour parallel oversize Infeed direction oversize Overlap factor default 0 5 Cutter diameter Position mark Delay dwell time at end of hole default 0 Retraction at 0 Rapid traverse 1 Feed rate Feed rate reduction 0 Without reduction 1 At end of the hole 2 At start of the hole 3 At start and end of the hole Spot drilling through drilling length distance for feed rate reduction Retraction plane default return to the starting position or to the safety clearance Further forms see page 60 110 V 1 V 3 lt jo00 F 50 smart Turn units il Predrill pocket mill ICP on face unit The unit determines the hole position and machines the hole The subsequent milling cycle obtains the hole position from the reference stored in NF If the pocket consists of multiple sections the unit machines a hole for each section Unit name DRILL_ST I_845_C Cycles G845 A1 see page 369 G71 see page 325 Contour form FK see page 62 NS Starting block no of contour NE End block no of contour Z1 Milling top edge P2 Depth of contour Cycle form JI Machining direction 0 From the inside out from the inside towards the outside 1 From the outs
415. nput unit 118 Transverse finishing with direct contour input unit 119 Relief turns undercut type E F DIN76 unit 120 Measuring cut unit 122 2 8 Units Threads 1 23 Overview of thread units 123 Handwheel superimposition 123 Parameter V Type of infeed 124 Thread direct unit 125 ICP thread unit 126 API thread unit 128 Tapered thread unit 129 2 9 Units Miilling face 131 Slot face unit 131 Linear slot pattern face unit 132 Circular slot pattern face unit 133 Face milling unit 134 Face milling ICP unit 135 Thread milling unit 136 Contour milling figures face unit 137 ICP contour milling face unit 1 39 Pocket milling figures face unit 140 ICP pocket milling face unit 142 Engraving face unit 143 Deburring face unit 144 HEIDENHAIN MANUALplus 620 CNC PILOT 640 16 2 10 Units Milling lateral surface 145 Slot lateral surface unit 145 Linear slot pattern lateral surface unit 146 Circular slot pattern lateral surface unit Helical slot milling unit 148 Contour milling figures lateral surface unit ICP contour milling lateral surface unit 151 Pocket milling figures lateral Surface unit 152 ICP pocket milling lateral surface unit 154 Engraving lateral surface
416. nsation of left hand tool tip G151 G150 G151 defines the tool reference point for recessing and button tools G150 Reference point on right tip E G151 Reference point on left tip G150 G151 is effective from the block in which it is programmed and remains in effect up to E the next tool change E program end defined in the tool data f you use TRC after G150 G151 you must also adjust G41 G42 The displayed actual values always refer to the tool tip HEIDENHAIN MANUALplus 620 CNC PILOT 640 G151 G156 DX DX DZ G151 6150 DZ DS Beispiel G150 G151 26 9 oO 2 o i 4 17 Contour based Ming cycles 4 17 Contour based turning cycles Working with contour based cycles Possibilities of transferring the contour to be machined to the cycle E Transferring the contour reference in the start block number and the end block number The contour area is machined in the direction from NS to NE E Transferring the contour reference via the name of the auxiliary contour ID The complete auxiliary contour is machined in the direction of contour definition E Describing the contour with G80 in the block directly after the cycle see Cycle end Simple contour G80 on page 294 E Describing the contour with GO G1 G2 and G3 blocks directly after the cycle The contour is concluded by G80 without parameters Possibilities of defining the wo
417. nt Touch probe cycles il Parameters F NF AN Measuring feed rate Feed rate for probing If nothing is entered the measuring feed rate from the touch probe table is used If the entered measuring feed rate F is higher than the one in the touch probe table the feed rate is reduced to the value from the touch probe table Tool orientation Orient the touch probe in the programmed probing direction before each probing operation machine dependent function Result variable no Number of the first global variable in which the result is saved no entry variable 810 The second measurement result is saved automatically under the next consecutive number PRINT outputs 0 OFF Do not display measuring results 1 ON Display measuring results INPUT instead of measurement 0 Default Obtain measured values by probing 1 PC test Simulate probing cycle on the programming station Log no Save measurement results In TNC table messpro mep table line numbers 0 99 the table can be expanded if necessary HEIDENHAIN MANUALplus 620 CNC PILOT 640 easurement 5 7 Circul i il easurement 5 O Q D Lo Determine pitch circle G786 Cycle G786 determines the center and diameter of a pitch circle by measuring three holes and shows the measured values on the control screen The result of the measurement is saved additionally in the variable 199 See Touch probe cycles for automatic operation on page 455
418. nt drill starting point of hole P2 Thread depth Thread diameter F1 Thread pitch Cycle form J Direction of thread 0 Right hand thread 1 Left hand thread H Cutting direction 0 Up cut milling 1 Climb milling y Milling method 0 The thread is milled in a 360 degree helix 1 The thread is milled in several helical paths single point tool R Approach radius Access to the technology database Further forms see page 60 Machining operation Finish milling Affected parameters F S 138 smart Turn units il Contour milling figures face unit The unit mills the contour defined by Q on the face of the workpiece Unit name G840_Fig_Stirn_C Cycle G840 see page 361 Figure form Q Type of figure 0 Full circle E 1 Linear slot E 2 Circular slot 3 Triangle 4 Rectangle square E 5 Polygon ON Number of polygon corners only with Q 5 polygon X1 Diameter of figure center C1 Angle of figure center Z1 Milling top edge P2 Depth of figure L Edge length width across flats L gt 0 Edge length E lt 0 Width across flats inside diameter for polygon B Rectangle width RE Rounding radius A Angle to X axis Q2 Rotational direction of slot only if Q 2 circular slot E cw In clockwise direction E ccw In counterclockwise direction W Angle of slot end point only if Q 2 circular slot Access to the technology database Machining operation Mil
419. nt of lateral surface contour 239 G111 Line segment in a lateral surface contour 240 G112 Circular arc in lateral surface contour 241 G113 Circular arc in lateral surface contour 241 G12 Circular arc of turning contour 205 G13 Circular arc of turning contour 205 G149 Additive compensation 223 G170 Starting point of contour in XY plane 504 G171 Line segment in XY plane 504 G172 Circular arc in XY plane 505 G173 Circular arc in XY plane 505 G180 Starting point of contour in YZ plane 513 G181 Line segment in YZ plane 513 G182 Circular arc in YZ plane 514 G183 Circular arc in YZ plane 514 G2 Circular arc of turning contour 204 G20 Chuck part bar tube 200 G21 Cast part 200 381 G22 recess standard 207 G23 recess general 209 G24 Thread with undercut 211 G25 Undercut contour 212 432 G3 Circular arc of turning contour 204 G300 Bore hole on front rear face 233 G301 Linear slot on front rear face 234 G302 Circular slot on front rear face 234 G303 Circular slot on front rear face 234 G304 Full circle on front rear face 235 G305 Rectangle on front rear face 235 G307 Eccentric polygon on front rear face 236 G308 Beginning of pocket island 224 G309 End of pocket island 224 G310 Hole on lateral surface 242 G311 Linear slot on lateral surface 243 G312 Circular slot on lateral surface 243 G
420. nterrupted and an error message is displayed Parameters R Type of compensation 1 Tool compensation DX DZ for turning tool or additive compensation 2 Recessing tool Dx DS 3 Milling tool DX DD 4 Milling tool DD K Incremental measuring path with direction signed Maximum measuring path for probing The algebraic sign determines the probing direction E Circumnavigation axis Selection of axis for retraction movement between the probing positions 0 X axis 2 Y axis RB Circumnavigation direction offset Distance RC Offset in Z Distance for pre positioning before the second measurement ZE Nominal value for target position Z Absolute coordinate of touch point BD Tolerance Range for the first measurement result In which no compensation is applied Z Nominal width in Z Coordinate for the second probing position BE Tolerance width Range for the second measurement result in which no compensation is applied 5 3 Touch probe cycles for two HEIDENHAIN MANUALplus 620 CNC PILOT 640 467 il lt gt N poin 5 3 Touch probe cycles for two Parameters WT Compensation number T or G149 first measured edge T Tool at turret position T to compensate the difference to the nominal value G149 Additive compensation D9xx to compensate the difference to the nominal value only possible with compensation type R 1 AT Compensation number T or G149 second measured edge
421. nturbearbeitung konturparallel innen b UNIT G898_ICP G898 Konturbearbeitung ICP TNC Project 01_SCREEN ncps Doku_Huelse nc Ti 1694 F8 3 T2 228 F8 3 T2 226 F8 4 T3 158 F8 5 T2 248 F8 25 T3 206 F8 25 gt Change Oke ICP contour DAAN FLUE a NC programming Shared menu items The menu items described below are used both in smart Turn mode and in DIN ISO mode Program management pull down menu The Prog pull down menu program management contains the following functions for NC main and subprograms Open Load existing programs New Create new programs Close The selected program is closed Close All All open programs are closed Save The selected program is saved Save As The selected program is saved under a new name Direct opening of the last four programs When an NC program is opened or when a new NC program is created the soft key row is switched to the sorting and organization functions see Sorting file organization on page 46 Head pull down menu program head The Head pull down menu program head contains functions for editing the program head and the tool list Program head Edit the program header Go to chucking equipment Positions the cursor in the chucking equipment section Insert chucking equipment Describe how the workpiece is clamped Go to tool list Positions the cursor in the TURRET section Set up the tool list Activates the Set
422. nverting and mirroring 389 G301 Linear slot on face 295 G302 Circular slot on face 295 G303 Circular slot on face 295 G304 Full circle on face 296 G305 Rectangle on face 296 G307 Eccentric polygon on front rear face 297 G31 Thread cycle 303 G311 Linear slot on lateral surface 297 G312 Circular slot on lateral surface 298 G313 Circular slot on lateral surface 298 G314 Full circle on lateral surface 298 G315 Rectangle on lateral surface 299 G317 Eccentric polygon on lateral surface 299 G32 Single thread cycle 307 G33 Thread single path 309 G35 Metric ISO thread 311 G350 Simple longitudinal single Start thread 439 G351 Simple longitudinal multi start thread 440 G352 Tapered API thread 312 G36 Tapping 330 G38 Metric ISO thread 314 G4 Period of dwell 381 G40 Switch off TRC MCRC 257 G41 Switch on TRC MCRC 258 616 G42 Switch on TRC MCRC 258 G47 Safety clearance 265 G48 Reduce rapid traverse 253 G50 Switch off oversize 263 G51 Zero point shift 260 G53 G54 G55 Zero point offsets 261 G56 Additive zero point shift 261 G57 Axis parallel oversize 263 G58 Contour parallel oversize 264 G59 Absolute zero point shift 262 G60 Switch off protection zone 382 G64 Interrupted feed rate 254 G65 Chucking equipment 49 381 G7 Precision stop on 381 G701 Rapid traverse to machine coordinates
423. nverting and mirroring N OD e Q g 4 29 390 DIN Programming il Transformations of contours G99 With the G99 function you can mirror contours shift them and bring the workpiece to the desired machining position Parameters OQ Function is not yet supported D Spindle number X Shift in X diameter value Z Shift in Z V Mirroring the Z axis of the coordinate system O 0 Do not mirror Q 1 Mirror H Transformation type H 0 Contour shift not mirroring H 1 Contour shift mirroring and reversing the direction of the contour description K Length of workpiece shift shift coordinate system in Z direction O Hide elements during transformation O 0 All contours are transformed O 1 Auxiliary contours are not transformed O 2 Face contours are not transformed O 4 Lateral contours are not transformed You can also add Input values in order to combine various settings e g O 3 Do not transtorm auxiliary contours or face contours Program G99 again if the workpiece is transferred to another spindle and or moves its position in the working space HEIDENHAIN MANUALplus 620 CNC PILOT 640 4 29 I i G codes i il V oO g Se 4 29 Spindle synchronization G720 machine tool builder for use of this cycle Refer to your A Machine and control must be specially prepared by the machine manual G720 controls the workpiece transfer from the master to the slave spindle and sync
424. o 4 Mach 484Go to sa Config H Misc a4 Extras 144 Graph 7983 nc 27983 nc TURN_V1 0 a i HEADER MEASURE_UNITS METRIC DEPARTMENT HEIDENHAIN EET MATERIAL Stahl SETTING 1 von 1 END PGM CLAMP_LENGTH 82 mm OFF CLAMP_LENGTH_2 mm OFF ON MEASURE_UNITS METRIC CARRIAGES 1 TURRET 1 T1 ID 342 400 1 T2 ID 111 80 080 1 T3 ID 007 T4 ID 003 T5 ID 004AP1 T6 ID 020 T7 ID 037 T9 ID 04mtest5 TNC Project SMART_KAPITEL1 ncps 7983 nc TURN PLUS ehes tree 38 NC programming Change IGP contour Parallel editing Up to 6 NC programs can be opened simultaneously in the smart Turn editor The editor shows the names of the open programs in the tab bar If you have changed the NC program the editor displays the name in red You can program in the smart Turn editor while the machine is running a program in the automatic mode every mode change The program running in the automatic mode cannot be edited The smart Turn editor saves all open programs with Screen layout 1 Menu bar NC program bar with the names of the loaded NC programs The selected program is marked N 3 Program window 4 Contour display or large program window 5 Soft keys 6 Status bar HEIDENHAIN MANUALplus 620 CNC PILOT 640 gt Machine smart Turn A Tool editor Bl aaa Prog a4 Head EEE ICP a4 Units 84Go to aa Config 4 Misc EEN Extra
425. o recess NE End block number end of contour section NE not programmed The contour element NS is machined in the direction of contour definition NS NE programmed The contour element NS is machined opposite to the direction of contour definition NE is inapplicable if the contour is defined by G22 G23 Geo P Maximum infeed R Turning depth compensation for finishing default 0 Oversize in X direction diameter value default 0 K Oversize in Z direction default O X Cutting limit diameter value default no cutting limit Z Cutting limit default no cutting limit A Approach angle default opposite to recessing direction W Departure angle default opposite to recessing direction Q Action default 0 0 Roughing and finishing 1 Only roughing 2 Only finishing U Unidirectional turning default 0 0 The roughing passes are bidirectional 1 The roughing passes are unidirectional from NS to NE 286 P DIN Programming il les Parameters SS SP SL H Type of retraction at cycle end default 0 0 8 Q 1 0 2 0 Return to starting point axial recess first Z then X direction radial recess first X then Z direction 1 Positions in front of the finished contour 4 4 M 2 Retracts to safety clearance and stops V Identifier beginning end default 0 A chamfer rounding arc is machined S i i i cyc dd 0 At beginning and end 1 At beginning T 2 At end
426. of contour corner AC Start angle Angle of the first contour element range 0 lt AC lt 90 WC End angle Angle of the last contour element range 0 lt WC lt 90 BS Chamfer radius at start BS gt 0 Radius of rounding arc BS lt 0O Section length of chamfer BE Chamfer radius at end BE gt 0 Radius of rounding arc BE lt 0 Section length of chamfer Cycle form Plunging behavior E gt 0 Plunging feed rate for declining contour elements Descending contour elements are machined No input The plunging feed rate is reduced during machining of declining contour elements by up to 50 Descending contour elements are machined B Switch on TRC type of tool radius compensation 0 Automatic 1 Tool to the left G41 2 Tool to the right G42 3 Automatic without tool angle compensation 4 Tool to the left G41 without tool angle compensation 5 Tool to the right G42 without tool angle compensation DXX Additive correction numbers 1 16 Gb8 Contour parallel oversize radius Further forms see page 60 compensation for the entire cycle run The additive compensation is switched off again at the end of the cycle You edit additive compensation values in the Program Run mode of operation With the address Dxx you activate an additive HEIDENHAIN MANUALplus 620 CNC PILOT 640 Access to the technology database Machining operation Finishing Affected parameters F S E
427. of displacement type of offset offset between the individual infeeds in cutting direction 0 Without offset 1 From left 2 From right 3 Alternately left right Type of infeed for details see page 126 lt 0 Constant mach X section 1 Constant infeed 2 W remaining cutting with distribution of remaining cuts 3 W o remaining cutting without distribution of remaining cuts 4 Same as MANUALplus 4110 5 Constant infeed same as 4290 6 Constant with distribute Same as 4290 Approach angle angle of infeed reference X axis 0 lt A lt 60 default 30 Remaining cut depth only with V 4 Starting angle No of gears threads per unit No no load number of dry runs Further forms see page 60 gt ouo ICP thread unit The unit cuts a single or multi start internal or external thread in longitudinal or transverse direction The contour on which the thread is cut is defined with ICP Unit name G31_ICP Cycle G31 see page 303 Thread form FK Auxiliary contour see page 62 NS Starting block no of contour NE End block no of contour O1 Machine form element 0 No machining 1 At beginning 2 At end 3 At beginning and end 4 Only chamfer and rounding arc O Thread location Access to the technology database Machining operation Thread cutting Affected parameters F S O Internal thread infeed in X 1 External thread infeed in X 128 smart Turn units il
428. of drilling milling operation diameter value ZE Final point of pattern default Z C Starting angle of pattern in polar coordinates W Final angle of pattern no input Holes figures are arranged on the lateral surface at regular spacing Final angle angle increment distance to the next position Number of holes figures default 1 Angle orientation angle of the pattern Length distance between first and last position mm reference unrolled lateral surface XS Ri Length distance from the next position mm reference unrolled lateral surface XS yros UJ D a Y D ep D 2 D 5 h O 3 3 D 5 Q O 336 Beispiel G744 DIN Programming il Circular pattern lateral surface G746 Cycle G746 is used to machine drilling patterns or milling patterns in which the individual features are arranged at a regular spacing in a circle or circular arc on the lateral surface Parameter combinations for defining the center of the pattern and the pattern positions E Center of pattern Z C Pattern positions E W and Q E Wi and Q If the Final point XE has not been defined the drilling milling cycle or the figure definition of the next NC block is used as a reference Using this principle you can combine pattern definitions with drilling cycles G71 G74 G36 or milling cycles figure definitions with G314 60315 0317 Parameters Z Center of pattern in
429. of hole default 0 D Retraction at 0 Rapid traverse 1 Feed rate V Feed rate reduction 0 Without reduction 1 At end of the hole 2 At start of the hole 3 At start and end of the hole AB Spot drilling through drilling length distance for feed rate reduction RB Retraction plane diameter value Further forms see page 60 HEIDENHAIN MANUALplus 620 CNC PILOT 640 XS Ay Access to the technology database Machining operation Drilling Affected parameters F S S xis Ing in 2 6 Units Predrill ing 2 7 Unite Fina 2 7 Units Finishing ICP contour finishing unit The unit finishes the contour described by ICP from NS to NE in one pass Unit name G890_ICP Cycle G890 see page 290 Contour form B Switch on TRC type of tool radius compensation 0 Automatic 1 Tool to the left G41 2 Tool to the right G42 3 Automatic without tool angle compensation 4 Tool to the left G41 without tool angle compensation 5 Tool to the right G42 without tool angle compensation HR Main cutting direction 0 Automatic 1 Z 2 X 3 Z 4 X SX SZ Cutting limit SX diameter value default no cutting limit Further parameters of the contour form see page 62 Cycle form O Type of approach default 0 0 Automatic selection the Steuerung checks Diagonal approach First X then Z direction Equidistant around the barrier Omission of the
430. of surface normal default C from section code Q Number of sides Q gt 2 Limit diameter as cutting limit E No input X from section code E overwrites X from section code 512 DIN programming for the Y axis il 6 3 Contours in the YZ plane Starting point of contour in YZ plane G180 Geo G180 defines the starting point of a contour in the YZ plane Parameters Y Starting point of contour Z Starting point of contour lt r ee gt Z PZ Starting point of contour polar radius W Starting point of contour polar angle V Y Line segment in YZ plane G181 Geo G181 defines a line segment in a contour of the YZ plane Parameters Y End point EEE gt Z End point AN Angle to positive Z axis Q Point of intersection End point if the line segment intersects a circular arc default 0 0 Near point of intersection 1 Far point of intersection BR Chamfer rounding Defines the transition to the next contour QIAN element When entering a chamfer rounding program the l Y theoretical end point e No entry Tangential transition BR 0 No tangential transition BR gt 0 Radius of rounding BR lt 0 Width of chamfer PZ End point polar radius reference workpiece zero point W End point polar angle reference workpiece zero point AR Angle to positive Z axis AR corresponds to AN R Length polar radius reference last contour point Programming Y Z Abs
431. og box Select ISO DIN 13 Na Press the Back soft key to return to the main menu Preparing the machining process chucking S O e Rn Bn 44 Prog 44 Head HHA ICP aad Units a4 Go to a4 Config Jid Misc aad Extras a4 Graph No of clamping Hjo ae Spindle number AWG pie 1 gt CLAMPS HO DO RO Z120 B45 J80 K20 X60 Q4 vO Clamp type R O J Free length z Fol CLAMPS 2 Edge of chuck 2 129 BLANK Chuck jaw reference 8 45 END PGM Unclamping length alao tits ofF Cutting limit outside Sf ON Cutting limit inside BO oOo i MO7 Overlap jaw workpiece d a Chuck diameter x 60 Chuck form of Outside chucking gt Z Mes Shaft machining AWG VQ Chuck E Edge of chuck mm E 1 1 gt TNC Project SMART_KAPITEL7 ncps 889 nc 0 Turret Help z Contour list graphic Variables sn teferenca Save Cancel Select Head gt Chucking equipment Describe the chucking equipment E Select AWG spindle number E Enter the edge of chuck E Enter the chuck width E Enter the cutting limitation outside and inside E Enter the clamping diameter E Enter the clamping length E Define the clamping form E Select Shaft machining AWG TURN PLUS takes the chucking equipment and cutting limitation into account for the program creation ay Press the Back soft key to return to the main menu 576 TURN PLUS Generating and saving a working plan Gener
432. ogram Consequently no unit of measure Is entered in the target program This has to be completed by the user Remember the following when converting DIN programs of the CNC PILOT 4290 Tool call T commands of the TURRET section T commands containing a reference to the tool database are left unchanged example T1 D 342 300 1 T commands containing tool data cannot be converted Variable programming Variable accesses to tool data machine dimensions D compensation values parameter data and events cannot be converted These program sequences have to be adapted HEIDENHAIN MANUALplus 620 CNC PILOT 640 4 1 Programming in _ mode i il DIN ISO mode ing in 4 1 Programm E M functions are left unchanged E Names of external subprograms When an external subprogram is called the converter prefixes CONV_ to the name 198 DIN Programming il Geometry pull down menus The Geo metry pull down menus contain functions for contour description The pull down menus are called by pressing the Geo menu in DIN ISO mode Overview of the functions G Direct entry of a G code Line Direct entry of a line segment G1 Circle Description of a circular arc G2 G3 G12 G13 Form Description of form elements Front Functions for contour descriptions on the front face Surface Functions for contour descriptions on the lateral surface ICP Extras Graph See Shared menu items on page 41 JJ Back to t
433. ogramming 49 8669 31 3103 E mail service nc ogm heidenhain de PLC programming 49 8669 31 3102 E mail service plc heidenhain de Lathe controls lt gt 49 8669 31 3105 E mail service lathe support heidenhain de www heidenhain de 1118606 20 Ver00 SWO3 11 2014 H Printed in Germany
434. ograms 425 Subprogram call L xx V1 425 Dialog texts In Subprogram call 426 Help graphics for subprogram calls 427 4 34 M commands 428 M commands for program run control 428 Machine commands 429 4 35 G codes from previous controls 430 Contour definitions in the machining section 430 Simple turning cycles 432 Thread cycles 4110 437 4 36 DINplus program example 439 Example of a subprogram with contour repetitions 439 4 37 Connection between geometry and machining commands 442 Turning Operations 442 C axis machining tront rear face 443 C axis machining lateral surface 443 4 38 Full surface machining 444 Fundamentals of full surface machining 444 Programming of full Surface machining 445 Full surface machining with opposing spindle 446 Full surface machining with single spindle 448 24 5 1 General information on touch probe cycles software option 452 Principle of function of touch probe cycles 452 Touch probe cycles for automatic operation 453 5 2 Touch probe cycles for single point measurement 455 Single point measurement for tool compensation G770 455 Single point measurement for zero point G771 457 Zero point C axis single point measurement G772 459 Zero point C axis object center G778 461 5 3 Touch probe cycles for two point measurement 463 Two poin
435. ollowing block until the last point has been reached in the tolerance window for position The tolerance window is a configuration parameter ParameterSets PX PZ gt CfgControllerTol gt pos lolerance Switch off protection zone G60 G60 is used to cancel protection zone monitoring G60 is programmed before the traversing command to be monitored or not monitored Parameters Activate Deactivate E 0 Activate protection zone modal E 1 Deactivate protection zone modal Application example With G60 you can temporarily deactivate a programmed monitoring of the protection zone in order to machine a centric through hole Actual values in variables G901 G901 transfers the actual values of all the axes of a slide into the variables for the interpolation information See G904 Page 383 Zero point shift in variables G902 G902 transfers the zero point shifts into the variables for the interpolation information See G904 Page 383 Lag error in variables G903 G903 transfers the current following error distance by which the actual values lags the nominal value into the variables for the interpolation information See G904 Page 383 382 Beispiel G60 DIN Programming il Read interpolation information G904 G904 transfers all the current interpolation information on the current slide to the variable memory Interpolation information syntax Interpolation information Syne anladsichannel n number o
436. olute incremental modal or AN Angle to the subsequent element ARi Angle to the previous element HEIDENHAIN MANUALplus 620 CNC PILOT 640 513 il the YZ plane rs in Circular arc in YZ plane G182 Geo G183 Geo G182 G183 defines a circular arc in a contour of the YZ plane Direction of rotation See help graphic Parameters End point radius Z End point R Radius J Center Y direction K Center Z direction Q Point of intersection End point if the circular arc intersects a line segment or another circular arc default 0 0 Near point of intersection 1 Far point of intersection BR Chamfer rounding Defines the transition to the next contour element When entering a chamfer rounding program the theoretical end point No entry Tangential transition BR 0 No tangential transition BR gt 0 Radius of rounding BR lt 0 Width of chamfer PZ End point polar radius reference workpiece zero point W End point polar angle reference workpiece zero point PM Center point polar radius reference workpiece zero point WM Center point polar angle reference workpiece zero point AR Starting angle tangential angle to rotary axis AN End angle tangential angle to rotary axis Programming Y Z Absolute incremental modal or 514 J K Absolute or incremental PZ W PM WM Absolute or incremental ARi Angle to the previous element ANi Angle to the subsequent element End point must not be the
437. on see help graphic G102 In clockwise direction G103 In counterclockwise direction Parameters End point in polar coordinates diameter C End point in polar coordinates angular dimension XK End point in Cartesian coordinates YK End point in Cartesian coordinates R Radius Center in Cartesian coordinates J Center in Cartesian coordinates Q Pointof intersection End point if the circular arc intersects a line segment or another circular arc default 0 O Near point of intersection 1 Far point of intersection BR Chamfer rounding Defines the transition to the next contour element When entering a chamfer rounding program the theoretical end point No input Tangential transition BR 0 No tangential transition BR gt 0 Radius of rounding BR lt 0 Width of chamfer XM_ Center point polar radius reference workpiece zero point CM Center point polar angle reference workpiece zero point AR Starting angle tangential angle to rotary axis AN End angle tangential angle to rotary axis Programming X XK YX Absolute incremental modal or C Absolute incremental or modal I J Absolute or incremental XM CM Absolute or incremental ARi Angle to the previous element ANi Angle to the subsequent element End point must not be the starting point no full circle 232 DIN Programming il Bore hole on front rear face G300 Geo G300 defines a hole with countersinking and thread in a front or rear fac
438. on the machine operating panel if your machine is equipped accordingly Feedforward control is switched off Cycle stop becomes effective at the end of a thread 440 DIN Programming il 4 36 DINplus program example Example of a subprogram with contour repetitions Contour repetitions including saving of the contour HEADER SLIDE 1 TURRET 1 T2 ID 121 55 040 1 T3 ID 111 55 080 1 T4 ID 161 400 2 T8 ID 342 18 0 70 T12 ID 112 12 050 1 BLANK N1 G20 X100 Z120 K1 FINISHED N2 G0 X19 2 Z 10 N3 G1 Z 8 5 BR0 35 N4 G1 X38 BR3 N5 G1 Z 3 05 BRO 2 N6 G1 X42 BRO 5 N7 G1 Z0 BRO 2 N8 G1 X66 BRO 5 N9 G1 Z 10 BRO 5 N10 G1 X19 2 BR0 5 MACHINING N11 G26 2500 N12 G14 Q0 N13 G702 Q0 H1 N14 L 1 VO Q2 N15 M30 SUBPROGRAM 1 N16 M108 N17 G702 Q1 H1 HEIDENHAIN MANUALplus 620 CNC PILOT 640 Save contour Ox number of repetitions Load saved contour 4 36 DINplus program example i il 4 36 DINplus program example N18 G14 Q0 N19 T8 N20 G97 2000 M3 N21 G95 F0 2 N22 GO X0 24 N23 G147 K1 N24 G74 Z 15 P72 I8 B20 J36 E0 1 KO N25 G14 Q0 N26 T3 N27 G96 300 G95 F0 35 M4 N28 GO X72 Z2 N29 G820 NS8 NE8 P2 K0 2 W270 V3 N30 G14 Q0 N31 T12 N32 G96 S250 G95 F0 22 N33 G810 NS7 NE3 P2 10 2 K0 1 Z 12 HO W180 Q0 N34 G14 Q2 N35 T2 N36 G96 S300 G95 F0 08 N37 GO X69 Z2 N38 G47 P1 N39 G890 NS8 V3 H3 Z 40 D3 N40 G47 P1 N41 G890 NS9 V1 HO Z 40 D1 174 KO N42 G14 Q0 N43 T12 N44 G
439. onal direction of slot only if Q 2 circular slot E cw In clockwise direction E ccw In counterclockwise direction W Angle of slot end point only if Q 2 circular slot Access to the technology database E Machining operation Milling E Affected parameters F S FZ P 142 smart Turn units il Cycle form OK Machining operation and plunging strategy E 0 Roughing E 1 Finishing JT P K FZ E R WB EW NF U E 2 Helical roughing manual E 3 Helical roughing automatic E 4 Reciprocating linear roughing manual E 5 Reciprocating linear roughing automatic E 6 Reciprocating circular roughing manual 7 Reciprocating circular roughing automatic E 8 Plunge roughing at predrilling position E 9 Finishing with 3 D approach arc Machining direction 0 From the inside out from the inside towards the outside 1 From the outside in from the outside towards the inside Cutting direction E 0 Up cut milling E 1 Climb milling Maximum infeed Contour parallel oversize Infeed direction oversize Infeed rate Reduced feed rate Approach radius Plunging length Plunge angle Position mark only if OK 8 Overlap factor default 0 5 Global form RB Retraction plane Further parameters see page 64 Further forms see page 60 HEIDENHAIN MANUALplus 620 CNC PILOT 640 2 9 ii i b il 2 9 OA ICP pocket milling face unit The unit mills the pocket d
440. ontours G794 is followed by E The figure to be milled with E Contour definition of the figure G311 to G317 See Lateral surface contours on page 239 Conclusion of contour definition G80 m The free contour with E Starting point G110 E Contour definition G111 G112 G113 Conclusion of contour definition G80 Parameters XS Milling top edge diameter value XE Milling floor diameter value P Maximum approach default total depth in one infeed U Overlap factor contour milling or pocket milling default 0 Preferentially use ICP and the G840 G845 and G846 cycles to program the contour description in the geometry section E U 0 Contour milling E U gt 0 Pocket milling minimum overlap of milling paths U milling diameter R Approach radius radius of approaching departing arc default 0 R 0 Contour element is approached directly infeed to starting point above the milling plane then vertical plunge R gt 0 Tool moves on approaching departing arc that connects tangentially to the contour element R lt 0 for inside corners Tool moves on approaching departing arc that connects tangentially to the contour element R lt 0 for outside corners Length of linear approaching departing element contour element is approached departed tangentially Oversize X Contour parallel oversize Infeed rate Reduced feed rate for circular elements default current feed ra
441. ool editor gs _ yaa Had ean n 5 satel cece g ET PP saa sida 44 Prog H4Head H44 ICP H9 Units 4Go to 449 Config 4Misc H9Extras 4 Graph Turret assignment 1 ID number clipboard pockets 9 of 24 ID number o2 1 z8 180 0 Hartmetall 2 111 80 080 1 3 1 roughing 0 80 95 0 80 0 Hartmetall 3 007 6 roughing 0 40 72 5 35 0 Hartmetall 4 003 3 1 finishing 0 80 95 0 35 0 Hartmetall 5 004AP1 amp 7 roughing 0 80 93 0 80 0Hartmetall Ses ay 6 020 B 1 finishing 0 40 95 0 35 0HSS OFF 7 037 8 40 00 180 0 Keramik OFF ON 8 7 M07 9 O4mtest5 amp 8 milling 10 00 4 HSS g f 7 A om F Mos 2 OFF ne TNC Project SMART_KAPITEL1 ncps 7983 nc 09 02 Edit Tool Special af Y j Bos the tool List Functions BM teme Delete entry s Paste entry from clipboard iS Cut out entry and save it in the clipboard T gt S Show entries in the tool database Tool list Save the turret assignment Save Close the tool list You decide whether Cancel the changes made remain in effect The input window of the selected tool is Editing opened for editing 55 1 4 Tool sroqrammiifl Editing tool entries For each entry of the TURRET section you call the Tool dialog box enter the identification number or use the Identification number from the tool database New tool entry Position the cursor and press the INS insert key The INS editor opens the Tool dialog box Enter the identification number of the tool ian Open
442. or in the MACHINING program section gt Program G726 with H 1 activate coupling gt Program turning cycles gt Program G726 with H 0 deactivate coupling 402 DIN Programming il Eccentric X G727 G727 is used to machine elliptical polygons The turning contours are programmed using separate turning cycles eh Q oO e Q g 4 29 Parameters H Activate coupling H 0 Deactivate coupling E H 1 Activate coupling Q Reference spindle Number of the spindle that is coupled with the X axis machine dependent 1 X travel Half of the superimposed X axis movement 2 radius value 3 a 4 C C position at Z start C axis angle of X travel F Maximum rapid traverse Permissible rapid traverse for the X axis while coupling is active Form factor Number of X travels with respect to one spindle revolution Z Z start Reference value for the parameter C W Delta C mm Z Difference in C axis angle with respect to a distance of 1 mm in the Z axis HEIDENHAIN MANUALplus 620 CNC PILOT 640 403 il Programming sequence Position the cursor in the MACHINING program section Program G727 with H 1 activate coupling Program turning cycles gt Program G727 with H 0 deactivate coupling V oO g Se 4 29 404 DIN Programming il 4 30 Data input and data output WINDOW Output window for variables WINDOW x opens an output window with x lines T
443. or modal The tool radius compensation is not active Safety clearance after each pass 1 mm A G57 oversize Is calculated with algebraic sign oversizes are therefore impossible for inside contour machining Remains effective after cycle end A G58 oversize is not taken into account WO D e Oo G 00 DIN Programming il Simple face roughing G82 G82 roughs the contour area defined by the current tool position and X Z If you wish to machine an oblique cut you can define the angle with and K Parameters Contour end point in X diameter value Contour starting point Offset in X direction default 0 Maximum infeed in Z G code for infeed default 0 0 Infeed with GO rapid traverse E 1 nfeed with G1 feed rate V Type of retraction default 0 OxA N x E 0 Return to cycle starting point in X and last retraction position in Z E 1 Return to cycle starting point H Type of departure default 0 E 0 With each cut machine contour outline after each pass 2 No smoothing retracts at 45 no contour smoothing The Steuerung uses the position of the target point to distinguish between external and internal machining The number of cutting passes is calculated so that an abrasive cut is avoided and the calculated infeed distance is lt K The tool radius compensation is not active Safety clearance after each pass Imm A G57 oversize s calculated w
444. orientation Orient the touch probe in the programmed probing direction before each probing operation machine dependent function PRINT outputs 0 OFF Do not display measuring results 1 ON Display measuring results INPUT instead of measurement 0 Default Obtain measured values by probing 1 PC test Simulate probing cycle on the programming station Log no Save measurement results In TNC table messpro mep table line numbers 0 99 the table can be expanded if necessary HEIDENHAIN MANUALplus 620 CNC PILOT 640 T 2 O O K O on Q j il easurement O Q LO 5 7 Circular measurement Circular measurement G785 Cycle G785 determines the circle center and diameter by probing three times in the programmed plane and shows the measured values on the control screen The result of the measurement is saved additionally in the variable i99 See Touch probe cycles for automatic operation on page 455 Cycle run From the current position the touch probe moves in the defined measuring plane toward the measuring point When the stylus touches the workpiece the measured value is saved and the touch probe is positioned back to the starting point Another two probing operations are carried out with the defined stepping angle If a starting diameter D was programmed the cycle positions the touch probe on a circular path before the respective measuring process The control outputs an error me
445. orkpiece Calculate the starting position XS diameter as follows XS XK 2 1 3 b XK b Contour diameter Chamfer width Oversizes are not taken into account The tool radius compensation is active HEIDENHAIN MANUALplus 620 CNC PILOT 640 Beispiel G86 43 4 35 G codes from provid controls 4 35 G codes from revi controls Radius cycle G87 G87 machines transition radii at orthogonal paraxial inside and outside corners The direction is taken from the position machining direction of the tool Parameters X Corner point diameter Z Corner point B Radius E Reduced feed rate default active feed A preceding longitudinal or transverse element is machined if the tool is located at the X or Z coordinate of the corner before the cycle is executed The tool radius compensation is active Oversizes are not taken into account Chamfer cycle G88 G88 machines chamfers at orthogonal paraxial outside corners The direction is taken from the position machining direction of the tool Parameters X Corner point diameter Z Corner point B Chamfer width E Reduced feed rate default active feed A preceding longitudinal or transverse element is machined if the tool is located at the X or Z coordinate of the corner before the cycle is executed The tool radius compensation is active Oversizes are not taken into account 438 Beispiel G87 Bei
446. orkpiece face several times with the Z axis Prior to each probing the C axis is rotated by a distance defined in the cycle until a stud is found Optionally the cycle determines the mean value by two probing operations on the stud diameter If the tolerance value defined in the cycle is exceeded the cycle saves the measured deviation as zero point shift The result of the measurement is saved additionally in the variable 199 lt 999997 Result of first measurement 999999 Deviation of probing operations was higher than programmed in Maximum Deviation parameter WE Cycle run From the current position the touch probe moves along the measuring axis X toward the measuring point When the stylus touches the workpiece the measured value is saved and the touch probe is positioned back to the starting point Then the cycle rotates the C axis by the angle defined in the Search Grid parameter RC and probes again with the X axis This process is repeated until a stud is found The cycle performs two probing operations on the stud diameter with the C axis calculates the center of the hole and sets the zero point in the C axis The control outputs an error message if the touch probe does not reach any touch point within the defined measuring path If a maximum deviation WE was programmed the measuring point is approached twice and the mean value is saved as result If the difference of the measurements is greater than the maximum deviation WE t
447. ormation on the tool status see Reading diagnostic bits on page 413 In the Teach In submode the parameter RB was added to the cycles Figure axial Figure radial ICP contour axial and ICP contour radial see User s Manual In the Teach In submode the parameters SP and SI were added to all tapping cycles see User s Manual The Simulation submode provides an enhanced 3 D view see User s Manual Tool control graphics were introduced in the Tool Editor mode of operation see User s Manual An ID number can be entered directly in the turret list see User s Manual The tool list provides additional filter options see User s Manual The Transfer submode provides enhanced tool backup functionality see User s Manual The Transfer submode provides enhanced tool import functionality see User s Manual The Set Axis Values menu item now also enables you to define offset values for shifts using G53 G54 and G55 see User s Manual Load monitoring was Introduced in the Program Run submode see User s Manual The definition of skip levels was introduced in the Program Run submode see User s Manual A function was introduced to query information on the tool status see User s Manual A user parameter was Introduced to enable you to activate and deactivate the software limit switches for the Simulation submode see User s Manual A user parameter was introduced to enable you to suppress the error message for the soft
448. osition mark only if O 1 RB Retraction plane Further forms see page 60 HEIDENHAIN MANUALplus 620 CNC PILOT 640 Access to the technology database Machining operation Finish milling Affected parameters F S FZ P 175 3 3 Unies Milling Y axis 3 3 Units Milling Y axis ICP pocket milling in XY plane unit The unit mills the pocket defined with ICP in the XY plane In QK machining operation select whether a roughing or finishing operation is to be executed For roughing define the plunging strategy Unit name G845_Tas_Y_Stirn Cycles G845 see page 370 G846 see page 374 Parameters on the Contour form FK see page 62 NF Position mark only if QK 8 NS Starting block no of contour Z1 Milling top edge P2 Depth of contour NE End block no of contour Parameters on the Cycle form OK Machining operation and plunging strategy E 0 Roughing E 1 Finishing 2 Helical roughing manual 3 Helical roughing automatic 4 Reciprocating linear roughing manual 5 Reciprocating linear roughing automatic 6 Reciprocating circular roughing manual 7 Reciprocating circular roughing automatic 8 Plunge roughing at predrilling position 9 Finishing with 3 D approach arc JT Machining direction 0 From the inside out from the inside towards the outside 1 From the outside in from the outside towards the inside H Cutting direction 0 Up cut milling 1 Climb milling P Maximum infeed Cont
449. ot K Slot length B Slot width A P E No input X from section code I overwrites X from section code E HEIDENHAIN MANUALplus 620 CNC PILOT 640 6 2 Conta in the XY plane j i 6 2 conti in the XY plane Circular slot in XY plane G372 Geo G373 Geo G372 G373 defines a circular slot in the XY plane G372 Circular slot clockwise G373 Circular slot counterclockwise Parameters X Center of slot curvature radius Y Center of slot curvature R Curvature radius reference center point path of the slot A Starting angle reference positive X axis default 0 W End angle reference positive X axis default 0 B Slot width P Depth height default P from G308 P lt 0 Pocket P gt 0 Island Limit diameter as cutting limit No input X from section code I overwrites X from section code Full circle in XY plane G374 Geo G374 defines a full circle in the XY plane Parameters X Circle center radius Y Circle center R Circle radius P Depth height default P from G308 P lt 0 Pocket P gt 0 Island Limit diameter as cutting limit No input X from section code I overwrites X from section code 508 DIN programming for the Y axis il Rectangle in XY plane G375 Geo G375 defines a rectangle in the XY plane Parameters Center of rectangle radius Center of rectangle Position angle reference positive X axis default 0 Length of rectangle Wi
450. ot counterclockwise Parameters Z CY vUSrRIO Center Center as linear value reference unrolled reference diameter Center angle Radius reference center point path of the slot Starting angle reference Z axis default 0 End angle reference Z axis Slot width Pocket depth default P from G308 HEIDENHAIN MANUALplus 620 CNC PILOT 640 4 8 Lateral a contours i il 4 8 Lateral cub contours Full circle on lateral surface G314 Geo G314 defines a full circle in a lateral surface contour Parameters Z GY uU v O Center Center as linear value reference unrolled reference diameter Center angle Radius Pocket depth default P from G308 Rectangle on lateral surface G315 Geo G315 defines a rectangle in a lateral surface contour Parameters Z Center CY Center as linear value reference unrolled reference diameter C Center angle A Angle to Z axis default 0 K Length B Width R Chamfer rounding default 0 R gt 0 Radius of rounding R lt 0 Width of chamfer P Pocket depth default P from G308 244 DIN Programming il Eccentric polygon on lateral surface G317 Geo G317 defines a polygon in a lateral surface contour Parameters Z Center CY Center as linear value reference unrolled reference diameter C Center angle O Number of edges OQ gt 2 A Angle to Z axis default 0 K Edge length K gt 0 Edge length K lt 0 Inscribed circle diameter
451. ou use a spindle positioning device no C axis an axial slot is machined centrically to the rotary axis f J or ZS is defined the tool approaches to safety clearance in Z and then mills the slot If J and ZS are not defined the milling cycle starts from the current tool position HEIDENHAIN MANUALplus 620 CNC PILOT 640 oO 4 26 i cycles Beispiel G791 34 a 4 26 inc cycles Linear slot on lateral surface G792 G792 mills a slot from the current tool position to the end point The slot width equals the diameter of the milling cutter Oversizes are not taken into account Parameters F Final point of slot C Final angle Final point of slot for angle direction see help graphic K Slot length referenced to center of cutter A Slot angle reference see help graphic XE Milling floor XS Milling top edge J Milling depth E J gt 0 Infeed direction X E J lt 0 Infeed direction X P Maximum approach default total depth in one infeed F Approach feed infeed rate default active feed rate Parameter combinations for definition of the end point see help graphic Parameter combinations for definition of the milling plane E Milling floor XE milling top edge XS E Milling floor XE milling depth J E Milling top edge XS milling depth J E Milling floor XE Rotate the spindle to the desired angle position before calling G792 f you use a spindle positioning device no
452. our milling figures lateral surface unit on page 151 see Pocket milling figures lateral surface unit on page 154 The parameters SP and SI were added to all tapping units see Units Centric drilling on page 80 see Units Drilling in C axis on page 84 see ICP tapping Y axis unit on page 169 G48 was introduced to allow limiting the rapid traverse rate for rotary and linear axes see Reduce rapid traverse G48 on page 253 G53 Gb4 and G55 were introduced for zero point shifts using offset values see Zero point offsets Shift G53 G54 G55 on page 261 The functions for superimposing axis movements G725 Eccentric turning G726 Transition to eccentric and G727 Eccentric X were introduced see Eccentric turning G725 on page 399 see Transition to eccentric G726 on page 401 see Eccentric X G727 on page 403 The load monitoring functions G995 Monitoring zone definition and G996 Type of load monitoring were introduced see Monitoring zone G995 on page 388 see Load monitoring G996 on page 389 The AWG submode now also supports tools with quick change holders see Tool selection turret assignment on page 566 A tree view is available in the smart Turn operating mode see Editing with active tree view on page 40 Skip levels can be defined in the smart Turn operating mode see Skip level on page 426 A function was introduced to query inf
453. our parallel oversize K Infeed direction oversize FZ Infeed rate E Reduced feed rate R Approach radius WB Plunging length EW Plunge angle U Overlap factor default 0 5 RB Retraction plane Further forms see page 60 176 Access to the technology database E Machining operation Milling E Affected parameters F S FZ P smart Turn units for the Y axis il Single surface milling XY plane unit The unit mills a single surface defined with ICP in the XY plane Unit name G841_Y_ST1 Cycles G841 see page 527 G842 see page 528 Parameters on the Contour form FK see page 62 NS Starting block no of contour Parameters on the Cycle form OK Machining operation E 0 Roughing E 1 Finishing P Maximum infeed Contour parallel oversize K Infeed direction oversize H Cutting direction E 0 Up cut milling E 1 Climb milling U Overlap factor default 0 5 V Overrun factor FZ Infeed rate RB Retraction plane Further forms see page 60 HEIDENHAIN MANUALplus 620 CNC PILOT 640 3 3 Units Milling Y axis V gt Access to the technology database E Machining operation Milling E Affected parameters F S FZ P i il 3 3 Units Milling in Y axis Centric polygon milling XY plane unit The unit mills the centric polygon defined with ICP in the XY plane Unit name G843_Y_STI Cycles G843 see page 529 G844 see page 530 Parameters on the Contour form FK
454. our section NE not programmed The contour element NS is machined in the direction of contour definition NS NE programmed The contour element NS is machined opposite to the direction of contour definition Maximum infeed Oversize in X direction diameter value default O Oversize in Z direction default 0 Plunging behavior E 0 Descending contours are not machined E gt 0 Plunging feed rate No input Feed rate reduction depending on the plunge angle maximum 50 Cutting limit in X direction diameter value default no cutting limit Cutting limit in Z direction default no cutting limit Approach angle reference Z axis default 90 270 perpendicular to Z axis Departure angle reference Z axis default 0 180 parallel to Z axis Type of departure default 0 0 With each cut machine contour outline after each pass 1 With the last cut retracts at 45 contour smoothing after last pass 2 No smoothing retracts at 45 no contour smoothing Type of retraction at cycle end default 0 0 Returns to starting point first Z then X direction 1 Positions in front of the finished contour 2 Retracts to safety clearance and stops HEIDENHAIN MANUALplus 620 CNC PILOT 640 4 17 Contour based j cycles N Parameters Q V Identifier beginning end default 0 A chamfer rounding arc V is machined 0 At beginning and end 1 At beginning 2 A
455. peration The following examples explain the principle Limits for internal machining operations Predrilling SBI limits the drilling operation Roughing SBI or SU limit the roughing operation SU basic length of roughing cut sbl overhang length inside ULI To avoid residual rings during the machining process TURN PLUS leaves an area of 5 in front of the roughing limit Finishing sbl limits the finishing operation HEIDENHAIN MANUALplus 620 CNC PILOT 640 U information j il A PE information Roughing limit in front of cutting limit Example 1 The roughing limit SU is located in front of the cutting limit inside SBI Abbreviations SBI Cutting limit inside SU Roughing limitation SU sbl ULI sbl Basic length of roughing cut deepest point of inside contour ULI Overhang length inside machining parameter 4 nbl Usable tool length tool parameter 570 TURN PLUS il Roughing limit behind cutting limit Example 2 The roughing limit SU is located behind the cutting limit inside SBI Abbreviations SBI Cutting limit inside SU Roughing limitation SU sbl ULI sbl Basic length of roughing cut deepest point of inside contour ULI Overhang length inside machining parameter 4 nbl Usable tool length tool parameter HEIDENHAIN MANUALplus 620 CNC PILOT 640 U information i il _ chinino information Shaft machining For shafts TURN PLUS supports rear fa
456. perpendicular to Z axis or with facing tools perpendicular to X axis Type of retraction at cycle end default 0 0 Returns to starting point first X then Z direction 1 Positions in front of the finished contour 2 Retracts to safety clearance and stops DIN Programming il Parameters V HR XA ZA Identifier beginning end default 0 A chamfer rounding arc is machined E 0 At beginning and end E 1 At beginning m2 At end E 3 No machining E 4 Chamfer rounding arc is machined not the basic element prerequisite contour section with one element Contour calculation 0 Automatic E 1 Tool to the left G41 E 2 Tool to the right G42 Omit elements see figure Workpiece blank oversize radius value active only if no blank has been defined Contour parallel Type of cutting paths E 0 Constant machining depth E 1 Equidistant cut lines Specify primary machining direction Starting point of blank only effective if no blank was programmed E XA ZA not programmed The workpiece blank contour is calculated from the tool position and the ICP contour E XA ZA programmed Definition of the corner point of the workpiece blank The Steuerung uses the tool definition to distinguish between external and internal machining HEIDENHAIN MANUALplus 620 CNC PILOT 640 DIN 76 DINSO9E Form U Form H G22 G23 H G23 Hi 4 17 Contour based j i cycles C
457. plane Character set see page 376 Parameters Y Z Starting point X End point diameter X position infeed depth during milling RB Retraction plane X position retracted to for positioning ID Text to be engraved NF Character number ASCII code of the character to be engraved H Font height E Distance factor for calculation see figure E Distance factor The distance between the characters is calculated according to the following formula H 6 E F Plunging feed rate factor plunging feed rate current feed rate F 540 TXT MANUALplus NF 64 8 E lolmpedit Common Allg Grav Text png E DIN programming for the Y axis il Thread milling in XY plane G800 G800 mills a thread in existing holes Place the tool on the center of the hole before calling G799 The cycle positions the tool on the end point of the thread within the hole Then the tool approaches on approach radius R and mills the thread During this the tool advances by the thread pitch F Following that the cycle retracts the tool and returns It to the starting point With parameter V you can program whether the thread is to be milled in one rotation or with single point tools in several rotations Parameters Thread diameter Starting point Z Thread depth Approach radius Thread pitch Direction of thread default 0 E 0 Right hand thread E 1 Left hand thread H Cutting direction default 0 C NDAN 6 7 Milling p
458. point drill end point of hole F1 Thread pitch B Run in length L Retraction length when using floating tap holders default 0 SR Retraction speed default Shaft speed for tapping SP Chip breaking depth SI Retraction distance RB Retraction plane default return to the starting position or to the safety clearance Further forms see page 60 Use the retraction length for floating tap holders The cycle calculates a new nominal pitch on the basis of the thread depth the programmed pitch and the retraction length The nominal pitch is somewhat smaller than the pitch of the tap During tapping the tap is pulled away from the chuck by the retraction length With this method you can achieve higher service life from taps HEIDENHAIN MANUALplus 620 CNC PILOT 640 XK YK X1 C1 D 2 5 Units Drill SR Access to the technology database Machining operation Tapping Affected parameters S Ing in C amp 2 5 Units Drill Circular tapping pattern face unit This unit machines a circular tapping pattern on the face of the workpiece Unit name G73_Cir_Stirn_C Cycle G73 see page 328 Pattern form Q Number of holes XM CM Polar center point XK YK Cartesian center point A Starting angle Wi Angle increment K Pattern diameter W End angle VD Rotation direction default O VD 0 without W Figures are
459. polar coordinates C Angle center point of pattern in polar coordinates XS Starting point of drilling milling operation diameter value XE Final point of drilling milling operation diameter value Pattern diameter A Starting angle position of first hole figure W Final angle position of last hole figure Wi Final angle angle increment distance to the next position Q Number of holes figures default 1 V Rotation direction default 0 E V 0 without W Figures are arranged on a Tull circle E V 0 with W Figures are arranged on the longer circular arc V 0 with Wi The algebraic sign of Wi defines the direction Wi lt 0 clockwise V 1 with W Clockwise V 1 with Wi Clockwise algebraic sign of Wi has no effect E V 2 with W Counterclockwise E V 2 with Wi Counterclockwise algebraic sign of Wi has no effect HEIDENHAIN MANUALplus 620 CNC PILOT 640 E Yn E U U 2 w V 5 a D D N a D 2 N c D O D e A O e 3 3 9 Q 33 a 4 22 n cycles 4 22 inc cycles C TNDAN Thread milling axial G799 G799 mills a thread in existing holes Place the tool on the center of the hole before calling G799 The cycle positions the tool on the end point of the thread within the hole Then the tool approaches on approaching radius R and mills the thread During this the tool advances by the thread pitch F Following
460. position or to the safety clearance Further forms see page 60 HEIDENHAIN MANUALplus 620 CNC PILOT 640 D 2 6 Units Predrill i il Ing In C axis 2 6 Units Predrill Predrill contour mill ICP on face unit The unit determines the hole position and machines the hole The subsequent milling cycle obtains the hole position from the reference stored in NF If the milling contour consists of multiple sections the unit machines a hole for each section Unit name DRILL_ST I_840_C Cycles G840 A1 see page 359 G71 see page 325 Contour form FK see page 62 NS Starting block no of contour NE End block no of contour Z1 Milling top edge P2 Depth of contour Cycle form JK Cutter position 0 On the contour E 1 closed contour Within the contour 1 open contour Left of the contour 2 closed contour Outside the contour 2 open contour Right of the contour H 3 Depending on H and MD E H Cutting direction 0 Up cut milling E 1 Climb milling Contour parallel oversize K Infeed direction oversize R Approach radius WB Cutter diameter NF Position mark E Delay dwell time at end of hole default 0 D Retraction at 0 Rapid traverse 1 Feed rate V Feed rate reduction 0 Without reduction E 1 At end of the hole E 2 At start of the hole E 3 At start and end of the hole AB Spot drillin
461. pplied to the zero point result Maximum deviation Probe twice and monitor the dispersion of the measured values Measuring feed rate Feed rate for probing If nothing is entered the measuring feed rate from the touch probe table is used If the entered measuring feed rate F is higher than the one in the touch probe table the feed rate is reduced to the value from the touch probe table Tool orientation Orient the touch probe in the programmed probing direction before each probing operation machine dependent function PRINT outputs 0 OFF Do not display measuring results 1 ON Display measuring results INPUT instead of measurement 0 Default Obtain measured values by probing 1 PC test Simulate probing cycle on the programming station Log no Save measurement results In TNC table messpro mep table line numbers 0 99 the table can be expanded if necessary HEIDENHAIN MANUALplus 620 CNC PILOT 640 T 2 O O K O on Q j il Find stud in C lateral surface G783 Cycle G783 probes the workpiece face several times with the X axis Prior to each probing the touch probe is shifted by a distance defined in the cycle until a stud is found Optionally the cycle determines the mean value by two probing operations on the stud diameter If the tolerance value defined in the cycle is exceeded the cycle saves the measured deviation as zero point shift The result of the measurement is saved additionally in
462. probe cycles for automatic operation on page 455 easurement Cycle run From the current position the touch probe moves along the defined measuring axis toward the measuring point When the stylus touches the workpiece the measured value is saved and the touch probe is positioned back to the starting point For the pre positioning for the second measurement the cycle first moves the touch probe by the offset in the circumnavigation direction RB and then by the offset in the measuring direction RC The cycle executes the second probing operation in the opposite direction saves the result and positions the touch probe back with the circumnavigation axis by the circumnavigation value O Beispiel G778 Two point measurement for tool compensation The control outputs an error message if the touch probe does not reach any touch point within the defined measuring path If a maximum deviation WE was programmed the measuring points are approached twice and the mean value is saved as result If the difference of the measurements is greater than the maximum deviation WE the program run is interrupted and an error message is displayed Parameters R Type of compensation 1 Tool compensation DX DZ for turning tool or additive compensation 2 Recessing tool Dx DS 3 Milling tool DX DD 4 Milling tool DD K Incremental measuring path with direction signed Maximum measuring path for probing The algebraic sign determine
463. program a comma and the ID number of the tool after the desired identification e g 11 d1 Z 001 Tool information can also be interrogated directly via the ID Event bits Variable programming interrogates a bit of the event for 0 or 1 The meaning of the event is determined by the machine manufacturer E en key n is the channel number and key is the event name Used for reading external events set by the PLC E e0 key n xxx n is the channel number key is the event name and xxx is the name extension Used for reading external events set by the PLC HEIDENHAIN MANUALplus 620 CNC PILOT 640 UJ UJ 2 e 2 D a D m lt e D e 7 3 D e fat a e variables i O O es A q j il Reading tool data Use the following syntax to read tool data You can only access tools that are entered in the turret list Syntax wn select If a sequence of exchange is defined program the first tool of the sequence The Steuerung determines the data of the active tool T gt Tool information can also be interrogated directly via the ID number This may be necessary for example if no turret pocket has been assigned For this purpose program a n turret pocket number n 0 for the current tool select designates the information to be read comma and the ID number of the too
464. r G845_ Tas _Y_Stirn G845 Pocket milling Page 176 Inside rough out of closed contours in the XY plane G840_ENT_Y_STIRN G840 Deburring Page 180 Deburring contours In the XY plane G801_GRA_STIRN_C G841 Single surface Page 177 Milling a single surface flat in the XY plane G840_Kon_C_STIRN G843 Centric polygon Page 178 Milling a centric polygon in the XY plane G803_GRA_Y_STIRN G800_GEW_Y_STIRN 600 G803 Engraving Engraving character strings in the XY plane G800 Thread milling Milling a thread in an existing hole in the XY plane Page 179 Page 181 Overview of units il Milling in lateral surface group YZ plane G840_Kon_Y_Mant G845_Tas_Y Mant G840_ENT_Y_MANT G801_GRA_STIRN_C G840_Kon_C_STIRN G804_GRA_Y_MANT G806_GEW_Y_MANT G840 Contour milling Machining contours in the YZ plane inside outside and on the contour G845 Pocket milling Inside rough out of closed contours in the YZ plane G840 Deburring Deburring contours in the YZ plane G841 Single surface Milling a single surface flat in the YZ plane G843 Centric polygon Milling a centric polygon in the YZ plane G803 Engraving Engraving character strings in the YZ plane G800 Thread milling Milling a thread in an existing hole in the YZ plane HEIDENHAIN MANUALplus 620 CNC PILOT 640 Page 182 Page 183 Page 187 Page 184 Page 185 Page 186 Page 188 Y axis group ling i
465. r E JK 2 open contour Right of the contour E JK 3 Depending on H and MD H Cutting direction E 0 Up cut milling E 1 Climb milling BG Chamfer width JG Preparation diameter P Plunging depth indicated as a negative value K Contour parallel oversize R Approach radius FZ Infeed rate E Reduced feed rate RB Retraction plane Further forms see page 60 HEIDENHAIN MANUALplus 620 CNC PILOT 640 3 3 Units Miltingjg Y axis Access to the technology database Machining operation Deburring E Affected parameters F S i il 3 3 Units Milling in Y axis Thread milling in YZ plane unit The unit mills a thread in existing holes in the YZ plane Unit name G806_GEW_Y_MANT Cycle G806 see page 542 Parameters on the Position form APP CS X1 P2 F1 Approach see page 65 Approach position C Start point drill starting point of hole Thread depth Thread diameter Thread pitch Parameters on the Cycle form J R Direction of thread E 0 Right hand thread E 1 Left hand thread Cutting direction 0 Up cut milling E 1 Climb milling Milling method 0 The thread is milled in a 360 degree helix 1 The thread is milled in several helical paths single point tool Approach radius Further forms see page 60 188 Access to the technology database E Machining operation Finish milling E Affected parameters F S smart Turn units for the Y axis il
466. r opposing spindle Turning in the counterspindle Fixed cycles Switch off rear face machining 449 ining 4 38 Full surface mach ining 4 38 Full surface mach Full surface machining with single spindle G30 Normally not required G99 The expert program mirrors the contour Further programming of G99 is normally not required for machining the rear face after rechucking Example The front and rear face of the workpiece are machined using one NC program The workpiece is first machined on the front face then it is rechucked manually The rear face is machined subsequently The expert program mirrors and shifts the contour for the 2nd setup Full surface machining on machine with one spindle HEADER MATERIAL STEEL MEASURE_UNITS METRIC TURRET T1 ID 512 600 10 T2 ID 111 80 080 1 T4 ID 121 55 040 1 BLANK N1 G20 X100 Z100 K1 FINISHED FACE_C Z0 REAR_C Z 98 N20 G308 ID R P 1 N21 G100 XK5 YK 10 N22 G101 YK15 N23 G101 XK 5 N24 G103 XK 8 YK3 8038 R6 l 5 N25 G101 XK 12 YK 10 N26 G309 MACHINING 450 DIN Programming il HEIDENHAIN MANUALplus 620 CNC PILOT 640 Zero point shift for 1st setup Prepare the rechucking Contour mirroring and shifting for manual rechucking Stop for rechucking Zero point shift for 2nd setup Milling rear face Switch off rear face machining ining ach 4 38 Full surfa o il puupeumpenns ins SEL DIN Program
467. r probe Measuring circles circle segments angle and position of the C axis Misalignment compensation Single point and double point measurement Finding a hole or stud Zero point setting in the Z or C axis Automatic tool measurement Touch probe cycles are programmed in DIN PLUS using G codes Just like the fixed cycles also the touch probe cycles use transfer parameters To simplify programming the control shows a graphic during cycle definition The appropriate input parameters are displayed in the help graphic see figure at right The touch probe cycles save status information and measuring results in the variable 199 Depending on the input parameters in the touch probe cycle you can interrogate the following values lt 999997 Measuring result 999999 Touch probe not deflected 999999 Invalid measuring axis programmed 999998 Maximum deviation WE exceeded 999997 Maximum compensation value E exceeded HEIDENHAIN MANUALplus 620 CNC PILOT 640 5 1 General information on touch probe cycles ae option o il 5 1 General information on touch probe cycles Bheware option Programming the touch probe cycle in DIN PLUS Iso Mode Select DIN PLUS programming and place the cursor in the MACHINING program section Select Machining pull down menus Select G menu pull down menus Select Touch probe cycles pull down menus Select measuring cycle group Select the cycle Single point measurements Page
468. racters strings on the face ICP milling in C axis face group G840_Kon_C_STIRN G840 Contour milling ICP Page 142 Page 145 Page 141 Machining ICP contours on the face inside outside and on the contour G845_TAS_C_STIRN G845 Pocket milling ICP Page 144 Inside rough out of closed ICP contours on the face G840_ENT_C_STIRN G840 Deburring Page 146 Deburring ICP contours on the face HEIDENHAIN MANUALplus 620 CNC PILOT 640 o il 9 4 in C axis group C axis lateral surface milling group G792_NUT_MANT_C G792_LIN_MANT_C G792_CIR_MANT_C G798_Wendelnut_C G840_FIG_MANT_C G84x_FIG_MANT_C G802_GRA_MANT_C G792 Linear slot Page 147 Milling a linear slot G792 Linear slot pattern Page 148 Milling of linear slots in a linear pattern G792 Circular slot pattern Page 149 Milling of linear slots in a circular pattern G798 Helical slot milling Page 150 Milling a thread shaped helical slot G840 Contour milling figures Page 151 Milling figures inside outside and on the contour G84x Pocket milling figures Page 154 Roughing out closed figures inside G802 Engraving Page 157 Engraving characters strings on the lateral surface ICP milling in C axis lateral surface group G840_Kon_C_Mant G845_TAS_C_MANT G840_ENT_C_MANT 598 G840 Contour milling ICP Page 153 Machining ICP contours on the lateral surface inside outside and on the contour G845 Pocket milling ICP Pag
469. rallel to Z axis W Departure angle reference Z axis default orthogonal to Z axis O Type of retraction at end of cycle 0 Returns to starting point first X then Z direction 1 Positions in front of the finished contour 2 Retracts to safety clearance and stops H Type of cut lines cutting paths 0 Constant cutting depth Contour is shifted by a constant infeed value paraxial 1 Equidistant cutting lines Cutting lines run at a constant distance from the contour contour parallel The contour is scaled D Omit elements do not machine form elements see figure Further forms see page 60 70 Access to the technology database Machining operation Roughing Affected parameters F S E P smart Turn units il Longitudinal roughing with direct contour input unit The unit machines the contour defined by the parameters In EC you define whether you want to machine a normal or a plunging contour Unit name G810_G80 Cycle G810 see page 272 Contour form EC Type of contour 0 Normal contour 1 Plunging contour X1 Z1 Contour starting point X2 Z2 Contour end point RC Rounding Radius of contour corner AC Start angle Angle of the first contour element range 0 lt 90 WC End angle Angle of the last contour element range 0 lt 90 BS Chamfer radius at start BS gt 0 Radius of rounding arc BS lt 0 Section length of chamfer BE Chamfer radius at end BE gt
470. rameters F S FZ P 2 10 Units Milling lateral i i i il 2 10 Units Milling lateral M Linear slot pattern lateral surface unit The unit machines a linear slot pattern in which the individual features are arranged at a regular spacing on the lateral surface The starting points of the slots correspond to the pattern positions You define the length and the position of the slots in the unit The slot width equals the diameter of the milling cutter Unit name G792_Lin_Mant_C Cycle G792 see page 350 Pattern form Q Number of slots Z1 C1 Starting point of pattern Wi Angle increment W End angle Z2 End point of pattern Cycle form X1 Milling top edge diameter value X2 Milling floor diameter value L Slot length A1 Angle to Z axis P Maximum infeed FZ Infeed rate Further forms see page 60 148 Access to the technology database Machining operation Milling E Affected parameters F S FZ P smart Turn units il Circular slot pattern lateral surface unit The unit machines a circular slot pattern in which the individual features are arranged at a regular spacing on the lateral surface The starting points of the slots correspond to the pattern positions You define the length and the position of the slots in the unit The slot width equals the diameter of the milling cutter Unit name G792_Cir_Mant_C Cycle G792 see page 350 Pattern form OQ Number of
471. rammed The cycle deburrs both sides of the slot see 1 in the illustration J not programmed The deburring tool is so wide that both sides of the slot are deburred in one pass see 2 in the illustration Starting element number when partial figures are machined End element number when partial figures are machined The direction of contour definition for figures is counterclockwise The first contour element for figures Circular slot The larger arc Full circle The upper semicircle Rectangles polygons and linear slots The orientation angle points to the first contour element Sequence for Milling deburring A 0 default 0 DIN Programming il Approach and departure For closed contours the point of the surface normal from the tool position to the first contour element is the point of approach and departure If no surface normal intersects the tool position the starting point of the first element is the point of approach and departure For figures use D and V to select the approach departure element Cycle run for deburring 1 Starting position X Z C is the position before the cycle begins 2 Moves to the safety clearance and infeed to the first milling depth 3 J not programmed Mills the programmed contour J programmed open contour Calculates and mills the new contour 4 Returns to retraction plane RB HEIDENHAIN MANUALplus 620 CNC PILOT 640 4 26 B cycles j il 4 26 M n cycles Pocket mi
472. ramming X Z Absolute incremental modal or ANi Angle to the subsequent element ARi Angle to the previous element 202 DIN Programming il m x D 2 D k Q D O 4 3 Basic _ elements HEIDENHAIN MANUALplus 620 CNC PILOT 640 Starting point Vertical line with chamfer Horizontal line with radius Oblique cut with absolute target coordinates Horizontal line segment incremental Incremental and angle Incremental and absolute mixed Calculate the X coordinate End point and angle with unknown starting point i il Circular arc of turning contour G2 G3 Geo G2 G3 defines a circular arc in a contour with incremental center dimensioning Direction of rotation see help graphic E G2 In clockwise direction G3 In counterclockwise direction Parameters End point of contour element diameter value End point of contour element Radius Center distance from starting point to center as radius Center distance from starting point to center Point of intersection End point if the circular arc intersects a line segment or another circular arc default 0 OxA DNx E 0 Near point of intersection E 1 Far point of intersection R Chamfer rounding Defines the transition to the next contour element When entering a chamfer rounding program the theoretical end point 4 3 Basic cont elements UJ E No input Tangential transition BR 0 No tangential transition BR gt 0 Radius of roundi
473. rc intersects a line segment or another circular arc default 0 0 Near point of intersection E 1 Far point of intersection Chamfer rounding Defines the transition to the next contour element When entering a chamfer rounding program the theoretical end point E No input Tangential transition BR 0 No tangential transition BR gt O Radius of rounding BR lt 0 Width of chamfer Special feed factor for chamfer rounding arc default 1 Special feed rate active feed rate BE 0 lt BE lt 1 Programming X Z Absolute incremental modal or HEIDENHAIN MANUALplus 620 CNC PILOT 640 X i I K E Qez L WW o m 2 p G N G w N Ol _ a 4 10 Linear and circular 4 10 Linear and circulal Circular path G12 G13 G12 G13 moves the tool in a circular arc at the feed rate to the end point The center dimensioning is absolute Direction of rotation see help graphic G12 In clockwise direction G13 In counterclockwise direction Parameters OA DN xX BR BE End point diameter End point Radius 0 lt R lt 200 000 mm Absolute center point radius Absolute center point Point of intersection End point if the circular arc intersects a line segment or another circular arc default 0 O Near point of intersection 1 Far point of intersection Chamfer rounding Defines the transition to the
474. rea is milled Return to retraction plane RB 528 DIN programming for the Y axis il Centric polygon milling roughing G843 G843 roughs centric polygons defined with G477 Geo XY plane or G487 Geo YZ plane The cycle mills from the outside toward the inside The tool moves to the working plane outside of the workpiece material Parameters ID Milling contour name of the contour to be milled NS Block number reference to the contour description P Milling depth maximum infeed in the working plane Oversize in X direction K Oversize in Z direction U Minimum overlap factor Defines the overlap of milling paths default 0 5 Overlap U milling diameter V Overrun factor Defines the distance by which the tool should pass the outside radius of the workpiece default 0 5 Overrun V milling diameter F Feed rate for infeed default active feed rate RB Retraction plane default back to starting position XY plane Retraction position in Z direction YZ plane Retraction position in X direction diameter G57 Oversize in X and Z direction G58 Equidistant oversize in the milling plane Oversizes are taken into account Cycle run 1 Starting position X Y Z C is the position before the cycle begins Calculate the proportioning of cuts infeeds to the milling planes infeeds in the milling depths and the spindle positions Spindle turns to the first position The tool moves to th
475. read infeed in X E 1 External thread infeed in X Starting point of thread X1 diameter value End point of thread X2 diameter value Taper angle reference Z axis 45 lt W lt 45 Thread pitch Thread depth automatically for metric ISO threads Run out position E 0 At the end of the threading cut E 1 At the start of the threading cut Run out length HEIDENHAIN MANUALplus 620 CNC PILOT 640 Access to the technology database EZ E Machining operation Thread cutting Affected parameters F S 2 8 a j il N Cycle form Maximum infeed radius j IC Number of cuts only if is not programmed H Kind of displacement type of offset offset between the individual infeeds in cutting direction 0 Constant mach X section 1 Constant infeed 2 W remaining cutting with distribution of remaining cuts 3 W o remaining cutting without distribution of remaining cuts 4 Same as MANUALplus 4110 5 Constant infeed same as 4290 6 Constant with distribute same as 4290 Approach angle angle of infeed reference X axis 0 lt A lt 60 default 30 Remaining cut depth only with V 4 Starting angle No of gears threads per unit No no load number of dry runs Further forms see page 60 0 Without offset Ta 1 From left 2 From right gt 3 Alternately left right V Type of infeed for details see page 126 0
476. riginal position These commands arrange all slot at the same position Example Slot centerline as reference original position Circular pattern original position Circular slot 228 DIN Programming Center of curvature as reference and normal position Programming Pattern center lt gt center of curvature Pattern radius curvature radius E Normal position These commands arrange the slots at the distance of the pattern radius plus curvature radius about the pattern center Example Center of curvature as reference normal position Circular pattern normal position Circular slot Center of curvature as reference and original position Programming E Pattern center lt gt center of curvature E Pattern radius curvature radius E Original position These commands arrange the slots at the distance of the pattern radius plus curvature radius about the pattern center while keeping the starting and ending angle Example Center of curvature as reference original position Circular pattern original position Circular slot HEIDENHAIN MANUALplus 620 CNC PILOT 640 229 tours ements AXIS con 4 6 C 4 7 Front and rear contours 4 7 Front and rear face contours Starting point of front rear face contour G100 Geo G100 defines the starting point of a front or rear face contour Parameters X Starting point in polar coordinates diameter C Starting point in polar coordin
477. ring point When the stylus touches the workpiece the measured value is saved and the touch probe is positioned back to the starting point The control outputs an error message if the touch probe does not reach any touch point within the defined measuring path If a maximum deviation WE was programmed the measuring point Is approached twice and the mean value is saved as result If the difference of the measurements is greater than the maximum deviation WE the program run is interrupted and an error message is displayed Parameters R Calibration method 0 Change ball diameter 1 Change adjustment dimension D Measuring axis Axis in which the measurement is to be made K Incremental measuring path with direction signed Maximum measuring path for probing The algebraic sign determines the probing direction AC Nominal value for target position Touch point coordinate BD Tolerance Measurement result range in which no compensation Is applied WE Maximum deviation Probe twice and monitor the dispersion of the measured values F Measuring feed rate Feed rate for probing If nothing is entered the measuring feed rate from the touch probe table is used If the entered measuring feed rate F is higher than the one in the touch probe table the feed rate is reduced to the value from the touch probe table HEIDENHAIN MANUALplus 620 CNC PILOT 640 Beispiel G747 Calibrate touch probe 5 4 zalibrating air touch probe S il
478. rkpiece blank for calculating the number of cutting passes E Defining a global workpiece blank in the BLANK program section Regeneration of the workpiece blank is automatically active The cycle uses the specified workpiece blank E f no workpiece blank is defined the cycle calculates the blank from the contour to be machined and the position of the tool during cycle call Contour follow up is not active Finding the block references Place cursor in NS or NE input field Contour reference Press the soft key Select the contour element Use the horizontal arrow keys to select the contour element Use the vertical arrow keys to switch between contours also face contours etc Switch between NS and NE Ne Press the NS soft key Press the NE soft key Press the soft key to confirm the block number and Take over return to the dialog 270 WO D 2 p e oe e ao D T D Q o lt ri D on DIN Programming il Cutting limits in X Z The tool position before the cycle call determines the effect of a cutting limit The Steuerung machines the area to the right or to the left of the cutting limit depending on which side the tool has been positioned before the cycle is called A cutting limit restricts the contour area that can be machined it does not apply to the paths for approach and departure HEIDENHAIN MANUALplus 620 CNC PILOT 640
479. rogramming for the Y axis il Parameters Milling O 6 7 reciprocating circular plunge The tool plunges at the plunging angle W and mills a circular arc of 90 The cycle then mills along this path in the opposite direction As soon as it reaches the milling depth P the cycle switches to face milling WVE defines the arc center WB the arc radius O 6 manually The tool position corresponds to the center of the circular arc The tool moves to the arc starting point and plunges O 7 automatically only permitted for circular slots and circles The cycle calculates the plunging position on the basis of OQ QO from the inside toward the outside Circular slot The circular arc lies on the curvature radius of the slot Circle Not permitted Q1 from the outside toward the inside Circular slot circle The circular arc lies on the outermost milling path W Plunging angle in infeed direction WE Orientation angle of the milling path circular arc Reference axis les for the Y axis 6 7 Milling cyc Front or rear face Positive XK axis Lateral surface Positive Z axis Default orientation angle depending on O a4 W E 0 O 5 and Linear slot rectangle polygon WE orientation angle of the figure Circular slot circle WE 0 Free contour and QO from the inside toward the outside WE 0 Free contour and Q1 from the outside toward the inside Orientation angle of the starting e
480. rogramming several G1 G34 blocks after each other reference before G34 or in the NC block containing G34 You need to program a linear contour element as a Machine the thread with G31 216 DIN Programming il Thread general G37 Geo G37 defines the different types of thread Multi start threads and concatenated threads are possible Threads are concatenated by programming several GO1 G37 blocks after each other Parameters Q UA WO o D G W N MmUSPFL lt Type of thread default 1 E 1 Metric ISO fine pitch thread DIN 13 Part 2 Series 1 E 2 Metric ISO thread DIN 13 Part 1 Series 1 E 3 Metric ISO tapered thread DIN 158 E 4 Metric ISO tapered fine pitch thread DIN 158 E 5 Metric ISO trapezoid thread DIN 103 Part 2 Series 1 E 6 Flat metric trapezoid thread DIN 380 Part 2 Series 1 E 7 Metric buttress thread DIN 513 Part 2 Series 1 E 8 Cylindrical round thread DIN 405 Part 1 Series 1 E 9 Cylindrical Whitworth thread DIN 11 E 10 Tapered Whitworth thread DIN 2999 E 11 Whitworth pipe thread DIN 259 12 Nonstandard thread E 13 UNC US coarse thread E 14 UNF US fine pitch thread E 15 UNEF US extra fine pitch thread m 16 NPT US taper pipe thread E 17 NPTF US taper dryseal pipe thread 18 NPSC US cylindrical pipe thread with lubricant E 19 NPFS US cylindrical pipe thread without lubricant Thread pitch E Required for O
481. rogramming station Log no Save measurement results In TNC table messpro mep table line numbers 0 99 the table can be expanded if necessary HEIDENHAIN MANUALplus 620 CNC PILOT 640 easurement 5 7 Circul j il 5 8 Angular measurement Angular measurement G787 Cycle G787 probes twice in the programmed direction and computes the angle If the tolerance value defined in the cycle is exceeded the cycle saves the measured deviation for a subsequent misalignment compensation Program Cycle G788 next in order to activate the misalignment compensation The result of the measurement is saved additionally in the variable 199 See Touch probe cycles for automatic operation on page 455 c b N Cycle run From the current position the touch probe moves along the defined measuring axis toward the measuring point When the stylus touches the workpiece the measured value is saved and the touch probe is retracted Then the touch probe is pre positioned for the second measurement and the workpiece Is probed 5 8 Angul The control outputs an error message if the touch probe does not reach any touch point within the defined measuring path If a maximum deviation WE was programmed the measuring point is Beispiel G787 Angular measurement approached twice and the mean value is saved as result If the difference of the measurements is greater than the maximum deviation WE the program run is interrup
482. rol uses the depth of the remaining cut for the first infeed 126 smart Turn units il 6 Constant infeed with remaining cutting 4290 The control uses the same cutting depth for each infeed the cutting depth corresponds to the maximum infeed I If the thread depth is not a multiple of the cutting depth the control uses the depth of the remaining cut for the first infeed With the distribution of remaining cuts the control divides the last cutting depth into four partial cuts The first cut is half the calculated cutting depth the second is a quarter and the third and fourth each are an eighth Thread direct unit The unit cuts a simple internal or external thread in longitudinal direction Unit name G32_MAN Cycle G32 see page 307 Thread form O APP Thread location 0 Internal thread infeed in X 1 External thread infeed in X Approach see page 65 Start diameter Starting position Z End point of thread Thread pitch Thread depth automatically for metric ISO threads Maximum inteed radius Number of cuts only if is not programmed and the infeed V is O or 1 Run out position 0 At the end of the threading cut 1 At the start of the threading cut Run out length HEIDENHAIN MANUALplus 620 CNC PILOT 640 Access to the technology database Machining operation Thread cutting Affected parameters F S 2 8 a i il 2 8 Units has Cycle form H Kind
483. rom last text Q 1 tool change and pre positioning are suppressed The technological data of the previous engraving cycle apply Unit name G804_GRA_Y_MANT Cycle G804 see page 540 Character set see page 376 Parameters on the Position form Y Starting point X End point diameter X position infeed depth during milling RB Retraction plane Parameters on the Cycle form TXT Text to be engraved NF Character number character to be engraved H Font height E Distance factor for calculation see figure W Inclination angle FZ Plunging feed rate factor plunging feed rate current feed rate FZ Q Continue from last text E 0 No Engraving starts at the starting point 1 Yes Engraving starts at the tool position Further forms see page 60 186 NF 64 E Access to the technology database m Machining operation Engraving E Affected parameters F S smart Turn units for the Y axis il Deburring in YZ plane unit The unit deburrs the contour defined with ICP in the YZ plane Unit name G840_ENT_Y_MANT Cycle G840 see page 365 Parameters on the Contour form FK see page 62 NS Starting block no of contour NE End block no of contour X1 Milling top edge diameter value Parameters on the Cycle form JK Cutter position JK 0 On the contour JK 1 closed contour Within the contour E JK 1 open contour Left of the contour E JK 2 closed contour Outside the contou
484. ront of the finished contour 2 Retracts to safety clearance and stops Further forms see page 60 The Steuerung uses the tool definition to distinguish between radial and axial recessing Turning depth compensation RB Depending on factors such as workpiece material or feed rate the tool tip is displaced during a turning operation You can correct the resulting infeed error with the turning depth compensation factor The value is usually determined empirically 74 Access to the technology database Machining operation Recess turning Affected parameters F S O P smart Turn units il Offset width B After the second infeed movement during the transition from turning to recessing the path to be machined is reduced by offset width B Each time the system switches on this side the path is reduced by B in addition to the previous offset The total offset is limited to 80 of the effective cutting width effective cutting width cutting width 2 cutting radius If required the Steuerung reduces the programmed offset width After clearance roughing the remaining material is removed with a single cut Contour recessing with direct contour input unit The unit machines the contour defined by the parameters axially radially Unit name G860_G80 Cycle G860 se
485. rotary axis Programming gt X Y Absolute incremental modal or I J Absolute or incremental PZ W PM WM Absolute or incremental ARi Angle to the previous element ANi Angle to the subsequent element End point must not be the starting point no full circle HEIDENHAIN MANUALplus 620 CNC PILOT 640 505 the XY plane in 6 2 Contot 6 2 contd in the XY plane Hole in XY plane G370 Geo G370 defines a hole with countersinking and thread in the XY plane Parameters LK TACT MCDSVUW lt xX 506 Center of hole radius Center of hole Hole diameter Depth of hole excluding point Point angle default 180 sinking diameter sinking depth sinking angle Thread diameter Thread depth Start of thread runout length Thread pitch Left hand or right hand thread default 0 E 0 Right hand thread E 1 Left hand thread Angle to Z axis Inclination of the hole Front face range 90 lt A lt 90 default 0 Rear face range 90 lt A lt 270 default 180 Centering diameter i DIN programming for the Y axis il Linear slot in XY plane G371 Geo G371 defines the contour of a linear slot in the XY plane Parameters Position angle reference positive X axis default 0 Depth height default P from G308 E P lt 0 Pocket P gt 0 Island Limit diameter as cutting limit X Center of slot radius Y Center of sl
486. rrent NC block HEIDENHAIN MANUALplus 620 CNC PILOT 640 383 il 4 29 T Q O e O 9 i Deactivate zero point shifts G920 G920 deactivates the workpiece zero point and zero point shifts Traverse paths and position values are referenced to the distance tool tip machine zero point Deactivate zero point shifts tool lengths G921 G921 deactivates the workpiece zero point zero point shifts and tool dimensions Traverse paths and position values are referenced to the slide reference point machine zero point End position of tool G922 With G922 you can position the active tool to a defined angle Parameters C Angular position for tool orientation Fluctuating spindle speed G924 To reduce resonant vibrations you can use G924 to program a changing spindle speed In G924 you define the time interval and the range for the speed change The G924 function is automatically reset at the end of the program You can also deactivate the function through another call with the setting H 0 off Parameters Spindle number machine dependent K Repetition rate Time interval in hertz repetitions per second Change of spindle speed H Switch on off the G924 function 0 Off 1 On 384 DIN Programming il Convert lengths G927 Function G927 is used to convert the tool lengths at the current tool insert angle to the initial position of the tool reference position in B axis 0 The results can be interrogated in the var
487. rs 569 Shaft machining 572 Tool selection 566 578 Turret assignment 566 Turning cycles contour based 270 Turning cycles simple 434 Turret TURN PLUS turret assignment 566 Two point measurement 465 Two point measurement G17 G777 469 Two point measurement G18 longitudinal G776 467 Two point measurement G18 transverse G775 465 Two point measurement G19 G778 471 Type of load monitoring G996 389 U Undercut 432 Undercut according to DIN 509 E with cylinder machining G851 318 Undercut according to DIN 509 F with cylinder machining G852 319 620 U Undercut according to DIN 76 with cylinder machining G853 320 Undercut contour G25 432 Undercut contour G25 Geo 212 Undercut cycle G85 316 Undercut cycles 316 Undercut DIN 509 E 213 Undercut DIN 509 F 213 Undercut DIN 76 214 Undercut G85 316 Undercut type H 214 Undercut type H G857 322 Undercut type K 215 Undercut type K G858 323 Undercut type U 212 Undercut type U G856 321 Unit API thread 130 Unit Bidirectional roughing in ICP 70 Unit C axis OFF 161 Unit C axis ON 161 Unit Centric boring 83 Unit Centric drilling 80 Unit Centric polygon milling XY plane 178 Unit Centric polygon milling YZ plane 185 Unit Centric tapping 82 Unit Circular pattern drilling face
488. rs F S JB Minimum hole depth If you have entered a hole depth reduction value the hole depth is reduced only to the value entered in JB B Retraction distance Value by which the tool is retracted after reaching the respective hole depth 88 smart Turn units il Rl Internal safety clearance Distance for reapproach inside the hole default safety clearance SCK RB Retraction plane default return to the starting position or to the safety clearance Further forms see page 60 Global form G14 Tool change point No axis Simultaneously First X then Z First Z then X Only X Only Z Only Y direction 6 Simultaneous with Y X Y and Z axes move on a diagonal path CLT Coolant oO Aa WN O 0 Without 1 Circuit 1 on 2 Circuit 2 on SCK Safety clearance in infeed direction Safety clearance in infeed direction during drilling and milling operations G60 Protection zone During drilling and boring the protection zone monitoring is 0 Active 1 Inactive BP Break duration Time span for interruption of the feed for chip breaking BF Feed duration Time interval until the next break The interruption of the feed rate breaks the chip Further forms see page 60 HEIDENHAIN MANUALplus 620 CNC PILOT 640 D 2 5 Units Drill ing inC lt 2 5 Units Drill Tapping face unit This unit machines a single tap hole on the face of the workpiece Unit name G73_Gew_Stirn_C
489. rse thread Q Thread type Q 1 Right hand thread Q 2 Left hand thread 310 DIN Programming il Metric ISO thread G35 G35 cuts a longitudinal thread internal or external thread The thread starts at the current tool position and ends at the end point X Z From the tool position relative to the end point of the thread the Steuerung automatically determines whether an internal or external thread Is to be cut Parameters Zz F End point of thread diameter End point of thread Thread pitch Maximum infeed No input is calculated from the thread pitch and the thread depth Number of no load air cuts after the last cut for reducing the cutting pressure in the thread base default O Type of infeed default 0 for details see page 301 E 0 Constant cross section for all cuts 1 Constant infeed E 2 W remaining cutting with distribution of remaining cuts First infeed Remainder of the division of thread depth cutting depth The last cut is divided into four partial cuts 1 2 1 4 1 8 and 1 8 E 3 Infeed is calculated from the pitch and spindle speed E 4 Same as MANUALplus 4110 E 5 Constant infeed same as 4290 6 Constant with distribute Same as 4290 thread groove and then stops all tool movements Lift off distance OEM configuration parameter cfgGlobalPrperties threadlittoff f you are programming an internal thread it is advisable to preset the thread pitch F since t
490. s default 360 Wi Angle between two figures V Direction orientation default 0O V 0 without W Figures are arranged on a full circle V 0 with W Figures are arranged on the longer circular arc V 0 with Wi The algebraic sign of Wi defines the direction Wi lt 0 clockwise V 1 with W Clockwise V 1 with Wi Clockwise algebraic sign of Wi has no effect V 2 with W Counterclockwise V 2 with Wi Counterclockwise algebraic sign of Wi has no effect Y Center of pattern Z Center of pattern W 5 H Position of the figures default 0 ayo On aX lt a oN 0 Normal position the figures are rotated about the circle o ye ye center rotation 1 Original position the position of the figures relative to the coordinate system remains unchanged translation center Exception circular slot The milling cycle MACHINING section calls the hole figure in the following block not the pattern definition Program the hole figure in the following block without a HEIDENHAIN MANUALplus 620 CNC PILOT 640 519 il 6 3 contis in the YZ plane Single surface in YZ plane G386 Geo G386 defines a surface in the YZ plane Parameters Z Reference edge K Residual depth KI Depth B Width reference reference edge Z B lt 0 Surface in negative Z direction B gt 0 Surface in positive Z direction X Reference diameter E No input X from section code E X overwrites X from
491. s 43 Graph 1 7983 nc 2 j 7983 nc TURN_V1 0 HEADER MEASURE_UNITS METRIC 3 DEPARTMENT HEIDENHAIN MATERIAL Stahl SETTING 1 von 1 CLAMP_LENGTH 82 mm CLAMP_LENGTH_2 mm MEASURE_UNITS METRIC ghann TAGES 1 Se tp te cia ines ae aa a a a es 6 58 188 TNC Project SMART_KAPITEL1 ncps 7983 nc END PGM oF OFF ON 39 1 2 The smart Turn i 5 7 Cc N lt N Selecting the editor functions The functions of the smart Turn editor are contained in the main menu and various submenus The submenus can be called by selecting the desired menu item positioning the cursor in the respective program section You can access the higher level menu by pressing the ESC key by using the menu item Soft keys Soft keys are available for fast switching to neighboring operating modes for changing the editing window or program view and for activating the graphics Editing with active tree view Press the right arrow key to expand the program sections Position the cursor on the program line you want to edit and press the right arrow key once again The control automatically changes to the DINplus view Make the required changes Use the left arrow key to return to the tree view and to collapse the program section You can adapt the tree view in the MACHINING section to suit your requirements for example you can com
492. s a cylindrical measuring cut with the length defined in the cycle moves to the breakpoint for measuring and stops the program After the program was stopped you can manually measure the workpiece Unit name MEASURE_G809 Cycle G809 see page 293 Contour form EG Machining location 0 Outside 1 Inside XA ZA Contour starting point R Measuring cut length F Measuring cut oversize O Approach angle If an approach angle is entered the cycle positions the tool over the starting point taking into account the safety clearance and from there plunges at the specified angle to the diameter to be measured ZR Workpiece blank starting point Collision free approach for inside machining Cycle form OC Machining direction 0 Z 1 Z y Measuring cut counter Number of workpieces after which a measurement is performed D Additive correction numbers 1 16 WE Directions 0 Simultaneously 1 First X then Z 2 First Z then X XI ZI Additive correction numbers 1 16 AX Departing position X Further forms see page 60 124 smart Turn units il 2 8 Units Threads ds Overview of thread units Thread direct cuts a simple internal or external thread in longitudinal direction ICP thread cuts a single or multi start internal or external thread in longitudinal or transverse direction The contour on which the thread is cut is defined with ICP API thread cuts a single or multi start API thread The depth of t
493. s a linear basic element with a longitudinal thread and subsequent thread undercut DIN 76 The thread is an outside or inside thread metric ISO fine pitch thread DIN 13 Part 2 Series 1 Parameters F Thread pitch Undercut depth radius K Width of undercut Z End point of the undercut BE BF BD BP and BH see Machining attributes for form elements on page 201 FP Do not machine element only necessary for TURN PLUS 1 Do not machine the element Program G24 only in closed contours E The thread is machined with G31 Example G24 Geo HEIDENHAIN MANUALplus 620 CNC PILOT 640 DAV Starting point for thread Thread with undercut Next transverse element 7 X lt 4 4 Contour a elements i il 4 4 Contour an elements Undercut contour G25 Geo G25 generates the undercut contours listed below The undercuts are only possible in inside contour corners in which the transverse element is parallel to the X axis Program G25 after the first element You specify the undercut type in parameter H Undercut type U H 4 Parameters H K R pP Undercut type U H 4 Undercut depth radius Width of undercut Inside radius in both corners of recess default O Outside radius chamfer default 0 P gt 0 Radius of rounding m P lt 0 Width of chamfer BE BF BD BP and BH see Machining attributes for form elements on page 201 FP 212
494. s an error message if the touch probe does not reach any touch point within the defined measuring path If a maximum deviation WE was programmed the measuring point is approached twice and the mean value is saved as result If the difference of the measurements is greater than the maximum deviation WE the program run is interrupted and an error message is Beispiel G772 Single point measurement zero displayed point C axis Parameters R Type of zero point shift 1 Table and G152 Activate zero point shift and additionally save in zero point table The zero point shift also remains active after the program run 2 Activate zero point shift with G152 for the further program run Zero point shift no longer active after program run C Incremental measuring path with direction Measuring path of the C axis in degrees starting from the current position The algebraic sign determines the probing direction AC Nominal value for target position Absolute coordinate of touch point in degrees BD Tolerance Measurement result range in degrees in which no compensation is applied KC Compensation offset Additional compensation value that is applied to the zero point result WE Maximum deviation Probe twice and monitor the dispersion of the measured values F Measuring feed rate Feed rate for probing If nothing is entered the measuring feed rate trom the touch probe table is used If the entered measuring feed rate F is higher than
495. s defined by G22 Geo The Steuerung uses the tool definition to distinguish between external and internal machining or between radial and axial recesses Unit name G870_ICP Cycle G870 see page 289 Contour form Oversize in X and Z direction EZ Period of dwell after recessing path default time for one spindle revolution Further parameters of the contour form see page 62 Further forms see page 60 HEIDENHAIN MANUALplus 620 CNC PILOT 640 Access to the technology database Machining operation Recessing Affected parameters F S 2 3 Units Recggging 2 4 Units Centric inc 2 4 Units Centric drilling Centric drilling unit The unit uses stationary tools to drill axial holes in several passes Suitable tools can be positioned up to 2 mm outside the turning center Unit name G74_ZENTR Cycle G74 see page 331 Cycle form Z1 Start point drill starting point of hole Z2 End point drill end point of hole NS Starting block no of contour X Start point drill starting point of hole diameter value range 2 mm lt X lt 2 mm default 0 E Delay dwell time at end of hole default 0 D Retraction at 0 Rapid traverse 1 Feed rate V Feed rate reduction 0 Without reduction 1 At end of the hole 2 At start of the hole 3 At start and end of the hole AB Spot drilling through drilling length distance for feed rate reduction P Hole depth IB Hole depth reduction va
496. s the probing direction RB Circumnavigation direction offset Distance in circumnavigation 5 3 Touch probe cycles for two direction X RC Offset in Y Distance for pre positioning before the second measurement ZE Nominal value for target position Y Absolute coordinate of touch point BD Tolerance Range for the first measurement result in which no compensation is applied Z Nominal width in Y Coordinate for the second probing position BE Tolerance width Range for the second measurement result in which no compensation is applied HEIDENHAIN MANUALplus 620 CNC PILOT 640 471 il lt gt N poin 5 3 Touch probe cycles for two Parameters WT Compensation number T or G149 first measured edge T Tool at turret position T to compensate the difference to the nominal value G149 Additive compensation D9xx to compensate the difference to the nominal value only possible with compensation type R 1 AT Compensation number T or G149 second measured edge T Tool at turret position T to compensate the difference to the nominal value G149 Additive compensation D9xx to compensate the difference to the nominal value only possible with compensation type R 1 FP Maximum permissible compensation WE Maximum deviation Probe twice and monitor the dispersion of the measured values F Measuring feed rate Feed rate for probing If nothing is entered the measuring feed rate from the touch
497. s used If the entered measuring feed rate F is higher than the one in the touch probe table the feed rate is reduced to the value from the touch probe table Tool orientation Orient the touch probe in the programmed probing direction before each probing operation machine dependent function Result variable no Number of the first global variable in which the result is saved no entry variable 810 The second measurement result is saved automatically under the next consecutive number PRINT outputs 0 OFF Do not display measuring results 1 ON Display measuring results INPUT instead of measurement 0 Default Obtain measured values by probing 1 PC test Simulate probing cycle on the programming station Log no Save measurement results In TNC A table messpro mep table line numbers 0 99 the table can be expanded if necessary HEIDENHAIN MANUALplus 620 CNC PILOT 640 easurement 5 8 Angul j il Misalignment compensation after angle measurement G788 Cycle G788 activates a misalignment compensation determined with Cycle G787 Angle Measurement Parameters NF Result variable no Number of the first global variable in which the result is saved no entry variable 810 The second measurement result is saved automatically under the next consecutive number P Compensation r am Somes e b E 0 OFF Do not perform misalignment compensation E 1 ON Perform misalignment compensa
498. scope of function further information V O e g Se G930 activates deactivates the sleeve monitoring When the monitoring is activated the maximum contact force for one axis is defined Sleeve monitoring can be activated for only one axis per NC channel a G930 moves the defined axis by the programmed distance D until the lt defined contact force H has been reached Parameters H Contact force dAN The contact force is limited to the given value Q Axis number X 1 Y 2 Z 3 U 4 V 5 VWW 6 A 7 B 8 C 9 D Incremental distance Application example G930 is applied to use the opposing spindle as a mechatronic tailstock In this case the opposing spindle is equipped with a dead center and the contact force is limited with G930 A prerequisite for this application is a PLC program from the machine tool builder that enables the user to operate the mechatronic tailstock in the Manual and Automatic operating mode Lag error monitoring is not activated until the acceleration phase has been completed Tailstock function With the tailstock function the control moves up to the workpiece and stops as soon as the contact force has been reached The remaining path of traverse is deleted Example of tailstock function C0220 Preposition slide 2 Activate the tailstock function contact force 250 daN 398 DIN Programming il Eccentric turning G725 G725 is used to machine turning contours outside the ori
499. section code C Spindle angle of surface normal default C from section code Centric polygon in YZ plane G487 Geo G487 defines polygonal surfaces in the YZ plane Parameters Zz Reference edge K Width across flats inscribed circle diameter KI Edge length B Width reference reference edge Z B lt 0 Surface in negative Z direction B gt 0 Surface in positive Z direction X Reference diameter E No input X from section code E X overwrites X from section code C Spindle angle of surface normal default C from section code Q Number of sides Q gt 2 520 DIN programming for the Y axis il 6 4 Working planes Y axis machining When programming drilling or milling operations with the Y axis you need to define the working plane If no working plane is programmed the Steuerung assumes a turning operation or a milling operation with the C axis G18 XZ plane G17 XY plane front or rear face Milling cycles are executed in the XY plane with the depth feed for milling and drilling cycles in the Z direction G18 XZ plane turning In the XZ plane normal turning operations as well as drilling and milling operations are executed with the C axis G19 YZ plane lateral view lateral surface Milling cycles are executed in the YZ plane with the depth teed for milling and drilling cycles in the X direction HEIDENHAIN MANUALplus 620 CNC PILOT 640 pin Working planes i il ry
500. see page 62 NS Starting block no of contour Parameters on the Cycle form OK Machining operation E 0 Roughing E 1 Finishing P Maximum infeed Contour parallel oversize K Infeed direction oversize H Cutting direction E 0 Up cut milling E 1 Climb milling U Overlap factor default 0 5 V Overrun factor FZ Infeed rate RB Retraction plane Further forms see page 60 178 3 C 180 4 C 270 Vx OE econ Access to the technology database E Machining operation Milling E Affected parameters F S FZ P smart Turn units for the Y axis il Engraving in XY plane unit The unit engraves character strings aligned linearly in the XY plane Diacritics and special characters that you cannot enter in the smart Turn editor can be defined character by character in NF If you program Continue from last text Q 1 tool change and pre positioning are suppressed The technological data of the previous engraving cycle apply Unit name G803_GRA_Y_STIRN Cycle G803 see page 539 Character set see page 376 Parameters on the Position form X Y Starting point Z End point Z position infeed depth during milling RB Retraction plane APP Approach see page 65 DEP Departure see page 65 Parameters on the Cycle form TXT Text to be engraved NF Character number character to be engraved H Font height E Distance factor for calculation see figure W Inclination angle FZ Plunging feed r
501. selects the required rechucking variant on the basis of the fixture and the machining sequence controls the rechucking sequence is defined in the user parameters Processing ExpertPrograms Expert programs For every rechucking variant a separate subprogram that 578 TURN PLUS il Defining the chucking equipment for full surface machining The full surface machining sequence is defined in the chucking equipment dialog You also define the zero points pick up position and cutting limits in this dialog Example of first setup for full surface machining Parameters No of clamping H Spindle number AWG D Clamp type R Chuck edge Z Chuck jaw reference B Clamping length or free length J Cutting limit outside 0 Cutting limit inside I Overlap K Chuck diameter X Chuck form Q Shaft machining V CLAMPS 1 0 Main spindle O External clamping or 1 Internal clamping No entry AWG uses the value from the user parameters No entry AWG uses the value from the user parameters Enter the clamping length or free length Is calculated by AWG if external clamping is used Is calculated by AWG if internal clamping is used Overlap jaw workpiece Clamping diameter of workpiece blank 4 External or 5 Internal Select the desired AWG strategy Example of second setup for full surface machining Parameters No of clamping H Spindle number AWG D Clamp type R Chuck edge Z Chuck jaw reference B
502. slots ZM CM Center point of pattern Starting angle Angle increment Pattern diameter End angle Rotation direction default 0 L2 n2 P VD 0 without W Figures are arranged on a full circle VD 0 with W Figures are arranged on the longer circular arc E VD 0 with Wi The algebraic sign of Wi defines the direction Wi lt 0 clockwise VD 1 with W Clockwise VD 1 with Wi Clockwise algebraic sign of Wi has no effect VD 2 with W Counterclockwise VD 2 with Wi Counterclockwise algebraic sign of Wi has no effect Cycle form X1 Milling top edge diameter value X2 Milling floor diameter value L Slot length Al Angle to Z axis P Maximum infeed FZ Infeed rate Further forms see page 60 E E E E E HEIDENHAIN MANUALplus 620 CNC PILOT 640 Access to the technology database Machining operation Milling Affected parameters F S FZ P 149 2 10 Units Milling lateral _ 2 10 Units Milling lateral M Helical slot milling unit The unit mills a helical slot The slot width equals the diameter of the milling cutter Unit name G798_Wendelnut_C Cycle G798 see page 357 Position form X1 Thread diameter C1 Starting angle Z1 Starting point of thread Z2 End point of thread U Thread depth Cycle form F1 Thread pitch J Direction of thread 0 Rig
503. spiel G88 DIN Programming il Thread cycles 4110 Simple longitudinal single start thread G350 G350 cuts a longitudinal thread internal or external The thread starts at the current tool position and ends at the end point Z Parameters Z Corner point of thread F Thread pitch U Thread depth U gt 0 Internal thread U lt 0 External thread U 999 or 999 Thread depth is calculated Maximum infeed no input is calculated from the thread pitch and the thread depth Internal or external threads See algebraic sign of U Handwheel superposition provided that your machine is equipped accordingly The superposition is limited to the following range X direction Depending on the current cutting depth without exceeding the starting and end points of the thread Z direction Maximal 1 thread groove without exceeding the Starting and end points of the thread Cycle stop becomes effective at the end of a thread Cul The feed rate and spindle speed overrides are not effective during cycle run Handwheel superimpositioning can be activated with a switch located on the machine operating panel if your machine is equipped accordingly Feedforward control is switched off HEIDENHAIN MANUALplus 620 CNC PILOT 640 4 35 G codes from previo j il us controls 4 35 G codes from previo Simple longitudinal multi start thread G351 G351 machines a single or multi start longitudinal thread internal
504. ssage if the touch probe does not reach any touch point within the defined measuring path If a maximum deviation WE was programmed the measuring point Is approached twice and the mean value is saved as result If the difference of the measurements Is greater than the maximum deviation WE the program run is interrupted and an error message is displayed Parameters R Type of zero point shift 0 X Y plane G17 Probe circle in X Y plane 1 Z X plane G18 Probe circle in Z X plane 2 Y Z plane G19 Probe circle in Y Z plane BR Inside outside 0 Inside Probe inside diameter 1 Outside Probe outside diameter K Incremental measuring path signed Maximum measuring path for probing The algebraic sign determines the probing direction C Angle of 1st measurement Angle for the first probing operation RC Incremental angle Stepping angle for the subsequent probing operations D Starting diameter Diameter on which the touch probe is pre positioned before the measurements WB Position in infeed direction Measuring height to which the touch probe is positioned before the measuring process No input The circle is probed from the current position Circle center in axis 1 Nominal position of the circle center in first axis J Circle center in axis 2 Nominal position of the circle center in second axis WE Maximum deviation Probe twice and monitor the dispersion of the measured values 490 Beispiel G785 Circular measureme
505. starting point no full circle DIN programming for the Y axis il Hole in YZ plane G380 Geo G380 defines a single hole with countersinking and thread in the YZ plane Parameters Center of hole Center of hole Hole diameter Depth of hole excluding point Point angle default 180 Sinking diameter sinking depth Sinking angle Thread diameter Thread depth Start of thread runout length Thread pitch Left hand or right hand thread default 0 0 Right hand thread 1 Left hand thread Angle to X axis range 90 lt A lt 90 Centering diameter ow AS ne a SS iN O gt Linear slot in YZ plane G381 Geo G381 defines the contour of a linear slot in the YZ plane Parameters Y Center of slot F Center of slot X Reference diameter No input X from section code X overwrites X from section code Position angle reference positive Z axis default 0 Slot length Slot width Pocket depth default P from G308 VTWwWxrAr gt HEIDENHAIN MANUALplus 620 CNC PILOT 640 i il the YZ plane rs in Circular slot in YZ plane G382 Geo G383 Geo G382 G383 defines a circular slot in the YZ plane G382 Circular slot clockwise G383 Circular slot counterclockwise Parameters Y Center of slot curvature Z Center of slot curvature X Reference diameter No input X from section code X overwrites X from section code R Radius reference center point path of the slot A St
506. t determining PARA 419 In process measurement 497 INPUT input of variable 405 Input of variables INPUT 405 Inside contours TURN PLUS machining information 569 Integer variables 407 Interpreter stop G909 383 Interrupted feed G64 254 Island DIN PLUS 224 HEIDENHAIN MANUALplus 620 CNC PILOT 640 L L call 427 Lag error in variables G903 382 Lateral surface LATERAL_Y section 52 Lateral surface contours 239 LATERAL_Y Section code 52 Lateral surface machining 345 Line segment in a contour G1 Geo 202 Line segment in a lateral surface contour G111 Geo 240 Line segment in face contour G101 Geo 231 Line segment in XY plane G171 Geo 504 Line segment in YZ plane G181 Geo 513 Linear and circular movements 250 Linear and circular movements in the Y axis 524 Linear axes 36 Linear movement G1 250 Linear movement G1 milling 524 Linear path face G101 342 Linear path lateral surface G111 346 Linear pattern in XY plane G471 Geo 510 Linear pattern in YZ plane G481 Geo 518 Linear pattern on lateral surface G41 1 Geo 246 Linear pattern face G743 334 Linear pattern lateral surface G744 336 Linear slot in XY plane G371 Geo 507 Linear slot in YZ plane G381 Geo 515 Linear slot on face G301 Geo 234 Linear slot on face G791 349 Linear slot on lateral surface G311 Geo 243
507. t G18 longitudinal G776 Cycle G776 measures two opposite points in the X Z plane with the measuring axis Z If the tolerance values defined in the cycle are exceeded the cycle saves the measured deviation either as tool compensation or as an additive compensation The result of the measurement Is saved additionally in the variable 199 See Touch probe cycles for automatic operation on page 455 easurement Cycle run From the current position the touch probe moves along the defined measuring axis toward the measuring point When the stylus touches the workpiece the measured value is saved and the touch probe is positioned back to the starting point For the pre positioning for the second measurement the cycle first moves the touch probe by the offset in the circumnavigation direction RB and then by the offset in the measuring direction RC The cycle executes the second probing operation in the opposite direction saves the result and positions the touch probe back with the circumnavigation axis by the circumnavigation value O Beispiel G776 Two point measurement for tool compensation The control outputs an error message if the touch probe does not reach any touch point within the defined measuring path If a maximum deviation WE was programmed the measuring points are approached twice and the mean value is saved as result If the difference of the measurements is greater than the maximum deviation WE the program run is i
508. t end 3 No machining V 3 V 4 A Chamfer rounding arc is machined not the basic i H element prerequisite contour section with one element D Omit elements see figure U Cut line on vertical element default 0 0 No regular proportioning of cuts 1 Yes may result in irregular proportioning of cuts Hide undercutting 0 Undercuts are machined 1 Undercuts are not machined B Slide lead with 4 axis machining not yet implemented XA ZA Starting point of blank only effective if no blank was programmed 4 17 Contour based tu O XA ZA not programmed The workpiece blank contour is calculated from the tool position and the ICP contour XA ZA programmed Definition of the corner point of the workpiece blank The Steuerung uses the tool definition to distinguish between external and internal machining The tool radius compensation is active A G57 oversize enlarges the contour also inside contours A G58 oversize gt 0 Enlarges the contour lt 0 Is not offset G57 G58 oversizes are deleted after cycle end 276 DIN Programming il Cycle run 1 Calculates the areas to be machined and the cutting segmentation 2 Approaches workpiece for first pass from starting point taking the safety clearance into account first In X direction then in Z 3 Moves at feed rate to target point X 4 Depending on H H 0 Machines the contour outline H 1 or 2 Retracts at 45 5 Returns at rapid traverse and approaches
509. t measurement G18 transverse G775 463 Two point measurement G18 longitudinal G776 465 Two point measurement G17 longitudinal G777 467 Two point measurement G19 longitudinal G778 469 5 4 Calibrating the touch probe 471 Calibrate touch probe standard G747 471 Calibrate touch probe via two points G748 473 5 5 Measuring with touch probe cycles 475 Paraxial probing G764 475 Probing in C axis G 66 476 Probing in two axes G766 477 Probing in two axes G768 478 Probing in two axes G769 479 5 6 Search cycles 480 Find hole in C face G780 480 Find hole in C lateral surface G7811 482 Find stud in C face G782 484 Find stud in C lateral surface G783 486 5 7 Circular measurement 488 Circular measurement G78b 488 Determine pitch circle G786 490 5 8 Angular measurement 492 Angular measurement G787 492 Misalignment compensation after angle measurement G788 494 5 9 In process measurement 495 Measure workpieces option 495 Switch on measurement G910 495 Measuring path monitoring 6911 496 Measured value capture G912 496 End in process measuring G9138 496 Switch off measuring path monitoring G914 496 In process measurement example Measuring and compensating workpieces 497 In process measurement example Measuring and compensating workpieces measure_pOS_MoOve nCs 498
510. t of the recess Recess on lateral surface Recess base K Inside corner Recess on face Recess base Recess on lateral surface End point of the recess li Inside corner incremental pay attention to algebraic sign Recess on face Recess width Recess on lateral surface Recess depth Ki Inside corner incremental pay attention to algebraic sign Recess on face Recess depth Recess on lateral surface Recess width B Outside radius chamfer at both sides of the recess default O E B gt 0 Radius of rounding E B lt 0 Width of chamfer R Inside radius in both corners of recess default 0 BE BF BD BP and BH see Machining attributes for form elements on page 201 FP Do not machine element only necessary for TURN PLUS 1 Do not machine recess HEIDENHAIN MANUALplus 620 CNC PILOT 640 4 4 Contour fo elements o i 4 4 Contour A elements Example G22 Geo Recess on face depth is incremental Longitudinal recess width is absolute Longitudinal recess width is incremental Longitudinal recess inside N 08 DIN Programming il Recess general G23 Geo G23 defines a recess on the previously programmed linear reference element The reference element can also be oblique Parameters H R Type of recess default 0 0 Symmetrical recess E 1 Relief turn Center point of recess on the face diameter No input Position is
511. tal utilization only In addition to defining the type of load monitoring with G996 you need to specify the monitoring zone with G995 see Monitoring zone G995 on page 388 Before using the load monitoring feature you also need to define limit values and perform reference machining see User s Manual Activate direct program run continuation G999 With the G999 function when running a program in Single Block mode the following NC blocks are run with a single NC start to the end of the program G999 is then deactivated by again calling the function with the setting O 0 off Converting and mirroring G30 The G30 function converts G codes M functions and spindle numbers G30 mirrors traverse paths and tool dimensions and shifts the machine zero point about the zero point offset of the axis machine parameter Trans_Z1 Parameters H Table number of the conversion table possible only if the machine tool builder has configured a conversion table Q Spindle number Application For full surface machining you describe the complete contour machine the front face rechuck the workpiece through an expert program and then machine the rear face To enable you to HEIDENHAIN MANUALplus 620 CNC PILOT 640 Beispiel G996 r G codes 4 29 j il program rear face machining in the same way as front face machining Z axis orientation arc rotational direction etc the expert program includes commands for co
512. te H Cutting direction default 0 The cutting direction can be changed with H and the direction of tool rotation m n K N 7 E 0 Up cut milling E 1 Climb milling HEIDENHAIN MANUALplus 620 CNC PILOT 640 VN 4 26 i i cycles Beispiel G794 35 Oo 4 26 Milling cycles Parameters Q 354 Cycle type default 0 Depending on U the following applies E Contour milling U 0 E Q 0 E O 1 E O 1 E O 2 E O 2 E O 3 Center of milling cutter on the contour closed contour Inside milling open contour Left in machining direction closed contour Outside milling open contour Right in machining direction open contour Milling location depends on H and the direction of tool rotation see help graphic E Pocket milling U gt 0 E Q 0 E Q 1 From the inside toward the outside From the outside toward the inside Roughing finishing E 0 Roughing With each infeed the complete surface is machined E 1 Finishing The surface is machined with the last infeed In all previous infeeds the cycle machines only the contour DIN Programming il Area milling face G797 Depending on O G797 mills surfaces a polygon or the figure defined in the command following G797 Parameters ID Milling contour name of the contour to be milled NS Block number beginning of contour section E Figures Block number of the figure E Free closed contour First contour elem
513. ted and an error message Is displayed Parameters R Evaluation 1 Prepare tool compensation and misalignment compensation 2 Prepare misalignment compensation 3 Angle output D Directions 0 X measurement Z offset 1 Y measurement Z offset 2 Z measurement X offset 3 Y measurement X offset 4 Z measurement Y offset 5 X measurement Y offset K Incremental measuring path signed Maximum measuring path for probing The algebraic sign determines the probing direction WS Position of first measuring point WC Position of second measuring point AC Nominal angle of measured surface BE Angle tolerance Measurement result range in degrees in which no compensation is applied RC Target position of first measurement Nominal value of first measuring point BD Tolerance of first measurement Measurement result range in which no compensation is applied 494 Touch probe cycles il Parameters WT FP WE NF AN Compensation number T or G149 first measured edge T Tool at turret position T to compensate the difference to the nominal value G149 Additive compensation D9xx to compensate the difference to the nominal value only possible with compensation type R 1 Maximum permissible compensation Maximum deviation Probe twice and monitor the dispersion of the measured values Measuring feed rate Feed rate for probing If nothing is entered the measuring feed rate from the touch probe table i
514. ter een Allows transferring the contour reference references for NS and NE DIN Programming Fixed cycles HEIDENHAIN recommends programming a fixed cycle as follows E Insert the tool E Define the cutting data E Position the tool in front of the working area E Define the safety clearance E Cycle call E Retract the tool Move to tool change point Danger of collision Remember when omitting cycle programming steps during optimization A special feed rate remains in effect until the next feed command for example the finishing feed rate during recessing cycles Some cycles traverse diagonally back to the starting point if you use the standard programming for example roughing cycles Typical structure of a fixed cycle HEIDENHAIN MANUALplus 620 CNC PILOT 640 Ing in 4 1 Programm Zero point shift Define the speed limit Move to tool change point Insert the tool Define the technology data Pre position Define the safety clearance Cycle call If necessary retract Move to tool change point k il A ing in 4 1 Programm Subprograms expert programs Subprograms are used to program the contour or the machining process In the subprogram transfer parameters are available as variables You can fix the designation of the transfer parameters and illustrate them in help graphics See Subprograms on page 427 In every subprogram the local variables 11 to 130 are available for in
515. ter G120 339 Reference plane LATERAL_Y section 52 Repeat recessing cycle G740 G741 285 Replacement tools 57 RETURN section code 53 Rotary axes 36 Roughing contour parallel G830 278 Roughing contour parallel with neutral tool G835 281 Roughing face G820 275 Roughing longitudinal G810 272 Run out length thread 300 S Safety clearance milling cycles G147 265 Safety clearance turning cycles G47 265 Screen layout smart Turn editor 39 Search cycles 482 Section codes CONST 54 Section codes END 53 Section codes RETURN 53 Section codes VAR 54 Sections AUXIL_BLANK 50 Sections AUXIL_CONTOUR 50 Sections BLANK 50 Sections FACE_C 51 Sections FACE_Y 51 Sections FINISHED 50 Sections HEADER 48 Sections LATERAL_C 51 Sections MACHINING 53 Sections REAR_C 51 Sections REAR_Y 51 Sections SUBPROGRAM 53 Sections TURRET 50 Separation point TURN PLUS machining information 572 Separation point G44 222 S Shaft machining TURN PLUS Fundamentals 572 Simple turning cycles 434 Simplified geometry programming 194 Simulation TURN PLUS control graphics 565 Single surface in XY plane G376 Geo 512 Single surface in YZ plane G386 Geo 520 Single thread cycle G32 307 Single point measurement 457 Single point measurement for zero point G771 459
516. ternal calculations Subprograms can be nested up to six times Nesting means that a subprogram calls a further subprogram etc If a subprogram is to be run repeatedly enter the number of times the subprogram is to be repeated in the Q parameter The Steuerung distinguishes between local and external subprograms Local subprograms are in the file of the NC main program Local subprograms can only be called in from their corresponding main programs External subprograms are stored in separate NC files and can be called in from any NC main program or other NC subprograms Expert programs An expert program is a subprogram that executes complex processes and is adapted to the machine configurations Expert programs are usually provided by the machine tool builder NC program conversion For programming and user communication keep in mind that the Steuerung interprets the NC program up to the fixed word MACHINING in the program selection The MACHINING section is not interpreted until you select Cycle on 196 DIN Programming il DIN ISO programs of predecessor controls The DIN program formats of the predecessor controls MANUALplus 4110 and CNC PILOT 4290 differ from the format of the MANUALplus 620 However you can use the program converter to adapt programs of the predecessor control to the new control When opening an NC program the Steuerung recognizes the programs of predecessor controls The program concerned will be
517. ters P Equidistant oversize reference finished part contour O Bore hole Y N default O E 0 Without hole E 1 With hole G21 cannot be used to describe an auxiliary blank 200 HN Nd U D D E D G N ri G D e WO w 2 D G N G D e DIN Programming il 4 3 Basic contour elements Starting point of turning contour G0 Geo GO defines the starting point of a turning contour Beispiel GO Geo Parameters X Starting point of contour diameter value Z Starting point of contour PZ Starting point of contour polar radius W Starting point of contour polar angle N J Machining attributes for form elements All the basic contour elements contain the chamfer rounding form element BR You can define machining attributes for this form element and for all the other form elements recesses undercuts Parameters BE Special feed factor for the chamfer rounding arc during the finishing cycle default 1 Special feed rate active feed rate BE BF Special feed rate for the chamfer rounding arc during the finishing cycle default no special feed rate BD Additive compensation number for the chamfer rounding arc 901 916 BP Equidistant oversize at constant distance for the chamfer rounding arc BH Type of oversize for the chamfer rounding arc E 0 Absolute oversize 1 Additive oversize HEIDENHAIN MANUALplus 620 CN
518. th Depth Height P lt 0 Pocket P gt 0O Island UWSFDAXO HEIDENHAIN MANUALplus 620 CNC PILOT 640 295 ion g sect the machi INITIONS IN 4 18 Contour def 4 18 Contour definitions in the nachl section Full circle on front rear face G304 G304 defines a full circle in a contour on the front face rear face Program this figure in conjunction with G840 G845 or G846 Parameters XK Center in Cartesian coordinates YK Center in Cartesian coordinates Diameter center point in polar coordinates Angle center point in polar coordinates Radius Depth Height P lt 0 Pocket P gt 0O Island a 25 Rectangle on front rear face G305 G305 defines a rectangle in a contour on the front face rear face Program this figure in conjunction with G840 G845 or G846 Parameters Center in Cartesian coordinates Center in Cartesian coordinates Diameter center point in polar coordinates Angle center point in polar coordinates Angle to XK axis default 0 Length Height width Chamfer rounding default 0 DWALPAXKX lt xX N AN R gt 0 Radius of rounding R lt 0 Width of chamfer P Depth Height P lt 0 Pocket P gt 0 Island 296 DIN Programming il Eccentric polygon on front rear face G307 G307 defines a polygon in a contour on the front face rear face Program this figure in conjunction with G840 G845 or G846 Parameters XK Center in Cartesian coordinates YK
519. that the cycle retracts the tool and returns it to the starting point With parameter V you can program whether the thread is to be milled in one rotation or with single point tools in several rotations Parameters Thread diameter Starting point Z Thread depth Approach radius Thread pitch Direction of thread default 0 E 0 Right hand thread E 1 Left hand thread Cutting direction default O E 0 Up cut milling E 1 Climb milling Milling method E 0 The thread is milled in a 360 degree helix 1 The thread is milled in several helical paths single point tool Use thread milling tools for cycle G799 338 Danger of collision Be sure to consider the hole diameter and the diameter of the milling cutter when programming approach radius R Beispiel G799 DIN Programming il 4 23 C axis commands Reference diameter G120 G120 determines the reference diameter of the unrolled lateral surface Program G120 if you use CY for G110 to G113 G120 is a modal function Parameters X Diameter Zero point shift C axis G152 G152 defines an absolute zero point for the C axis reference reference point C axis The zero point is valid until the end of the program Parameters C Angle Spindle position of the new C axis zero point HEIDENHAIN MANUALplus 620 CNC PILOT 640 UJ UJ 2 el el D zg D D a a O1 N N co a 4 23 waxiagpmmands Stand
520. the actual thread Default cfgAxisProperties SatetyDist Run out length P The slide needs an overtravel at the end of the thread to decelerate again Remember that the paraxial line P needs overtravel even with an oblique thread run out P 0 Start of a successive thread P gt 0 End of a successive thread Starting angle C At the end of the run in path B the spindle is at the starting angle C position HEIDENHAIN MANUALplus 620 CNC PILOT 640 Beispiel G33 30 co thread groove and then stops all tool movements Lift off distance OEM configuration parameter cfgGlobalPrperties threadlittoff Feed rate override is not effective Create thread with G95 feed rate per revolution N 9 Cycle stop the Steuerung retracts the tool from the gt S O oO Cycle run 1 Accelerates to feed rate line B lt 2 Moves at feed rate to end point of thread run out length P 3 Decelerates line P and stops at the end point of thread Activating handwheel during G33 With the G923 function you can activate the handwheel in order to make compensations during a thread cut In the G923 function you define limits within which traverse with the handwheel is possible Parameters Max positive offset Limit in X Max positive offset Limit in Z Max negative offset Limit in X Max negative offset Limit in Z Reference direction Lo GHA H 0 Longitudinal thread H 1 Transve
521. the feed rate breaks the chip Further forms see page 60 If X is not programmed or XS is in the range of 2 mm lt XS lt 2mm then the control drills at XS HEIDENHAIN MANUALplus 620 CNC PILOT 640 2 4 Units Centric i i 2 4 Units Centric inc Centric tapping unit The unit cuts axial threads using stationary tools Unit name G73_ZENTR Cycle G73 see page 328 Cycle form Z1 Start point drill starting point of hole Z2 End point drill end point of hole NS Starting block no of contour X Start point drill starting point of hole diameter value range 2 mm lt X lt 2 mm default 0 F1 Thread pitch B Run in length L Retraction length when using floating tap holders default 0 SR Retraction speed default Shaft speed for tapping SP Chip breaking depth SI Retraction distance Further forms see page 60 Retraction length L Use this parameter for floating tap holders The cycle calculates a new nominal pitch on the basis of the thread depth the programmed pitch and the retraction length The nominal pitch is somewhat smaller than the pitch of the tap During tapping the tap is pulled away from the chuck by the retraction length With this method you can achieve higher service life from the taps 82 Access to the technology database Machining operation Tapping Affected parameters S smart Turn units il Boring centric countersinking unit
522. the variable 199 lt 999997 Result of first measurement 999999 Deviation of probing operations was higher than programmed in Maximum Deviation parameter WE Cycle run From the current position the touch probe moves along the measuring axis Z toward the measuring point When the stylus touches the workpiece the measured value is saved and the touch probe is positioned back to the starting point Then the cycle rotates the C axis by the angle defined in the Search Grid parameter RC and probes again with the Z axis This process is repeated until a stud is found The cycle performs two probing operations on the stud diameter with the C axis calculates the center of the hole and sets the zero point in the C axis The control outputs an error message if the touch probe does not reach any touch point within the defined measuring path If a maximum deviation WE was programmed the measuring point Is approached twice and the mean value is saved as result If the difference of the measurements is greater than the maximum deviation WE the program run is interrupted and an error message Is displayed Parameters R Type of zero point shift 1 Activate table and G152 zero point shift and additionally save In zero point table The zero point shift also remains active after the program run 2 Activate zero point shift with G152 for the further program run Zero point shift no longer active after program run D Result 1 Position Set zero
523. tion 1 Tool compensation DX DZ for turning tool or additive compensation 2 Recessing tool Dx DS 4 Milling tool DD D Measuring axis Axis in which the measurement is to be made K Incremental measuring path with direction signed Maximum measuring path for probing The algebraic sign determines the probing direction AC Nominal value for target position Touch point coordinate BD Tolerance Measurement result range in which no compensation is applied WT Compensation number T or G149 T Tool at turret position T to compensate the difference to the nominal value G149 Additive compensation D9xx to compensate the difference to the nominal value only possible with compensation type R 1 E Maximum compensation value for the tool compensation WE Maximum deviation Probe twice and monitor the dispersion of the measured values HEIDENHAIN MANUALplus 620 CNC PILOT 640 Beispiel G770 Single point measurement for tool compensation easurement O 7 5 2 Touch probe cycles for single j il hom N poin 5 2 Touch probe cycles for single Parameters V AN 458 Retraction type 0 Without Only position touch probe back to the starting point if the touch probe was deflected 1 Automatic Always position touch probe back to the starting point Error evaluation 0 Program Do not interrupt program run no error message 1 Automatic Interrupt program run a
524. tion 5 8 Angul Beispiel G788 Misalignment compensation after angle measurement 496 Touch probe cycles il 5 9 In process measurement Measure workpieces option In process measurement is measurement at the workpiece with a touch probe located in a tool holder of the machine In the tool list enter your touch probe as a new tool Use the tool type length gauge The following cycles for in process measurement are basic cycles for probing functions that you can use to program Individually adapted probing sequences Switch on measurement G910 G910 activates the selected touch probe Parameters H Measuring direction no function V Type of measurement 0 Touch probe for workpiece measurement E 1 Table mounted touch probe for tool measurement HEIDENHAIN MANUALplus 620 CNC PILOT 640 Beispiel In process measurement 49 easurement 5 9 In proce q amm Sos e b 5 9 In proce Measuring path monitoring G911 G911 activates the measuring path monitoring Then only a single feed path is permissible Parameters V 0 Axes stay stationary with deflected touch probe E 1 Axes automatically retract after deflection of the touch probe Measured value capture G912 G912 puts the positions at which the touch probe was deflected into the result variables Parameters Q Error evaluation when the touch probe is not reached H 0 Error message of NC
525. tion Position of the tool point before cycle ZS call Go Approach position C axis position that is approached before cycle call with G110 oF WN O Departure Influence the departure strategy also applies for Y axis functions Departure parameters DEP Type of departure No axis switch off the departure function 0 Simultaneous X and Z axes depart diagonally 1 First X then Z 2 First Z then X 3 Only X 4 Only Z XE ZE Departure position Position of the tool point before the movement to the tool change point HEIDENHAIN MANUALplus 620 CNC PILOT 640 APP DEP 2 1 smear The Tool Ext form In this form you can program additional tool settings Tool Ext form Tool T Tool number number of turret pocket TID The identification number tool name is entered automatically B axis B Angle in the B axis machine dependent function CW C tilting plane angle Position of the C axis to determine the work position of the tool machine dependent function Miscellaneous functions HC Shoe brake machine dependent function 2 1 smart Tan its 0 Automatic 1 Tighten 2 Don t tighten DF Additional function Can be evaluated by the machine manufacturer in a subprogram machine dependent function XL ZL Values can be evaluated by the machine manufacturer in a YL subprogram machine dependent function With the Advanced T change soft key you can switch quick
526. tion XS Starting point of radial hole diameter value ZS Starting point of axial hole End point of radial hole diameter value End point of axial hole Boring depth hole depth alternative to XE ZE Drilling lengths default O Bore through drilling variant feed rate reduction 50 default 0 0 No feed rate reduction 1 Feed reduction for through drilling 2 Feed reduction for pre drilling E 3 Feed reduction for pre drilling and through drilling RB Retraction plane radial holes holes in the YZ plane diameter default return to the starting position or to the safety clearance E Period of dwell for chip breaking at end of hole in seconds default 0 D Retraction type default 0 N S A E E al E 0 Rapid traverse 1 Feed rate BS Start element no number of the first hole to be machined in a pattern BE End element no number of the last hole to be machined in a pattern H Spindle Brake off default 0 0 Spindle brake on H 1 Spindle brake off ZS as alternative Hole with contour description Do not program XS ZS Hole pattern NS refers to the hole contour and not the definition of the pattern Single hole without contour description Program XS or HEIDENHAIN MANUALplus 620 CNC PILOT 640 Beispiel G71 We2 V 3 qoo F 50 4 22 cycles VE j il 4 22 linc cycles XS XE ZS ZE XS K ZS K XE K ZE K
527. tion of traverse LF Measuring feed rate in mm min no input the measuring feed rate from the touch probe table is used LH Nominal value of the target position LI Tolerance If the measured deviation lies within this tolerance the entered compensation value is not changed LJ 1 The measurement result is outout as PRINT LK Number of the compensation value to be changed 1 xx Turret pocket number of the tool to be compensated 901 916 Additive compensation Current tool number for touch probe calibration LO Number of measurements gt 0 The measurements are evenly distributed on the circumference with M19 lt 0 The measurements are made at the same position HEIDENHAIN MANUALplus 620 CNC PILOT 640 easurement 5 9 In proce j il hom N 5 9 In process Parameters LP Maximum permissible difference between the measurement results at a position The program stops if the limit is violated LR Maximum permissible compensation value lt 10 mm LS 1 Program runs on the PC Measurement results are interrogated through INPUT For test purposes in process measurement example Measuring and compensating workpieces measure_pos_move ncs For the program measure_pos_move ncs you have to use a touch probe as tool The control moves the touch probe from the actual position in the given axis direction After reaching the contact position it returns again to the previous position The
528. tioning of cuts 1 Yes may result in irregular proportioning of cuts O Hide undercutting 0 Undercuts are machined 1 Undercuts are not machined Further forms see page 60 Access to the technology database Machining operation Roughing Affected parameters F S E P HEIDENHAIN MANUALplus 620 CNC PILOT 640 67 il 2 2 a Transverse roughing in ICP unit The unit machines the contour described in the FINISHED program section from NS to NE Any auxiliary contour defined in FK will be used Unit name G820_ICP Cycle G820 see page 275 Contour form see page 62 Cycle form IK Oversize in X Z direction diameter value P Maximum infeed E Plunging behavior E 0 Descending contours are not machined E gt 0 Plunging feed rate for declining contour elements Descending contour elements are machined No input The plunging feed rate is reduced during machining of declining contour elements by up to 50 Descending contour elements are machined SX SZ Cutting limit SX diameter value default no cutting limit A Approach angle reference Z axis default orthogonal to Z axis W Departure angle reference Z axis default parallel to Z axis OQ Type of retraction at end of cycle 0 Returns to starting point first X then Z direction 1 Positions in front of the finished contour 2 Retracts to safety clearance and stops H Contour smoothing 0 With each cut along the contour withi
529. to be monitored by the control To begin the monitoring zone program G995 with the following parameters To end the monitoring zone program G995 without parameters Parameters H No of the zone range 1 to 99 ID Code for axes E X X axis Y Y axis E 7 Z axis E 0 Spindle 1 main spindle C axis E 1 Spindle 2 E 2 Spindle 3 V O e g Ses 4 29 The monitoring zones must be unambiguously defined in the program Use the H parameter to assign a unique number to each monitoring zone O If you would like to monitor more than one drive within a monitoring zone enter the respective combination of individual parameters in the ID parameter Please keep in mind however that the control can monitor a maximum of four drives per monitoring zone To simultaneously monitor the Z axis and the main spindle enter ZO in the ID parameter O In addition to defining the monitoring zone with G995 you need to activate the load monitoring function see Load monitoring G996 on page 389 388 DIN Programming il Load monitoring G996 G996 defines the type of load monitoring or deactivates the load monitoring temporarily Parameters Q Lib switch type of activation Monitoring default 0 0 Off E 1 GO Off do not monitor rapid traverse E 2 GO On monitor rapid traverse Q Monitoring Type of load monitoring default 0 0 Utilization Total utilization E 1 Utilization only E 2 To
530. tour 0 Saves the current contour The contour follow up is not affected 1 Loads the specified contour The contour follow up is continued with the loaded contour 2 The following cycle uses the internal workpiece blank H Memory number 0 9 V The following information is saved 0 Everything variable contents and workpiece blank contours 1 Variable contents 2 Workpiece blank contours G702 Q 2 switches off the global contour follow up for the following cycle Once the cycle has been executed the global contour follow up is effective again The affected cycle uses the internal workpiece blank The cycle determines the internal workpiece blank from the contour and the tool position G702 Q2 must be programmed before the cycle Contour follow up on off G703 G703 is used to deactivate reactivate the contour follow up Parameters Contour follow up on off 0 Off 1 On 380 DIN Programming il 4 29 Other G codes Chucking equipment in simulation G65 G65 displays the selected chucking equipment in the simulation graphics Parameters ek H No of clamping no of chuck always program H 0 D No of spindle No input X Diameter of workpiece blank Z Start point No input f o Q Chuck form 4 Externally clamped 5 Internally clamped Q 5 B Clamping length B P length of blank ae P Free length V Delete chucking equipment Workpiece blank contour G67 for graphics G67 displays an auxil
531. try and machining commands C axis lateral surface 445 Connection between geometry and machining commands turning 444 CONST section code 54 Constant feed rate G94 255 Constant surface speed Gx96 256 Contour and figure milling cycle face G793 351 i il C Contour and figure milling cycle lateral surface G794 353 Contour follow up 34 380 Contour follow up on off G703 380 Contour follow up saving loading G702 380 Contour form 62 Contour form elements 207 Contour milling G840 358 Contour programming 191 Contour repeat cycle G83 436 Contour thread 314 Contour simple G80 294 Contour based turning cycles 270 Contours in the XY plane 504 Contours in the YZ plane 513 Control graphics TURN PLUS 565 Controlled parting Using lag error monitoring G917 396 Convert lengths G927 385 Converting and mirroring G30 389 Coolant TURN PLUS machining information 569 Countersinking G72 327 Cut off cycle G859 315 Cutting data determining TURN PLUS 569 Cutting limit 503 Cutting speed constant Gx96 256 Cycle end Simple contour G80 294 Cycle chamfer G88 438 Cycle radius G87 438 D Data input 405 Data output 405 Deburring G840 365 Deep hole drilling G74 331 Detail isolating TURN PLUS 565 Determine pitch circle G786 492 Dialog texts for subprograms 428 DIN
532. tside the contour JK 2 open contour Right of the contour H JK 3 Depending on H and MD H Cutting direction E 0 Up cut milling E 1 Climb milling Maximum inteed Contour parallel oversize Infeed direction oversize Infeed rate Reduced feed rate Approach radius Plunging behavior mM T U O J UED E 0 Straight vertical plunge The cycle moves the tool to the starting point the tool plunges at feed rate and mills the contour E 1 In predrilling The cycle positions the tool above the hole the tool plunges and mills the contour NF Position mark only if O 1 RB Retraction plane diameter value Further forms see page 60 182 Access to the technology database Machining operation Finish milling Affected parameters F S FZ P smart Turn units for the Y axis il ICP pocket milling in YZ plane unit The unit mills the pocket defined with ICP in the YZ plane In QK machining operation select whether a roughing or finishing operation is to be executed For roughing define the plunging strategy Unit name G845_Tas_Y_Mant Cycles G845 see page 370 G846 see page 374 Parameters on the Contour form FK see page 62 NS Starting block no of contour NE End block no of contour X1 Milling top edge diameter value P2 Depth of contour NF Position mark only if QK 8 Parameters on the Cycle form OK Machining operation and plunging strategy 0 Roughi
533. turns 1 if the numerical value contains the requested bit The function returns O if the numerical value does not contain the requested bit Syntax BITSET x y Ex Bit number 0 to 15 E y Numerical value 0 to 65535 The relationship between bit number and numerical value is shown In the table at right You can also use variables for x y Programming gt Select Extras gt DINplus word The Steuerung opens the Insert DIN PLUS word selection list Select IF Enter the condition Insert NC blocks of the THEN branch f required Insert NC blocks of the ELSE branch NC blocks with IF THEN ELSE ENDIF can have no further commands You can combine up to two conditions 422 lt lt lt gt gt gt Less than Less than or equal to Not equal to Greater than Greater than or equal to Equal to Combining conditions AND OR NI OO oy BR _ OJN Logical AND operation Logical OR operation 1 8 256 2 9 alz 4 10 1024 8 11 2048 16 12 4096 32 13 8192 64 14 16384 128 15 32768 w D D D Ti a m m m m m Z z TI J Z ay O Q D 3 D gt Q i Requesting variables and constants With the DEF NDEF and DVDEF elements you can inquire whether a valid value was assigned to a variable or a constant For example an undefined variable can return the value O just like a variable that has been assigned the val
534. tween 32767 and 32768 Real variables Floating point numbers with max 10 integers and 7 decimal places Do not use any blank spaces when programming variables The variable number itself and an index value if applicable can be described by another variable e g g c2 See the table for the available functions MANUALplus X110 controls between variables that can be modified at runtime and those that cannot does not apply any longer The NC program is no longer compiled before the program run but at runtime Program NC blocks containing variable calculations with slide code if your lathe has more than one slide Otherwise the calculations are repeated Positions and dimensions transferred into system variables are always indicated in metric form This also applies when an NC program is run in inches The distinction made by CNCPILOT XXXX and The soft key row is available when the variable assignment function is active and the alphabetic keyboard You can also program the listed functions by soft key is closed HEIDENHAIN MANUALplus 620 CNC PILOT 640 N _Syntax Operator functions ____ _ amp I Addition gt Subtraction Multiplication a Division 4 31 Program ABS ROUND SORT SORTA SOR oe INT Parenthesizing Equate function Absolute amount Round Square root Square root of a2 b2 Square root of a2 b Truncate decimal pla
535. uction 1 At end of the hole m F 50 2 At start of the hole 3 At start and end of the hole AB Spot drilling through drilling length distance for feed rate reduction P Hole depth IB Hole depth reduction value Value by which the feed depth decreases after every advance JB Minimum hole depth If you have entered a hole depth reduction value the hole depth is reduced only to the value entered in JB B Retraction distance Value by which the tool is retracted after reaching the respective hole depth RI Internal safety clearance Distance for reapproach inside the hole default safety clearance SCK RB Retraction plane default return to the starting position or to the safety clearance Access to the technology database Machining operation Drilling Affected parameters F S HEIDENHAIN MANUALplus 620 CNC PILOT 640 95 il ing inC 2 5 Units Drill Global form G14 Tool change point No axis oP WN O Simultaneously First X then Z First Z then X Only X Only Z Only Y direction 6 Simultaneous with Y X Y and Z axes move on a diagonal path CLT Coolant 0 Without 1 Circuit 1 on 2 Circuit 2 on SCK Safety clearance in infeed direction Safety clearance in infeed direction during drilling and milling operations BP Break duration Time span for interruption of the feed for chip breaking BF Feed duration Time interval until the next break Th
536. ue 0 You can prevent undesired program jumps by examining the variables Programming gt Select Extras gt DINplus word The Steuerung opens the Insert DIN PLUS word selection list Select the IF command Enter the required inquiry element DEF NDEF or DVDEF Enter the name of a variable or a constant Inquiry elements of variables and constants Enter the variable name without the character e g IF NDEF _1a DEF A value is assigned to a variable or constant NDEF No value is assigned to a variable or constant DVDEF Query of an internal constant HEIDENHAIN MANUALplus 620 CNC PILOT 640 Beispiel Requesting variable in subprogram Beispiel Requesting variable in subprogram WO T D B o JJ D 2 D T ae 5 co o 2 5 D or D or a 4 32 Condi i block run f il 4 32 Condi a block run WHILE ENDWHILE program repeat A program repeat consists of the elements E WHILE followed by a condition The condition includes a variable or mathematical expression on either side of the relational operator E ENDWHILE concludes the conditional program repeat NC blocks programmed between WHILE and ENDWHILE are executed repeatedly for as long as the condition is fulfilled If the condition is not fulfilled the Steuerung continues execution of the program with the block programmed after ENDWHILE Interrogate bitset You can also use
537. units for the Y axis il Thread milling in XY plane unit The unit mills a thread in existing holes in the XY plane Unit name G800_GEW_Y_STIRN Cycle G800 see page 541 Parameters on the Position form APP Approach see page 65 CS Approach position C Z1 Start point drill starting point of hole P2 Thread depth Thread diameter F1 Thread pitch Parameters on the Cycle form J Direction of thread 0 Right hand thread 1 Left hand thread H Cutting direction 0 Up cut milling 1 Climb milling V Milling method 0 The thread is milled in a 360 degree helix 1 The thread is milled in several helical paths single point tool R Approach radius Further forms see page 60 HEIDENHAIN MANUALplus 620 CNC PILOT 640 Access to the technology database i Machining operation Finish milling Affected parameters F S 3 3 Units Milling Y axis j il 3 3 Units Milling in Y axis ICP contour milling in YZ plane unit The unit mills the contour defined with ICP in the YZ plane Unit name G840_Kon_Y_Mant Cycle G840 see page 361 Parameters on the Contour form FK see page 62 NS Starting block no of contour NE End block no of contour X1 Milling top edge diameter value P2 Depth of contour radius value Parameters on the Cycle form JK Cutter position E JK 0 On the contour JK 1 closed contour Within the contour E JK 1 open contour Left of the contour E JK 2 closed contour Ou
538. up tool list function see page 55 ICP pull down menu The ICP pull down menu Interactive Contour Programming contains the following functions Contour editing Change the current contour cursor position Workpiece blank Edit the description of the workpiece blank Finished part Edit the description of the finished part New auxiliary blank Create a new auxiliary workpiece blank New aux contour Create a new auxiliary contour C axis Create patterns and milling contours on the front face and lateral surface Y axis Create patterns and milling contours in the XY and YZ planes HEIDENHAIN MANUALplus 620 CNC PILOT 640 smart Turn Machine EEr Err A Tool editor B EFE Prog 4 PE J Head EE ICP 4 Units 384Go to Ha Config HMisc Er Extras J Graph mid 44 Open Ctr1 0 an E New TH Jm IH Close rf 4 Close all Save EE Ja Save as Ctr1 gss 24 TNC Project SMART_KAPITEL1 ncps 7983 nc I TNC Project SMART_KAPITEL7 ncps 751 nc Jm FFF H x TNC Project SMART_KAPITEL7 ncps 888 nc EET TNC nc_prog ncps Huelse nc T2 ID 111 80 080 1 ID 007 T4 ID 003 T5 ID 004AP1 T6 ID 020 T9 ID O4mtest5 TE Project SMART_KAPITEL1 ncps 7983 nc New DINplus program Ctrl N 1 ga New DINplus subprogram TE tt 41 1 2 The smart Turn oaa 5 7 T N non Jams q Goto pull down menu The
539. ur element R lt 0 for outside corners Length of linear approaching departing element contour element is approached departed tangentially Contour parallel oversize Oversize Z Infeed rate Reduced feed rate for circular elements default current feed rate H Cutting direction default 0 The cutting direction can be changed with H and the direction of tool rotation m n K N 7 E 0 Up cut milling E 1 Climb milling HEIDENHAIN MANUALplus 620 CNC PILOT 640 les ing cyc i il 4 26 Milling cycles Parameters Q 352 Cycle type default 0 Depending on U the following applies E Contour milling U 0 E Q 0 E O 1 E O 1 E O 2 E O 2 E O 3 Center of milling cutter on the contour closed contour Inside milling open contour Left in machining direction closed contour Outside milling open contour Right in machining direction open contour Milling location depends on H and the direction of tool rotation see help graphic E Pocket milling U gt 0 E Q 0 E Q 1 From the inside toward the outside From the outside toward the inside Roughing finishing E 0 Roughing With each infeed the complete surface is machined E 1 Finishing The surface is machined with the last infeed In all previous infeeds the cycle machines only the contour DIN Programming il Contour and figure milling cycle lateral surface G794 G794 mills figures or open or closed free c
540. ur element Contour consists of one element E No input Machining in contour direction NS NE programmed Machining against the contour direction Reduced feed rate for circular elements default current feed rate HEIDENHAIN MANUALplus 620 CNC PILOT 640 4 26 a cycles j i TA O gt O O 4 26 Parameters Deburring R XS ZS RB 366 Radius of approaching departing arc default 0 R 0 Contour element is approached directly infeed to starting point above the milling plane then vertical plunge R gt 0 Tool moves on approaching departing arc that connects tangentially to the contour element R lt 0 for inside corners Tool moves on approaching departing arc that connects tangentially to the contour element R lt 0 for outside corners Contour element is approached departed tangentially on a linear path Milling depth indicated as a negative value Milling top edge lateral surface replaces the reference plane from the contour definition Milling top edge face replaces the reference plane from the contour definition Retraction plane default back to starting position Front or rear face Retraction position in Z direction Lateral surface Retraction position in X direction diameter Chamfer width when deburring the edges Preparation diameter For open contours the contour to be deburred is calculated from the programmed contour and J Remember that J prog
541. ur form see page 62 Cycle form P Maximum infeed during rough turning l K Oversize in X Z direction l diameter value RB Turning depth compensation for finishing B Offset width U Cutting direction O Bi Bidirectional in both directions 1 Uni Unidirectional in direction of contour Q Sequence roughing finishing 0 Roughing and finishing 1 Only roughing 2 Only finishing Further forms see page 60 The Steuerung uses the tool definition to distinguish between radial and axial recessing Turning depth compensation RB Depending on factors such as workpiece material or feed rate the tool tip is displaced during a turning operation You can correct the resulting infeed error with the turning depth compensation factor The value is usually determined empirically Offset width B After the second infeed movement during the transition from turning to recessing the path to be machined is reduced by offset width B Each time the system switches on this side the path is reduced by B in addition to the previous offset The total offset is limited to 80 of the effective cutting width effective cutting width cutting width 2 cutting radius If required the Steuerung reduces the programmed offset width After clearance roughing the remaining material is removed with a single cut 76 Access to the technology database
542. ure 0 Full circle 1 Linear slot E 2 Circular slot 3 Triangle 4 Rectangle square 5 Polygon Number of polygon corners only with Q 5 polygon Diameter of figure center Angle of figure center Milling top edge Depth of figure Edge length width across flats E L gt 0 Edge length E lt 0 Width across flats inside diameter for polygon Rectangle width Rounding radius Angle to X axis Rotational direction of slot only if Q 2 circular slot E cw In clockwise direction E ccw In counterclockwise direction Angle of slot end point only if Q 2 circular slot Program only the parameters relevant to the selected figure type Access to the technology database E Machining operation Drilling E Affected parameters F S smart Turn units il Cycle form JK AB RB Cutter position E 0 On the contour E 1 Within the contour E 2 Outside the contour Cutting direction E 0 Up cut milling E 1 Climb milling Contour parallel oversize Infeed direction oversize Approach radius Cutter diameter Position mark Delay dwell time at end of hole default 0 Retraction at 0 Rapid traverse 1 Feed rate Feed rate reduction E 0 Without reduction E 1 At end of the hole E 2 At start of the hole E 3 At start and end of the hole Spot drilling through drilling length distance for feed rate reduction Retraction plane default return to the starting
543. urface machining with opposing spindle and converts other functions e g circular arcs G2 G3 G99 The expert program shifts the contour and mirrors the coordinate system Z axis Further programming of G99 is normally not required for machining the rear face after rechucking Example The workpiece is machined on the front face transferred to the opposing spindle through an expert program and machined on the rear face see illustrations Full surface machining on machines with opposing spindles A A ee DIN Programming il N27 G59 2233 N28 GO W iS18 N30 G14 Q0 N31 G26 2500 N32 T2 N63 M5 N64 T1 N65 G197 1485 G193 F0 05 M103 N66 M14 N67 M107 N68 GO X36 0555 Z3 N69 G110 C146 31 N70 G147 12 K2 N71 G840 Q0 NS15 NE18 10 5 RO P1 N72 GO X31 241 Z3 N73 G14 Q0 N74 M105 M109 N76 M15 N80 L RECHUCK V1 LA LB LC N90 G59 Z222 N91 G14 Q0 N92 T102 N93 G396 220 G395 F0 2 M304 N94 M107 N95 GO X120 Z3 N96 G810 N97 G30 Q0 N129 M30 END HEIDENHAIN MANUALplus 620 CNC PILOT 640 Zero point shift for 1st setup Counterspindle to machining position C axis machining in the main spindle Deactivate C axis Expert prog for part transfer with following functions G720 Spindle synchronization G916 Traversing to a fixed stop G30 Switch the kinematics G99 Mirroring and shifting of the workpiece contour Zero point shift for 2nd setup Technology data fo
544. ut W Figures are arranged on a full circle VD 0 with W Figures are arranged on the longer circular arc VD 0 with Wi The algebraic sign of Wi defines the direction Wi lt 0 clockwise VD 1 with W Clockwise VD 1 with Wi Clockwise algebraic sign of Wi has no effect VD 2 with W Counterclockwise VD 2 with Wi Counterclockwise algebraic sign of Wi has no effect Cycle form X1 Start point drill starting point of hole diameter value X2 End point drill end point of hole diameter value F1 Thread pitch B Run in length L Retraction length when using floating tap holders default 0 SR Retraction speed default Shaft speed for tapping SP Chip breaking depth SI Retraction distance RB Retraction plane Further forms see page 60 Use the retraction length for floating tap holders The cycle calculates a new nominal pitch on the basis of the thread depth the programmed pitch and the retraction length The nominal pitch is somewhat smaller than the pitch of the tap During tapping the tap is pulled away from the chuck by the retraction length With this method you can achieve higher service life from taps HEIDENHAIN MANUALplus 620 CNC PILOT 640 D 2 5 Units Drill Access to the technology database Machining operation Tapping Affected parameters S j il XIS ing in 2 5 Units
545. utside ET Linear slot rectangle polygon Reference point of the gt figure S Circle Circle center 5 Circular slot free contour Starting point of the E innermost milling path co N O 6 manually The tool position corresponds to the center of the circular arc The tool moves to the arc starting point and plunges O 7 automatically only permitted for circular slots and circles The cycle calculates the plunging position on the basis of Q QO from the inside toward the outside Circular slot The circular arc lies on the curvature radius of the slot Circle Not permitted Q1 from the outside toward the inside Circular slot circle The circular arc lies on the outermost milling path W Plunging angle in infeed direction WE Orientation angle of the milling path circular arc Reference axis Front or rear face Positive XK axis Lateral surface Positive Z axis Default orientation angle depending on O O 4 WE 0 O 5 and Linear slot rectangle polygon WE orientation angle of the figure Circular slot circle VWWE 0 Free contour and QO from the inside toward the outside WE 0 Free contour and Q1 from the outside toward the inside Orientation angle of the starting element WB Plunge length plunge diameter default 1 5 milling diameter 372 DIN Programming il For the machining direction Q 1 from the outside toward the inside please note
546. value x CASE can be programmed repeated times DEFAULT This branch is executed if no CASE statement matched the variable value DEFAULT can be omitted BREAK Concludes the CASE branch or DEFAULT branch Programming block run Select Extras gt DINplus word The Steuerung opens the Insert DIN PLUS word selection list Select SWITCH Enter the switch variable For each CASE branch E Select CASE in Extras gt DINplus word E Enter the SWITCH condition value of the variable and Insert the NC blocks to be executed O QO N lt Executed if g201 1 Executed if g201 2 No CASE statement matched the variable value mo 7 Sg 3 2 So o U 2 y 5 a T 4 Oo oc e9 ao S mo 6S 5 op D m ct D D Z O oJ O O O op ct O O D D x lt D O C ct D a1 HEIDENHAIN MANUALplus 620 CNC PILOT 640 425 il 4 32 Condi a block run Skip level In the Program Run submode you can set activate skip levels The next time the program is executed the NC blocks defined by the set activated skip level will not be executed by the control see User s Manual Before you can set activate skip levels you need to define them in the program Open the program in the smart Turn operating mode lt Position the cursor in the MACHINING program section on the NC block to be skipped Select S
547. vate zero point shifts tool lengths G981 385 Monitoring zone G995 386 Load monitoring G996 387 Activate direct program run continuation G999 387 Converting and mirroring G30 387 Transformations of contours G99 389 Spindle synchronization G720 390 C angle offset G90b 391 Traversing to a fixed stop G916 392 Controlled parting using lag error monitoring G917 394 Force reduction G925 395 Sleeve monitoring G930 396 Eccentric turning G725 397 Transition to eccentric G726 399 Eccentric X G727 401 4 30 Data input and data output 403 WINDOW Output window for variables 403 WINDOW Output file for variables 403 INPUT Input of variables 403 PRINT Output of variables 404 HEIDENHAIN MANUALplus 620 CNC PILOT 640 4 31 Programming variables 405 Variable types 406 Reading tool data 408 Reading diagnostic bits 411 Reading the current NC information 412 Reading general NC information 414 Reading configuration data PARA 416 Determining the index of a parameter element PARA 417 Expanded variable syntax CONST VAR 418 4 32 Conditional block run 420 Program branching IF THEN ELSE ENDIF 420 Requesting variables and constants 421 WHILE ENDWHILE program repeat 422 SWITCH CASE program branching 423 Skip level 424 4 33 Subpr
548. ve confirmed the values AWG generates the machining sequence for the second setup the input parameters to be displayed in the dialog In the user parameters the machine manufacturer defines windows during rechucking You can also include further input parameters in the dialog windows To do this select the required parameters list Processing ExpertPrograms Parameter lists for expert programs in the user parameters In the desired parameter enter a default value that is assigned to this parameter in the dialog window Enter 9999999 to display the parameter without a default value Rechucking the workpiece in the main spindle The subprogram for rechucking in the main spindle is defined in the user parameter Parameter list manual rechucking standard program Rechuck_manual ncs At the end of the machining sequence define a machining step with the rechucking main machining operation and the full surface machining Submachining operation In parameter D of the chucking equipment description select the main spindle for both pieces of chucking equipment Transferring the workpiece from the main spindle to the opposing spindle The subprogram for transferring the workpiece from the main spindle to the opposing spindle is defined in the user parameter Parameter list complete rechucking Standard program Rechuck_complete ncs At the end of the machining sequence define a machining step with the rechucking main mac
549. ving In XY plane Page 539 center dimensioning G13 Circular movement ccw with Page 526 B G804 Engraving in YZ plane Page 540 absolute center dimensioning Variable programming program branches Programming with variables variables Variable types Page 408 PARA Read configuration data Page 418 Data input and data output INPUT Input variables Page 405 WINDOW Open output window Page 405 variables CONST Constant definition Page 421 PRINT Output variables Page 406 Subprograms Subprogram call Page 427 IF THEN Program branching Page 422 WHILE Program repeat Page 424 SWITCH Program branching Page 425 i B W H 610 Overview of G codes il Other G codes G44 Separation point Page 222 G914 G60 Deactivate protection zone Page 382 G65 Display chucking equipment Page 381 G67 Load blank part contour graphics Page 381 G99 Transformations of contours Page 391 G702 Page 380 G703 Contour follow up ON OFF Page 380 G720 Spindle synchronization Page 392 G725 Eccentric turning Page 399 G726 Transition to eccentric Page 401 G727 Eccentric X Page 403 G901 Actual values in variables Page 382 G902 Page 382 G903 Page 382 Storing loading contour follow up Zero point shift in variables Lag error in variables G904 G905 Read interpolator information Page 383 C angle offset HEIDENHAIN MANUALplus 620 CNC PILOT 640 Page 393 mz G996 Load monitoring G913 End in process measur
550. ware limit switches see User s Manual A user parameter was introduced to enable you to use NC Start for executing a tool change programmed in the T S F dialog see User s Manual A user parameter was introduced to divide the T S F dialog into separate dialogs see User s Manual A user parameter was introduced to enable you to prevent the zero point shift G59 that is automatically output in TURN PLUS see User s Manual HEIDENHAIN MANUALplus 620 CNC PILOT 640 About this manual The symbols used in this manual are described below About this manual Would you like any changes or have you found any errors We are continuously striving to improve our documentation for you Please help us by sending your requests to the following e mail address tnc userdocG heidenhain de HEIDENHAIN MANUALplus 620 CNC PILOT 640 9 il jenueuw si noqy 10 Contents oN programming 7 ssmart tum units 1 smart Tum units for the Y axis DIN Programming 1 overview of units E overview of G codes 1 1 smart Turn and DIN ISO programming Contour follow up 32 Structured NC program 30 Linear and rotary axes 34 Units of measure 34 Elements of an NC program 35 1 2 The smart Turn editor 36 Menu structure 36 Parallel editing 37 Screen layout 37 Selecting the editor functions 38 Editing with active tree view 38 Shared menu items
551. will be displayed for that input field If no separate help graphic exists for an input field the graphic for the subprogram will be displayed it available By default the help window is displayed only if there is a graphic for the subprogram Even if you want to use individual graphics for the address letters you should define a graphic for the subprogram Graphic format BMP PNG JPG images Size 440x320 pixels You integrate help graphics for subprogram calls as follows The subprogram name entry field name and the appropriate extension BMP PNG JPG must be used as file name for the help graphic Transfer the help graphic to the directory nc_prog Pictures HEIDENHAIN MANUALplus 620 CNC PILOT 640 4 33 eos j il 4 34 M commands M commands for program run control N it The effect of machine commands depends on the configuration of your machine On your lathe other M commands may apply for the listed functions Refer to your machine manual MOO Program stop 4 34 The program run stops Cycle start resumes the program run M01 Optional stop If the Continuous run soft key is not active in Automatic mode the program run stops with M01 Cycle start resumes the program run If Continuous run is active the program continues without stopping M18 Counting pulse M30 End of program M30 means end of program you do not need to program M30 If you press Cycle start after M30 program
552. wing table See also E G845 Fundamentals Page 531 G845 Calculating hole positions Page 532 Parameters Milling ID Milling contour name of the contour to be milled NS Starting block no of contour E Figures Block number of the figure E Free closed contour A contour element not starting point B Milling depth default depth from the contour description P Maximum infeed default milling in one infeed XS Milling top edge in YZ plane replaces the reference diameter from the contour description ZS Milling top edge in XY plane replaces the reference plane from the contour description Oversize in X direction radius K Oversize in Z direction U Minimum overlap factor Defines the overlap of milling paths default 0 5 Overlap U milling diameter V Overrun factor default 0 5 Defines the distance by which the tool should pass the outside radius of the workpiece 0 The defined contour is milled completely E 0 lt V lt 1 Overrun V milling diameter H Cutting direction default 0 0 Up cut milling E 1 Climb milling F Feed rate for infeed default active feed rate E Reduced feed rate for circular elements default current feed rate RB Retraction plane default back to starting position E XY plane Retraction position in Z direction YZ plane Retraction position in X direction diameter Q Machining direction default 0 0 From the inside out from the inside towards t
553. x CONST VAR By defining the key words CONST or VAR you can assign names to variables The key words can be used in the main program and subprogram To use the definitions in a subprogram you need to declare the constant or variable before the MACHINING section code Rules for defining constants and variables The names of constants and variables must be preceded by an underscore They can comprise lower case letters numbers and the underscore character The maximum length must not exceed 20 characters Variable names with VAR By assigning variable names you make it easier to read an NC program To do this you must insert the program section VAR In this program section you assign the variable designations to the variables 420 Beispiel Free text variables i Definition of constants CONST V Possibilities of defining constants Beispiel Main program E Direct assignment of values abene T E Internal interpreter information as constants CONST E Assignment of names to the transfer variables of subprograms g Use the following internal information to define constants in the or ses ea aaa ge act aml CONST section etd i or aig eon aanlgmer __nO_x 768 Last programmed position X _posx __n0_x internal information n0 y 769 Last programmed position Y VAR S __n0_z 770 Last programmed position Z O noc 771 Last programmed position C ENS SE Q _n40_g 774 Status of TRC FINISHED O __n
554. xially radially from NS to NE Any auxiliary contour defined in FK will be used Unit name G860_ICP Cycle G860 see page 283 Contour form DO Number of recessing cycles DX DZ Distance to subsequent recess in X Z direction DX radius value Further parameters of the contour form see page 62 Cycle form l K Oversize in X Z direction l diameter value SX SZ Cutting limit SX diameter value default no cutting limit ET Recessing depth by which one cut is fed P Recessing width default 0 8 x tool width E Finishing feed rate Differing feed rate used only for the finishing process EZ Period of dwell after recessing path default time for one spindle revolution O Roughing finishing process variants O SS Roughing and finishing 1 SP Only roughing 2 SL Only finishing H Type of retraction at end of cycle O Return to starting point Axial recess First Z then X direction Radial recess First X then Z direction 1 Positions in front of the finished contour 2 Retracts to safety clearance and stops O End of rough cut O Lift up at rapid 1 Half recessing width 45 U End of finishing cut 0 Value from global parameter 1 Parting horizontal element 2 Complete horizontal element Further forms see page 60 HEIDENHAIN MANUALplus 620 CNC PILOT 640 Access to the technology database Machining operation Contour recessing Affected parameters F S E
555. ycle G31 303 Thread cycle single G32 307 Thread cycles 300 Thread milling in XY plane G800 541 Thread milling in YZ plane G806 542 Thread milling axial G799 338 Thread overrun 300 Thread single path G33 309 Thread with undercut G24 Geo 211 Thread metric ISO G35 311 Thread tapered API G352 312 Tilted position of tool carrier 55 Tilted working plane fundamentals 584 Tilting the working plane G16 522 Tool call T 266 Tool change point moving to G14 249 Tool commands 266 Tool edge compensation G148 267 Tool edge compensation switching G148 267 Tool entries editing 56 Tool form 61 66 Tool list setting up 55 Tool positioning 248 Tool positioning In the Y axis 523 Tool programming 55 i il T Tool selection TURN PLUS 566 578 Tool change point definition G140 249 Tool tip radius compensation 257 Touch probe calibration 473 Touch probe cycles 454 For automatic operation 456 Transition to eccentric G726 401 TRC switch off G40 257 TRC switch on G41 G42 258 TURN PLUS AWG Editing and managing machining sequences 556 List of machining sequences 55 Machining sequence 554 Full surface machining 578 General Control graphics 565 Example 574 Machining information 566 Operating mode 552 Machining information Cutting data 569 Inside contou
556. ycle rotates the C axis by the angle defined in the Search Grid parameter RC and probes again with the Z axis This process is repeated until a hole is found In the hole the cycle performs two probing operations with the C axis calculates the center of the hole and places the zero point in the C axis The control outputs an error message if the touch probe does not reach any touch point within the defined measuring path If a maximum deviation WE was programmed the measuring point is approached twice and the mean value is saved as result If the difference of the measurements is greater than the maximum deviation WE the program run is interrupted and an error message is displayed Parameters R Type of zero point shift 1 Activate table and G152 zero point shift and additionally save in zero point table The zero point shift also remains active after the program run 2 Activate zero point shift with G152 for the further program run Zero point shift no longer active after program run D Result 1 Position Set zero point without determining the hole center No probing operation in the hole 2 Object center Before the zero point is set determine hole center in two probing operations with the C axis K Incremental measuring path Z signed Maximum measuring path for probing The algebraic sign determines the probing direction C Starting position C Position of the C axis for the first probing operation 482 Beispiel Fi
557. ycle takes the diameter of the active tool into account when calculating the hole positions Therefore you need to insert the drill before calling G845 A1 Program only the parameters given in the following table See also E G845 Fundamentals Page 368 m G845 Milling Page 370 Parameters Calculating hole positions ID NS XS ZS Milling contour name of the contour to be milled Starting block no of contour E Figures Block number of the figure Free closed contour A contour element not starting point Milling depth default depth from the contour description Milling top edge lateral surface replaces the reference plane from the contour definition Milling top edge face replaces the reference plane from the contour definition Oversize in X direction radius Oversize in Z direction Machining direction default 0 E 0 From the inside out from the inside towards the outside 1 From the outside in from the outside towards the inside Sequence for Calculate hole positions A 1 Position mark reference at which the cycle stores the hole positions 1 to 127 Plunge length diameter of the milling cutter HEIDENHAIN MANUALplus 620 CNC PILOT 640 gt x Ve Vi 4 26 i cycles j il 4 26 Mins cycles G845 Milling You can change the milling direction with the cutting direction H the machining direction Q and the direction of tool rotation se
558. ying the individual NC blocks The NC blocks of the HEADER and TURRET sections are not included in the block number organization of the editor You can use program jumps repeats and subprograms to structure a program example machining the beginning end of a bar etc Input and output With input you can influence the flow of the NC program Using output you can communicate with the machinist Example The machinist is required to check measuring points and update compensation values Comments are enclosed in brackets They are located at the end of an NC block or in a separate NC block Press the key combination CTRL K to convert an existing block into a comment and vice versa You can also enclose more than one program line in square brackets to mark them as a comment To do this enter a comment containing the character and conclude the section by entering another comment containing the character HEIDENHAIN MANUALplus 620 CNC PILOT 640 1 1 smart Turn and DIN ISO programming 1 2 The smart Turn editor gt Menu structure You can select the following editor modes in the smart Turn editor Unit programming standard Y DIN ISO mode DIN PLUS and DIN 66025 The menu structure of the smart Turn editor is shown in the illustration at right Many menu items are used in both modes The menus differ T in the area of geometry and part programming In DIN ISO mode the menu

Download Pdf Manuals

Related Search

Related Contents

取扱説明書 - Clarion  MANUAL DE USUARIO - Secretaría Distrital de Salud  TEFAL ME700131 Instruction Manual  Philips CD2853W  ARTICULO# GSS2116B  User guide to the NKT InvestorPortal  Samsung GT-C3222 User Manual  

Copyright © All rights reserved. Failed to retrieve file